Circus Historical Society
Circuses - Brief Bits
A B
A - B C - E F - H I - L M - N O - R S - T U - Z
-
Information on these circuses was taken from the New York Clipper, Billboard, Circus Report, newspapers and other sources. Some of the shows may not be circuses. Note that not only do these publications have typographical errors, the transcription will also have typos. All information should be checked with additional sources.
Alex Abar's Pavilion Show - 1889 This show is listed in both Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses and Sturtevant's List of Circuses for 1889.
On the Road. Miscellaneous. Abar, Alex, Brighton, Mich., May 9, Howell, 10; Fowlerville 11. New York Clipper, May 7, 1889, p. 136.
Now touring Michigan. The Two Watsons are on the show. New York Clipper, May 18, 1889, p. 156.
Roster of Alex. Abar's Pavilion Show: Alex. Abar, proprietor; Frank Watson, manager; Harry Watson, assistant manager; John Revelle, general agent; Mme. Watson, Mlle. Nellie, Belle Irvin, Mark Flynn, Willie Abar, Prof. Bow [Row?], Prof. De Alma, M. D. Thompson, Joe Nevin, Wm. Merchant, Burd. Fielding, James Neary, Frank Murray, Master Eddy, Fred Smith. The show has fifteen horses, two spotted ponies, two trick donkeys and a costly band chariot. It also carries a 100 ft. top and 50 ft. middle piece. New York Clipper, May 25, 1889, p. 175.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ed. C. Abbey's New Columbian - 1893-94
1893:
Ad. Main & Abbey's New Columbian Shows, Trained animal exposition and museum of living wonders. Wanted, performers in all branches of the circus biz except riders. Bar team, brother act, lady aerialists, Spanish dancer, musicians. Show startes from Andover, Ohio about 1st of May. New York Clipper, January 28, 1893, p. 760.
Ad. Wanted, people in all branches of the circus business, except riders. People doing two or more acts given preference. Also small band. E. C. and Jerome Abbey. New York Clipper, November 4, 1893, p. 571.
1894:
Harry Rhodes has signed a contract with Ed. C. Abbey's Columbian Circus as leader of band, and intends to make music one of the main features of the show. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 817.
Notes from Ed. C. Abby's New Columbian Railroad Shows. Everybody is busy getting things up to the standard for the coming season. Every act and every feature will be up to the standard, and everything with the show will be first class. H. C. Long, formerly manager of Trevino's Colossal Mexican Shows has signed with the Ed. C. Abbey Shows as manager. He is now at winter quarters at ___, Ark. . . . New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 5.
Ad. Circus people wanted for Ed. C. Abby's New Columbian R. R. Shows, Museum and Trained Animal Exposition. People in all branches, except riders. Those that do two or more turns only. Lady performers especially wanted who do act for ring and concert. All privileges to let. Address Ed. C. Abby, Beebe, Ark. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 32.
Notes from the Ed. C. Abby New Columbian R. R. Shows. This show opened at Bebbe, Ark., April _, and has been doing a good business despite the bad weather. We stretch a 100ft. round top with two 40(?)ft. middle pieces, and carry forty-five people. The executive staff: Ed. C. Abby, proprietor and manager; H. C. Long, business manager; and Lew G.(?) Shelby, general agent. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 117.
Little Rock, Arkansas. Abby's Columbian Show had big business April 30(?), May 2, 3. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 151.
On the road, circuses: Ed. C. Abby's, Ozark, Ark. May 17, Alma(?) 19, Van Buren 21, Greenwood 22, Fort Smith 2?. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.
• This show is not listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses under this title. It is listed in Sturtevant's List of Circuses for 1894 as Ed C. Abby, but not under this title in 1893.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Abbey's New York Variety Aggregation & Dog Circus - 1888 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses for 1888.
Show at the Olympic in Chicago. New York Clipper, November 3, 1888, p. 543.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ackerman & Co. Circus - 1886 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1886
Vicksburg, Mississippi. Ackerman & Co.'s Ten cent Circus pitched their tent here April 17 for one week. On 26 they departed for Port Gibson, Miss., leaving their canvas on the ground in payment of board. New York Clipper, May 8, 1886, p. 119.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ackerman & Rivers - 1918
Winter quarters, Ackerman & Rivers Show, Charles F. Curran, manager; Brooklyn, N.Y. Billboard, November 2, 1918, p. 45.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Adams-Floto Circus - 1939 Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists this show for 1940. Not listed in Sturtevant's List of Circuses
Animal Show for Hope October 30. Adams-Floto Will Have 27 Clowns With Circus. Smiles out of grins, laughs out of chuckles, will be plentiful in the great oval arena Adams — Floto Trained Animal Show when it exhibits on Monday Oct. 30 at circus grounds on highway 67 on Pond street. Clowns are a necessary part of every circus and the "big part" for the small boy, the more clowns, the better the youngsters like the circus. So, this year, finds twenty-seven of the funny fellows under the banners of the world's newest major circus. All are jesters of the highest type and many of them are known from one end of the land to the other. Jimmy Thomas, Bruce LaFarra, Johny Dolmar, Eddie Bell, Russ Fisher, Chuch Wirth and dozens of others, all are "tops" with the kiddies. Performances, will be held at 2:00 and 8:00 p. in. with the doors opening al 1:00 and 7. p. m. Hope Star (Hope, AR), October 26, 1939, p. 3.
Sergeant James E. Watts, son of Mr. and Mrs. Ira M. Watts, who is serving overseas in the Medical service. "Jimmie" was with his parents on the Parker & Watts and Adams Floto circuses in various capacities. He was a ticket seller for a few weeks, prior to joining the army, on Cole Bros. Circus in 1941. [Has photo of James.] Billboard, November 7, 1942, p. 38.
• Under the Big Top with Parker and Watts Circus. . . . The show took to the road again in 1939 but a series of mishaps crippled the circus. A rival circus infringed on Watts’s business route. In October 1939, Watts wrote to his aunt, "Since leaving Virginia things have gone from bad to worse, and when the war was declared the bottom dropped out of show business." The show's general agent, L. B. Greenhaw, allegedly ran up expenses before he was fired. Creditors began demanding payment. Disagreements with performers led to lawsuits over back pay that sapped the already strained finances of the Parker and Watts Circus. This forced the show to disband for the season and move into winter quarters at Fort Smith, Arkansas. Watts announced his intent to take "a little back roads show to the hills of Arkansas, where I hope they haven’t even heard of the war." Calling the new show the "Adams-Floto Trained Animal Show," Watts hoped for a fresh start. On December 15, 1941, Watts wired financial backer George W. Potter, "War declared. Business coastal towns went to nothing. I have made my last show." The Parker and Watts Circus was subsequently liquidated. . . . The papers of the Parker and Watts Circus cover the circus from the time of purchase through the time of sale and final accounting. The collection contains general business accounts and records, employee and general correspondence, newspaper and magazine clippings, and photographs. The papers provide an intimate insight into the rise and fall of an American circus during the Great Depression. Missouri Times (State Historical Socity of Missouri), May 2012, Vol. 8, No. 1, p. 8. Online at Columbia Research Center.
• Thayer, Stuart, In his article "Parker and Watts Circus," Stuart Thayer says it was a winter show taken out by Watts that ran from Oct. 16 to Dec. 23, 1939. See the article for information, people, etc. Bandwagon, Sep-Oct, 1969, p. 15.
• Also see Parker & Watts.
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Adams Bros. Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses for 1957-58
• In the winter of 1956-57 owner William Griffith and his wife Dolores took out an indoor show titled Holiday Circus Review. They brought out their Adams Bros. Circus in 1958. In 1959 the show was titled Adams Bros. & Sells Bros. World Toured Shows (see below). In 1962-63 he used the title Sells Bros., and in 1964-65 the show was titled Birnam Bros. He leased the show title and equipment to Dick Johnson and Louie McNeece, who took the show out in 1966, but it soon folded. Bandwagon, January-February, 1974, Vol. 18, No. 1, pp. 11-16.
• See articles on Griffith's shows in Bandwagon, January-February, 1974, Vol. 18, No. 1, pp. 4-10, and Bandwagon, March-April, 1974, Vol. 18, No. 2, pp. 11-16.
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Adams & Sells - 1960 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1960-1961
• Article on the 1960 Adams & Sells show, William Griffith, owner, is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1960 (scroll down or use find).
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Adams Bros. - 1982
• In 1982, Adams Bros. Circus played some dates in North Carolina and Georgia. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 30.
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Frank Adams' - 1895, 1897-98, 1900-02, 1904, 1906, 1909, 1913-14, 1916 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses for 1897-1909
1895: Frank Adams' Wagon Show went into winter quarters in St. Francisville, Ill., Oct. 1. The company presented Mr. Adams with a fine gold watch at the last performance in that town. New York Clipper, October 12, 1895, p. 505.
1897:
Notes from Frank Adams' Mammoth Show. The show opened at K???burg, Ill., May 11. Frank Adams is the sole manager and proprietor; Robert Gillford, contortion and fire act; Mardelo Bros., ladders and tumbling; Frank Adams, high wire outside and slack wire inside; Gifford Bros., horizontal bars; Walter Rogue(Hogue?), knockabout clown; Annie Adams, snake queen; Kendal Bros., traps and rings. A street parade is given every day, with Prof. Zion(?) Lambert's silver cornet band of six pieces in front. Allen Johnson is boss hostler, with five assistants; Jim Robinson, boss canvas man with eight assistants; Lige Floyd, boss prop., with two assistants. New York Clipper, June 12, 1897, p. 235.
"Frank Adams' circus struck town Tuesday and showed to a full house in the evening.” Edwardsville Intelligencer (Edwardsville, IL), Friday, July 30, 1897, n.p.n.
Ad. Wanted for Frank Adams' Wagon Show, at once, two good, sober canvas men . . . Also, I want to buy a Top, 80 ft. Round Top, with 40 ft. middle piece, must be cheap for cash. I want a drill top, and one that has not been used over 3 or 4 months. Also, I want to buy a large pipe organ, no toy, but something nice. Direct all mail to Frank Adams, Wortham, Texas. New York Clipper, November 20, 1897, p. 632.
1898:
Ad. Wanted, for Frank Adams' Wagon Show, one or two good performers. Must do two or more turns. Direct all mail to South McAlester, Ind. Terr. to Frank Adams. New York Clipper, New York Clipper, April 23, 1898, p. 136.
Ad. Wanted, for Frank Adams' Wagon Show, two or three good canvasmen. Must work cheap for I pay cash. Also I want to buy a good troupe of dogs. Must be first class and cheap. State all tricks in first letter. Address Frank Adams, Dunlap, Kan. New York Clipper, July 23, 1898, p. 346.
The Frank Adams show played Buffalo, Kansas, August 22, 1898. The local newspaper said, "Frank Adams' show came into town Sunday and Monday morning four or five of his employees decamped. He failed to find any help at this place but pluckily raised his tent, arranged the seats, gave a street parade and performed feats of wire walking on a wire stretched from the old corner building to Houge's hardware. At the night show given by himself, wife and son he collected about $25." • Bandwagon, November-December, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 6, p. 68.
1900:
Wanted, for Frank Adams' Southern Show, to useful people. This is a wagon show. Man and wife perferred. Address Frank Adams, Tulwiler, Miss. New York Clipper, May 26, 1900, p. 299.
Notes from Frank Adams' Wagon Show. Business for the past ten days has been wonderful. We have turned people away every night. At Elba, Ala., half the crowd could not get in. We then held over for another night and the result was another packed house. The show will undergo repairs and prepare to be on the road all winter. New York Clipper, November 24, 1900, p. 868.
1901:
Roster of the Frank Adams Southern Railroad Shows: Frank Adams, manager and proprietor; Robert Gifford, general manager of juvenile show, contortion, tumbling, bars, leaps and fire in big show; Derrill Bros., Roman ladders, traps and perch; Agens Adams, talking and singing clown, clubs and tumbling; Spake, boss canvas man with four assistants. The show is moving along nicely. New York Clipper, April 6, 1901, p. 129.
Notes from Frank Adams' Southern Railroad Show. The show laid up at Orange, Va., for two weeks to rest the members and paint up. Mr. Adams purchased the two sleeping cars from the Rhoda Royal Show known as Esther and Washington. At present, however, we are only using the one sleeper, having leased the other car for three months. Business is fair, but the weather has been extremely hot. The show will not close before Feb. 10, and then only two weeks for rest and fresh paint. New York Clipper, June 22, 1901, p. 367.
Notes from Frank Adams' Southern Railway Show. the show has been meeting with the same ill luck and having opposition on all sides. On last Sunday, as the show was moving out of a branch, two flats in front of our cars left the track and were thrown across a creek that was near the track, but fortunately our cars kept the track and no serious damage was done. New York Clipper, August 10, 1901, p. 511.
Notes from Frank Adams' Great Southern R. R. Shows. We are bound homeward for our successful season in the South, for we never close. We have had to contend with a little illness in the company during the past week, but all is O.K. now and the show is running smoothly, to good business. Roster: Frank Adames, proprietor and managers; the Giffords, the Three Bonhommes, Frank Adams, Mrs. Agnes Adams and troupe of dogs, Master Frank Adams. New York Clipper, September 21, 1901, p. 641.
1902: Notes from Frank Adams' Great Southern Ry. Show. We closed two weeks ago for general repairs and painting, which were much needed, as the show has been out since the eighth of last March. Mrs. Adams has quite a novel and interesting feature which is original with her. While swinging by her teeth she does a three minute club act. The show opens in Atlanta, Ga., on March 7. New York Clipper, March 8, 1902, p. 33.
1904: 1904: Lovington, Ills. The Frank Adams show came to town Monday morning without previous advertising and failed to get a good crowd in the evening. Adams gave a tight wire performance in the afternoon across State street, which was good. He got $5 for this feat. Decatur Review (Decatur, IL), June 30, 1904, 10.
1906: From Frank Adams' Southern Railroad Shows: We closed at Alexandria, La., March 31, after touring the states of Kansas, Missouri, Iowa, Minnesota, Wisconsin, Arkansas, Texas and Louisiana. We open April 15 or 20. New York Clipper, April 14, 1906, p. 32.
1909: Some of the people with the Frank Adams Great Southern Railroad Show: Frank Adams, proprietor and manager; Prof. Baker, leader of band; Albert Adams, one of the youngest riders in the world; Luelle Adams, flying rings, revolving ladder and trapeze; Frankie Adams Jr., with his troupe of ponies and educated elephant. Billboard, August 14, 1909, p. 20.
1913: The Frank Adams Circus is wild-catting thru the Southern part of the state. Billboard, June 14, 1913, p. 21.
1914: The Frank Adams Southern Railroad Company played to a very small crowd last evening in their tent near the depot. The company had about 12 performers, who gave acrobatic and contortionist stunts. The show also carried an elephant, two or three ponies, mountain lion and hyena, and snakes. The show had been billed for last Saturday and failing to appear then, had no advertising and consequently small patronage. The company gave no pretense of offering a big show, but gave as they represented it a small one-ring circus. The show was as good as the average traveling company. Daily Inter Lake (Kalispell, MT), September 12, 1914, p. 3.
1916: The Frank Adams Circus, described as a one-elephant circus, paid a license of $50 to play Richmond (Cal.) March 6. The white top, according to a report, played to admissins totaling $2. Variety, March 17, 1916, 40.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Grizzly Adams' California Menagerie 1860 Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, ca. 1856-1860
• 1860: online at Clipper, February 18 and Clipper, April 28 (scroll down)
• Information on Grizzly Adams, during the Civil War, is in Slout's Clowns and Cannons.
• In 1856, John Capen Adams (1812-1860), a California trapper, began touring a menagerie with a troupe of wild animals he had collected, some trained. These included grizzly bears, black bears, a cougar, two elk and other smaller species. Thayer, Stuart, Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
James Adams' - 1902, 1905-06, 1908-09
1902: James Adams' New Century Shows - Bannister, Mich., May 28; Eureka, 29; Maple Rapids, 30; Hubbardston, 31; Carson City, June 2; Sheridan, 3; Stauton, June 4. Billboard, May 31, 1902, p. 8.
1903: Frank Hatch and James Adams will put out an eight car circus next season. Billboard, September 26, 1903, p. 9.
1905: James Adams, of the Jones-Adams Congress of Novelties, personally superintended the construction of the animal wagons which joined the show Labor Day at Manchester, Va. Billboard, September 16, 1905, p. 20.
1906:
Johnny J. Jones Big Trained Wild Wanimal Exhibition . . . I have just dissolved partnership with Mr. James Adams, and taken all the animals, cages, etc., and will have the largest independent animal show on the road . . . [Advertisement] Billboard, September 1, 1906, p. 30.
On Aug. 27 the Jones & Adams Show became the James Adams New Century Shows, Mr. Jones severing his connection with the organization. Mr. Adams intends to take the show south for the winter. With him are the Hardell Trio, the Two Arnolds, Charles and Iza, fournea and Schroy, Linegar Brothers, MeMaro, Paula and Jeona, Sam Hunter, Wilbur Spitzer and Dan Johnson. Chas. M. Hunter has charge of the band. Billboard, September 8, 1906, p. 240.
The James Adams Show closed its regular season at Winsboro, S.C., and manager Adams is now treating the Southerners to a vaudeville show. He is making week stands. Billboard, November 10, 1906, p. 32.
1908: The Rivards, aerialists, have joined the James Adams Railroad Shows doing their double trapeze and revolving ladder. Billboard, July 4, 1908, p. 17.
1909: Goldsboro, North Carolina. Under canvas - James Adams' Big Ten Cent Show week April 5. Billboard, April 10, 1909, p. 29.
• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1898-1903; Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1906
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Adell's - 1897, 1899 (E. S. Adell)
1897: At liberty, Prof. Adell's Dog and Pony Show. Can give A No. 1 performance, lasting 1 1/2 hours. Drill pony, riding dogs, riding monks, leaping dogs, etc. E. S. Adell, Junction City, Kansas. New York Clipper, January 9, 1897, p. 726.
1899:
The Big Adell Dog, Pony and Goat Circus, 50 equine and canine actors. The only show traveling that interferes in no way with any belief, creed or religion. Street parade at noon. Hagerstown, May 29. Hagerstown Exponent (Hagerstown, IN), May 24, 1899, n.p.n.
Prof. E. S. Adell's Dog and Pony Show winter circus. At liberty after January 1. Address, Ft. Recovery, Ohio. New York Clipper, December 31, 1899, p. 749.
• The Adell show toured in 1900. Bandwagon, November-December, 2000, p. 13.
• Winter quarters were at Fort Recovery, Ohio.
• 1897: Prof. Adell was ringmaster and presented his troupe of educated dogs and ponies with Heath's Dog & Pony show. Utica Daily Union (Utica, NY), May 1, 1897, p. 4.
• In 1910 E. S. Adell was superintendent of ring stock on the King & Tucker show. New York Clipper, July 10, 1910, p. 517.
• 1911: Wanted, for E. S. Adell's United Shows. Cornet, alto, baritone and slide; performers for concert and big show. An advertising clown. Ladies to ride in parade and enty. Experience not necessary. E. S. Adell, Hayti, Missouri. Billboard, June 10, 1911, p. 63.
• 1912: E. S. Adell at liberty. Ringmaster and trainer dogs, ponies, horses, goats and monkeys. Billboard, October 26, 1912, p. 30.
• 1914: At liberty, E. S. Adell, ringmaster and dog and pony trainer; clown, work concert. E. S. Adell, Chattanooga, Tennessee. Billboard, March 14, 1914, p. 64.
Circus Team's Last Survivor Dies at 89. Last survivor of a circus team of four brothers, Edwin S. Adell, 89, died Monday in Bellview Rest Home. When he retired 20 years ago, he was ringmaster for Ringling Bros. Circus. One of four sons of a circus man, Edwin Adell specialized in dog and pony shows in his early years.
Before World War II, he and his brothers formed the Adell Bros. Circus, which traveled through Ohio and the Midwest. The family had a real circus of its own, since the brothers' wives also were featured in speciality acts. After the Adell Bros. Circus disbanded, Mr. Adell joined numerous Western shows, and in later life became a ringmaster. Mr. Adell was born in Pickaway County and lived most of his life in Columbus. . . . (from a clipping) - Contributed by S. A. Sparks
Ex-Ringmaster, Dead At 89 . . . Edwin S. Adell became ringmaster for Ringling Brother at the height of his career. He was in show business for more than 50 years. . . . Now 67, the trapeze artist, once his wife, is Mrs. Jessie Thomas. After Adell's first wife, also a trapeze artist, died, she married him. . . . Mrs. Thomas said "He was wonderful with animals." The aging ex-ringmaster had worked for Cole Brothers and Andrew Downey in his long career. His son, Walter said he lost his shirt when he tried to quit show business and run a farm in Waverly. Later he operated the Adell Stove & Furniture Shop. . . . - From a newspaper clipping dated June 22, 1954, contributed by S. A. Sparks
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Admire's J. C. Admire's listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1938
• Show had winter quarters in Brazil, Indiana. Bandwagon, August, 1956, p. 8.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Agee's All Star Circus - 1920-23 show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, no date listed
1920: John R. Agee's Big 20-Act All-Star Circus played a successful engagment in Washington, D.C., February 12-21, under the auspices of the District of Columbia Department of the American Legion. Mr. Agee, who owns and directed the circus, put on a professional show. The patronesses were headed by Mrs. Woodrow Wilson and Mrs. Thomas R. Marshall. President Wilson and Mrs. Wilson autographed two of his ticket personally for him. Acts with the circus: John R. Agee, equestrian director; Merle Evans, bandmaster; Theresa Dog, Pony and Pigeon Circus; Aerial Troy, trapeze contortionist; the Stickneys, bareback horse and Indian riding act; Raymond's novelty iron jaw and wire performers; Irene Montgomery, flying ladder; the Mechanic, a device for teaching beginners how to ride a bareback horse; Lillian Russell, balancing trapeze; J. Schubert, equilibrist; Curtiss' Dog and Pony Circus; Riding DeMotts, bareback and carrying act; the Great Paldrens, jumpers and airplane spinners; Fred Stelling, clown; Rice, Bell and Baldwin, comedy acrobatic clowns, and others. The circus played for the benefit of the Richmond (Va.) Post of the American Legion week of February 25-28. General Pershing was a guest of honor at the opening there. Billboard, March 6, 1920, p. 58.
1921: Circus acts wanted. The last and biggest show of the winter, week of March 14 to March 19. Twenty acts. John R. Agee's All Star Show. Under the auspices of Zurah Temple of the Shrine, Minneapolis, Minnesota. Riding acts, aerial acts, clowns, acrobats, all circus acts. John R. Agee, Michigan Ave., Harvester Bldg., Chicago, Ill. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 19, 1921, p. 63.
1922: Chicago, Jan. 28. John Agee, of Agee's All-Star Circus, accompanied by D. L. Curtis, equestrian director, was a Billboard visitor last Friday. Mr. Agee's organization will open for the Shriners in Minneapolis January 30 with twenty acts. In the list will be Mme. Bedini, with her troupe of Arab horses; the Clarkonians, Clarke and Carriea, performing elephants, Nubian lions, Ali Ben Hassan's Arabs, Lillian Kincaid, Carpenter and Shubert, Kenneth Waite Trio, Lorette the clown, Jack Harris and others. Also there will be the revolving table, mules, bears, Harrison's dog and pony circus, Sir Victor's dogs and ponies and ten clowns.
Herbert S. Maddy will be ahead of the circus and Lawrence Warrell will be on the front door. Mr. Agee said there is already a $12,000 advance sale on the Minneapolis stand and that he has eighty electrically lighted billboards covered in that city. Omaha, week of February 6; Milwaukee, week of February 20, and Duluth, wee February 27, all Shrine dates, are some ot the spots to follow Minneapolis. Billboard, February 4, 1922, p. 66.
1923: Sioux Falls, S.D., Jan. 17. El Raid Temple [Shrine], have signed a contract with Herbert S. Maddy, representing John R. Agee's circus, for March 1-3 at the city's coliseum. The circus is exhibiting for a number of Shrine organizations this season, according to Mr. Maddy, and plays Sioux Falls after Fargo, Minneapolis, Duluth and Milwaukee. The circus will play for Tangier Temple in Omaha after concluding its visit here. The list of attractions are the Clarkonians, Ali Ben Hassan Arabians, Agee's elephants, Capt. Huling's seals, Curtis' animals, Jack Harris and mule, Rice, Bell and Baldwin, "Upside-Down Dooley," the Powells, Gene and Rigley, Golden Whirl, "King Woodword" (dancing horses), Royal Brothers, Lillian Rincaid, the Albertas and half a dozen clowns. Variety, January 19, 1923, p. 8.
• An article on the career of John Agee and his circuses, is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1990, pp. 28-36.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Aiton & Anderson - 1906 Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, ca. 1906; in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1906-07
Notes from the Great Aiton & Anderson Show. Thos. Aiton & C. E. Anderson, sole owners and managers. This show is carrying twelve cars and opened the season May __, at Utica, N.Y. It showed New York and Pennsylvania for three weeks, and then went into Canada for four weeks, going out through Michigan on its way to the coast. The show has done some of the biggest business in it history, playing daily to two packed tents, and at five or six places turnaway at both performances. C. W. Back is general agent, with Wm. Aiton local contracting agent. New York Clipper, June 30, 1906, p. 511.
Roster of the Great Aiton & Anderson Show: Thos. Aiton and C. E. Anderson, sole owners and managers; C. W. Black, general agent; N. C. Jackson, press agent; Frank Woods, manager car No. 1; N. W. ___, manager car No. 2; Mrs. C. E. Anderson, treasurer; H. Yockey and R. C. Hanks, ticket sellers; N. J. Kelley, twenty-four hour man; R. C. Stewart, manager dining tent; "Whity" Ross, boss canvasman; Freed Jones, manager kid top; Jack Rose, train man; Hart and ___, Roman rings; Chas. Johnson, singing clown; Staford Sisters, bareback riders; Edith Johnson, traps and bounding wire; Geo. Acton, mule hurdle rider; Dan St. Leon, four horse rider; Millie LaToure, calliope player; Rose and Rose, impalement act; Hitt and Hitt, song and dance; Ada Moulton, aerial bars and traps; Nellie Adams, contortionist; Homer Hall, principal clown, with Chas. Yorke, Chas. Adams, Frank Tate and Bob Kester, comedy producers; Fred James, stilts; Carrie James, Edna Conroy, Anna Hall and Lottie Lemas, society acrobats; Anderson's troupe of dogs and ponies; Harris and Woods' troupe of performing elephants, a white band of twelve pieces under the management of Jack Sampson, and a colored band of ten pieces under the management of Chas. Brown. It is a twelve car show, and since the opening in Utica, N. Y., on May __, it has played three weeks in New York, two in Canada and then back to U.S.A. Billboard, July 7, 1906.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Albany Amphitheatre - 1841 Listed for this year in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses. Not listed in Sturtevant's List of Circuses
Albany Amphitheatre, or Great Western Circus. A splendid and Combined Attraction of Equestrian and Gymnastic Performances. Mr. S. H. Nichols, proprietor of the above named establishment, has the honor to announce to the citizens of Norwalk, that his unequalled troupe of equestrians, and beautiful stud of horses, will be exhibited on Tuesday, the 5th day of October next.
The public are also respectfully informed, that the equestrian troupe, under the direction of Mr. H. Needham, is composed of the most extensive and talented equestrian artists; comprising several of the most celebrated and skillful performers, both of this country and Europe; among whom is the unrivaled Le Tort, whose incredible performances, and daring feats of horsemanship, have caused so much excitement in the principal cities of America, where he had the honor to appear. The Manager pledges himself that his Exhibition shall be of a strictly chaste and moral character, and free from every objection frequently made to Entertainments, of this desciiption.
Attached to this Company of Equestrians, are a number of elegant and accomplished Ladies, who will appear during the performance, and by their graceful and rich acquirements in the profession, will ever add brillancy of feature to the entire entertainment.
A Card. - The above Establishment, during the last winter, at the New Amphitheatre, Albany, as well as at the numerous cities and villages it has visited, and before the most choice and intelligent public, where it has had the honor of appearing, has been characterized with that degree of propriety and decorum, which has established for it a reputation in the minds of a generous public which will warrant the
proprietor a patronage equal to its merits.
The Celebrated Boston Brass Band is engaged, who will accompany the performances with a choice selection of the most popular and appropriate airs, &c. Doors open at half past one. Performance to commence at two P. M. Price of Admission — Box 50 cts. Pit 25 cts. C. GRISWOLD, Agent. The above Establishment will be Exhibited at Paris on Monday the 4th day of October, and at Florence 4 corners, on Wednesday the 6th of October next. [Advertisement] Huron Reflector (Norwalk, OH), September 7, 1841, n.p.n.
Albany Amphitheatre. This splendid establishment will be opened for the season on Monday evening, Nov. 29th(?). The proprietor has the pleasure of announcing to the public, that in grateful remembrance of the liberal patronage bestowed upon him the last season, he has made such arrangements as will enable him to offer amusements for their approval which have never been equalled in this city, and unsurpassed in the United States. His splendid equestrian establishment with the Stud of Fifty Beautiful Horses, and numerous company of unrivalled equestrians, renders that department complete in all its appointments. . . . S. H. Nichols, proprietor. [Advertisement] Evening Journal, November 25, 1841, n.p.n.
At Geveva, New York, June 8; Lyons, June 19; Batavia, July 10th. Geneva Courier (Geneva, NY), June 8, 1941, n.p.n.; Spirit of the Times (Batavia, NY), July 6, 1841, n.p.n.; Western Argus (Lyons, NY), June 9, 1841, n.p.n.
• This show is covered in "Tales of a Small Town Circus Legend," by Dale Albrecht and Leo Albrecht, Jr. Self Published, U.S.A., 1996. On Buckles' blog, Leo Albrecht states that the name was changed during WWII, it was easier to pronounce and less German.
1936: Maurice Items. The Albrecht Bros. Circus gave a free street performance here Wednesday. Ireton Ledger (Ireton, IA), May 14, 1936, n.p.n.
1938:
The Albrecht Bros. Indoor Circus proved a big attraction at the Manning Opera House Saturday afternoon and evening. [News of Manning] Carroll Daily Herald (Carroll, IA), February 23, 1938, n.p.n.
Jimmie, the $10,000 pony and Diamond, who knows all the colors of the rainbow. The Albrecht Animal Circus is one of the best of its kind in the United States.
Sioux County Index (Hull, IA), June 3, 1938, p. 4.
• Chicago, Oct. 6. - Gladys M. Williams, of Williams & Lee Attractions, St. Paul, writes . . . "We had three units, and every one made all of its dates. Not one accident." Acts which appeared with the Williams & Lee units were . . . Albright's Circus Revue . . . Each show was staged and produced by Lew Fine and son, Wayne. . . . Billboard, October 13, 1945, p. 56.
• Hutchinson, Kan., March 30. Clyde Bros. Circus chalked up excellent business here under the police auspices. . . . Circus has been out since November 5, will close April 10. . . . Saturday night (23) show . . . Acts in the order of their presentation were . . . Leo Albright, light and heavy balancing . . . Billboard, April 6, 1946, p. 72.
• Clyde Bros. . . . Sonny and Leo Albright are happy with their new transportation, an army semi which is getting a falshy coat of paint. . . . Billboard, March 22, 1947, p. 65.
• Big-Four Fair, Postville, Iowa. Aug. 29, 30, 31, & Sept. 1 . . . Free Attractions . . . Two Big Circus Acts - Ford's Circus Revue and Albright's Circus Troupe, with plenty of dog and pony acts thrown in. . . . [Advertisement] Postville Herald (Postville, IA), August 20, 1947, p. 2.
• . . . James M. Cole Indoor circus . . . will open Feb. 1 . . . indoor version of the circus will have 12 acts and is billed for A-1 theatres after Mar. 22. Lined up for the indoor attractions are a troop of Albino ponies and 12 Alaskan white huskies and Spitz dogs, Leo Albright in slack wire act . . . Geneva Daily Times (Geneva, NY), January 3, 1950, p. 5.
• . . . free afternoon circus at Bayliss park. . . . Leo Albright with his dog and pony act . . . Council Bluffs NonPareil (Council Bluff, IA), December 3, 1950, p. 1.
• Jay Gould Circus . . . opened Thursday night [Jul. 9th] . . . 10 act show . . . One of the best features of the Jay Gould Circus was the "after-show" performance of some of the dogs owned by Leo Albright, who is the owner, trainer and director of the dog show presented during the circus performance. Here shown is one of the Spitz's owned by Albright doing a "one-hand stand." This trick was not presented during the regular show. . . . The one single act which brought the most "oh's and ah's" from the 2,000 people at the Jay Gould circus opening night Thursday was the 60-foot leap of Cupid the little four-year-old wire haired terrier, owned and trained by Leo Albright of Belle Plains, Minn. Cupid is so eager to perform her act that after the tower-ladder apparatus is set up Albright has to place a board at the entrance of the ladder to prevent her from climbing and making her leap ahead of schedule. Thursday night at the circus, as 2,000 people watched, she eagerly climbed the ladder, tail wagging, and made her leap as if she enjoyed every second of it.
1955: Albright's Circus To Come To Kasson. Show Set For Tuesday, June 28. The Kasson Commercial Club has made arrangements for the Albright Attractions to come to Kasson Tuesday, June 28. Two big shows will be presented - one at 2:30 and another at 8:30 p.m. on stage in downtown Kasson. The big 2 hour show will be put on outdoors on stage where everyone can see free 10 all star acts. . . . Area residents are invited to see acrobatic acts, balancing acts, educated dogs, trained ponies, funny monkies, high diving dogs, one of America's most versatile jugglers, Gary and his wonder horse "Shiedk," Holmes and his leaning tower of Pisa and other fine acts. . . . all free to the public. Dodge County Independent (Kasson, MN), June 23, 1955, p. 1.
1956:
Estherville Industry Days, June 1st and 2nd. . . . Friday, June 1st . . . 3:00 p.m. "Albright's Stage Circus." . . . It's All Free! Graettinger Times (Graettinger, IA), May 24, 1956, n.p.n.
Estherville Industry Days, June 1st and 2nd. . . . Friday, June 1st . . . 3:00 p.m. "Albright's Stage Circus." Gigantic free show on open air stage . . .
[Advertisement] Spirit Lake Beacon (Spirit Lake, IA), May 31, 1956, n.p.n.
The celebration in Ruthven is over (at least for this year). The weather was cold and rainy, and not many people came out. However the ones who did enjoyed the
Horse Show, Parade and above all the "Free Acts" which came by the name of "Albrights Attractions". The name "Albright's Attractions" is a new one, but the story behind this show dates back as far as World War 1, when circus rings reaked with fresh sawdust and mud was ankle deep. It's a long story, too long to go into detail but one man is responsible for its origin.
1957: Open-Air Circuses. Albright Attractions. Playing fairs, celebrations, drive-in theaters, shopping centers, etc., in the Upper Middle West, often on a pre-sale or direct sale basis. Managed by Jay Gould and Leo Albright. Billboard, April 13, 1957, p. 78.
1958:
Albright Circus - Leo Albright, manager, playing at fairs, celebrations, etc., under auspices. Most of performance given from portable stage unit outdoors. Operates out of Belle Plaine, Minn. Billboard, April 21, 1958, p. 66.
Estherville Industry Days, June 6 and 7. Friday, June 6, at 3 p.m. and 8:30 p.m., Free! Stage Circus on the street by Albrights Famous Circus Performers . . .
[Advertisement] Emmetsburg Democrat (Emmetsburg, IA), June 5, 1958, p. 2.
Oneida-Rhinelander Hodag Fair . . . Aug. 21-24 . . . This year's fair will feature amusements and concessions by Belle City Carnival, with Albright's Attractions stage circus scheduled for the Thursday night grandstand show. This show has trained animals, wire acts and equilibrists among its performers. . . . Rhinelander Daily News (Rhinelander, WI), July 31, 1958, p. 3.
Fairbault County Free Gate Fair, August 11, 12, 13 . . . Monday, August 11 . . . Albright's Stage Circus before grandstand - shows at 2:30 and 8:30 p.m. . . .
[Advertisement] Buffalo Center Tribune (Buffalo Center, IA), August 7, 1958, n.p.n.
1959: . . . Independence Day . . . Afternoon following parade . . . Ringmaster, Leo Albright . . . Albright's Circus attractions will present a complete 1-hour program. Riding and roping, wheel balancing, dogs, ponies, slack wire artists, magicians, monkeys, high diving dog from 40 feet in air . . . [Advertisement] Sheboygan Press (Sheboygan, WI), July 2, 1959, p. 20.
1960: Marshall. . . . free festival sponsored by the Marshall firemen Saturday and Sunday . . . Albright's circus will give performances at 1 and 3 p.m. Sunday. Featured acts will include Dalo, a chin balancer, a troup of white Spitz dogs, and Miss Arlene, an acrobat. . . . [probably July 10th] Wisconsin State Journal (Madison, WI), July 3, 1960, p. 6 section.
1963:
Albright's European Style Circus. Established 1912. Will be performing at Hazelton, May 28; Fairbank, May 29; Dunkerton, May 30. These three performances start 8:00 p.m. Adults, 75c. Children, 50c. Held under waterproof tent. Acts include dogs, ponies, monkeys, clowns, acrobats, jugglers, magic wire. [Advertisement] Oelwein Daily Register (Oelwein, IA), May 27, 1963, n.p.n..
Albright's Circus. European style, established 1912. Dogs, ponies, monkeys, clowns, acrobats, jugglers, magic wire, many more star acts. Morally clean in every respect. A wholesome entertaining show for young and old. No additional charge for reserve seats. City Park, Mon., June 3. Children 50c, Adults 75c. 2:00 and 8:00 p.m. [Advertisement] Progress-Review (La Porte City, IA), May 30, 1963, p. 5.
Albright's Circus coming to Pomeroy, July 10, at 8:00 p.m. in the downtown park. Educated dogs, trained ponies, jugglers, contortionist, clowns, acrobatic acts, monkey stars, and more. Admission: Children 50c, Adults 75c. [Advertisement] Pomeroy Herald (Pomeroy, IA), July 4, 1963, p. 6.
Albright's Circus, July 13, Graettinger, Iowa, afternoon at 2 p.m., evening at 8 p.m. . . . under waterproof tent. [Advertisement] Graettinger Times (Graettinger, IA), July 11, 1963, p. 5.
1964: Albright's European Style Circus, May 30, one performance only, 8:00 p.m., Titonka. Barth & Maier, high perch, hand balancing. Dogs, ponies, monkeys, clowns, acrobats, jugglers and many more acts. Will show rain or shine under waterproof tent. Children 50c, Adults 75c. No additional charge inside. . . . [Advertisement] Titonka Topic (Titonka, IA), May 28, 1964, n.p.n.
Alderfer Show - 1913-17, 1921-22 Listed as Alderfers Dog & Pony Show, 1915-17, 1922-24 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses. Listed with this same title for 1915-16, C. F. Alderfer's 1917, 1922-23, C. L. Alderfers Overland Show 1924 in Sturtevant's List of Circuses
1913: Touring with this circus were Nick Carter, clown; Scott Ruth, trapeze; Chas. Welch, acrobat; Sylvia Alderfer, wire; Bert Pitts, clown; Mary Alderfer Solts, aerial; Charles L. Alderfer, owner, his wife Emma and son Roy. Circus Report, January 22, 1973, p. 6.
1914:
Chas. Alderfer is no longer with the L. H. Ranft Show, having taken out a show of his own at Denver, Ind., which opened July 18. Mr. Alderfer is the head balancing trapeze artist; Sylvia Alderfer, slack wire and rolling globe; Sam and Nina Copeland, in sketches; Bert Pitts, black-face comedian; Nick Carter, clown. Chas. Grimes, with his auto, is in advance, and a number of dates have been secured. Billboard, August 1, 1914, p. 19.
Alderfer's Tent Show, Chas. Alderfer, mgr.: Aldine, Ind., 5; San Pierre 6; Tefft 7; Wheatland 8; Demotte 10. Billboard, August 8, 1914, p. 67.
The Alderfer Shows have been out ten weeks and have been doing very good business, especially in Indiana. They expect to remain out until November 1. The roster: Bert and Helen Renzso, head-to-head and hand-to-hand balancing; Miss Sylvia Alderfer, rolling globe and slack wire; Miss Renzo, contortioniste; Chas. Alderfer, head balancing; Chas. Welsh, back ladder drops; Mr. Renzo, Roman rings; Carter and Darlington, comedy acrobats; Scott Ruth, single trapeze and sailor perch; Mildred Renzo, flying rings; Alderfer and Pitts, revolving ladder; trick house act by a half-dozen clowns, including Bert Pitts, Chas. Welsh and Nick Carter. Billboard, October 3, 1914, p. 22.
The Alderfer Show closed a successful season at Circleville, Ind., October 15. The Alderfer family will spend the winter at Denver, Ind. The Renzos went to their home in Ft. Wayne, Ind; Bert Pitts, to Plymouth, Ind.; Nick Carter and C. Welch to Niles, Mich.; Scott Ruth to the South for the winter. The show will be enlarged for next season, carrying a three-pole top, a number of new wagons, several head of performing ponies and a troupe of dogs. The advance will again be in the hands of Bob Loder. Billboard, October 31, 1914, p. 22. Winter quarters. Alderfer Show, Chas. Alderfer, prop., Denver, Ind. Billboard, November 28, 1914, p. 27.
(circa 1914) The C. L. Alderfer Circus moved by equine power. Coleman show had the Sullivan and Eagle wagon works carvings from the Alderfer show. The wagon was later the property of Maloon Bros. Circus out of Union City, Indiana, owned by Connie Maloon and C. L. Alderfer from 1919-1925. The Maloon show was purchased by John Pluto late in 1925. Pluto never operated it. "E. E. Coleman's Circus," Joseph T. Bradbury, Bandwagon, Jan-Feb, 1999, p. 22.
1915:
Alderfer's Dog and Pony Show. In spite of the hard times howl over the country the Alderfer Show is preparing to put out a first-class wagon show. Five new cages and a piano wagon are being built at the quarters in Denver, Ind., to add to the show, making a ten-wagon outfit. Elmer Gilmore has charge of the training quarters, and is working a high-school pony, six dogs, two bears, a goat and a golden baboon. The act bids fair to be an excellent one. The show will use a 50-foot top, with 2 30-foot middle pieces, and will carry 10 head of baggage horses and 10 ponies. Bob Loder will have charge of the advance, using an automobile. The opening date is set for May 1. Southern Indiana will be made the early part of the season. Billboard, January 30, 1915, p. 23.
Fond du Lac, Wis., June 28, 1915. I have just returned from a pleasant week's visit with the Alderfer Dog and Pony Show, and Charles Alderfer, manager and owner, has asked me to send you a short article relative to the show. . . . The show is carried on seventeen wagons, five of wich are cage wagons containing small animals. Eighteen head of horses and twenty ponies comprise the stock, and an excellent troupe of dogs and goats are carried. Every wagon but the pole, stringer and plan wagons goes in the parade, and the parade is some flash. No band is carried. Instead an excellent organ is used in a flashy wagon as a band wagon and the parade is closed with a swell piano wagon instead of a calliope. Handsome trappings are used on all horses and ponies.
1916:
The Alderfer shows, with winter quarters at Denver, has incorporated. Capital stock is $10,000 and J. Ross Woodring, Charles Alderfer and Clarence L. Keyes are directors. Rochester Sentinel (IN), Thursday, March 2, 1916.
Alderfer Show. Alderfer & Woodring, proprietors; C. L. Alderfer, manager; Mary Alderfer, treasurer; Gus Ripple, general agent; N. B. Luther, local contractor; Theo Graupner, manager sidesho; Carl Solt, equestrian director; Emma Alderfer, supt. privileges; Dod Sparenburg, supt. reserved seat tickets; Robert Hartman, supt. canvas; Lewis Baker, boss hostler; Wm. Richards, supt. commissary dept.; Nick Carter, supt. lights; Raymond Thals, supt. props; Wm. Southerland, supt. animals; Theo Graupner, announcer; eighteen wagons. Show opens at Denver, Indiana, April 22. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 114.
Forest D. Snider, known professionally as Hary DeCleo, leaves Marysville, April 22, to join the Alderfer circus for the coming season. The Alderfer show is a fifteen car circus. He will join them in Peru, Ind., and is in fine trim for his aerial, pedestal, gymnast and flexing trapeze act. After his motorcycle accident of some months ago, DeCleo got busy and has been working hard to get back into form again, which he has succeeded in doing. In addition to the above, DeCleo does an Iron Jaw and Juggling act that is extremely clever. "Fifty Years Ago. Thursday, April 13, 1916," Journal-Tribune (Marysville, OH), April 13, 1966.
Denver, Ind., April 15. The Alderfer Shows are being greatly enlarged for this season. All of the old wagons hare been repaired and repainted, and a number of new ones added. Among the latter is one of the finest ticket wagons that has ever been seen. In all there will be thirty wagons, sixty-five bead of stock and forty people. Tbe main tent will be a
sixty foot round-top, with two thirty foot middle
pieces. The side-show top will be a fifty, with two twenty foot middles. Tbe opening date is scheduled for April 28 at Peru,. Ind.
Among the people to be found with tbe show are Charles L. Alderfer, proprietor and general manager; Gus Rippel, general agent; Nat Luther, local contractor; W. H. Sheak, secretary, treasurer and superintendent menagerie; Ray Wood, equestrian director and leading clown; John F. Dush, band leader, with fourteen pieces; Max Wilkershire, boss hostler; Homer Henry, boss canvasman; John Doe, superintendent privileges; A. Davis, manager pit wagon; Lewis Baker, blacksmith and general repair man; Mrs. Charles Alderfer, steward; Aerial Solts, double trapeze and bars; Alderfer Sisters, swinging ladders; Charley Rippel, contortionist, traps and swinging perch; Harry DeCleo, rings, traps and swinging perch; Sylvia Alderfer, rolling globe and trained dogs; Alderfer's trained ponies; Riding Trio (pony, dog and monkey); Frank Kotora, Japanese slack wire and barrel juggling; Hand Faunce, comedy acrobat and Roman rings. Col. Phil DeCoupe will have charge of the sideshow, in which will be Carl Solt, bag puncher; Walter Laidlow, comedy roller skater; snake pit; five cages of animals; twenty Shetland ponies, and "Banjo" Kelly, one-piece band and blackface comedian. Billboard, April 22, 1916, p. 22.
Notwithstanding unfavorable weather conditions the Alderfer Show enjoyed very good business in Indiana, and is now in Illinois. The show will later jump back into Indiana. Only one performance was lost so far, at Rochester, Ind., due to wet weather. John F. Dusch and his band of fourteen musicians continue to be one of the big features, and Charles W. Tupman never fails to get applause with the orchestra. Mr. and Mrs. Harry Keller joined recently. Harry to play first chair cornet, and his wife to sing with the band and do her usual concert turns. Ray Woods, the funny old clown, is still with it, knocking them off their seats at every performance. One of the features of the show is Walter Laidlaw, one of America's best roller skaters, who does his act on a table 4x7 feet. The "big three" on the advance are doing some great work, and consist of Gus Rippel, general agent; Nat Luther, contracting agent, and Harry Leon, press agent. The show carries thirty-four wagons, seventy-eight head of horses and ponies, six cages of animals and sixty-eight people. Billboard, June 17, 1916, p. 65.
1917:
The Alderfer Show is stored this winter on the fair grounds at Huntington, W. Va., which is considered as fine a spot as one could find for a winter quarters for a show. There are plenty of large buildings for the wagons, box stalls for the stock, running water, seventy acres of fine pasture land, and a cottage in which to live. Gus Ripple has charge of the repairing and painting. William Southerland the stock, and Carl Solt is breaking in a troupe of ten new dogs. The show will open early in April with about the same people as it closed with. Gus Ripple will be agent, William Shopshire manager of sideshow. Prof. Danwick in charge of the band, and the Aerial Solts, Sylvia Alderfer, Nick Carter, Bert Pitts and Ray Woods will be found in the dressing room. Billboard, February 3, 1917, p. 32e.
Alderfer Show - C. L. Alderfer, mgr.; Sylvia Alderfer, treas.; Wm. Richards, gen. Agt.; James Shropshire, mgr. side-show and legal adjuster; Ray Wood, equestrian dir.; Carl Solt, gen. supt.; Boone Wood, supt. Priv.; Bert Pitts, supt. reserved seat tickets; Wm. Sutherland, supt. Canvas; Lewis Baker, boss hostler; Emma Alderfer, supt. commissary dept.; Nick Carter, supt. lights; Wm. Konkel, supt. props. Fourteen wagons. Show opens at Proctorville, O., on April 21. Billboard, March 24, 1917, pp. 141, 143.
• 1920: C. L. Alderfer, well-known circus man, was in Cincinnati last week on business and paid The Billboard a visit. Mr. Alderfer, who in 1918 sold his entire show, the Great Alderfer Shows, is now superintendent the Maloon Bros.' Shows, an overland organization, transported on ten wagons, and has been playing Michigan all summer to excellent business. The program presents acts of varied nature, also trained dogs and ponies. The show is now in Southern Ohio, headed South, and the management intends remaining out all winter. Billboard, October 9, 1920, p. 58.
1921: The Alderfer Show is stored for the winter at Owensboro, Ky. Manager C. L. Alderfer reports a pleasant season of twenty-two weeks and that the show will be an eight-wagon outfit next year, opening in April. Billboard, November 5, 1921, p. 69.
1922:
Owensboro, Ky., Jan. 27. Preparations are now going on here at the winter quarters of the Alderfer wagon show. A troupe of dogs is being broken, and a new living wagon and a concession wagon are being built. Paul Jenkins has been engaged for the advance. Admiral P. Dockery for the side show, Harry D. Hayes, concessions, and Ernest Greno. John Hurn will have charge of the stock. The show will be an eight-wagon outfit and will open April 10. All of which is according to manager C. L. Alderfer. Billboard, February 4, 1922, p. 66.
Dr. R. B. French recently visited the Alderfer Show in Jones, La., and reports that it is a neat overland show of twelve-wagon size. With the show are Scott Ruth, trapeze artist; Sawyer Family (Mr. Sawyer is leader of the twelve-piece band); Sylvia Alderfer, rolling ball and slack wire acts; Garnell Family of midgets and others. Billboard, November 25, 1922, p. 81.
• Funeral services were held in Keokuk, Iowa, Sunday for Charles L. Alderfer, aged 65, who died at his home in Keokuk last Thursday from a sudden heart attack. He had been in failing health for two years. Mr. Alderfer was born at Walnut July 30, 1875, and for a number of years lived in the Walnut and Tiosa neighborhoods. For many years he traveled with the Hagenbeck-Wallace circus as a trapeze artist and then had his own wagon circus which was billed under the title of "Alderfer's Great Dog and Pony Show." Mr. Alderfer was married in 1892 to Miss Emma Keister. He was a member of the Methodist church and Masonic fraternity at Gilead. Mr. Alderfer maintained winterquarters for his circus in Gilead for five years. Surviving are his widow; a son, Leroy Alderfer, of Crane, Texas; a daughter, Mrs. Ralph Christy, of Keokuk; two grandchildren; a brother, C. O. Stauffer, of South Bend; two sisters, Mrs. Clayton Fletcher of Argos and Mrs. Tenia Kindig of Mishawaka and stepfather, W. H. Stauffer of South Bend. News-Sentinel (IN), Wednesday, September 11, 1940.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Alexander's Atlantic & Pacific Consolidation - 1881 Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists this show for 1881
Alexander's Atlantic & Pacific Consolidation, which left Detroit, Mich., May 10, in joyous spirits for a Western tour, came to grief at Lacrosse, Wis., July __. The old story - lack of funds. New York Clipper July 7, 1881, p. 290.
Alexander's Atlantic and Pacific Consolidation, which left Detroit, Mich., May 10, for a Western tour, came to grief at LaCrosse, Wis., July 13(?). The old story, lack of funds. New York Clipper, July 23, 1881, p. 290.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Algeria Circus Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, ca. 1926
Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show.
Alhambra Circus - 1863
This show is listed for 1863 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses. It is not in Sturtevant's List of Circuses
The Alhambra Circus, Fourteenth st. Last week of the season, Friday, Oct. 16, as the pavilion will be removed to Brooklyn on Monday morning. Benefit of the bareback rider, Eaton Stone. Last day but one of the Bedouin Arabs. Mme. Marie Macarte, in Turpin's Ride to York and Death of Black Bess in which she will introduce her trained mare "Black Bess." James Cook, "The Fool of the Family" the courtly jester. Eaton Stone, daring equestrian. . . . [Advertisement] New York Times, October 16, 1863, p. 7.
Brooklyn, The Alhambra Circus, junction of Fulton and Dekalb avenues. Friday, Oct. 23, the last day but one of the famed Alhambra Circus. Afternoon at 3 o'clock. Evening at 8 o'clock. And every afternoon and evening this week. Last appearance of the Bedouin Arabs, feats of agility and strength. . . . The Alhambra Circus was removed to Brooklyn at the request of a committee of citizens for this week only, and will be removed to its original locality, Fourteenth street, opposite the Academy of Music, New York, where the season will be resumed on Monday afternoon. Last appearance but one of Madame Marie Macarte in the Grand Hippodrome spectacle of Turpin's Ride to York. Last appearances of Eaton Stone, James Cook and the galaxy of 28 star artists. . . . [Advertisement] New York Herald, October 23, 1863, p. 8.
The Alhambra Circus, Fourteenth street, third day of the grand reopening . . . Star artists, equestrian, gymnastic, acrobatic. Native Bedouin Arabs. Eaton Stone, barback rider. Mme. Marie Macarte in the hippodramatic spectacle of Turpin's Ride to York, and Death of Black Bess. The Talleen Brothers, Mr. W. Odell, Mr. H. Nicols, Professor Parker. Mr. James Cook, "The Fool of the Family," will produce a new budget of wit. Admission - afternoon 25 cents, children 15 cents. Evening - 50 cents and 25 cents. Friday evening, benefit of Lafayette Nixon, assistant manager. [Advertisement] New York Herald, October 23, 1863, p. 8.
• 1863, also see J. M. Nixon's.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
All American Circus - 1906, 1909 Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists this show for 1909, Grant Shuitleff and Slack, proprietors.
1906: Circus Gossip. Grant Shurtleff's All American Shows will consist of seven cars next season. Billboard, January 27, 1906, p. 17.
1909:
All American Shows: Shuitleffe & Slack, proprietors; Grant Shuitleffe, manager; Frank Murphy, general agent; Thomas S. Haymond, manager side show. Roster advance car No. 1: Bob Fisher and Walter Miller, billposters; Harry B. Clark, cook. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
Tent show winter quarters. All American show, Little Falls, W. Va. Billboard, January 16, 1909, p. 24. Frank Murphy, gen. agt., All American Shows. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 86.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
All American Circus - 1982
• In 1982 Waldon Webb's All American Circus toured southern California in the Spring. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 30.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
All American Circus - 1983
• Lloyd Lowery had his one-ring All American Circus at malls in California in 1983. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, p. 13.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
All Star Shrine Circus - 1989
Ernie McLean's All Star Shrine Circus played small towns in Kentucky for five weeks in April and May. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 19.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Allegria's Circus - 1886
Barcelona, Spain, Aug. 14. Charles W. Fish arrived July 26, and the next day made a successful debut in his jockey act at Allegria's Circus. The Villin Troupe of bicyclists, including Joe Mendoza, will join Allegria's No. 2 Show. New York Clipper, September 4, 1886, p. 388.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Allen's Great Eastern - 1879, 1880
1879: The Waterloo Observer tells this tale about Allen's "Great Eastern" circus, which exhibited here last Tuesday: "Three of the recent employees of Allen's Circus, with eight horses which they had seized for unpaid wages, were in town last night. They had sued their employer at Seneca Falls and the animals were levied upon. They claimed residence at Nunda, and said they were seventy miles from home without a dollar to pay for meals and lodgings. We have since understood that Mr. Allen paid up the men and redeemed his horses. The man with the trained dogs, Prof. Neil Smith, left the show at Waterloo to go to Vermont under a contract with Pullman's exhibition. He had also 'run ashore,' and received twenty-five dollars from New York by telegraph money order. Geneva Gazette (Geneva, NY), July 25, 1879, n.p.n.
1880:
Allen's Great Eastern Circus and Frank J. Howes' trained animals are to commence their season in Jamestown, N.Y., early in May. Among the attractions are a riding monkey named Lulu; W. Fred Aymar's "Humpty Dumpty" troupe . . . Jenny Sylvester and her dancing horses; W. B. Aymar, E. Fisher and Master Willie, riders; Levantine and Earl, Frank Morosco(?), the three Milo Brothers in specialties; John Nelson, Fred Aymar, Mons. Davene and W. T. Aymar, clowns; A. Allen and W. T. Aymar are the managers; W. Fred Aymar, equestrian director . . . New York Clipper, May 1, 1880, p. 43.
Allen's Great Eastern Show collapsed in Oneonta, N.Y., July 22. The performers are left penniless, having received no salary since May 31. The citizens have made up a purse for their relief. Among the company were Jennie Sylvester, W. Aymar, the three Milo Brothers, the Ryder Brothers . . . New York Clipper, July 31, 1880, p. 147.
The Allen Show, which collapsed in Oneonta, N.Y., July 21, was bought by A. C. Lewis of that town for $4,000 cash. New York Clipper, August 7, 1880, p. 155.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
American Circus - 1889
A show titled American Circus opened at Haddam, Kansas on July 4. The show played at least a few towns in Kansas and Nebraska in 1889. Bandwagon, July-August, 1991, p. 39-40.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
American All Star Circus - 1999
Managed by Floyd Bradbury, the circus opened early in the year. All acts were presented on a blue mat. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 21.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1999, 2000.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
American Big Top Circus
• Formerly Dailey Bros., John "Gopher" Davenport change the title of this show to American Big Top in 1977. Bandwagon, March-April, 1978, pp. 28, 33.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, no date.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
American Crown Circus - 1998
Owned by the Osario family, this show exhibited in Nevada, Arizona and California early in the year. They took the show out again with a spot date at Las Vegas, using the Circus Osario title. Bandwagon, March-April, 1999, p. 17.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1988.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Allen Shows - 1891
Notes from the Allen Shows. Business for the first week has been more than satisfactory, Geo. Belford is making a hit in head balancing act on the trapeze. Chas. Gregory is also catching the audience with his dancing barrel act. Capt. Bartlett is one of the features of the street parade, giving exhibitions of fancy rifle shooting on the street. Manager John H. Sparks is making a hit with his clarinet solo which preceded the big show. Lowery and Madden, song and dance performers, joined April 28, and are a feature of the concerts. New York Clipper, May 9, 1891.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Allen's - 1890, 1892
1890: Allen's Circus came to town Wednesday, and pitched tents in the rear of the "merry-go-round" on North street. The street parade was not an imposing affair, but the band of eight pieces made more noise than those generally averaging double that number. At the afternoon performance considerable amusement was created by the "molten lead swallower" at the expense of a youth in the audience who unsuspectingly took hold of a hot piece of lead. The efforts of the trained horse "Mustang" to pick out the prettiest girl in the tent, and afterward the homliest man, also amused the "house." There was a general scurrying out of the tent when this latter "act" was announced. Middletown Daily Press (Middletown, NY), Thursday, July 24, 1890, n.p.n.
1892:
On the road, circuses: Allen's, New Florence, Pa. May 11. (May not be this Allen's circus) New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 151.
Allen's show on Thursday evening was largely attended and quite a good performance was given. Middletown Daily Press (Middletown, NY), July 22, 1892, n.p.n.
Pine Rush(?) . . . Allen's circus is to be here Wednesday, July 27. Middletown Daily Press (Middletown, NY), July 26, 1892, n.p.n.
"Pinky," one of three who left Goshen with Allen's circus, returned to Goshen yesterday after but two days' experience as a canvasman. The others are expected home daily. Middletown Daily Press (Middletown, NY), July 27, 1892, n.p.n.
Ellenville. Allen's show exhibits in town Friday. Middletown Daily Press (Middletown, NY), July 28, 1892, n.p.n.
Ellenville. Allen's show, last Friday, failed to draw large audiences, it being a "one-horse" concern. Middletown Daily Press (Middletown, NY), Thursday, August 4, 1892, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Allen's Great Eastern - 1879, 1880, 1890 This title not listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses. Listed 1881 in Sturtevant's List of Circuses
1879:
Allen's Great Eastern Circus, which organized at Jamestown, N.Y., to commence its season there about May __, traveling by wagon. A. E. Allen, proprietor; Wm. T. Aymar, general director; Walter B. Aymar, equestrian director; Horace Nichols, ringmaster; R. C. Bradshaw, treasurer; Samuel Lent, general contracting agent; Harry Franklin, assistant agent; Prof. A. H. Knoll, leader of band with sixteen musicians; Prof. De Witt, leader of orchestra; Davis Carroll, chief of paste brigade with six assistants; George ___, programmer and lithographer. Performers: Wm. T. Aymar, Walter B. Aymar, Romeo Sebastian, W. Frederick Aymar, Willie Aymar Jr., Prof. Neil Smith, John Nelson, Ed. C. Palmer, Oscar Sebastian Cook, John saunders, Lizzie Keyes, Miss Jennie Aymar, . . . Number of wagons, 28; horses, 110; men employed, 90(?). A mammoth band chariot, drawn by ten Arabian horses, will be used. Outside attractions, Prof. Lavorizi(?), balloonist, and Prof. Mathews, wire ascension. George Coup and L. J. Edgerley have the concert and sideshow privileges, with eight wagons, . . . New York Clipper, May 3, 1879, p. 47.
Allen's Great Eastern Circus is being organized at Jamestown, N.Y., where it will give its first exhibition May 17. Advance Argus (Greenville, PA), May 15, 1879, n.p.n.
Allen's Great Eastern Circus will exhibit in Mt. Morris June 5th. Mr. Allen, proprietor, is well known in Western New York, as a successful manager of popular entertainments. Popular prices will be charged. Free high wire ascension. Among the attractions and novelties is a female clown, Miss Ada Isaacs. The following is taken from our exhanges. "Allen's Great Eastern gave two exhibitions at Jamestown the 17th. The bare back riding of Walter R. Aymer and Romeo Sebastian are hard to beat, Miss Lizzie Keyes, equestrienne, performed feats on horse back only eqal to Mme. Dockrill. One of the attractions is Prof. Neil Smith's trained dogs. General admission 25 cents. Mt. Morris Enterprise (Mt. Morris, NY), May 31, 1879, n.p.n.
Allen's Great Eastern Circus exhibited in Bradford, Pa., May 23, 24, to good business. One of the novelties is a female clown, Adah Isaacs. New York Clipper, May 31, 1879, p. 79.
Allen's Great Eastern Circus came yesterday, gave two performances, and left early this morning. The show had a very small attendance in the afternoon, and a little better in the evening, though still small. The did not probably make enough to cover expenses. Next Saturday Van Amburgh's combination show (circus and menagerie) is to exhibit here. . . . Cuba Patriot (Cuba, NY), June 6, 1879, n.p.n.
J. C. Long, equilibrist, with Allen's Great Eastern Circus, who has been detained in Jamestown, N.Y. for some time past in consequence of injuries to his spine received during his performances, has recovered, and is to rejoin that show June 2. New York Clipper, June 7, 1879, p. 87.
The Waterloo Observer tells this about Allen's "Great Eastern" circus, which exhibited here last Tuesday: Three of the recent employees of Allen's Circus, with eight horses which they had seized for unpaid wages, were in town last night. They had sued their employer at Seneca Falls and the animals were levied upon. They claimed residence at Nunda, and said they were seventy miles from home without a dollar to pay for meals and lodgings. We have since understood that Mr. Allen paid up the men and redeemed his horses. The man with the trained dogs, Prof. Neil Smith, left the show at Waterloo to go to Vermont under a contract with Pullman's exhibition. He had also "run ashore," and recieved twenty-five dollars from New York by telegraph money order. Geneva Gazette (Geneva, NY), July 25, 1879, n.p.n.
Allen's "Great Eastern Circus" which has been traveling in Western N.Y., has "pegged out," having sunk $20,000. Corning Journal (Corning, NY), August 29, 1879, n.p.n.
1880:
Allen's Great Eastern Circus, which has been organizing in Jamestown for the past four months, gave an opening entertainment there on the 31st utl., and has started on the road. Batavia Daily News (Batavia, NY) June 3, 1880, p. 1.
Prof. Gage who has been giving our band lessons has pulled up stakes and gone off with the newly organized circus at Jamestown, under the auspices of Capt. Allen. But we learn he will return home to Warren in two weeks. Warren Ledger (Warren, PA), June 4, 1880, n.p.n.
Allen's Great Eastern Circus, Trained Animal Exhibition and Electric Light Show, Warsay, June 14. 15 educated and trained Kentucky thoroughbreds. In tablelau, pyramids, difficult evolutions & poses, catching fish, see-sawing, discharging fire arms and playing music, leaping, etc. Performed by Frank J. Howes. the $5000 animal novelty, the Cynocephalus "Zulu," captured in South African Zululand. No equal in its performances on horseback at full speed. $5000 electric light. Horse power boiler - 10 horse power engine. 6,000 yards of insulated cable wire. Equal to 20,000 candle power.
Allen's Great Eastern Circus was held here until Friday night, of last week, by the rascality of their advance agent, who had not billed the concern any further and who left with what funds he could get hold of. Exhibitions were given one afternoon and four nights and were pronounced good. The troup are very orderly. Western New-Yorker (Warsaw, NY), June 24, 1880, n.p.n.
The Allen Show, which collapsed in Oneonta, New York, July 21, was bought by A. C. Lewis of that town for $4,000 cash. New York Clipper, August 7, 1880, p. 155.
Allen's Great Eastern quit business at Oneonta recently. De Ruyter New Era (De Ruyter, NY), August 12, 1880, p. 1.
1890: Allen's Great Eastern Shows are billed to appear in St. Regis Falls, Oct. 25th. The Cape Vincent Eagle of last week says: "Allen's Circus exhibited here Tuesday to a big attendance. The trained horses and dogs were meritorious features, while the acts of the Morrelle Brothers and others helped give satisfaction." Admission only 25 cents. Street parade at noon. Adirondack News (St. Regis Falls, NY), October 22, 1892, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Allen's New York & New Orleans
• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1882
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for this show.
Frank Allen & Sons' Shows - 1922
Show in Shreveport, Louisiana quarters. Frank Allen, owner. Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 85.
Frank Allen and son have a good wagon outfit that travels thru Louisiana and Arkansas, out of Shreveport, Louisiana. Billboard, April 29, 1922, p. 64.
• Frank Allen's show is listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, ca 1924
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Geo. W. Allen's - 1893-1894, 1896-97
1893: Notes from Geo. W. Allen's Shows. We are now in our twentieth week, and up to date we have enjoyed a very prosperous tour through Pennsylvania, New Jersey and part of Maryland. We will close our tenting season Oct. ? and go into Winter quarters at Allegheny City, Pa. The show will be greatly enlarged this Winter for next season, and will be one of the largest wagon shows on the road. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 463.
1894:
Notes from Geo. W. Allen's Circus. This will be our second season on the road. The show opened April 30, at Millerstown, Pa. to immense business, as it was pay day there. This season we will carry two two-horse bill wagons, and agent's one-horse buggy and six men on the advance. Our big tent is 85ft.(?) round top, with 40ft. middle piece; dressing room, 35ft. round top; cook tent, 20x??ft.; two 30x60ft. horse tents, and sideshow 30x??ft. We use only twelve wagons and forty head of draught horses to carry this show over the road. Our troupe of six performing ponies are the main feature of the show. They can do everything except talk. Our band of eight pieces is under the direction of Prof. Harry Forse. We carry forty-eight people all told. Our wagons have been repainted and they are beauties. All our canvas is brand new this Spring. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 149.
1896:
Geo. W. Allen's Circus will commence operations at Charlestown, Pennsylvania, April 29. We will have nine wagons, including band chariot, and about twenty-six head of draught horses, one trick mule and two trained ponies. We will carry twenty-five people, all told, and tour Pennsylvania, New Jersey and part of New York State. New York Clipper, April 25, 1896, p. 117.
Notes from G. W. Allen's Circus. We are in our eighth week. So far business has been very good. Mr. Allen has sold his farm to an oil syndicate, and will purchase a smaller farm near Allegheny City, Pennsylvania, the Summer, and will erect new winter quarters there this Fall. New York Clipper, July 4, 1896, p. 278.
Notes from Geo. W. Allen's Circus. We closed the season at Greenville, Pennsylvania. We have been on the road since April 25, and toured a part of New York, New Jersey and Pennsylvania, making 129 one day stands. The show has traveled 1,596 miles during the season. The show was loaded on the wagons and we drove to Mr. Allen's farm and winter quarters, one mile North of Greenville. New York Clipper, October 3, 1896, p. 489.
1897: Items from Geo. W. Allen's Circus. We are putting the finishing touches on the wagons. The horses have been brought in from Mr. Allen's farm, and they are in fine condition. Our new canvas arrived last week. We will open the season at Greenville, Pa., April 2?. New York Clipper, April 17, 1897, p. 109.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Julia Allen's - 1922 Listed for 1906 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses. Not listed in Sturtevant's List of Circuses
Julia Allen's Shows, for many years a feature attraction with carnivals, have taken the road as a motorized one-ring circus. The opening stand was made at Lewisburg, Pa., business was fair. The following are with the show: Julia Allen, owner; G. F. Williamson, manager; P. W. Anderson, advance agent; Mrs. H. F. Young, secretary and press agent; Texas Jack, fancy and trick riding and roping; Oscar Mann, producing clown; Young's fox terriers; Lappel and Company, acrobats and tumblers; Sid Hibbird and his comedy mule; Julia Allen, troupe of performing dogs and ponies, also Teddy, the dancing horse; George Parsons, band director; Andy Anderson, equestrian director; Bill Hegeman, boss hostler, Mrs. P. W. Anderson has the novelties and candy privilege. Billboard, July 1, 1922, p. 63.
• Mrs. G. Ford (Julia) Williamson, of Felts Mills, one-time owner of and featured performer in traveling wild west shows, died January 4, 1960, age 76. Once an expert horsewoman and trick rider, Mrs. Williamson was at one time owner of a traveling show known as "Julia Allen's Society Circus." Watertown Daily Times (Watertown, NY), June 20, 1967, p. 13.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Allen Bros. - 1985, 1987 Allen Bros. Circus or Wild West is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1927-1934, 1985-1998
• Mert and Charles Allen, owners, 1927-34. Allen Bros. purchased the Marlow Bros. circus equipment, making Big Flats their home base. The show used carbide gas for lights, running through garden hose to various parts of the lot and top. Every so often someone would stumble over a hose, break the connection, causing a dangerous fire. Mert Allen's wife did a Roman ring act. Charles Allen's wife later married Buck Steel. When the Wild West venture became stagnant, the Allens went circus for a couple of seasons. They had a serious accident when all the seats went down and many people injured. Bandwagon, January-February, 1972, Vol. 16, No. 1, pp. 22-23.
1985: This was a new show in 1985, owned by Allen Bedford, former carnival owner out of Wauchula, Florida. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 10.
1987: Headed by Allen Bedford, the show toured the Carolinas, Georgia and Florida from October through December. Winter quarters were in Wauchula, Florida. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 11.
• After touring for a number of years, Allan Bedford's Allen Bros. Circus collapsed in 1999. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 4.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
All's Wild West & Beverly Circus; Beverley Bros. Circus Shows listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1933-34
• An article on owner Charles X. Allen's 1933 All's Wild West & Beverly Circus and 1934 Beverly Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 6, pp. 20-26.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Jethro Almond's Circus - 1909, 1911 Show listed for 1909-1912, 1935 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
1909: Jethro Almond Show: Jethro Almond, proprietor and manager; Geo. W. Parnell, advance and general agent; F. Sumlin, special agent. Roster of advance: J. F. Cole and Luie(?) Taylor, billposters. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
1911: Geo. W. Parnell will be general agent of the Jethro Almond R. R. Shows again this season, his seventh consecutive season with that attraction. The show opens at Albemarle, N.C., the last week in April. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.
• An article on the 1934 Almond & Conley Circus and 1934-35 Jethro Almond Circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 3, pp. 8-13.
• Brief biography of Jethro Almond is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1959 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Alohaland Circus- 1976 (Hawaii)
Kent Ghirard's circus added a pygmy goat to his circus in 1976. Southern Sawdust, No. 88, August, 1976, p. 3.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Wm. Altherr Dog & Pony Circus - 1905, 1907 Listed for 1906 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
1905
Wm. Althers will open a dog and pony circus in north St. Louis about Feb. 1. Forty dogs and thirty ponies comprise the show. The prospects look bright.
Billboard, January 14, 1905.
While en route from St. Louis to Perryville, Mo., with the Wm. Altherr Dog and Pony Circus, on board the steamer Geradeau, Woodie Cook, principal clown, instituted a new order - the Gobble, Gobble, Gobbles - and initiated into it the following showmen: Wm. Altherr, proprietor of the show; Fred Lightner, treasurer; John Morgan, equestrian director; Howard F. Baldwin, announcer; Peter Peterson, props; Harry Dickinson, trainer; James O'Neill, barrel jumper; Mrs. O'Neill, traps; Tony Weismantle, clown; Theo. Miley, clown; Happy Cameron, clown; Lulu, Nettie and Chas. Leurdecker, aerialists; Trendall Brothers, aeronauts; Toots Jones, McKenna Brothers, comedians, and Joe Bishop. Billboard, November 4, 1905, p. 16.
1907: Missouri. St. Louis. Lemp's Park . . . Altherr's Dog and Pony Show . . . Billboard, July 27, 1907, p. 26.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Alward & Way's Circus - 1883 Listed for 1883 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses and in Sturtevant's List of Circuses
Alward & Way's Circus played in West Liberty, Ia., May 19, Port Louisa 21, Fort Madison 22, thence to Montrose 23, Alexanderia 24, Anamosa 25. The artists engaged are Nelson, boy juggler; James Messenger, Fred McCarty and son. Prof. Tonis, Mr. and Mrs. Gus Alward, Amy Bell, Chas. Way, and Marco. Logansport Chronicle (Logansport, IN), June 2, 1883, n.p.n.
Alward & Way's Show exhibited in Anamosa, Ia., May 28, Springviell 29, Central City 30, Centre Point 31, Vinton June 1 . . . Norway 4, Blairstown 5, Van Horn 6. Del Dare and wife, are giving free balloon ascensions and high slack wire. Nelson, boy juggler, and ten horses and a new band wagon were recently added. New York Clipper, June 9, 1883, p. 195.
Wanted for Alward & Way's Circus, Museum and Aquarium, peformers in every branch, except riders; a sideshow band of 4 or 5 pieces; and specialty artists for concert. A few more privileges to let. Address Gus Alward, Corning, Iowa. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, June 16, 1883, p. 212.
Show added two hot air balloons. New York Clipper, August 4, 1883, p. 323.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Amateur Circus - 1894
The Amateur Circus performance given March 27, at Nutley, N. J., in aid of the Red Cross League of that place, was a success. There was a performance in the afternoon for the young folks and one in the evening for their elders, both occurring in the training school of Prof. Eaton Stone, the veteran circus rider, and both being well attended. . . . The show opened with an overture by Prof. J. S. Robinson's Orchestra, which was composed of old time circus melodies, in the midst of which eight ladies and gentlemen, under the leadership of Guy A. Ward, rode into the ring and performed a series of graceful equestrian manoeuvres. . . . bareback riding act by C. O. Smith. During the waits of this act Fred Runnells, and old time clown, kept the audience in a good humor with his jokes. E. Loyal Field then presented his troupe of trained animals and Master L. Sterret gave a pony hurdel exhibiton. The veteran Eaton Stone was then introduced, and after a few remarks gave way to Messrs. Ward and Berg in a clown act. . . . Annie Oakley then gave an exhibition of glass ball shooting in which she introduced her new act of shooting from the back of a horse, and displayed her old time neatness and dexterity. . . . a tandem manege act by Robert Whittaker, and an exhibiton by the boxing kangaroo, "Big Frank." . . . New York Clipper, April 7, 1894, p. 68.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Amazon Bros. - 1899, 1900, 1902, 1906, 1913-16, 1919, 1920-22 Listed for 1899-1913 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses and for 1899, 1900 in Sturtevant's List of Circuses
1899:
Amazon Bros. 10 cent circus will exhibit for three days commencing tonight in East Newark. The Zanesville papers all speak highly of it and when a person can see 20 different acts and as many performers for 10 cents is a treat seldom offered. Tonight ladies will be admitted free. Their band wagon will parade the streets every day at noon. There will be a free exhibition tonight at 7 o'clock. Newark Daily Advocate (Newark, OH), July 6, 1899, n.p.n.
1900:
John Lloyd, saloonist of Cambridge, O., has place a tent show on the road under the name of "Amazon Bros. Circus." National Police Gazette, May 12, 1900, p. 2.
The advance team of Amazon Bros.' Uncle Tom's Cabin, which went on billing after the show broke up, not knowing of the latter occuence for some days, was overtaken at Gettysburg. It returned to Hancock. Manager John Lloyd having gone there with a reorganized show. Hagerstown Daily Mail (Hagerstown, MD), August 22, 1900, n.p.n.
Amazon Bros.' Shows, which the "Clipper" lists as a tent show, is a coon hall show. It is a winter snap belonging to Mons. LaPlace. Geo. Clark is, or was, the manager. LaPlace runs a tent show in the summer. Billboard, December 8, 1900, p. 5.
1902:
Amazon Bros.', 8th annual tour. Mons La Place, manager and founder of Amazon Bros.' Attractions. A. E. Steele, secretary and treasurer. Amazon Bros.' interpretation of Uncle Tom's Cabin, produced in a theatre under canvas. The greatest and most complete wagon show now traveling. Novel street parade. White and colored bands in band wagons. Man-eating Siberian bloodhound, trick ponies, trained donkeys. Wanted, musicians . . . wagon show agent, also general agent for hall show next season. Want to buy one baggage and stock car and a combination dining and sleeping car for the coming hall season. Performers in all lines of work. Permanent address, Mons La Place, manager, Vandergrift, Pa. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, June 28, 1902, p. 400.
Actors and musicians please take notice. I see in last week's Clipper that Mons. LaPalce claims to own a show called Amazon Bros. U. T. C., which winters at Vandergrift. He was engaged as bus. mgr., but is no way connected with Amazon Bros.' Tom, which Winters here. The show next season will be called Al. Steel's Pavilion "Uncle Tom Cabin" Shows, with Al Steel, sole prop. and mgr. Robert Taylor, gen. agent, Vandergrift, Pa. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, October 25, 1902, p. 780.
1906:
Wanted, musicians and performers, and call for Amazon Bros.' Consolidated Shows. Report for rehearsal at Byesville, O., May 10. Want a few more all 'round people, one or two song and dance sketch teams, acrobats, bar performers, and aerial artists; high wire and high dive men. Those doubling brass given preference. Adress Amazon Bros. Shows, Byesville, O. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, May 5, 1906, p. 303.
1913:
Want for Amazon Bros.' Wagon Show. Musicians and performers. Band of 4 or 5 pieces, double stage or orchestra. Week stands. Singing and dancing sketch team. Pay your own board. Salary must be low, as you get it every Sunday. Want 2 or 3 chorus girls. Amazon Bros. Wagon Show, Columbus, Ohio. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 24, 1913, p. 35.
1914:
Want, circus and minstrel people in all branches, male and female, three nights and week stands. Sister team that does dancing, sketch team that can dance, also novelty acts. Tent show. Want three or four piece orchestra that double band. Long season, open May 1. Addres Amazon Bros.' Shows, Columbus, Ohio. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 14, 1914, p. 23.
Mons. LaPlace, manager of the Amazon Bros.' Shows, celebrated his forty-eighth birthday, June 3, and was the recipient of several presents from the members of the company. One of special mention was a large American flag. Thursday, June 4, at Columbia Center, O., a severe wind storm struck the show just after it was up and ready, blowing everything to the ground and causing considerable damage to the big top. Irwin Mayberry, while holding down on the bale ring, was carried to the top of the center pole by a sudden gust of wind, but was released without being hurt. After the storm was over, everybody got busy and things were soon put in readiness. Capacity business was done in the evening. Billboard, June 27, 1914, p. 54.
Wanted - cornet player. Address Amazon Bros. Circus and Wild West, Waynesfield, O. [Advertisement] Lima Daily News (Lima, OH), July 23, 1914, p. 9.
1915:
Amazon Bros.' Shows. Things are flourishing around winter quarters at Columbus, O. All wagons will be painted red and yellow, trimmed in gold and silver. A new 60x100 foot tent will be completed in a few days. The new steam calliope has arrived. The show will open its twentieth season about the middle of May near Columbus, and after touring Ohio will cover West Virginia, Pennsylvania, Maryland, Tennessee and Kentucky. Three-day stands will be made, with a change of program each night. The roster: Mons LaPlace, sole owner and manager; May LaPlace, treasurer and manager of privileges; Haskins and Haskins, Andy Stantenberg, Henry Brown, Ray and Maud Woodson, Billy Brown, Lee Sargent, Pearl Sage, Blanch Black and Cleo Ladmarie. Prof. Harry St. Clair will make balloon ascension and triple parachute leap every evening as the free attraction. Billboard, May 15, 1915, p. 23.
Harry and Bessie Haskins, in reply to the advertisement placed by Mons. LaPlace in the August 21 issue of The Billboard, say: "We had the alternative of closing or starving to death. The two meals a day were little more than bread and molasses. We were informed before opening with LaPlace, of the Amazon Bros.' Show, that he would close an act without notice, so naturally we had the same privilege. Mrs. Haskins was required to do two turns daily in the cookhouse, which she refused. Pay day was fight day, as LaPlace would try to beat all performers out of salary. Moving day meant fast day in the way of eats, as nineteen hours generally went between meals on this day. Performers were expected to take down and put up the tent at every gust of wind. Sleeping quarters were awful. LaPlace presented us with a board bill as a reward for our labors in working early and late getting ready for things to open. We are now with Ricton's Show, eating three meals a day, and conditions are excellent." Billboard, August 28, 1915, p. 45.
For sale. Amazon Bros.' entire wagon show outfit at close of season, on or about Oct. 1st. Outfit consists of one 50-ft. with two 30-ft. middle pieces; one ticket wagon, one canvas and pole wagon combined; one stage wagon, stage erected on wagon; one private sleeping wagon, one cookhouse wagon; one two-seated buggy, one sincle buggy, cookhouse complets, and sleeping tents, four head of heavy horse and harness. Going to enlarge next season and use trucks, no horses. Address Amazon Bros.' Shows, Columbus, O. [Advertisement] Billboard, August 28, 1915, p. 38.
Circus Gossip. Mons. LaPlace, of the Amazon Bros.' Show writes: "In the twenty years that this show has been on the road, we have never had such a wet and stormy season as 1915. Have lost only four days on account of wind storms. On several occasions we had to hire hayladders to help move us to our next town, but the ladies never had to ride on hayladders. Next season the show will be transported on five big auto trucks. Billboard, September 4, 1915, p. 75.
Circus and Carnival News. Amazon Bros.' Shows closed their summer season at New Albany, O., October 6, and are now making preparations for the winter season. They will make three-day and week stands. Miss Ruby Hott and Roland Stonborner, both members of the show, were married at Sunbury, O., recently. Blish and Logan have gone to Boston, Mass., to visit and rest, after which they will return to the show for the winter. Mr. Amazon says the shows will travel on auto trucks next season. Billboard, October 23, 1915, p. 58.
1916:
. . . Mons. LaPlace, owner and manager; Mrs. May LaPlace, treasurer . . . Mons. and May LaPlace, Roman rings and trapeze act . . . [this show mostly vaudeville except the rings and trapeze act] Billboard, August 19, 1916, p. 24.
1919:
Repertoire. Mons. La Place, manager of the Amazon Bros.' show, is at his office, 33 South Front street, Columbus, Ohio. Manager La Place will carry fourteen people and a band this coming season. Billboard, February 1, 1919, p. 23.
Amazon Bros. Motorized Show has closed a successful season, and manager Mons La Place has stored for the winter. It is said that all the performers with the show have signed for next season. Billboard, November 15, 1919, p. 58.
• More on the 1919 Amazon Bros. show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.
1920:
Amazon Bros.' All Motorized Shows will open on or about May 1 near Columbus, O. Manager LaPlace has been busy this winter organizing for the Loyal Order of the Golden Hearts of the World, but is at present getting things in readiness for the coming season. Most of the people have been engaged. Mr. LaPlace recently received a telegram that his father, 76 years old, had died in Grand Rapids, Mich., but the message came too late for him to reach that city before the funeral. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 87.
In Repertoire. The Amazon Bros.' All Motorized Show is playing to large crowds thru Ohio. This is the 27th season for the show. . . . Mons. LaPlace has the privileges and is secretary . . . Billboard, July 24, 1920, p. 14.
1921:
Winter quarters, Miscellaneous. Amazon Bros.', Circus-Vaude., 608 Part st., Columbus, O.
Billboard, January 29, 1921, p. 46.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Capt. W. D. Ament's - 1891-96, 1900, 1902, 1907 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1895-1907
1891:
1892:
1893:
1894: Notes from Ament's & Bruce's(?) Pavilion Theatere Co. W. D. Ament and Robt. Bruce have dissolved partnership by mutual consent, and all hands have struck out for California. W. D. Ament and wife have joined Buck Taylor's Wild West Show. New York Clipper, May 5, 1894, p. 135.
1895:
1896:
1898:
Capt. W. D. Ament's Shows. We have concluded to tour the South for a long season. Among the features which open in Cairo are Clayton and De shen, Zanfrella Bros., Mae Ashley and her walking coon, the La Zarlos, and Fantette. Walter Arlington has been engaged to look after business ahead, while Chas. A. White, our former agent, will act as assistant manager back with the show. Our roster: Capt. Ament, manager; Mrs. W. D. Ament, proprietress; Chas. A. White, asst. manager; Walter Arlington, general agent; B. Wagner, tickets . . . Tottie Nichelson, sketch; Clayton and de Shon, sketch; Zanfrella Bros., flying traps; Mae Ashley, walking coon; La Earles, rope walkers; Fantette, Spanish rings; Emile Gerber, single traps; James Dashington, the silver vampire; Capt. W. D. Ament, rifle shot; La Jorda, queen of the silver thread; Prof. Meehan, school of seventy poodles; Miller Family, revolving ladder; La Layotas, clown family; Jessie Brandon, Flora Vernon, Cole and Lindon; Albert Martin's band of twelve pieces. New York Clipper, October 8, 1898, p. 541.
1900:
Capt. W. D. Ament's combined dog, horse and vaudeville tent show will open a three days engagement in Janesville on June 25, 26 and 27. The Elgin Sun says of this entertainment: "Capt. Ament returns to this city this year with a larger aggregation than in preceding years and the program given last evening beneath the canvs covered arena was made up of several clever performers in their respective lines. There was close to 1,200 people in the tent last evening . . . Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), June 19, 1900, p. 5.
1902:
1907: Ad. Capt. Ament's Great Silver Gift Show. Headed by Prof. Meehans great school of educated dogs - finest in the world, 25 in number. Gussie Framme, the dancing marvel. Billy McLain, funny comedian. Captain Ament, ventriloquist, musical artist . . . admission 10c. Muskogee Times Democrat (Muskogee, OK), July 24, 1907, p. 3.
• California Death Index, 1940-1997. William D. Ament, died May 26, 1943 at Los Angeles, born January 18, 1861, Iowa.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ament & Meehan's Show - 1901, 1907
Listed for 1907 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses. Not listed inSturtevant's List of Circuses
1901: Roster of Ament & Meehan's Dog and Monkey Show. Capt. W. D. Ament & Prof. Wm. Meehan, sole owners and managers; Mrs. Nanna Ament, ticket seller and treasurer; Mattie Meehan, ticket taker, main door; Mrs. Fannie Meehan, reserved seat ticket seller; Herman Little, boss canvasman with four assistants; Ed. McGoragh, animal keeper, one assistant; J. E. Daugherty, advance agent. We are showing under a little push pole tent, 40x80 ft., fitted up like an opera house and heated at night with stoves. Performers: Capt. Ament, one man band, fancy shooting, ventriloquist and magic; Nanna Ament, mind reader and serpentine dancer; Genevieve Ament, singer and cake walker; Prof. Wm. Meehan, with thirty-five performing dogs and monkeys. We furnish a two hours' performance. We charge 25 and 35 dents. We have been playing Georgia and South Carolina, and will soon be in Florida, where we will remain for the winter months. Capt. Ament has sold his Big City Show outfit to Murray & Co. New York Clipper, December 14, 1901, p. 912.
1907: Ament and Meehan's Dog Show closed their tenting season at Orangeburg, S. C. November 30. Capt. Ament will spend the winter in the East, while Prof. Meehan will play some time in the south. Billboard, December 21, 1907, p. 24.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Circus America - 1974, 1982, 1998
• Circus America, Paul Kaye, 1974. Bandwagon, January-February, 1975.
1982: Ed Migley's Circus America, formerly Circus Odyssey, began 1982 in Mexico City. Later the show was in Puerto Rico and played its first U.S. date at Wilkes Barre, Pennsylvania in April. He closed the season at Baltimore in November. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 32.
1998: After touring Circus America for a number of years, Ed Migley declared bankruptcy in late 1997 or early 1998, and did not produce any circuses. Bandwagon, March-April, 1999, p. 10.
• Circus America, Ed Migley, owner, listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1979-1997.
Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
American Racing Association - 1875 show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1875
"America's Racing Association, International Hippodrome, Menagerie and Congress of Nations," will give its initial exhibition in Cincinnati April 6(?). The general manager is George W. De Haven, with R. E. J. Miles as manager of finance, Andrew J. Haight as amusement manager, and Sam Joseph as press agent. New York Clipper, April 3, 1875, p. 7.
"America's Racing Association, International Hippodrome, Menagerie and Congress of Nations" has been organizing in Cincinnati all Winter. It exhibited all last week at the Union Ball grounds, Cincinnati. The managers are George W. De Haven, Andrew J. Haight and R. E. J. Miles. Dan Rice is director of amusements. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, p. 23.
America's Racing Association, International Hippodrome, Menagerie and Congress of Nations. Proprietors, a joint stock assocation. General manager, Geo. W. De Haven; treasurer, R. E. J. Miles; director, Andrew Haight; general agent, S. H. Joseph; contracting agent, John ___; assistant contracting agents, A. R. Scott; excursion agent, H. Leech; lithograph agent, ___ Morris; programme agents, John Watson and Wm. Scott. Two bill brigades, six persons in each brigade. In all, twenty-two people in the advance. Col. Dan Rice to supervise the Hippodrome exercises. . . . There wil be two band wagons, 22 musicians, 1 steam piano, 20 Persian and Roman chariots . . . Company will travel by rail, visiting only large cities. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, supplement, n.p.n.
American's Racing Association, International Hippodrome, Menagerie and Congress of Nations. A. J. Haight went to California to make arrangements to take the show to California. New York Clipper, April 24, 1875, p. 31.
America's Racing Association opened in St. Louis, Mo., April 19, to low business, owing to stormy weather. Business increased large at closing of the week. Sideshows are under Uffner & Norman. Route, Chicago, 26, one week. New York Clipper, May 1, 1875, p. 39.
America's Racing Association and Hippodrome made its entree into Chicago, Ill. April 26. The arrival was hearlded by a street procession. There are many novelties, but we failed to see the gorgeous golden chariots, tableau cars and rich trappings which were so strongly advertised, on the contrary, everything was neat and substantial, but far from being gorgeous. Of the performance, the only really first-class features were the three and four horse chariot races and racing stock generally. New York Clipper, May 8, 1875, p. 47.
The Great Hippodrome and America's Racing Association exhibited at Auburn, N.Y., on May 18, under a six-pole canvas. Our correspondent says: "The street procession was a gorgeous affair. The performance consisted of flat, hurdle, elephant, camel, and Roman chariot races, and gymnastic feats by a score or more of athletes. Dan Rice was master of ceremonies. New York Clipper, May 29, 1875, p. 71.
America's Racing Association exhibited at Albany, May 25, 26, and from unforseen causes their tour was interrupted, and they continued there duing the entire week. No show was given on the afternoon of May 27, as the Sheriff had seized the concern. John ___ & Co. attached the show for $16,000(?). Other attachments in sums varying from $100 to $200, and amounting in all to about $1,000, were issued from the Justice's Court. The Torry Brothers of this city has a claim of $12,000 against the concern. Some of the chief performers left the show, but reconsidered their dtermination and returned. Considerable excitement exhisted at one time over the seizure of the ticket wagons, two of the constables having put locks upon and removed them. Subsequently the Sheriff gave the company permission to use the wagon, and upon some of the attaches attempting to remove them, they were set upon by other officers, who thought the men were attempting to rescue the property, and matter were lively until an explanation was made. In the evening of the 27th a performance was given for the benefit of the ___. The stockholders subsequently held a meeting, and our correspondent informs us that the concern have paid all immediate outstanding debts, and will proceed with their tour. New York Clipper, June 5, 1875, p. 79.
The American Racing Association is to show at Buffalo again June 11, having once more reorganized. There is great rivalry between this show and Barnum's, which is billed for 15, 16. De Haven has cut his price down to 25 cents general admission, and thereby hopes to spoil Barnum's business. New York Clipper, June 12, 1875, p. 87.
America's Racing Association and Hippodrome has again met with disaster, being in the hands of the Sheriff of Ogdensburg, N.Y. Many of the parties connected with the concern left for Cincinnati, O., June 11. New York Clipper, June 19, 1875, p. 95.
New York is a bad State for circuses to be in. The American Racing Association, of which Dan Rice was ringmaster, came to grief at Ogdensburg. DeHaven's circus gave up the ghost at Rochester. Titusville Herald (PA), June 24, 1875, n.p.n.
Four cages of animals belonging to America's Racing Association, and which were attached in Rochester, N.Y., last month, by various creditors, were sold there under the hammer, June 11. The purchasers were the Evening Express Printing Company. New York Clipper, June 26, 1875, p. 103.
All the property belonging to the International Hippodrome, America's Racing Association, Menagerie and Congress of Nations, is to be sold June 29, by the Sheriff of St. Lawrence County, at Ogdensburg, N.Y. New York Clipper, July 3, 1875, p. 110.
The De Haven Hippodrome is still in Ogdensburg, N.Y., and the employes are reported "dead broke." By their quiet deportment they have won the sympathy of the people of that town. Most of the workingmen have sold their claims for small sums and left for their homes. Dan Rice is still there, and talking of starting out again. New York Clipper, June 26, 1875, p. 103.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
American Dog & Pony Show - 1902
Show is listed for 1902 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
Winter quarters. American Dog & Pony Show, Louisville, Ky. Billboard, December 13, 1902, p. 13. Charlotte, N. B., Great American Dog & Pony Show Oct. 22-24 to good business; performances good. [sic prob N. C.] Spartanburg, S. C., Great American Dog & Pony Show Oct. 24, 27 to fair business. New York Dramatic Mirror, November 5, 1898, p. 9.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
American Continental Circus - 1975, 1979, 1981, 1984-86, 1988
1975: the owners were M. J. Gatti, Patricia Gatti, Al Charles. Circus Report, June 16, 1975, p. 5.
1979: The show opened the season at Fort Stockton, Texas, March 9. The show primarily played the West Coast. Bandwagon, January-February, 1980, p. 17.
1981: The show used either the American Continental Circus or the Canadian International Circus as circumstances fit. Brief information on the 1981 show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1982, p. 14.
1984: The Gatti-Charles American Continental Circus opened at Nacogdoches, Texas, early in February. It played indoor and outdoor arena dates in the Southwest. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 13.
1985: Operated by Patricia Gatti Colquohoun, the show played Western Canada, using the title Canadian International. The season opened in Texas in early February and closed in Texas in late October. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986.
1986: The American Continental or Circus Gatti played its usual territory in the Southwest and West for fraternal groups. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 13.
1988: Owned by sisters Carole and Patricia Gatti, the show opened its 25th season in Texas February 1 in Texas and closed in that state on October 25. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. 13.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1974 - circa 1990.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
American National Circus - 1974
A three-ring circus, including thrill acts, clowns, jugglers and trained animals. Press-Telegram (Long Beach, CA), June 24, 1974.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
American Showtime Circus - 1985, 1994
1985: Tommy Lunsford's American Showtime had a five week tour of Florida, Georgia and the Carolinas in April and May, playing the same territory in November and December. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 14.
1994: Owner Jim Reeder's American Showtime Circus played Florida, Alabama in the Spring and Summer, and the Southeast in the Fall. Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, p. 16.
1995: Owner Jim Reeder sold his show during the year to Stu and Sara Miller who toured it as American Family Circus. Bandwagon, March-April, 1996, p. 17.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1985-1994, Tommy Lunsford, owner.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Circo Americano - 1885
Andrew Gulig, proprietor of the Circo Americano, now in Brazil, recently informed a Clipper correspondent of the death, Sept. 7, of his wife. She was the widow of John Bridges, and was professionally known as Mme. Bridges. Mr. Gulig will take his show to Peru(?), then break up the company, sell all the stock and return to the United States. New York Clipper, November 7, 1885, p. 532.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clark T. Ames Circus - 1864, 1868-69, 1871 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1865-1871
1864: A museum of curiosities is wanted by the subscriber. Parties wishing to dispose of such may send terms of purchase with full description to Clark T. Ames, Showman, New Orleans, La. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, February 27, 1864, p. 368.
• 1868: online at:
1868:
Living curiosities who wish to make a winter's engagement at the Crescent City Museum will take notice that the Museum will open on or about the __ of September. Giants, fat people, dwarfs, skeletons, circassians, albinos and other wonders send their address, with photographs, to Clark T. Ames, Crescent City Musuem, New Orleans, La. P. S. glass blower wanted. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, August 8, 1868, p. 144.
[Advertisement] Colonel C. T. Ames' New Orleans Menagerie, Circus and Tropical Aviary. A triple confederation. The exhibition of sixty-eight. Days of Roman chivalry eclipsed. Lions conquered by a woman. Royal Bengal tigers subdued. The monsters loose in the streets of Petersburg. Monday, June 29, 1868. 37 accomplished artists, male and female representatives of Olympian sports, including equestrianism, gymnastics, pantomimists, acrobatic, and athletes.
1869:
[Advertisement] Col. C. T. Ames' New Orleans Circus, Menagerie and Aviary. Blairsville, Tuesday, September 14, 1869. Equestrian, zoological and ornithological aggregation. Mille Tournor, the Cuban phenomenon. Equilibrist and gymnast styled the "Queen of the Air." M'lle Codona, equestrienne and equilibrist, "Queen of the Hippodrome." Miss Ettie Cook, in her teens, scorns saddle or pad but piroutes, vaults and poses on the back of her flying steed. Miss Lizzie Boynton, Miss Rosa Lee, Miss Kate Gallaway, Miss Belle Lawson. Scenic, manage and calvacade equestriennes.
Clark T. Ames' Circus and Menagerie exhibits in Pittsburgh, Sept. 17th and 18th. New York Clipper, September 11, 1869, p. 183.
1871:
[Advertisement] Col. C. T. Ames' Grand Menagerie and Robinson's Excelsior Circus Combined. Containing 200 men and horses, will exhibit at Maquoketa, Tuesday, September 19. 25 of the best artists, male and female, consisting of riding, acrobats, gymnasts, tumblers, leaping, balancing, contortionists, aerialists, trapezists, juggling, &c. 5 lady riders, 2 lady gymnasts, 3 funny clowns. Trick horses, trick ponies, and educated mules.
The Davenport Gazette of Tuesday says the Excelsior Circus Company came to grief in that city last Saturday. Its effects, animals, etc. having fallen into the hands of the Sheriff for debt. The effect of the Sheriff's attachments has been to break up the company, so far as any further exhibitions this year. About fifty of the horses, the tent and other effects are in the hands of Sheriff Schniger, and the proprietors profess their utter inability to meet the demands against them, and so these effects must go to sale. Sunday evening a number of men were paid off. These took their departure for their homes yesterday. Several of the cages of animals, two wagons together, drawn by a single team, were seen making their way out of town, crossing over to Rock Island on the ferry. The menagerie did not belong to this company, but was rented of Van Amburg, the great showman, and none of the animals were attached. This company was organized in New Orleans, and in that city most of its attaches belong. Jackson Sentinel (Maquoketa, IA), September 28, 1871, n.p.n.
Ames' circus and menagerie, which has been detained in Davenport for debt since last season, was released Wednesday and sent to Galesburg, Ill. So says the Democrat. Burlington Daily Hawk-Eye (IA), March 23, 1872, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Anderson & Clark Circus - 1987
This was a tented one-ring show out in 1987 with a sideshow and a petting zoo. Bandwagon, January-February, 1988, p. 11.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Anderson & Co. - 1879 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1878-79, 1885
1879:
Mr. M. K. Crill, of Anderson's Circus, is in the city, and leaves today for the West. Their circus will commence its spring peformances in Colorado, work down through New Mexico and down the Rio Grande, and will be along this way about the first of June. Lawrence Republican Daily Journal (KS), February 28, 1879, n.p.n.
• 1879, Anderson & Co. opened in Topeka, Kansas, April 14. The 1879 show was owned by the Sells brothers. James Anderson was manager. Thayer's Mudshow and Railers, pp. 10, 67.
• Information on James P. Anderson's 1878-79 show, Anderson & Co.'s, is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 4, pp. 36-43.
• James P. Anderson, one of the oldest circus men in the country, died of senile debility, at his home in Columbus, Ohio, April 22, 1911. He was born in Wheeling, Virginia, seventy-four years ago, but soon after his birth moved to Columbus with his parents, where he lived the rest of his life. He joined a traveling circus at age nine, and worked his way to a half ownership in the Wallace-Anderson show. He had managed the Sells, Forepaugh, Robinson and Buffalo Bill circuses. He left three children, Sarah Ann Anderson and James K. Anderson, of Columbus, and Mrs. P. J. Cassidy of Westerville, Ohio. Burial in Green Lawn Cemetery, Columbus. New York Dramatic Mirror, May 24, 1911, p. 16.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Anderson Dog & Pony Show - 1920-21
1921:
• Note: May be S. B. Anderson's, see below.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bud E. Anderson Jungle Oddities - 1938-39
• In 1938 Anderson purchased the complete outfit of Norris Bros. Circus from Charlie LaMont and in 1939 added property from Tom Mix Circus and other shows. Purchased the Max Gruberg Oddities of the Jungle Act and titled his show the "Jungle Oddities Circus." "Six Shows in One," White Tops, Vol. 14, Nos. 4-5 (Feb-Mar), 1941, p. 16.
Note: Max "Gruberg's" Oddities of the Jungle. Just a small correction please. It's Max Gruber. I am his only living ( grandson ) relative. Murray Gruber
• An article on the 1939 Bud E. Anderson Jungle Oddities is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 2, pp. 4-12.
Bud E. Anderson Circus - 1941 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923-25, 1939-1941, 1944-45
1941 was the first season Anderson toured to any extent east of the Mississippi. Owned and managed by Mr. & Mrs. Bud Anderson. Mrs. Anderson, front door; Joe B. Webb, asst. manager & general superintendent; Chet Espy, band; Mrs. Espy, ticket office; Cliff Brooks, band leader, route cards and Billboard agent; Mrs. Brooks, reserved seats asst.; Verne Crawford and wife, concession tent; Frank Ellis and wife, privilege tent; Bert E.Rickman, equestrian director, announcer, candy salesman; Mrs. Joe Webb and daughter Margaret, assist with reserves; Leon Bennett, sideshow manager; Cleo, sideshow mentalist; Dime Wilson and McBride, sideshow ticket sellers, outside lecturers; Prof. Reynolds, outside ventriloquism, Punch and Judy, inside lecturer; Koko Anders, legal adjuster. Capt. John Hart, jungle animal acts; seven performing elephants; elephant Eva; Matt Lauvish and Moon Kincaid, trained elephants; Joe Hodgini equestrian family (Joe Sr., Joe Jr., Tommie); Dime Wilson, clown; Charlie Dryden, clown; Jimmie Goodwin, clown; Jennie Geyer, aerialist. Band: C. B. Van Vactor and Tommy Osborne, trumpets; Louis Mittendorf, baritone; Chet Espy, trombone; David Anderson, bass; Fred Franklin, drums. Big top inside decorated red, white and blue, as well as the ground cloth in patriotic colors. "On the Lot with Bud Anderson's Circus,"White Tops, Vol. 14, Nos. 10-11 (Aug-Sep), 1941, p. 19.
Bud E. Anderson Victory Circus - 1943
Fred E. Anderson, "Bud,", Emporia circus man, plans to take a new 3-ring show on the road next April, named the "Victory Circus." From Emporia Daily Gazette, in White Tops, February-March, 1943, Vol. 16, Nos. 3-4, p. 13.
• An article on the 1944-45 Bud E. Anderson's Great American Victory Circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 4, pp. 4-14.
• An article on the Bud E. Anderson family and their shows is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 1, pp. 20-41.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
S. B. Anderson Dog & Pony Show - 1912, 1914-16, 1919, 1920
Listed as S. B. Anderson Circus, 1912, in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses. Listed as S. B. Anderson's Dog & Pony & Wild West, 1920, in Sturtevant's List of Circuses.
1912: Wanted, one white clown, for Dog and Pony Show. Also three colored young men who can dance, sing and play music. Address S. B. Anderson, Dupont, Ind. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 17, 1912, p. 23.
1914: Anderson's Dog, Pony & Vaudeville Show, S. B. Anderson, prop.; Marble Corner, Ind. Billboard, December 26, 1914, p. 44.
1915: The S. B. Anderson Dog, Pony and Vaudeville Shows Combined opened the 1915 season at Marble Corner, Ind., Saturday, May 1. The performance consists of eleven acts. The executive staff: S. B. (Doc) Anderson, manager and owner; Miss Alice Anderson, treasurer and secretary; Ed (Red) Darington, stage directors and blackface comedian; Eugene Marcum, in charge of Wild West department and producing clown; Clarence Adams, leader of orchestra. The show will put in a season of twenty-six weeks through Indiana, Illinois and Missouri. Billboard, May 15, 1915, p. 23.
1916:
Winter quarters. Anderson's Dog & Pony Show, S. B. Anderson, mgr.; Madison, Ind. Billboard, January 15, 1916, p. 44.
Anderson Dog and Pony Show. S. B. Anderson, proprietor & manager; Alice L. Anderson, asst. manager, treasurer, secretary; S. B. Andrew, general agent; Wm. Jones, manager sideshow; S. B. Andrew, supt. privileges; Charley Jines, musical director; John Brown, supt. reserved seat tickets; Evert White, supt. canvas; Ben Mau, boss hostler; Earl Powers, supt. lights; John Smith, supt. props; S. B. Anderson, supt. ring stock, working crew, supt. animals & announcer; Tom Adam, blacksmith. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 114.
Marble Corner. On account of the serious illness of Mrs. Anderson's father and mother, Ed Mitchell and wife, S. B. Anderson closed his show season and returned with his wife to their home Thursday after a successful season. Versailles Republican (Versailles, IN), September 20, 1916, n.p.n.
1919: Ripley Ranch No. 1. Marble Corner, Ind., Dec. 1. S. B. Anderson has purchased several riding horses recently, which he excepts to train for his wild west show. He is still in the market for 8 or 10 mares. This being the first wild west show that has ever been framed in the county, he has given it the name of Ripley Ranch No. 1. Versailles Republican (Verailles, IN), December 3, 1919, p. 1.
1920: The following comes from S. B. Anderson, of Madison, Ind." "I have cut out the vaudeville in my show and am putting in Wild West and dogs and ponies. The show will carry in all thirty-eight head of stock, including two long-horn steers, four buckers and plenty of trick riding. Billboard, April 10, 1920, p. 58.
• 1920 Census:
• Probably died 1949. Buried Marble Corner Cemetery, Madison, Jefferson Co., Indiana.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Charles Andress' - 1887-89, 1890 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888-1890
• In 1883 Charles Andress toured a hall show, Andress' Carnival of Novelties and Trained Animal Show. Information on the show and Andress is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 1, pp. 42-43.
• Information on the Charles Andress' Grand Carnival of Novelties and Trained Animal Shows is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 5, p. 29.
1887:
Charles Andress writes us of the welfare of his circus now touring in Iowa. The Rock Mountain goats who are learning the see-saw act and like it so well that they will get on the plank and practice by themselves. New York Clipper, June 25, 1887, p. 227.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa. Prof. Andress' Circus came 16 and week to crowded tents. Among the artists were John F. Batchelder [sic?], the Maynard Family, Prof. L. W. Allen, Joseph Lewis, Devon Brothers, Max Hugo and Emma Maynard. Mr. Batchelder persisted in attempting his double somersault from the board, which he successfully completed. New York Clipper, July 2, 1887, p. 245.
Several changes have taken place in Andress' Carnival of Novelties and Trained Animal Show the past week. John T. Batchelor's injuries were more serious than first thought; and he was obliged to leave for his home. Ed Billings joined the show and Billy Abrams, leaper, rejoined. John Brodock is training two Shetland ponies for next season. Mr. Andress has purchased two more horses for the band wagon, and is now working six on it. New York Clipper, September 3, 1887, p. 386.
Chas. Andress' Carnival of Novelties includes: Charles Andress, proprietor, bird and animal trainer; W. R. Andress, manager; Tom W. Howard, general agent with two assistants; Harry Rouclere, the Steens - Chas. and Martha - mind readers; Joe Lewis, contortionist; Doc. Miller, balancer; the Two Toms, Irish knockabouts; Gorden and Wells, song-and-dance; August Guiese, leader of band; Chas. Presser, leader of orchestra. New York Clipper, December 17, 1887, p. 641.
1888:
Notes from Andress' Carnival of Novelties. It will finish a successful season at Louisville, Ky, about the middle of April. Andress and Ronvleve's mind reading or second sight act has been a feature. The tenting season opens the latter part of April. Roster for the Summer, thus far engaged, is: the Three St. Elmo Brothers, Harry and May Moran, O. H. Kurtz, the Maynard Family, Joe Lewis, Doc Miller, Sylvan and Lamphere, Mlle. Lizzie Byron, Prof. G. L. Wood's school of educated ponies, Andress' troupe of dogs, goats and birds. Jack Braddock, boss canvasman with fifteen assistants; Peter Jenkins, leader of band No. 1; Wm. H. Wentworth, leader band No. 2; Chas. Andress, sole proprietor; W. R. Andress, manager. New York Clipper, April 14, 1888, p. 72.
Roster of Charles Andress' Carnival of Novelties and Trained Animal Exposition: Chas. Andress, proprietor; W. S. Andress, manager; Harry F. Curtis, assistant; George St. Elmo, equestrian director; Pete Jenkins, leader of band; H. Patton, leader of orchestra. Performers: the Three Maynards, Billy O'Brien, Doc Miller, Jas. Lewis, St. Elmo Bros., John Galvin, Geo. Wood, McCoy and McAvoy, Nellie McAvoy, Lizzie Byron, Carry and Le Vard, Punch Coswell, Charles Melville and Prof. Andress' trained animals. John Brodock, W. Hedman and James Cullen are in charge of departments. The troupe travel with their own cars. New York Clipper, June 16, 1888, p. 214.
• Information on the 1888 Charles Andress' Carnival of Curiosities and Trained Animal Exposition is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 1, pp. 51-52.
1889:
Charles Andress' Big Circus, Two Hemisphere Menagerie, World's Museum, etc., will have the following complete roster: Chas. Andress, sole owner and manager; T. J. Ford, assistant manager; Harry Curtis, treasurer; A. J. Wildes, secretary and press agent; Jack Praddoc, boss canvasman with fifty assistants; Geo. L. Wood, with four educated ponies; the three Castellos, brother act; the three Zaoras, triple traps and flying act; St. Elmo and Dunham(?), Mexican ladders; Prof. John White, trained dogs, goats, monkeys, etc.; Zeigler Brothers, brother act and comics; Joe Lewis, contortionist . . . Karoly Ordey, juggler; Ben Dunham and Wm. Castello, triple horizontal bar; fifteen leapers and tumblers; Emma St. Elmo, high wire ascension; Frank Sparks, clown; Will E. Conklin, contortionist; George St. Elmo, equestrian director. . . . Band no. 1, with fifteen members, led by Peter Jenkins; band No. 2, with twelve members, by Prof. J. H. Angell. They are organizing at New Orleans, La. New York Clipper, March 2, 1889, p. 821.
W. R. Andress has taken the business management of Charles Andress' Circus for the coming season. Karoly Ordey has been engaged, his second season with this troupe. New York Clipper, April 13, 1889, p. 81.
The Andress Show, Chas. Andress, sole proprietor, and W. R. Andress, manager, started the tenting season April 21. The show has one advance car, fourteen people in charge of the advance, and about one hundred people with the show. They also carry ten cages, one elephant, two camels and twenty horses. New York Clipper, April 27, 1889.
The Andress circus that was doing our city yesterday is one of the biggest combinations of cut-throats and thieves. Practically there is no true show about the whole thing. The street parade was far below average while the ring performances have been surpassed by the feats of farmer boys in their barn yards. Vile women and coarse men engaged in every kind of gambling scheme and ribaldry. Burlington Hawk-Eye (Burlington, IA), May 28, 1889, p. 3.
During the stay of the Andress Show at Burlington, Ia., May 27, all the performers and musicians took carriages and drove to Aspen Grove Cemetery, where Harry MacFlinn, the brother of Sam MacFlinn, is buried. The band surrounded the grave and played a dirge, after which the lady members stepped forward and covered the mound with a number of floral decorations. The other members of the company, each of whom wore crape on his arm, then stepped forward and place a bouquet on the grave, making it a bed of flowers. . . . The floral designs consisted of an anchor, a heart, a crown and a basket of cut flowers, and each of the male members of the company deposited a bunch of rosebuds in such a manner that they formed a cross.
Notes from the Andress Shows. Despite cool weather and frequent rains, business has been good. Thirty-six horses, one tableau car and two chariots have been added to the show during the past week. A slight railroad accident occurred last week between Cameron and Brookfield, which, aside from breaking most of the mirrors, washstands, etc., on the sleeping car, did very little damage. A few of the performers were jarred out of their berths. Bruises were numerous, but no bones broken. New York Clipper, September 14, 1889, p. 443.
Notes from the Andress Shows. Mrs. Andress’ mother has returned to her home at Chicago, Ill., after visiting a week with her daughter. Walters and Gray and Louise Llewellyn have closed with the show, and are filling an engagement at Kansas City, Mo. Karoley Ordey has started a new enterprise in the shape of a lunch counter for the benefit of performers and musicians. He carries a fine stock of pie, sandwiches, cigars, cigarettes, tobacco and “mineral waters.” His “joint” is very popular. New York Clipper, September 28, 1889, p. 478.
Notes from the Andress Show. Doc. Miller, equestrian director, closed at Birmingham, Ala., and returned to his family. . . . New York Clipper, November 2, 1889, p. 567.
Notes from the Andress Shows. The Andress Circus showed at Savannah, Ga., Dec. 23 to 25(?), to good business. The weather during our stay was exceptionally fine, warm and pleasant. On Christmas morning many presents were exchanged among the members of the company. F.(?) E. Davis, our genial advance agent, was presented with a handsome gold watch, chain and locket by friends connected with the show. Mrs. F.(?) E. Davis presented Chas. Andress with a pair of sleeve buttons of Roman gold, set with diamonds, a valuable and very useful present. Mrs. Andress was also the recipient of a dressing case, bracelets and numerous fancy and toilet articles. Dinner was served at 4.30 p.m., and the bill of fare embraced all the usual Christmas delicacies. At its conclusion Tom and Jerry was served, toasts were drunk and the day passed, to be long remembered by the participants in the festivities as a very pleasurable occasion. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890, p. 711.
• Information on the 1889-90 Andress' New Colossal Show, Circus, Museum and Menagerie is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 5, pp. 41-43.
1890:
Frank Stookey has joined the advance of Chas. Andress' Circus, and will hereafter make a high rope ascension in all the cities visited in the South during the Winter. New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 732.
The La Role Bros. and Ed. Billings, now with Andress' Circus, have signed with Ringling Bros. Circus for next season. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 781.
Andress' Circus and Menagerie will open its sixth tenting season, New Orleans, Feb. 2(?), remaining in N. O. three weeks before taking the road for season of '90. Wanted, performers in every branch of circus business, riders, with or without stock; also billposters. We left N. O. April __, and many of the knowing ones gave me two weeks, but, instead, I am coming back with a larger and better show, and expect to make two season without closing doors. Billposter direct F. E.(?) Davies. All other communications to Chas. Andress, Andress' Circus, New Orleans. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 799.
New Orleans, La. Crowded tents at Andress' Circus and Menagerie . . . Manager Andress deserves credit for having collected so fine a collection of wild animals. The ring performance is exceptional. . . . Joseph Lewis, the contortionist, was good . . . Emma Lewis, the slack wire performance; Mme. Maynard, who gave an exhibition of her iron jaw . . . New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 807.
Notes from Andress' Circus. We are now exhibiting at New Orleans to immense business, and arranging for our Spring opening. The show will be enlarged and strengthened by the addition of several cages of animals, and the ring performance will be very strong. F.(?) E.(?) Davis has been engaged as general director of advance and railroad contractor . . . New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 829.
Andress' Big Circus, Menagerie and Real Roman Hippodrome, want to buy an advance car, also flat cars. Andress' Circus, New Orleans, La. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 834.
A few more good performers and general circus people. Can write for engagements; join immediately. Address Andress' Circus, New Orleans, La. New York Clipper, March 1, 1890, p. 846.
Andress' Circus is still doing a big business, and adds new features to the performances daily. During the performance Feb. __, Mrs. Maynard, the iron jawed woman, while performing her feat of hanging by her teeth from a leather strap suspended in mid air, was ___ to the ground by the ___ of the strap, and had the fracturing her left arm at the wrist and loosening all of her teeth. Mrs. Manard informed your correspondent that this was the first accident that has ever happened to her, although she has been performing this feat for the past twelve years. . . . About April _ manager Andress intends taking his departure from this city. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 853.
Little Willie Green has signed with the Ringling Bros.' Circus for this season and with the Andress Circus for the winter season of 1890-91. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 5.
Wanted for Andress' Circus, season of 1890, glassblowers for sideshow on percentage or salary; also streetmen with good selling novelties. Transportation first class. Address De Arley & O'Brien, managers of privileges, New Orleans, La., care Andress' Circus. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 13.
St. Louis, Missouri. The stage of the Exposition Music Hall will be given up to Chas. Andress' Circus. They will build a ring to accomodate the horses, etc., and the show will open May 12(?). This will be the first circus that has ever exhibited at the ___ Hall. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 119.
Chas. Andress writes us as follows: "I have not closed the doors of my show since March 1, 1889(?), but found time during the ten weeks we played New Orleans this winter to repair and decorate everything with the show, and add ten new wagons and six cars. . . . The roster for this season: Chas. Andress, sole owner and manager . . . L.(?) Andress, treasurer; A. J. Wildes, secretary; F. E(?) Davis, general agent and railroad contractor; W. W. Downing, contracting agent; J. B. Mitchell, superintendent car No. 1, with twelve assistants . . . Lew F. Sunlin, two performing donkeys; Allie Jackson, menage act; Doc Miller, equilibrist; Joe Lewis, contortionist; Emma Lewis, juggleer and slack wire act . . . Ollie(?) Maynard, iron jaw act; Harry O'Brien, contortionist; Harry Costello, balancing trapeze; Mme. L. Andress, double menage act . . . Geo. L.(?) Wood's six educated Shetland ponies. The line of leaps is very strong, as there are six men doing double somersaults, headed by the champion, Wm. H.(?) Batcheller. Doc Miller is equestrian director, Jack Braddoc superintendent of canvas with sixty assistants, Frank Scott, master of transportation . . . In parade there are twenty cages, two elephants, two camels, three tableaux, a pony chariot . . . Mrs. Andress now appears in parade, with her tandem team of thoroughbreds. In the concert are: . . . Little Mollie, child song and dance; Jack Murphy, banjoist; and Campbell and Elaney, Irish comedians. O'Brien and De Artey(Arley?) manage the sideshow. . . . In the museum department . . . the curiosities are: . . . Frank Hubin, Punch and Judy; the two Cavalers, Albinos; Zip, one of the original ___; Maj. Springer, midget . . . New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.
Little Rock, Arkansas. Andress' Circus came May ?. with the intention of staying only a day, but, being detained by high water, remained five days, giving a good show daily to crowded canvas. New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 147.
George Ramlet(?) and Allie Maynard, iron jaw lady, both of the Andress Circus, were married at St. Louis May 11. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.
Wanted, for Andress' Circus, people in all branches of the circus business, for ring No. 2, riders with or without stock. Answer as per route, Moberly, Mo., May 21, Ottumwa, Iowa, 22, Kirksville, Mo., 23, Macon, Mo. 24, Brusnwick, Mo. 26, Kansas City, 27. Chas. Andress. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 173.
A new departure. Sells & Andress' Combined Shows. Greatly enlarged and augmented. More anon. People in all branches of the business. Write or telegraph, . . . Cedar Rapids, 9; Central City, 14; Ord, 13. William Sells, Chas. Andress, equal owners. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 207.
On the Road, Circuses: Sells and Andress', Central City, Neb., June 12, Ord, 13. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 210.
Wanted for Sells & Andress' Combined Railroad Shows, people in all branches of the circus business, lady gymnasts, aerialits and Three Brother act, a good knockabout and talking clown. Would like to hear from a boss hostler. Address as per route: . . . Osceola 21, David City 23, Valparaiso 24, Cortland 25, Blue Springs 26, Marysville, Kas. 27, Fairbury, Neb. 28, Hanover, Kas. 30. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 237.
The Sells & Andress' Circus and Menagerie will be sold at public auction, Aug. ?, at St. Joseph, Mo., by order of the Court. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.
. . .The Sells & Andress Show virtually closed its brief career at St. Joseph, Mo., July 1?, when a receiver was appointed and the outfit safely housed until it can be legally sold. A number of complications led up to this result. "Add" Sells, one of the most financially sound of the famous Sells Brothers, holds a mortgage on the show in the sum of $10,000, which interest he intended to eventually assign to his son, Wm. Sells, the well known jockey rider. Everything has not been as calm as a May moring since the new proprietorship was formed, and it looked as though the final day of settlement would come when the show reached Topeka, Kas., the home of the financial backers. Hence Mr. Andress and his advisers [sic] thought best to suddenly change the route, and ship the show into Missouri, regardless of the stands that had already been advertised in another direction. Consequently, Mr. Sells argued that it would be best to ask for a receiver, and, if possible, find out just what the future of the show would be. This will be discovered when the sale takes place. . . . New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.
Col. John F.(P.?) Tyler, a wealthy citizen of St. Joseph, Mo., was recently appointed receiver for the Sells & Andress Circus and Menagerie, which closed in that city a few weeks ago, on account of disagreements between the two jproprietors. Col. Tyler kept the elephants, two camels and five ring horses on one of his vacant lots in the south part of the city, and employed the old keeper of the elephants to take charge of them until he could dispose of the menagerie. On the night of July 28(?) the animals were stolen, and their whereabouts have not yet been discovered. Mr. Andress claimed this portion of the menagerie, and he and the elephant keeper are both said to be missing. It has since been learned that the menagerie was taken across the river at Rolo(?), Neb., 27. The property is valued at $7,000(?). New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.
St. Louis, Missouri. Clarence Robinson, the well known bareback rider, late of Andress' Circus, has been resting here for several days. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 326.
The Sells & Andress Circus and Menagerie will be sold at private sale, August 4, 1890, in St. Joseph, Mo. . . . Bid on elephant, two camels and ___ good horses separate. John F. Tyler, receiver. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 335.
Charles Andress, writing from Great Bend, Kas., Aug. 26(?), gives his version of the recent closing of the Sells and Andress' Circus as follows: When I left New Orleans with my show, April 7, it was considered to be complete, consisting of sixteen cars, two sleepers, two stock, one elephant car, one baggage car, one tough [sic] and eight flats, nine cages, forty head of horses and ponies and a fine ring performance. The company consisted of over one hundred people. The first four days out our afternoon houses were light, but our night houses were very large. This prompted us all with the belief that the show was a sure winner. But ___ dismay seemed to cross our path from that time until the present. At Shreveport, La., the fifth stand, we sturck rain, and from that time on we were in the floods of Texas and Arkansas, losing from three to five days, and on some occastions we were completely overflowed. This state of affairs lasted until we opened at St. Louis (Exposition Building), May 12, where we did a good business for one week. Notwithstanding the fact that I had exhausted all my ready finances(?) and had drawn several thousands of dollars from Great Bend, and my friends aided me more than I asked for, I found the receipts insufficient to meet the pressing demands. From st. Louis we had two weeks of one day stands to Kansas City, and only for bad weather would have undoubtedly done a fair business; but ___ was, we only paid our current expenses. Here Allen Sells, of Topeka, and his son, William, came to visit the show, with views of buying. The first I knew of their intentions was when I met them on the lot. Mr. Sells explained his views, that he wished to put his son in business with me, and we finally came to an agreement. I began to find out, when too late, that my troubles had only begun. I was told by friends that I should be cautious, and that if Mr. Sells wanted his son in the business, he could easily start him. I know you would not print the personal difficulties we had from that time on, under the new title of Sells & Andress, but will say from __ seemed as if my troubles has only fairly begun. The show, for some unknown reason, was very badly handled. No salaries were paid, and in less than five weeks it was in the hands of a receiver. Mr. Sells bonded(?) his son's horse and some other stuff out, and nothing but my personal property remained to be sold to satisfy my share of the firm debts, which amounted to $1,600, and the property sold Aug. 4 brought $2,964.40, with very few bidders, who were bent on seeing it go for almost nothing. Lew Sells (of Sells Bros.) was by the side of Allen Sells, and bid in a large portion of stuff(stock?) which afterwards was shipped to Topeka. Some of the property still remains unsold, and is held by the receiver. The above did not include any cages or animals. The show complete cost me over $25,000, and I have nothing to show for it. As to my future, I hardly know what I shall do yet. I have many offers from friends to start me out again, and I also have offers from different companies for opera house engagemetns, but I think I shall start out again with a small opera house show for the winter. I will no explain the sequel of the stolen elephant (as the press had it): When we concluded to dissolve partnership, I owed Allen Sells $2,140, and gave him, as security, a contract bill of sale of the big elephant "Zip" and two camels, with stipulations setting forth the fact that when the amount had been paid to him he should relinquish his claim. My brother, J. T. Andress, came on from Great Bend, and paid the amount. He took from Mr. Sells a legal transfer of the property, ordained by the Court as his without recourse, and accordingly J. T. took possession of his property. After a few days had passed it occurred to Wm. Sells thought it would be a good thing to sell the elephant and camels at auction, so he seized the animals and placed them in the hands of receiver. The Judge, while in chambers, could not order them released, but some of the best legal advice in St. Joseph said that my brother could get possession of his property - he had a right to them. Mr. Tyler, the receiver, while he made every effort to find them, was entirely unable to do so, and, after the found out that they were safely landed in Great Bend, he was free in remarking that he was glad of it - that the animals belonged to J. T. Andress, and he hoped he had them safe. Not caring to have an elephant on his hands, my brother sold the animals to the First National Bank of Great Bend, and what disposition they will make of them I don't know. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 420.
Chas. Andress' Gift Show will take the road this month. New York Clipper, October 11, 1890, 487.
Karoly Ordey, the well known juggler, who had been connected with Andress' Circus several seasons past, and who was killed at Graniteville, S. C., was buried here 23(?). [Washington, DC]. Mrs. Roseberry(?), who is well known to all members of the variety stage who have ever visited Washington as the proprietress of a popular boarding house for the profession, had the body brought here at her own expense, and had it interred in her own lot at Oak Hill Cemetery. The twelve year old son of the deceased has been taken in charge by Mrs. Roseberry(?), who will care for and ___ him. Karoly Ordey was a member of Providence Lodge of Elks, and his dues were paid up to June, ___. New York Clipper, January 4, 1890(1891?), p. 713.
1891: The following, from Chas Andress, will explain itself: "I have finished augmenting my new opera house show, and will be ready for the road after the holidays. My show will be similar to my old time show before I embarked in the circus business - Trained birds, dogs, mind reading, magic, etc. Dick Beemer will have the advance work to look after, and, with the exception of two people, myself and wife will give the entire show. The claims of Sells & Andress (defunct) are now being paid at St. Joseph, Mo. I have aided all I could to adjust all claims, and I understand there is about $2,400 remaining from the sale of my personal property." New York Clipper, January 3, 1891, p. 676.
1892: Chas. Andress and wife joined the W. H. Harris Nickle Plate Show, at Chattanooga, Tenn., April 23. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 130.
• 1893: Mrs. Lizzie Andress, wife of manager Chas. Andress, has almsot entirely recovered from a painful surgical operation. She will rejoin her husband with the Harris Show at Texarcana, Tex. Sept. 27. New York Clipper, September 30, 1893, p. 483.
• Charles Andress entry, 1912 Biographical History of Barton County, Kansas, pp. 251-252. Online at http://skyways.lib.ks.us/genweb/archives/barton/history/1912/251.html.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Henry Andrews' Circus - 1896
Circuses. Henry Andrews: Far Rockaway, L. I., August 12-22. New York Dramatic Mirror, August 22, 1896, p. 7.
Circuses. Henry Andrews: Arverne, L. I., August 25, 26, Flatbush, 27-29. New York Dramatic Mirror, August 29, 1896, p. 19.
Circuses. Henry Andrews, Montclair, N. J., September 7-9, Orange, 10-12. New York Dramatic Mirror, September 12, 1896, p. 16.
• Henry Andrews listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1896.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Anglo-American Circus - 1885 See Miles Orton's
Anglo-American Circus Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1908
• According to Chindahl, Alex Glasscock was the proprietor.
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Ann Arbor Light Infantry's Midwinter Circus - 1896 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1896
Roster of the Ann Arbor Light Infantry's Midwinter Circus. Ross(?) Granger, manager; Dean Seabolt, assistant manager; Fred Hantooa(?), treasurer; Mr. and Mrs. Frank R. Miller, equestrians; three Walton Bros., acrobats; Le Roy and Morris, triple bars; La Belle Tina, aerialist; A. Ed. Meyers, heavy dumbell juggler and lifter; Joes Bros. and Cooper, aerialists; Lon Moore, Harkins and Granger, clowns; Pack and Gwinner, Zoaves; Frank B. Miller, equestrian director; Frank Case, musical director; a military band of fourteen musicians; Chas. King, boss property man, and ??? Moore, chandelier man. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Anthony, Ellis & Hathaway - 1882
There is going to be a regular full blown circus at the Opera House on next Wednesday, the appearance of Anthony, Ellis & Hathaway's Majestic Consolidated Aggregation, a hall circus, with a menagerie thrown in. . . . Titusville Herald (Titusville, PA), January 16, 1882, n.p.n.
Parshall Opera House. One night only, Wednesday, Jan. 18, 1882. The Only Hall Circus in America. Anthony, Ellis & Hathaway's Majestic Consolidated Aggregation. Four combined shows: No. 1. Ravel's Humpty Dumpty. No. 2. Miaco's Specialty and Novelty Company. No. 3. Gray's Musical Congress. No. 4. Manning's Opera Orchestra. Twenty star artists. One of the features is the only American Grimaldi (W. C. Ravel), the best acrobatic trick clown in America, the only descendant of the great Ravel Family of French pantomimists now traveling. The Double Specialty and Novelty Company, headed by the Queen of all skipping-rope and silver bell hoop dancers, and fairy-like Columbine, Jennie Miaco; Frank King, the English pantaloon; Sig. Faranta, contortionist; Miss Kittie Sharpe, serio-comic vocalist; Pierre Andrey, animal impersonator, introducing his trained animals; Edwin Fritz, English harlequin; Mons. Tarragoni, Mechagical Shadows; the Fairy Queen, Miss Millie Lebrun; T. Miaco; the Ashton Brothers, Will, Sam and Floyd, acrobatic wonders in their act entitled Classic Rotation, Trained Elephant, Educated Donkey, four Funny Goats, Trained Pigs, Living Alligator. Titusville Morning Herald (Titusville, PA), January 18, 1882, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Antonio Brothers; Antonio & Carroll; Antonio & Wilder - 1857-59, 1860-63 (various titles) show is listed for 1857-59, 1860-61 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
1857:
Antonio, Carroll & Co.'s Great World's Circus will exhibit in Cedar Rapids on July 15. The Antonios having spent the last winter home, in St. Louis, refitting their establishment for their annual tour in the Western and Southern States . . . M'lle Maria Carroll, daring female rider. Madam Carroll, the fair dignity of the arena. The Antonio Brothers, Guillemo, Lorenzo, Augustus and Alphonse. Mr. P. Antonio, the Antipodean feat of walking on a ceiling with feet upward and head down. Mr. B. W. Carroll, two and four horse rider. La Petite Maria with her dog Neptune. The clown, ?. O. Knapp, aided by Tom Tipton. Mon. Jean Harpere, Southern leaper, vaulter and contortionist. Mr. W. Chambers, scenic rider. Messrs. Reed, Ceretto, Anderson, Masters Charley and Willie Carroll. The St. Louis Brass Band, led by G. Baily. Admission 50 cents, children under ten, half price. Doors open at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m., performance half an hour after. . . . [Advertisement] Cedar Valley Times (Cedar Rapids, IA), July 9, 1857, n.p.n.
It has been some weeks since our circus going folks have had an opportunity of enjoying a good treat. They will remember that Antonio, Carrol & Co.'s Circus is to be here tomorrow, and give afternoon and evening exhibitions. Davenport Daily Gazette (IA), September 8, 1857, n.p.n.
1858:
[Advertisement] Antonio & Wilder's Great World Circus. No great outside free humbug, but a genuine old fashioned cirucs, with all the modern improvement, composed of the most eminent male and female equestrians, gymnasts, vaulters, clowns, acrobats, posture masters, equilibrists, dancers, rope performers, and tumblers of the age consisting of the Antonio Brothers, Guilliame Antonio, Lorenzo Antonio, Augustus Antonio, Alphonso Antonio, Madame Carrol, Md'lle Marie Carrol, La Belle Carrol, W. B. Carroll, Master Chas. Carrol, Albert F. Aymar, George O. Knapp, A. Fisher, J. Richards, Tom Tipton. Together with the Migasi Ballet Troupe, in their single, double and treble fancy and comic dances. Each entertainment will conclude with an appropriate and laughable afterpiece.
• 1858: Antonio & Wilder's, online at Clipper, July 31, Clipper, October 9 (scroll down)
1859:
Antonio & Wilder's Great World Circus. The Antonio Brothers, formerly of the Diavolo Family. Guiliomo Antonio, Card Volant performer. Lorenzo Antonio, equilibrist and acrobat. Augustus Antonio, walking the ceiling, feet up and head down. Alphonzo Antonio, pantomimist, gymnast and vaulter. William Armstrong, somersault rider. Mrs. J. Showles, female horse tamer. Jacob Showles, globe act on horseback and trick clowning. Johnny Davenport, the Kentucky clown. Master Henrie, youthful equestrian and gymnast. M'dlle Elizabeth, act of the Lovers of the Rhine. The Migasi Ballet Troupe in beautiful dances. American Eagle, performing horse. Nonpariel, the trick horse. Performing dog Yankee. Will exhibit at Defiance, July 25th. Mr. Tom Osburn, two, four and six horse rider has been engaged. The Fire King. A grand procession at 10 o'clok a.m. Admission, box 50cts, pit 25cts. Andy Springer, agent. [Advertisement] Defiance Democrat (Defiance, OH), July 16, 1859, n.p.n.
[Advertisement] The Great Tabernacle of Amusement. Antonio & Wilder's Great World Circus! The most complete establishment of the season, will exhibit at Fort Wayne on Wednesday Oct. 12th '59, afternoon and evening at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. On the morning of the exhibition, the magnificent band chariot of this splendid establishment, containg Penticost Superb Aeolian Band, drawn by the band team of fancy marked horses, and driven by J. W. Paul, the American Hercules and forty horse driver, will enter town and proceed through the principal streets to the place of exhibition.
• 1859: Antonio & Wilder's Great World Circus, online at:
1860:
[Advertisement] The Grand Tabernacle of Amusement! Antonio Brothers' Great World Circus! Model show of the United States. This company is selected from the best performers of Europe and America. Prominent among the features of this magnificent establishment will be found the Antonio Brothers, Guillame, Lorenzo, Augustus and Alphonso. The most finished and popular quartette that ever entered the ring, who will perform the whole of their wonderful and classic acts at every performance given in this place.
Antonio Brothers Great World Circus will exhibit at Milwaukee July 3 and 4. . . . Antonio Brothers, Guilamo, Lorenzo, Augustus & Alphonzo, acrobats, gymnasts and pantomimists. Ben Stevens, Albert Aymar, S. D. Baldwin, Tom Tipton, Signor Duval, Mad. Duval, Mlle. Elizabeth, Mr. J. Showles, Mrs. J. Showles, Tom Osborn, Geo. & Henry Duval, Mater. Ceretto, Johnny Clark, J. W. Paul. The trick horses Nonpariel, Champion, War Eagle, and American Eagle. The fire king, in which Mr. Showles will appear on the Corde Volante, completely enveloped in a volcano of fire. A procession will enter town at 10 a.m., headed by a team of Arabian horses, driven by J. W. Paul, the American hercules. Performances on Tuesday at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Wednesday, July 4th, three performances, doors open at 10 a.m. Admission, box 50 cents, pit 25 cents. [Advertisement] Milwaukee Daily Sentinel (Milwaukee, WI), June 20, 1860, p. 1.
• 1860: online at:
1861:
[Advertisement] Fifteenth Annual Tour of Antonio Brothers' Great World Circus and Gymnasium. The star show of 1861. This company is selected from the best performers of the age. Prominent among the features of this establishment will be found James Melville! The great Australian rider. The unanimous voice of the press and public throughout the civilized world, has proclaimed him the equestrian miracle.
Antonio Brothers' Great Show and James Melville's Australian Circus Combined. Antonio Brothers' Great World Circus and Gymnasium . . . [Advertisement] Alton Telegraph (Alton, IL), September 20, 1861, n.p.n.
• 1861: online at:
• 1862: online at:
• 1863: is online at Clipper, April 4, Clipper, April 25 (scroll down)
• 1886: The Antonio Bros., who have been in the innerman business since they quit the ring, fifteen years ago, have recently moved into new and larger quarters, at Second and Chestnut streets, St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, March 13, 1886, p. 830.
• The Antonio Brothers - right name Megasi - had a circus for years. These brothers were acrobats when boys. Their father, Signor Antonio Diavolo, was a great rope dancer; he was shot at Brighton, England . . . The boys are all living. One was formerly a druggist in St. Louis, one is a stock farmer in Illinois, and Philip and Alphonso are at present keeping a saloon under the Olive Hotel, St. Louis. "The Sawdust Arena," by Ned Turner, Evening Auburnian (Auburn, NY), July 3, 1878, p. 1. [may be July 8]
• The body of Fo?? Antonio (McGlassy) [McGinley?], a veteran showman, was found on Aug. 19 floating in a pond at Carondelet(?), Mo. The deceased, who was about sixty years of age, was at one time considered one of the best of acrobats. Later he was one third owner of Antonio Bros. Circus, and when he gave up the show business he became part proprietor of a cafe under the Olympic Theatre, St. Louis. At one time he was considered wealthy, but at the time of his demise he was in poor circumstances, and it is thought that he committed suicide. He leaves a widow and a brother. New York Clipper, August 31, 1895, p. 407.
• Noblesville, Ind., November 23. Antonio Migasi died at his home near this city, this afternoon, of old age. He was 82. In his day the deceased was one of the most widely known acrobats in the country. He was the moving spirit in a circus owned by the Antonio Brothers, that was famous all over the United States and Canada, before the Civil War. The show spent several winters on the Hamilton Shepherd farm, north of this city. After amassing considerable wealth Migasi quit the road and went to St. Louis, where he was injured in a runaway. The accident impaired his mind for the remainder of his life. His fortune gradually dwindled away, and he died in humble circumstances. A wife and two daughters survive him. Billboard, December 6, 1907, p. 20.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Argentino circus Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1944
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show.
Arizona Frank's Wild West - 1910 Show listed 1910 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses.
Roster of Arizona Frank's Wild West and Open air Vaudeville Shows: Frank A. Kindred, proprietor and manager; J. R DeViney, business manager and secretary; Bert Kindred, treasurer; "Gus" Smith, general ticket agent and director of amusements; A. F. Le Roy, electrician; Wm. McMillen, chandeliers; L. L. Reed, reserved seats; H. Stapleton, stable boss; "Chub" Miller, master of transportation; "Chicago Bob," Allen, boss canvasman, eight assistants; D. M. Taylor's concert band of ten pieces; L. G. De Witt, advance, four assistants; "Happy" Kelly, banjoist and fun maker general; The Daytons, song and dance and musical artists; Cheyenne Charley, broncho buster; Tom Harris, fancy rifle shot and rope spinner. Billboard, April 23, 1910, p. 18.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Arizona Joe's Wild West - 1913 Show listed 1913 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses.
Everyone is busy around the winterquarters of the Arizona Joe Wild West Show at Cresco, Iowa. Walter Wheeler is superintending the work, while E. C. Wheeler is gathering the stock. The show will carry a fifteen piece band, about 50 head of stock and 65 people. George A. Whitesman, known as Montana Jack, formerly with the Buffalo Bill-Pawnee Bill Shows, has been engaged as chief of cowboys and arena director. P.O. Proper will have the shooting act. J. A. Weber will have his high school horses. Fred Parker, Bill Gowin and California Jack will ride the big toppers. Belle May, Helen Raines and Ella Hendlee will be among the cowgirls. Show leaves Cresco for the road May 19. Billboard, May 3, 1913, n.p.n.
"Arizona Joe" is the name of a brand new cicus organized in Cresco. The Wheeler boys first ran a moving picture show in that city and prospered. Last year they covered the country with a moving picture show. This week the new wild west show made its opening bow to the public. National Democrat (Des Moines, IA), May 22, 1913, n.p.n.
Arizona Joe's Wild West Show opened the season of 1913 at Cresco, Iowa, May 17. The show carries 112 people and 97 horses. Roster: Advance - Billie (Yorkie) Sorento, manager advertising wagon No. 1 with three assistants; Ernest Dosenback, manager advertising wagon No. 2 with six assistants. Arena: Arizona Joe and wife; Walter Wheeler, marksman; Eddie Wheeler, roper; Broncho Jones, boss cowboy; Virgil Wheeler, Jack Wheeler, cowboys; Jimmie Green, principal clown; Mexican Bowers, knife throwers and rope spinners; Holy Bull, chief of Sioux Indians; White Eagle, Cheyenne Indian rope spinner and sharp shooter; Prairie Flower, glass balls; Oklahoma Ann, cowgirl and glass balls; Texas Nell, rope spinner; Ed Morris, 24-hour man; Bud Duffy, announcer; George S. Freed, side show; Jack Winters, bandmaster; Whitie Mullon, privileges; Gus Wheeler, boss hostler; Dick Adams, boss canvasman of big top; Slim Edwards, boss canvasman side show; Mr. White, chief steward; T. McCracken, head waiter cook house No. 1; Shorty Donelly, head waiter cook house No. 2; Mr. McCaffee, chandelier man; E. W. Mitchell, night watchman. Billboard, May 31, 1913, p. 19.
Reports have it that Arizona Joe's Wild West Show stranded at Eden Valley, Minn., last week. Billboard, July 5, 1913, p. 32.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Arlington & Beckman's Oklahoma Ranch Wild West - 1913 Show listed for 1913 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses and Sturtevant's List of Circuses.
• Edward J. Arlington and Fred Beckmann worked together on the Miller Bros. 101 Ranch Wild West in 1912. In 1913 they framed their own show, the Oklahoma Ranch Wild West that lasted only one year. The show traveled on 17 cars, 2 in advance, 4 sleepers, 7 flats and 4 horse cars. Bandwagon, March-April, 1981, Vol. 25, No. 2, p. 2.
• 1912: Official announcement of the creation of a new frontier exhibition - Arlington & Beckman's Wild West Show, owned, operated and controlled by Fred Beckman and Edward Arlington, equal partnership, not a corporation. Would appreciate applications from people in every line of Wild West business, including arena people, director, boss canvasman, trainmaster, band leader, musicians and buglers, capable of settling tickets; blacksmiths, cook house people, harness makers and wood workers and painters for winterquarters and road; man to operate cook house and privilege car. All legitimate concessions and privilegs to let. Address Fred Beckman, general manager, Randall Bldg., 136 W. 53d st., New York City. [Advertisement] Billboard, December 7, 1912, p. 23.
• 1912: It is rumored that Earl Burgess, manager of Primrose & Dockstader's Minstrels, will be business manager with Edward Arlington and Fred Beckman's California Frank Wild West, which goes on the road again next season. Mr. Beckman will have the active management back with the show. A strong advance staff has already been engaged, and the outfit for 1913 will be considerable enlarged. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.
Arlington & Beckmann's Wild West - Edw. Arlington and Fred Beckmann, proprietors; Fred Beckmann, general manager; Harold Bushea, general agent and railroad contractor; George Robinson, local contractor; W. S. Freed and J. Reardon, press agents; Walter A. Shannon, sideshow manager; Woody Van, musical director; Peter King, superintendent of canvas; Eli Fournier, boss hostler; J. Benzinger, 24-hour agent; W. S. Freed, manager, advertising car No. 1; J. Reardon, manager, advertising car No. 2. Billboard, March 22, 1913.
Oklahoma Ranch Wild West . . . The parade, it is announced, is a mile in lenght. Great floats and tableau cars illustrate the story of the winning of the West. Old Mexico is brought into visual evidence by wild bulls and bull-fighters. Scores of cowboys and cowgirls. A stage coach and its long haired dirver. Indians by picturesque blanket-wearing and feather decorated Indian braves, with squaws and papooses. An oriental touch by a company of pony riding Cossacks. . . . Cayuga Chief (Weedsport, NY), May 17, 1913, p. 1.
1/4 or 1/2 interest for sale in Arlington & Beckmann's Oklahoma Ranch Wild West Show. Best organized 17 car show in America. My reason for selling due to developments which require my attention to big show and foreign contracts. A substantial equity for sale to a party who can associate himself with Mr. Fred Beckmann in the management or handling finances and actively participate in the up-building of this property, being built to exhibit continuously in foreign countries throughout the winter, contracts having been made with railroads in Cuba, Panama and Central America. Outfit consists of 2 advance cars, 7 flat cars, 4 stock cars and 4 coaches, including own privilege car. This interest for sale at close of season November 15 at Mobile. Address Edward Arlington, National Printing Co., Tribune Building, Chicago, Ills., or Fred Beckmann, care show, Stillwater, Okla, Sept. 18; Pawnee, Okla, Sept. 19; Guthrie, Sept. 20. [Advertisement] Billboard, September 13, 1913, p. 67.
Oklahoma Ranch Wild West, by Arch Erdman. A terrific hail and wind storm struck us at Lovelock, Neb., September 1 at 9:30 p.m., and while considerable canvas was torn, no serious damage was done. George Gerlock, better known as English, is superintendent of the dining tent, and with his assistant, Curley Ryan, serve meals promptly. Lulu Parr, woman broncho buster of the 101 Ranch last year, joined us at Salt Lake City. Prof. Hornmann, illusionist and magician, makes free outside performances. Will Proctor has charge of the balloon and novelty privileges with the following assistants: Charles Kramer, J. H. Fredericks, Henry Coyle and Jack Frazer. Mrs. Charles Clark is doing mind reading and fortune telling in the annex. Edna, the electric wonder, is in the sideshow. Billboard, September 20, 1913, p. 26.
Winter quarters. Oklahoma Ranch Wild West, Lakeview, N.J. Billboard, October 25, 1913, p. 26.
• 1914, Edward Arlington has definitely decided not to take on the road again the Oklahoma Ranch Wild West and is selling the rights to the title together with an equipment, complete, for a ten-car Wild West show. The outfit he has for sale was used by him during the past winter in South America. Billboard, May 9, 1914, p. 1.
• The closing of Arlington & Beckman Oklahoma Ranch Wild West Show at Texarkana, Tex., October 18, 1913 dissoved the partnership between Edward Arlington and Fred Beckmann. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Arlington & Chandlers' Wild West - 1913 Show listed for 1914 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses and Sturtevant's List of Circuses.
New York, Sept. 17. Roy Chandler, a South American showman, and Edward Arlington, part-proprietor of the 101 Ranch Wild West, came together last Monday and a deal had been closed for an invasion of South America by Mr. Arlington and Mr. Chandler in co-partnership, operating a wild west organization in agreement for two years. Arlington & Chandler's Wild West will open at the Japanese Gardens, Buenos Ayres, December 1, and will remain there permanently thruout the season. Subsequently other countries in South America and the new field will be developed. The show will be organized here and shipt in two divisions, sailing November 1 and November 15. Contracts to wild west performers will be issued for three months, six months and a year; with fares paid both ways from New York. . . . Billboard, September 27, 1913, p. 24.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Arnold's Dog & Pony Circus - 1910
Wanted, for Arnold's Dog and Pony Circus. Performers of all kinds. Band of 8 to 10 mouth pieces, concert people, musicians, B. & O.; colored band for side show; boss canvasman, property men, grooms, billposters, programers, agent. Show opens May 16. Address J. J. Devaux, Portland, Ore. Billboard, May 7, 1910, p. 48.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Tom Arnold's Hemmingay Circus (England)
Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Emil A. Arp's - 1917-19, 1920 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918-1920
1917:
Davenport, Ia., Dec. 14. Emil A. Arp's Great American Circus has gone into winter quarters here following a short season. The show will reopen the latter part of April somewhat larger and will travel by wagons instead of railroad. The big show top next year will be 90 feet, the sideshow will be 50 feet. Ivan Killion will again be boss canvasman and Ed (Buffalo) Schroeder has been re-engaged to handle the advance. Billboard, December 22, 1917, p. 179.
1918:
Winter quarters. Emil A. Arp's Great American Circus, Emil A. Arp, proprietor, 4th and Cedar sts., Davenport, Ia.; office, Zenith Theater Bldg. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.
The Emil A. Arp Great American Circus and the De Luxe Amusement Co. will not venture forth this year. None of the property will be sold, as the show will go out after the war. Manager Arp will engage in newspaper work. Billboard, March 2, 1918, p. 33.
Davenport, Ia., April 20. The Emil A. Arp Great American Circus will be about the smallest circus on tour this season, opening near here May 4 with twelve people. A fifty-foot round top with one middle piece will be used, and jerkwater towns will be made. A small sideshow will be carried. There will be no ring stock or menagerie. Several aerial acts and plenty of clowns will help make up the program. The only animals with the show will be some monkeys, porcupines and a bucking mule, and a den of snakes. E. R. Peters will be on hand with her aerial act. Ivan Killion will have charge of the canvas, and L. Engelden will be 24-hour agent. The advance will be handled by "Buffalo" Ed Shroeder. Ray Henle will be business manager. The show will move in not more than five wagons. Billboard, April 27, 1918, p. 30.
Route, Emil A. Arp's: Donahue, Ia., 1; Dixon 3. Billboard, May 25, 1918, p. 87.
1919:
Davenport, Ia., Jan. 11. — As the present quarters of the Emil A. Arp Great American Circus at Manager Arp's home, Fourth and Cedar streets, this city, is too small for anything but the storing of tbe outfit he has decided to move to winter quarters to a small town in this section, and the one in which tbe show will open the season (to be announced later), where there is ample room for the establishing of a ring barn and accommodations for work that is necessary before the opening early in May. The show will more to the new quarters about January 15. This will mark the third season for this attraction. It will be a two-car show and will have a 70x150 foot big top, a 40x70 menagerie and 50 foot round top for the sideshow. Nearly all the old people have been re-engaged for the coming season. Mr. Engeldew, formerly 24-hour man, will have charge of the sideshow this year. — Art Lodell. Billboard, January 18, 1919, p. 65.
Davenport, Ia., Feb. 8. The opening of Emil A. Arp's Great American Circus has been set for May 3, and Oxford Junction, Ia., has been picked as the initial stand of the season. During the first half of the season Iowa, Illinois and Indiana will be covered, the territory for the latter half not yet decided. Mr. Arp had intended to move his quarters, but has found a suitable location here. James Parnell dropped over from McGregor, Ia. Parnell, last season with Sun Bros., carried home contracts for the furnishing of the big show band. Mr. Engledew, formerly 24-hour man, is now sideshow manager. - Art Ladell. Billboard, February 15, 1919, p. 68.
Davenport, Ia., Feb. 22. Emil A. Arp Great American Circus. Manager Arp and L. Engledon, sideshow manager, returned to winter quarters, having purchased some needed show properties recently. James Parnell is putting his big show band through the mill daily. H. Clark will have his eight-pony drill, four pony pickout, bucking mules, riding dogs and monks with the show this season. Prince Herrion, the armless wonder, will be presented for the first time in America in the annex. Jack Shadow, blind bag puncher, who punches 10 bags at one time, will also be in the annex. Besides the annex, Mr. Clark will have his animal pit show with the show. The show will open early in May at Oxford, Ia. - Art La Dell. Billboard, March 1, 1919, p. 68.
Davenport, Ia. Instead of going out a two-car show, Emil A. Arp's Circus will take the road this season as an overland outfit, using eight wagons. Billboard, April 5, 1919, p. 70.
Davenport, Ia., Aug. 8. The Emil A. Arp Great American Circus will again take the road about the middle of October and tour the South. According to present plans the show will remain out all winter and come North next spring and go over the old route. Mr. Arp has severed his connection with the Miller Circus, and is preparing for a few Northern fairs before he goes South. The show will move in one car. The round top will be a fifty, with two thirty-foot middle pieces. A 30x50 menagerie will be carried; also a 20x40 sideshow and a single pit show. Mr. Arp will cut out horse acts and devote his ring to other animal acts and present novel ground attractions. No parade will be given on the Southern tour. Mr. Arp expects to have most of his 1918 staff back with him for the trip. Billboard, August 16, 1919, p. 44.
Davenport, Ia., Aug. 15. The Emil A. Arp Great American Circus will either go South into the cotton belt as a one-ring circus or as an elaborate indoor circus. The show will move in one car. Art Ladell, who has been with Arp Circus since its first opening in May, 1916, will again pilot the outfit. In case the show opens as an indoor circus, manager Arp will use a four or five reel super feature film in the form of an opening pageant. Mr. Arp will endeavor to present three or four animal acts. All horse acts will be eliminated. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 90.
1920:
Emil A. Arp's Great American Circus: Emil A. Arp, proprietor and manager; Chas. Pullen, assistant manager; E. A. Arp, treasurer; Chas. Pullen, secretary and press agent back with show; A. Ladell, general agent and press agent in advance; Larry Ingledew, manager side show; E. A. Arp, equestrian director; H. E. (Buffalo) Schroeder, supt. privileges; Ivan Killion, supt. canvas and supt. lights; Buck McCaslin, boss hostler; B. McCaslin, supt. ring stock and supt. animals; Ivan Killion, supt. working crew. Will travel in five wagons. Open at Quenemo, Kan., about November 5, for fifteen weeks winter tour. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Arriola Circus Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1949
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show.
Arthur Bros. Circus - 1943-1945 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1943-45
1943:
"Arthur Bros. Circus. Titonia, Empress, Duchess and Sahara; Captain Van Der Wall's fighting lions; the Great Manuel, 'King of the slack wire,'; Elnore Veldarde 'queen of the flying trapeze,' and the Cliff Henry troupe of aerialists." Oakland Tribune (Oakland, CA), May 19, 1943, p. 10.
The first circus of the year will play in Yuma next Thursday and Friday, Oct. 13 and 14, when Arthur Bros. bring their three-ring show to play two performances daily. Advance agents of the show say that the circus is coming to Yuma after a successful engagement throughout the state of California, Oregon and Washington. Shows on Thursday and Friday will commence at 3 p.m. and 8 p.m. each day. The circus grounds will be located on U. S. highway 80 between 13th and 14th Sts. Doors of the nig tent will be open one hour before starting time to permit patrons to visit the side shows and menagerie which is free to all circus patrons. The Arthur Bros, advance agent said that the circus probably is most famous for its highly trained elephants. Among other spectacular acts are the famous Olivia Bros., Miss Conchita, renowned equilibrist; the Olivera troupe of head and perch balancers; Senorita Espenanza, Mel Henry and his funsters and a score of other famous names. Yuma Daily Sun and Arizona Sentinel (Yuma, AZ), October 12, 1943, p. 3.
1944:
"Arthur Brothers circus — will arrive at the Fruitvale lot for a four-day stand, so this department has been credibly informed by Ed Beck, who figns his stuff N. Edward Beck — a throwback to the day when he tootled the horn for M-G-M. The Arthur Brothers' show at the moment is a truck or wagon show, but it has ambitions, and if and when the Foley & Burke outfit emerges from probate litigation, theArthurs will take over the rolling stock, some 30-odd cars, and become a high-toned affair. Meantime, thanks to the foresight of Martin E. Arthur, the show has been adding to its stock and performers until — and again, N. Edward Beck is the authority quoted — it has a show that is able to hold its place with the best of the small shows. We'll know more about that next Thursday. Martin E. Arthur is a Seattle product, who made his dip into show business as a boy magician in school entertainments. His heart was set on becoming another Thurston, Houdini or even Carter the Great, when he happened to attend a circus and became a new man. Law, which had beenvicariously engaging his attention at the University of Washington, no longer became an essential industry. Two years ago Arthur acquired one elephant, a pachyderm called Old Dutch. With that for a start, the rest was comparatively easy. Today he possesses a herd of 'bulls,' including the only twin baby elephants in captivity in this country. His troupe travels in 50 transport carriers — gas made possible by bond sales and the like — and he has alikely looking program. This season, under new canvas, he has Poodles Hanneford as equestrian director; the Escalante troupe of aerial artists; Sonny Moore's high school dogs and ponies; Mrs. Tom Mix and the Mix Horse, Tony 3rd; Captain Christiansen and his Liberty horses; and several other items. The Arthur Brothers' circus may not yet be in the Ringling Brothers' class, or even the Cole outfit, but it is growing by leaps and bounds, and it does function this year as a harbinger of Spring." Ogden Standard-Examiner (Ogden, UT), August 3, 1944, p. 3.
1945:
In 1945 the show Traveled on 6 flat cars, 3 sleepers, 2 stock cars and several trucks. Leased wagons from Goebel. 1945 Staff: Martin E. Arthur, owner, manager . . . George Coe [Cos?], general manager; Bernice Collins, book-keeper; Mrs. Larry Black, red wagon ticket seller, payroll. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 15, 1973, p. 7.
• 1945 Arthur Bros. Circus route is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1963 (scroll down or use find).
• Article on the Arthur Bros. Circus, 1942-1945 is online in Bandwagon, Nov-Dec 1962 (scroll down or use find).
• Martin Arthur did not take his show out in 1946 due to bad luck the previous season. In 1946 he had some sideshows on the Douglas Carnival. White Tops, November-December, 1946, Vol. 19, Nos. 11-12, p. 28.
Information should be checked with additional sources. Do you have more information on this show?
Ash's Great United Shows - 1897
• William J. Ash (or Ashe). Information on this show in Badger State Showmen, Fred Dahlinger, Jr. & Stuart Thayer, Madison, WI: Grote Publishing, 1998, p. 109.
Information should be checked with additional sources. Do you have more information on this show?
Ashborn's Dog & Pony Show - 1909, 1912, 1918
At the Idle Hour, the Ashborn Great Dog and Pony Show last evening. Rome Daily Sentinel (Rome, NY), January 29, 1909, p. 2.
Walter J. Ashborn, of Ashborn's Dog and Pony Circus, has cancelled his contract with Leon Washburn Shows for the coming season, owing to the demand for his act in vaudeville. Billboard, March 27, 1909, p. 19.
The Cortland theatre . . . Ashborn's Circus is the best animal show seen in the city in years. The dogs are wonderful. They perform tricks which seem impossible and the pony answered questions asked by people from the audience. Cortland Standard (Cortland, NY), October 15, 1909, p. 4.
At the Moose carnival last night, Ashborn's dog and pony and monkey circus . . . Daily News (Frederick, MD), May 18, 1912, n.p.n.
The Dorman & Krause shows will arrive Sunday . . . its various attractions include Ashborn's Dog, Pony and Monkey circus . . . Elyria Evening Telegram, June 7, 1918, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources. Do you have more information on this show?
Albrecht Bros. Circus - 1936, 1938; Albright's - 1955-59, 1960, 1963-64 Listed 1899, ca 1963 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses. Listed 1899, E. H. Allbright in Sturtevant's List of Circuses
Albright's method of training his dogs, (he owns 15 Spitz's, two wire-haired terriers and three albino huskies), is unique. The secret of his success, he belives, is patience and kindness. His theory is borne out, at least outwardly, by the performance of each of his "showmen" - so eager to do their acts that they could hardly contain themselves until their time to perform. In fact several of the dogs would run out to meet Albright before the preceding act was finished. Albright usually starts training a dog when it is about seven months old. He starts "very easy," he says. "They've got to think it's play or else they freeze up." . . . In discussing the leap from the high ladder by his dog Cupid, Albright reports that the last accident occured in 1936. The dog he was using for the high dive was treated, but never jumped again. That is why today Albright uses a protective screen at the top of the sixty foot ladder to prevent the dog from falling to the rear as he faces the crowd. "That point is the most dangerous part of the whole act," Albright says. . . .
Albright has been in the business for 33 years and in that time he has trained dogs all over the United States and in Canada. . . . Leo Albright is a medium-sized, bald-headed friendly man who is now 63 years old. He started in the dog training business 33 years ago. . . . Mitchell Daily Republic (Mitchell, SD), July 10, 1953, p. 3.
Leo Albright, a trouper's trouper had sawdust in his veins from a boy on. His day dreams were that
of joining a circus and as soon as he was old enough, he did just that. He soon learned to be a "Jack of all Trades" in a circus tent, and while working with
different circuses before World War 1, he learned the nack of training dogs and ponies. After the war, and after serving his country, he set out with his own
small "mud show" under the title of Albright Bros. Circus. Mud Shows in those times were so called because the roads were mostly dirt roads. Times were tough and show biz was tougher. Depression came and Albright found himself down and out six times a week. In those times the old adage went "A little lean, a little fat", but Leo can tell you it was mostly lean. He remembers trouping in Iowa [without] any gravel roads, and the slogan of Governor Herring, "I took Iowa out of the mud". In 1935, he was stranded at Greenfield, Iowa for five weeks, even locomotives were buried in snow. And in 1935, he remembers showing on the streets of Ruthven.
But the depression was even too much for Albright's "never say die", and Albright Bros. Circus
folded. The show folded, but not Leo's dreams. Someday he and his boys would have a show of their own, a family show. But that someday would have to wait. Meanwhile, Albright, his wife and three boys started working for different shows and agents. Years passed, and his eldest son joined the navy. Two more years passed, and his other son followed suit. The circus was forgotten to the boys then, but not to the old gentleman. He still smiled above the footlights and worked harder than ever training animals. It would take a while, but Leo knew that someday they would be home, eager to talk show business again. And so it was that "Albright's Attractions" came to be. From a boy's daydreams, to an old man's dreams come true. Today Albrights Attractions" consists of Leo Albright, his wife, and their three sons, Sonny, David and Gary. Sonny, the oldest, is married and has two children of his own. Sonny's wife, a granddaughter of Jay Gould of Jay Gould Circus, boasts of four generations of show business. Her ninety year old great grandmother is still running a moviehouse in Minnesota.
We might mention that Sonny was master of ceremonies, and his wife did acrobats on the swinging ladder, and his young son rode the pony. The girl on the trampaleen was the daughter of the clown. Leo himself, was the wire walker, acrobat and the head of the show and only 66 years young. Yes, the circus will live on and on in the Albright family. They've found that somehow, it gets in your blood, that even with its ups and downs, or downs and outs, "There's No Business Like Show Business", and we of Ruthven consider their show one of the best we have ever had as well as the cleanest. Ruthven Free Press (Ruthven, IA), September 3, 1956, p. 1.
The big show opens with a troupe of drill ponies, and a talking and pickout pony, troupe of dogs and goats, talking dog, riding dogs, etc. are on the program. A one-ring circus performance, complete with aerial acts, triple bar, contortion, flying ladders, revolving ladders, head balancing, etc., is given in connection with the dog and pony show, and five really funny clowns produce good numbers. Prominent among the performers are Charles Alderfer, Alderfer Sisters, Sam Copeland, Burt Pitts, Great Carl, Prof. Manski and Renzo. Sam Copeland is producing clown and Nick Carter, Burt Pitts and Sammy Freed make the assistants. The concert consists of several vaudeville acts, two reels of motion pictures and a complete set of the Willard-Johnson fight slides. No matinees are given. The parade goes out at seven o'clock. Mr. Alderfer reports that although in May he had aout twenty-three days of rain, salaries have been paid every week and money sent to the home bank, besides several new horses and animals were purchased. It has been a fair season under the existing conditions. . . . Billboard,, July 10, 1915, p. 57.
The Alderfer overland shows closed a successful season at Peru this week, and went into winter quarters at Denver. Charles Alderfer and J. Ross Woodring, the owners, say arrangements are to be made for increasing the circus property so that next year the shows will go out as the largest overland circus in the country. Rochester Sentinel (IN), Wednesday, October 13, 1915.
The seller of the above photo postcard said it was on the Alderfer Show. Without a route book or local newspapers of Greentop Missouri, I can't confirm it belonged to this show in 1917. The show's midwestern states territority fits with the Missouri location of the postcard's cancel. - Photo and information from Chuck Finley.
Miss Jennie Sylvester, in her double menage act, will introduce her team of Frankene thoroughbreds. Miss Lottie, lady rider performing on a bareback horse. Mlle. Ella Zogrenia, equestrienne. Walter B. Aymer, bareback rider. Master Willie, boy rider, the coming pad rider of the arena. The Milos, John, James and Francois, gymansts of the German empire. John Hunterson, flying hurricane rider. Frank J. Howes, master horseman, trainer, educator and importer will introduce his Kentucky thoroughbreds. Frank Morosco, man of many forms and tumbler from Cuba. Charles Morosco, slack wire and juggler. Ryder Brothers, tumblers. John Nelson, champion leaper of England. 4 comical clowns, W. Fred Aymar, John Nelson, James O'Brien, W. T. Aymer. W. Fred Aymar's London Humpty Dumpty pantomime company. Full troupe of tumblers and leapers. Grand procession at 10 a.m. each day of exhibition. Admission, adults 50 cts., children under 9 years, 25 cents. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Performance one hour later. [Advertisement] Western New-Yorker (Warsaw, NY), June 10, 1880, n.p.n.
On the road, circuses: Geo. W. Allen's, Franklin PA May 19. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.
C. T. Taylor and W. D. Ament have secured the sideshow and concert privileges with the Hurlburt & Leftwich Show, which opened at Norfolk, Neb., April 25(?). The roster will be as follows: C. T. Taylor, door talker and magician; W. D. Ament (Mexican Billy), rifle shot; Annie Taylor, mind reader; Gray Eagle, tatooed scout; Zazell, Circassian; Harry Morton, cowboy musical artist; Roda, half lady. They have a brand new tent, 40x80ft., with a 100ft. front of 10x12 oil paintings. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 134.
W. A. Ament writes: "I have sold my interest in the sideshow to my partner, C. T. Taylor, who will continue with Hurlbrt & Leftwich's Circus for the balance of the season. We have had a very prosperous season in the Northwest. I will organize at once and take out a brand new fair ground show, playing all the principal fairs from Chicago to the Gulf of Mexico. Roster: W. D. Ament, sole proprietor and manager; Harry Brady, first door talker and assistant manager; Harry Alfredo, Kitty Al?redo, Mexican Billy, Nanna Bristow, Mlle. Zazell, Harry Morton, lecturer and door talker; Mrs. Harry Brady, the wild men of Borneo and Roda (half lady). New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.
W. D. Ament has sold his interest in the sideshow with Hurlbert & Leftwich's Circus to his former partner, C. T. Taylor, at Fargo, S.D. Before leaving, Mr. Ament gave a reception to the sideshow and concert people. He will organize a strong fair ground show. New York Clipper, August 1, 1891, p. 346.
W. D. Ament reports that success attends him with his Wild West Fair Ground Show. Robert Bruce and wife and the Marlin Sisters joined Aug. 4. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 416.
Wanted, good sideshow people, performers, freaks and canvas men. It's a wagon show, but you ride in a Landau(?) carriage. W. D. Ament, Omaha, Neb. March 7(?), care of Museum, Des Moines, Iowa, 14. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 12.
W. D. Ament will have the sideshow privilege with the Gregory & Belford Circus this season. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 114.
Notes from Mexican Billy's Show. Mt. Sterling proved to be the banner week of the season. Princess Nanna, wife of Mexican Billy, goes home on a visit this week. Annie Nichelson(Nicholson?), sister in law of Mexican Billy, is making us a pleasant visit. Robt. Bruce, our one man band, met with a painful accident the other day. While Charlie Wilson, on of the employes was cleaning Billy's rifle, it accidently exploded and hit Mr. Bruce in the ankle, fortunately only inflicting a painful would. Mr. Bruce, being a graduate physician, probed for the bullet and dressed the wound himself. He is getting around all right. Several people will join next week, and the show will make a long trip South. Mrs. W. D. Ament received a gold headed umbrella(?) last week, that was stolen from her early in the Spring, while she was touring Indiana with the Gregory & Belford Circus. New York Clipper, September 3, 1892, p. 406.
Ad. At liberty. W. D. Ament & wife (Mexican Billy) and (Princess Nana). Has a sideshow outfit. Details. Ad has their portraits.] New York Clipper, December 3, 1892, p. 631.
W. D. Ament, Mexican Billy, has secured the side show privileges with Gollmar Bros.' Circus for next season. New York Clipper, January 21, 1893, p. 734.
Dr. Harry Brady has bought a one-third interest in W. D. Ament's sideshow, and together they will take the sideshow privilege with the Gollmar Bros. Show next season. Charles P. Wilson has signed for the coming season as boss canvas man and Punch and Judy performer, making his second season with Mr. Ament. New York Clipper, March 11, 1893, p. 5.
Wait for the Big Shows! Coming Soon. Gollmar Bros.' Great Shows, Circus and Menagerie in all its vast completeness will exhibit at Spencer, Saturday, July 22nd. . . . free street parade at 12:30 every day . . . headed by the world famous Mexican Billy doing all kinds of fancy shooting on horse back while leading the parade . . . Spencer Herald (Spencer, IA), July 12, 1893.
Mr. W. D. Ament, formerly of this city, is "home again" with a tent exhibition. "Mexican Billy" does some fancy rifle shooting and renders specialties, with the assistance of Harry Brady, Princess Nanna, and a company. In tent on the Square - two performances each evening. Lyons Weekly Mirror (Lyons, IA), July 22, 1893.
Roster of Mexican Billy's Wild West Show: W. D. Ament and Harry Brady, proprietors; Princess Nanna, Will Brown, Master ???, Daisy Dixon(?), E?? White, Mrs. C. Nicholas and Charlie Dunn. New York Clipper, August 26, 1893, p. 394.
[Ad] At liberty Oct. 20, Mexican Billy, W. D. Ament. Fancy rifle show, musical artist, ventriloquist, assisted by Princess Nanna, mind reader. Home address, W. D. Ament, Muscatine, Iowa. New York Clipper, October 14, 1893, p. 520.
Mexican Billy's Wild West Fair Ground Show closed a successful season at Belle Plaine, Ia., Oct. 7. Mexican Billy and wife left for Chicago where they played a very successful engagement on the Midway Plaisance. They are now en route to California, where they will play a long engagement at the Midwinter Fair. New York Clipper, November 11, 1893, p. 577.
Tomorrow morning, May 20, will bring with it one of the best feature shows seen in this locality for years. The world renowned Capt. William D. Ament and company of specialists will be quartered at the corner of Scott and Fourth streets where for the next seven days they will give their performances which have so delighted audiences throughout the country. Capt. Ament is one of the finest rifle shots now traveling making the most difficult shots with ease and without danger. All of the performers are artists in their respective lines which consist of juggling, tumbling, trapeze acts and several specialties which should not be missed. . . . Davenport Daily Tribune (Davenport, IA), May 19, 1895.
Notes from Capt. W. D. Ament's Big Ten Cent Show. This is our third week out. We are playing on the heels of Ringling Bros.' and Beveridge's Wild West. This show has grown from a little 30ft. by 40ft.(?) tent, with four people, to a 60ft. by 100ft. tent, with twenty people We give a circus, variety and dramatic show, combined in one. Val Vino, juggler, is making a hit. Fred Mortimer, comedian; Jewell Darrell, soubrette; Jennie Dashington, contortion; Fred Raymond, "Rube" specialty; the little Romley Children; Capt. Ament, rifle shot and ventriloquist; Jerry Dashington, advance agent . . . Prof. Meyer's Silver Cornet Band receives compliments for their appearance and music in the street parade. New York Clipper, June 1, 1895, p. 195.
Aments Combined Shows. Opens a Week's Engagement. Capt. W. D. Ament's combined shows opened a week's engagement at the corner of Fourth and Scott streets last evening. A large and well satisfied audience attended. The performance although given in a tent differs greatly from the average circus. A theatre and circus under canvas will convey a better impression of what the entertainment really is. One end of the tent is occupied by a pretty stage with boxes and an orchestra circle, while the center is equipped with the usual circus appurtenances. The bill is changed nightly and patrons need not be afraid of seeing the same show twice by attending two performances during the week. Last evening's program consisted of good specialty work upon the stage intermingled with clever horizontal bar, trapese [sic] performances and other circus entertainment in the outer tent. The whole show is worthy of attendance by the most fastidious and will entertain both old and young. Capt. Ament is to be congratulated upon is managing ability in getting together a troupe of gooed actors and actresses for both portions of the program and the tent should be packed every night for the remainder of the week. Special family matinees are given Wednesday and Saturday afternoons. A gold watch will be given the best amateur performer at the evening entertainment May 15. Davenport Daily Republican (Davenport, IA), Tuesday, May 12, 1896, p. 7.
Childrens' grand toy matinee at Billy Aments circus. Tomorrow every child receives a handsome present. Admission only 10c. Daily Leader (Davenport, IA), May 15, 1896.
Ad. Gollmar Bros. Great Shows, Circus and Menagerie . . . street parade headed by the world famous Mexican Billy doing all kinds of fancy shooting on horseback while leading the parade. Stevens Point Daily Journal (Stevens Point, WI), June 2, 1896.
A big crowd attended Capt. Aments show which opened last night at the corner of Eldorado and College streets and everybod seemed pleased with the performance which is out of the ordinary order of circus performances. The captain's rifle shooting is a feature of the performance. He shoots glass balls, apples, pigeons and articles held in a man's hand with marvelous accuracy. The theatrical performance is also worth seeing. One of the most interesting numbers of the program is the work of the contortionist. He is an unusually fine performer. Friday night a gold watch and a silver cup will be awarded to the best amateur performer on the stage. Bulletin-Sentinel (Decatur, IL), August 22, 1896.
Last evening a good sized crowd attended the second evening performance given by Capt. Ament's circus aggregation. . . . the tent shouls be crowded at the small price asked. Daily Gazette (Janesville, WI), June 27, 1900, p. 1.
Show played Fond du Lac, Wisconsin, July 1 to 4, 1900. Billboard, July 7, 1900, p. 5.
Cedar Rapids Carnival . . . The Midway . . . Capt. Ament's Vaudeville and Ghost Show . . . Cedar Rapids Republican (Cedar Rapids, IA), September 21, 1902.
. . . Beloit Daily News: Hundreds of people were turned away last night owing to the great crowds who desired to see this big novelty. It is indeed a beautiful performance . . . Ten people take part and the many mysterious illusions are simply wonderful. Capt. Ament, the well known manager, has a gold mine in this attraction as it is the feature of the carnival. Cedar Rapids Evening Gazette (Cedar Rapids, IA), September 27, 1902, p. 23.
Clipper, March 28, Clipper, April 4, Clipper, April 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 2, Clipper, May 9, Clipper, May 23 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 20, Clipper, July 18, Clipper, July 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 15, Clipper, November 21, Clipper, November 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 19 (scroll down)
An opportunity to invest in a circus and menagerie is offered by Clark T. Ames, the well known manager, in the advertising columns. As the traveling season is about to begin, managers should not fail to make early application if they wish to secure the chance. New York Clipper, April 4, 1868, p. 414.
Among the most distinguished of the troupe are: Mad'lle Estelle Zoyara, La Belle Cordelia, Madame Elizabeth, Mr. Thomas Watson, Mr. H. Smith, Mr. L. B. Carr, Mr. W. Naylor, Mr. E. Banker, Mr. E. Winne, Signor Tibbs, Mr. T. Peppers, _. Gooding, W. McBay, Mr. T. Poland, Masters Frank, Tommey, George. And the two humorous clowns, Bob Smith and Johnny Lawton.
The zoological department is of immense magnitude and embraces hundreds of wild beasts of almost every species and geographical range from the elephant of the desert of Africa, to the white bear of the Arctic seas, or the bison of our own Western wilds. To this is added an unusually large aviary of beautiful and brilliant birds and fowls. Monkeys, apes and baboons in countless numbers and every tribe.
A band of musicians that acknowledges no superior in the renditionof the harmone. Performing horses, trick ponies, educated mules, acting monkeys, sagacious dogs, etc. The only lion enchantress int the world, the beautiful and fairy-like Signorita Ella Eugenie. And the distinguished naturalist and accomlished tiger slayer, Herr Elijah Lengel accompanies this colossal combination, and at each exhibition display their power and courage, by entering the den of tigers, lions, panthers and leopards. The grand procession on the morning of the day of exhibition, will be georgeous and grand. It will be borne on two triumphal cars, on the top of one will be Eugenie surrounded by lions. On the other, seated side by side, Lengel and a royal tiger.
This is strictly a Southern enterprise, and the proprietor and managers pledge themselves that the disreputable, or at least questionable style of advertising attractions they do not present, shall in no instance be resorted to by them, but that every promise made to the public shall be kept to the letter. Admission 75 cents. Children, 50 cents. Doors open at 2 and 7 p.m. Petersburg Index (VA), June 22, 1868, n.p.n.
Mr. Harry Codona, champion somersault rider. Mr. H. Tibbs, Mr. T. Millson, Mr. T. Ball, Mr. G. Holland. The Torrella Brothers, Lucian and Edward, athletes, Mr. N. Banker Mr. J. Redden, Mr. T. Poland, Mr. M. Stone. the Genello Brothers, "men of the air." Masters Francois, Willie and Clark, little midgets of precocity and proficiency. Three clowns or jesters. Johnny Lawton, called "Happy Jack," and his worthy satelites Morton and Seeley.
Array of wild beasts, among them a baby elephant, Abyssinian camels, Asiatic camels . . . rare and beautiful birds. The only lion queen on earth, Signorita Ella Eugenie. The king among lion kings, Herr Elijah Lengel. Schoolish horses, trick ponies, educated mules and performing monkeys. Doors open at 1 1/2 and 7 1/2 p.m. Equestrian spectacles commence at 2 1/2 and 8 1/2 precisely. Admission 50 cents. Children 25 cents. Blairsville Press (PA), September 10, 1869, n.p.n.
M'lle Rosa, French gymnast, on the balancing trapeze, executing the cloud swing, or leap for life. In the zoological department are ten large dens of red and gold color, full of rare and beautiful animals. Lions and tigers loose in the street. Performing elephant Bismarck. Herr Lingle, with his infant son, will enter the den of royal Bengal tigers. Grand cavalcade and street procession at 10 o'clock a.m. Prominent in the procession will be Herr Lingle with his royal Bengal tigers, loose in the street. Admission 50 cents, children 25 cents. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Jackson Sentinel (Maquoketa, IA), September 14, 1871, p. 4.
William (Billy) Clark, an oldtime deck hand, is now engaged as 24-hour man of the Anderson Dog and Pony one-ring circus, playing the lots in Southern Ohio. Billboard, June 11, 1921, p. 19.
Winter quarters are at Madison, Illinois. Anderson Ripley Ranch Wild West in 1921. Billboard, February 5, 1921, p. 64; June 4, 1921, p. 66.
• An article on the 1940 Bud E. Anderson Jungle Oddities and Circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 16-25.
• An article on the 1941 Bud E. Anderson Jungle Oddities and Circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 6, pp. 50-56.
Stephen Anderson, age 42, born abt 1878 in Indiana; lives in Shelby, Ripley Co., Indiana; occupation, showman, wild west.
Alice Anderson, wife, age 33, born Indiana.
Eddie Anderson, age 2
Source: 1920; Census Place: Shelby, Ripley, Indiana; Roll: T625_462; Page: 4B; Enumeration District: 167.
Business with the Andress Show is reported good since the opening. The Three Albions join at Chicago. The advance consists of F. E. Davis, general contracting agent; A. J. Wildes(?), press agent; Frank Hesse has charge of the paper with the following assistants: J. B. Mitchell, Ed. Warren, Joe Murray, H. Guttierrez, Harry Doddridge, Wm. Hennings, C. E. ___, H. D. McCosh and Sam Barnett. H. J. donnelly has charge of the programme brigade, with four assistants. New York Clipper, June 8, 1889, p. 207.
Performance at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Will exhibit in Olney Thursay June 3d, 1858, at Parkersburgh, Wednesday, June 2d, at Lawrenceville Friday June 4th. Admission to Box 50 cts., to Parquette 25 cts., children half-price to Box only. Olney Times (IL), May 28, 1858, n.p.n.
This establishment consists of the best collection of talents, both male and female, ever bro't together under one canvas, combining with the world-renowned Diavolo Family, Guilliam Antonio, Lorenzo Antonio, Augustus Antonio, and Alphonso Antonio. William Armstrong, the world-renowned bare-back rider. Tom Osborn, the greatest two, four and six horse rider in America. Johnny Davenport, the great Kentucky clown, Master Henrie, the youthful equestrian and gymnastic hero. Mr. J. Showles, in his globe act on horse back and trick clowning.
The four Antonio Brothers, The Magase Ballet Troupe, the Motley Brothers, the Three Chinese Brothers. The beautiful performing horse American Eagle, and the trained horse, Excelsior, the trick horse Nonpareil; with Mad. Showles, M'lle Elizabeth, Miss Estelle, Miss. J. L. Davenport. An unequalled troupe of equestrians, acrobats, gymnasts, clowns, pantomimist, corps de ballet, permiere equestrians, performing and ring horses.
And an ensemble never before concentrated in any traveling exhibition, producing at every representation a brilliant melange of entertainments equally rapid, exciting and recherche; including the beautiful trick horse American Eagle, the best educated steed in America, exhibited by Mad. J. Showles, and the thrilling and dazzling performances of Mr. J. Showles as the Fire King, an act which beggars description, is equally grand, daring and terrific, and will be exhibited every night. Admission - Boxes 50 cents. Pit 25 cents. Children to Boxes 25 cents. Will also be at Auburn Oct. 11th; Bluffton Oct. 13th. Andy Springer, Ag't. Dawson's Fort Wayne Daily Times (IN), September 24, 1859, n.p.n.
Clipper, April 16, Clipper, April 23, Clipper, April 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 11, Clipper, June 18, Clipper, July 2 (scroll down)
Clipper, July 9, Clipper, July 16, Clipper, July 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 6, Clipper, August 20, Clipper, August 29 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 3, Clipper, September 10, Clipper, September 17 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 24, Clipper, October 22, Clipper, November 5 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 10, Clipper, December 17 (scroll down)
Benjamin Stevens, the celebrated trick, somersault and hurdle rider. Mrs. J. Showles, the American horse tamer and equestrienne, will introduce her highly trained horse, American Eagle. Jacob Showles, the world renowned Antipodean equestrian and grotesque gymnast, in his novel globe act on horseback. Albert Aymar, the brilliant scene rider, in his pleasing act of Seven Changes. Signor Duval, the wonderful contortionist.
T. Osborn, in his daring two and four horse act. Migasi Ballet Troupe, in their pleasing Chinese dance. Master Ceretto, the youthful equestrian and gymnast. M'lle Elizabeth, and _. Stevens, in the beautiful and chaste act of the "Lovers of the Rhine." Nonpareil, the celebrated trick horse, perfromed by A. Antonio. The night's performance will conclude with a new, startling and terrific act, entitled the Fire King, in which Mr. Showles will appear on the corde volante, revolving at an indiscribable speed, and completely enveloped in a volcano of fire. This is the only company that has ever introduced this thrilling, yet one of the most pleasing performances of the modern circus.
Court jester, T. Osborn. Trick clown, T. Tipton. A full corps of auxillaries is attached to this company. Prof. Bailey's Eolian Band, is engaged, and will make procession through the town at 10 o'clock a.m. Performances every day at 2 and 7 1/2 o'clock p.m. Will exhibit at Hamilton, Tuesday, May 6th, 1860. Will also be at Oxford, May 7th, 1860. Andy Springer, agent. Chas. Whittney, adv'r. Weekly Hamilton Telegraph (OH), May 3, 1860, n.p.n.
Clipper, January 7, Clipper, January 14, Clipper, June 30
Clipper, July 14, Clipper, July 21, Clipper, August 4
Clipper, September 1, Clipper, October 13 (scroll down).
M'lle Jeanette Ellsler, the wonderful Parisian tight-rope danseuse. The Austin Family, in their versatile acts of juggling on horseback, etc. Mrs. Melville, the brilliant equestrienne. W. A. Donavan, in his new and terrifice act, entitled L'Echello Perillense. Antonio Brothers, in their classic acts. Jerry Worland, the champion tumbler and leaper. Signor Duval, the astonishing contortionist. Masts. Henrie & Willie, the youthful equestrians and gymnasts. Migasi Ballet Troupe, in their character dances. The performing war horse, American Eagle.
The night performances will conclude with the startling and terrific act, entitled the Fire King. In which G. Antonio will appear on the corde volante, enveloped in a volcano of fire. Court jester, T. Osborn. Trick clown, N. Austin. Admission, Boxes 50 cents. Pit, 25 cents. Performance every day at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Will exhibit at Janesville on Monday, August 26th, 1861. Will also be at Beloit, August 27th. Andy Springer, agent. Janesville Daily Gazette (WI), August 16, 1861, n.p.n. [note is not called Antonio & Melville]
Clipper, April 6, Clipper, April 20, Clipper, May 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 25, Clipper, June 1, Clipper, July 6 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 17, Clipper, August 31, Clipper, September 7 (scroll down)
Clipper, February 1, Clipper, April 26, Clipper, July 12 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 2, Clipper, October 11, Clipper, November 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 6 (scroll down)
Route, Emil A. Arp's: Donahue, Ia., June 1; Dixon 3; New Liberty 4; Bennett 5; Sunbury 6; Stockton 7; Durant 8. Billboard, June 1, 1918, p. 47.
Route, Emil A. Arp's: Bennett, Ia., 5; Sunbury 6; Stockton 7; Durant 8. Billboard, June 8, 1918, p. 47.
Route, Emil A. Arp's: Leclaire, Ia., 12; Port Byron, Ill., 13; Genesco 15; Cambridge 17; Toulon 18. Billboard, June 15, 1918, p. 47.
Route, Emil A. Arp's: Knoxville, Ill., 19; Monmouth 20; Abingdon 21; Stronghurst 22; LaHarpe 24; Hamilton 25. Billboard, June 22, 1918, p. 47.
Route, Emil A. Arp's: Ft. Madison, Ia., 26; Farmington 27; Cantril 28; Milton 29; Pulaski, July 1; Bloomfield 2; Moulton 3. Billboard, June 29, 1918, p. 79.
"Circus Clowning Serious Business with Arthur Brothers Shows. Although the clown has always been the backbone of the circus the business of making people laugh is really a serious one. When Arthur Bros, bring their new big California circus to Brainerd, Saturday, July 14, they will present one of the wackiest groups ofbuffoons ever seen under any big top. Led by Dipsy Diggs, Doodles Brown and Pepita, Arthur Bros. clowns keep the show paced to a very fast tempo. The clown spends most of his time conceiving ways and means of making huge audiences laugh, yet he will never attempt anything at any time to cause pain or sorrow,for the clown is really a sentimental soul. Besides the clowns, Arthur Bros. circus features a varied specie of blooded horse flesh, from the big dapple greys, those staunch, broad-shouldered animals who pull theheavy wagons on the circus grounds to the superb thoroughbred creatures you see marching through those difficult drill routines. In Jorgen M. Christiansen's thoroughbreds, you will recognize the very epitome of equine aristocracy. Jorgen Christiansen is the famous Scandinavian horse trainer so much talked about and acclaimed as the world's greatest in his line.Arthur Bros, also carry a large contingent of tiny Shetland ponies for the little folks. The big show gives two performances in Brainerd Saturday, July 14th at the East Oak street circus grounds, at 2:30 and 8 p. m., doors opening one hour earlier to permit inspection of the menagerie. All Arthur circus tents are flame proofed for the public's protection. Arthur Bros, special railroad train will pull in on the Northern Pacific and the usual large crowd of circus fans and kids are expected to be on hand to greet the big circus. Brainer Daily Dispatch (Brainer, MN), July 11, 1945, p. 8.
"Among the ninety thrilling circus acts presented with Arthur Bros. Circus this season are: Ken Maynard in person and 'Tarzan,' the wonder horse of motion pictures; Jorgen M. Christiansen's world's famous Criollo, liberty horses; Cheerful Gardner's Royal Indianelephants, featuring Moe and Joe, twin baby pachyderms; Chala, first time in America, carried by his head in an elephant's mouth; the Great Ortons: Acevado Trio, Miss Arieletta, 'Queen of the Air'; Capt. Connors, Slide for Life. Le Dells, Hollywood Mad wags; Capt. Walter Jennier's motion picture sea lion, Buddy; the great Sing Lee Sing Troupe, and a thirty-five piece circus band under the direction of Charles Redrick . . . Arthur Bros. Circus is traveling on its own special train, all steel railroad cars. All the Arthur Bros. Circus tents are flame proof for the public's protection. Waukesha Daily Freeman (Waukesha, WI), July 31, 1945, p. 1.
"The ill-fated Arthur Bros, circus is still having its troubles, according to the Billboard, theatrical magazine. It stated a temporary injunction was granted in Boise, Idaho, on complaint of Martin E. Arthur and the circus from publishing or circulating documents which. Arthur describes as 'false and scandalous matter.' In a complaint filed at Boise, Arthur stated the circus had been damaged to the extent of $500,000 by the activities of the rival Russell Bros. circus in sending photostatic copies of press clippings to towns where the circus is to appear. Before the circus came here, the Freeman received a package of these clippings which told of gambling activities and other offenses allegedly committed in other towns. Police here checked the record of the circus in the state and found it to be satisfactory and so permission was granted for it to appear here." Waukesha Daily Freeman (Waukesha, WI), August 18, 1945, p. 6.
Asher's Dog & Pony Show - 1925 Show is listed for 1922 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
Sioux City, July 10. Twelve draft horses owned by Sam Chapman, and three trained goats, a pony and a monkey, part of the Frank Asher dog and pony show, were cremated early today in a fire which gutted the Chapman barn. Oskaloosa Daily Herald (Oskaloosa, IA), July 10, 1925, p. 2.
Information should be checked with additional sources. Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ashton's Circus - 1891-92, 1899
1891:
Roster of Ashton's Big Ten Cent Circus: Tony Ashton, manager; L. B. Reames, assistant manager; M. E. Ashton, treasurer. Performers: Ma??? Miles, Chas. George and John Bu???k, Harry Moran, Wm. Brown, Zaro Family, Millie May and Tony Ashton and his dogs. Band and orchestra: C. F. Adkins, leader, James S???n, Harry King, Jos. Rhoda(?), Luke Reed, Wm. White and L. H. Reames. The show opens at Shelbyville, Ind., May 4(?), and travels by rail. Everything is brand new.They carry a 70 ft. round top, with a 40 ft. middle piece. Bert Ashton has the privileges. Wm. Young, with five assistants, will handle the canvas. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 117.
Ashton's Big Ten Cent Show opened at Shelbyville, Ind., May 11, and report a splendid business. Flint(?) Barlow and Oat Butterfield(?) have joined them. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 198.
On the road, circuses: Ashton's, Greensburg, Ind. May 27-30(?), Batesville June 1, 2, 3, Lawrenceburg 4-6. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.
1892:
Ashton's Olympic Show will open its season at London, Inds., April 28. The following people have been engaged: Prof. James Padgett, Dora Sidney Wilson, Sig. Arno and wife, May Miles, Three Rainford Bros., Tony Ashton and his dogs, James Hayes and others. The show will use a 70(?)x100ft. top, with 20x?0ft. dressing room tent. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
Wanted, band of 5 to double string. Also performers, no riders. Privileges for sale. Wagon show. Sexton Bros., Ferris and Gillett write. Tony Ashton, London, Ind. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 64.
1899:
Tony Ashton will open his pavillion theatre on the old electric light lot to night and give a performance each evening this week, and a matinee on Sunday. Friday night will be amateur night, a prize given to the best amateur performer; who do any thing in the vaudeville or circus line can become contestants. Saturday afternoon a prize will be given to the smallest baby, fattest baby, handsomest girl and boy baby; all to be under 12 months of age. Novel fireworks at 7:30 each evening. The best 10 cent show on the road. Winchester Journal (Winchester, IN), May 24, 1899, p. 1.
"Tony" Ashton, veteran showman, is again on the road with a circus. He opened the season at Winchester, his native town, Wednesday. It is said that Miles has the best 10 cent circus on the road. Farmland Enterprise (Farmland, IN), May 26, 1899, p. 1.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Ashton's Circus - 1975 (Australia)
Australia's Ashton Circus combined its circus with a pantomime called "The Clown Who Lost His Circus," produced by John Kendall. On the show were Jan Ashton, bareback rider, trapeze; Tammy and Tanya Grant and their father, Cary Grant, globe act; Joseph Ashton, "Pepe"; Lorraine Grant (nee Ashton), whip act. Southern Sawdust, No. 84, August, 1975, p. 17.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Ashton & Ferleman - 1897
Ashton's Olympic Show and the Ferleman Bros.' Shows have combined and will put out a show under the name of Ashton & Ferleman's 10 and 20 Cent Circus, Museum and Trained Animal Show. . . . We will travel by rail through Indiana and Illinois, making two and three day stands. We will carry a band of ten pieces instead of six, as at first intended. Our opening will occur at London, Ind., April 26(?). New York Clipper, April 10, 1897, p. 93.
• Note: see Ferleman Bros.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Astley's Circus - 1892
Ad. Wanted, for Astley's United Shows, circus acts of all kinds, also musicians and contracting agent. Long season South. Join at once, C. B.(?) Astley, Detroit, Mich. New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 402.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Atayde Bros. Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1940-1956
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Atkins, Manson & Culbertson Railroad Shows - 1890 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1890
Ad. Wanted, for Atkins, Manson & Culbertson's Consolidated Railroad Shows. Performers in all branches of circus business except riding. Those who play brass(?) preferred. Band of six to double in orchestra. Ten band uniforms in good condition. . . . Will take party who plays brass as property man, also one(?) as porter. Side show, candy stand and other legitimate privileges to let(?). Address Port Jervis, N. Y. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 47.
Ad. Wanted. Atkins, Manson & Culbertson Consolidated Railroad Shows. Few more all around people in circus business (except riding). Good singing and knockabout clown with specialty, concert team who go in leap and tumbling, an agent experienced with railroad shows., boss canvasman, cook for private car. Address Port Jervis, N. Y. New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 79.
Ad. Call. The Atkins, Manson & Culbertson R. R. Shows open at Port Jervis, N. Y., April 5(?). More good people wanted in all branches circus business (no riding). Address as above. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 111.
Kingston, New York. Prof. Batcheller, with his trained dogs, joined Atkins' Railroad Show at Port Jervis. New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 134.
Ad. Wanted Atkins, Manson & Culbertson's Consolidated R. R. Shows. Boss canvasman. Sideshow to let to party who can join at once(?). . . . New York Clipper, May 17, 1890, p. 159.
Ad. Wanted, complete circus outfit, from canvas to stakes. Performers (no riding), concert people who play brass preferred. Also musicians. . . . Sideshow and other privileges to let on favorable terms. Write or telegraph, Wilkesbarre, Pa. Atkins, Manson & Co. Railroad Show. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 191.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Bud Atkinson's Circus - 1913
Sydney, Australia, Jan. 6. The Bud Atkinson Circus and Wild West opened Dec. 10. Owing to accidents several acts were off the bill. The show needed rehearsing. As a consequence it opened weak, but is now in thorough working order. Business, whilst not phenomenal. Is very good. Leading acts are Daredevil Desperado, Mangean acrobats, De Coma aerialist, Joe Bailey, educated horse, and Henchey, Vlncetti & Bush, clowns. The Wild West section has Georgia's Cossacks, Col. Wm. A. Lavelle, Tex McCloud, Colorado Cotton and a host of American and Australian riders. Variety, February 14, 1913, p. 27.
Syndney, Feb. 7. The Bud Atkinson Circus and Wild West is now touring the New South Wales towns after a fairly successful Sydney season. H. S. Rowe, of the one-time Norris & Rowe show, is in advance. Variety, March 7, 1913, p. 28.
San Francisco, April 2. A report has gained credence that the Bud Atkinson Circus is stranded in Australia. Variety, April 4, 1913, p. 5.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Tom Atkinson's Circus - 1921
• Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists Tom Atkinson's Circus, 1916-1926, 1933, Tom Atkinson, owner, including Tom Atkinson's Dog & Pony Show and Atkinson's Dog & Pony Show, 1916-1923.
Atkinson's 1921 circus toured at least in October and December. Bandwagon, September-October, 1993, p. 20.
Tom Atkinson's Dog, Pony & Monkey Show - 1922
Tom Atkinson's Dog, Pony & Monkey Show performs for orphans. Show will be with J. F. Murphy Shows in 1922. Show closed its Florida tour. With J. F. Murphy shows, opened at Greenville, South Carolina in 1922. J. E. Ogden is manager. Billboard, January 7, 1922, p. 68; February 25, 1922, p. 112; March 4, 1922, p. 68; March 25, 1922, p. 68; April 8, 1922, p. 64.
Atkinson's Dog & Pony Show - 1923
1923: Show doing good business in California. Show cancelled Arizona towns. Show leased land in San Francisco for quarters. Going to Hawaii in January 1924. Billboard, June 2, 1923, p. 72; October 6, 1923, p. 80; October 27, 1923, p. 124; December 29, 1923.
At some point in the 1923 season Atkinson used the Daly Bros. Circus title, a title he would use again in 1927. Bandwagon, September-October, 1993, p. 21.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Atlantic & Pacific Circus - 1872 Show is listed for 1870-71, 1884 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
Steamboat Disaster. Steamboat Oceanus, near Cairo, Illinois, April 11. . . . Robert Cheat (sic), one of the proprietors of the Atlantic and Pacific Circus, saved himself by means of a plank. Roman Citizen (Rome, NY), April 19, 1872, n.p.n.
Oceanus diaster . . . Robert Chew, one of the proprietors of the Atlantic and Pacific Circus, saved himself by means of a plank. He thinks George Constable and wife, circus performers from California, Frank Slate and Frank Williams, also circusmen, were drowned. New York Daily Tribune (New York, NY), April 13, 1872, p. 12.
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America states that Siegrist & Howe were proprietors of the 1884 show.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Atterbury Bros. Circus - 1912-14, 1916-19, 1920-22, 1923, 1935 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-18, 1921, 1926, 1935-39
1912: Atterbury Bros.' Show - Atterbury Bros., props.; R. L. Atterbury, mgr.; Mrs. Rose Atterbury, treasurer and auditor; Wm. Lee, general agent, local contractor and special agent; W. A. Allen, contracting press agent; Frank Ellis, mgr. sideshow; Frank Renzo, equestrian director and gen. supt.; Mrs. Rose Atterbury, supt. privileges; B. Blair, musical director; Leona Atterbury, supt. reserved seat tickets; Mike Ryan, supt. canvas; Fred Ryan, boss hostler; Mrs. Rose Atterbury, supt. commissary dept.; Shanty Blair, supt. lights; Frank Hurd, supt. properties and ring stock; Ira Hurd, supt. stock; B. Ryan, supt. working crew; W. A. Allen, legal adjuster; Bob Atterbury, announcer. Show opens at Florisant, Mo., April 6. Billboard, March 23, 1912.
1913: Atterbury Bros. Show - Atterbury Bros., proprietors; R. L. Atterbury, manager; W. A. Atterbury, assistant manager; Mrs. Rose Atterbury, treasurer, secretary and auditor; Carl Atterbury, general agent; William Allen, contracting press agent; Frank Renzo, equestrian director; Rose Atterbury, superintendent privileges; Prof. Leon, musical director; Mike Whitney, superintendent canvas; Mr. McCracken, boss hostler; Shorty Robertson, superintendent commissary department; Shanty Abrams, superintendent lights; Joe Sullivan, superintendent stock; Jerry Sullivan, superintendent working crew; Bob Atterbury, legal adjuster. Billboard, March 22, 1913.
1914: Atterbury Bros.' Show: Atterbury Bros., proprietors; R. L. Atterbury, manager; Wm. Atterbury, assistant manager; Mrs. Rose Atterbury, treasurer, secretary & auditor; Al Roberts, general agent, local contractor, special agent, contracting and advance press agent; W. A. Allen, press agent back with show; Billy Mock, manager sideshow; F. Smith, equestrian director; W. A. Allen, general supt.; Elmer Gilmer, supt. privileges; J. W. Marows, musical director; Miss Leoni Atterbury, supt. reserved seat tickets; Mike Whalen, supt. canvas; Jas. Stetler, boss hostler; Johnny Murphy, supt. commissary dept.; Geo. Kooney, supt. lights; Dave McGarrick, supt. props.; Wm. Jones, supt. ring stock; Jas. Stetler, supt. stock; Mike Whalen, supt. working crew; Bob Lee, 24-hour agent; P. S. Franks, boss carpenter; Joe Dally, checker-up; R. L. Atterbury, legal adjuster; Billy Mock, announcer. Show opens at Evansville, Ind., April __. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.
1916: Atterbury Bros.' Show. R. L. Atterbury, proprietor & manager; Wm. Atterbury, asst. manager; Rose Atterbury, treasurer, secretary & auditor; W. E. Olin, general agent, railroad contractor & local contractor; F. S. Eilers [Ellers?], special agent; W. A. Allen, press agent; W. E. Oiver, excursion agent; R. L. Atterbury, equestrian director; Wm. Atterbury, general supt.; Art Steele, supt. privileges; Dr. Stanley, musical director; Leona Atterbury, supt. reserved seat tickets; Mike Kelly, boss hostler; Mrs. George Killian, supt. commissary dept.; Shorty Ling, supt. lights; Harry Bosnick, supt. properties; Slim Petrel, supt. ring stock; H. Tarry, supt. working crew; George Rollo, twenty-four hour agent; John Long, supt. elephants; H. Bosnick, boss carpenter; John Long, supt. animals; Joe Smith, blacksmith; W. E. Olin, manager advance cars 1, 2 and 3; W. A. Allen, checker-up; R. L. Atterbury, legal adjuster and announcer; eighteen wagons. Show opens at Mt. Vernon, Indiana, April 15. Billboard, March 18, 1916, p. 114.
1917: Atterbury Shows - R. L. Atterbury, prop. and mgr.; R. F. Atterbury, asst. mgr.; Rose Atterbury, treas.; M. Kent, secy.; Rose Atterbury, auditor; W. Atterbury, gen. agt.; ??? White, local cont.; E. F. Albers, spe. agt.; W. Atterbury, contracting agent and advance press agt.; W. A. Allen, press agt. with show; Frank Smith, mgr. side-show; C. E. Bell [Beil?], equestrian dir.; W. A. Allen, gen. supt.; Prof. Reed, musical dir.; Leona Atterbury, supt. reserve seat tickets; Pat Tarbet, supt. canvas; Al Baker, trainmaster and boss hostler; Rose Atterbury, supt. commissary dept.; Pat Tarbet, supt. lights; M. Sullivan, supt. props; Ed Wilson, supt. ring stock; Al Baker, supt. stock; Pat Tarbet, supt. working crew; A. L. Coburn, 24-hour agt.; E. B. Sweet, supt. elephants; Elmer Carroll, supt. animals; W. Atterbury, mgr. adv. car No. 1; Rose Atterbury, checker-up; R. L. Atterbury, legal adjuster; Frank Smith, announcer; twenty wagons. Show opens at Beatrice, Neb., April 2. Billboard, March 24, 1917, pp. 141, 143.
• During the winter of 1916-1917, the Atterbury Bros. Circus stayed at the old fairgrounds in Beatrice, Nebraska. At the time the show used farm type wagons, painted blue with red lettering. A feature on the circus in those days was the elephant 'Black Diamond' who was later executed in Texas for attacking a woman. That winter the big animal was featured in a parade for Charles Evans Hughes, who was in town campaigning for the Presidency. Circus Report, Vol. 3, No. 17 (Apr 29), 1974, p. 8.
1918:
Winter quarters. Atterbury Bros.' Circus, R. L. Atterbury, proprietor; Montgall& Nicholson aves., Kansas City, Mo. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.
Kansas City, Mo., Jan. 5. The Atterbury Bros.' Wagon Shows will be somewhat larger when they take the road for the 1918 tour. A consignment of monkeys arrived at the winter quarters here last week, and a trainer will soon start to work on them. All the baggage stock and one truck are working this winter, being contracted for until spring. Manager R. L. Atterbury will leave shortly to join his wife and babies, who are visiting in Indiana. Frank A. Robbins, circus owner and manager, was a visitor at the quarters the past week; also Ray Wade, animal trainer of the Lucky Bill Shows. Leona Atterbury celebrated her sixteenth birthday last week. Each day, after school, Leona and her sister, Catherine, are practicing new stunts on the high wire for another act. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 28.
Kansas City, Mo., March 1. The Atterbury Brothers, in winter quarters here, are making plans to open the show during the early part of April. R. L. Atterbury, the manager, recently purchased six head of draft stock, two saddle pones, one menage horse and three Shetland ponies at the Eschman Circus sale. Among recent visitors was F. H. Caldwell. Mr. Caldwell will take out an overland show from Oklahoma, using tractors instead of horses. Billboard, March 9, 1918, p. 30.
The Atterbury Bros.' Show will take the road for its eighth annual tour of the Northwest April 8. The show will consist of fifteen wagons and one truck, fifty head of stock, an elephant, a camel and a number of monkeys, dogs and ponies. W. A. Allen is press agent. Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 29.
Roster, Atterbury Bros.' Show. Atterbury Bros., proprietors; R. L. Atterbury, manager, auditor and legal adjuster; A. M. Cauble, asst. manager, general agent, advance press agent, manager wagon No. 1; Mrs. R. L. Atterbury, treasurer; Leona Atterbury, secretary; W. A. Atterbury, local contractor, special agent, contracting press agent, press agent back with show, 24-hour agent, manager wagon No. 2; Rube Perkins, equestrian director; Wm. Allen, general supt.; Harry L. Steele, supt. privileges; Dad Sacel(?), musical dir.; F. S. Hanson, supt. reserved seat tickets; Whitey Matson, supt. canvas; James Heeney, trainmaster; Jesse Sells, boss hostler; Rose Atterbury, supt. commissary dept.; Shanty Thomas, supt. lights; Matt Matson, supt. props, supt. working crew; Ed Roberts, supt. ring stock; Tex Waldron, supt. animals; H. Reed, boss carpenter, blacksmith; Rube Perkins, announcer. Fifteen wagons and one truck. Show opens at Kansas City, Mo., April 1. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 64.
The Atterbury Bros.' Show lost two stands in Kansas week before last on account of snow storms. Outside of that business has been fair. Bert Misner has been getting big concerts since the opening. Rube Perkins is equestrian director. The show is now in Nebraska. Billboard, May 18, 1918, p. 29.
The Atterbury Bros.' Wagon Show was at Vienna, S.D. July 6, doing good business. Tom Powell is doing well with the privileges. Bert Misner is getting the biggest concerts we have ever had. "Rube" Perkins puts on the ring performance. Ben Sweet has charge of the canvas. W. A. Allen looks after the newspapers with many excellent press notices. George Smith has the ring stock and the baggage stock. The show will not close and will go South for the winter season. - W. A. Billboard, July 20, 1918, p. 24.
Kansas City, Mo., Oct. 24. Atterbury Bros. Circus closed a successful season this week and is located in winter quarters this city. Bert Misner and family, in charge of the concert this season, will winter in Kansas City. "Rube" Perkins, wire performer, will go to Horton, Kan. Don Carlo, clown, goes to Concordia, Kan.; Jack McCaule to St. Paul, Minn., and Billy Atterbury to Joplin, Mo. W. A. Allen will remain in Kansas City, as will all the rest of the members during the winter. Billboard, November 2, 1918, p. 26.
Atterbury Bros. Circus is in winter quarters at Kansas City, Mo. We also have ample room for the accommodation of a part of the Con T. Kennedy Shows, and they stored a number of their wagons with us for the winter. - W. A. Allen. Billboard, November 9, 1918, p. 26.
Atterbury Bros. will put out 2 wagon shows next year instead of one, and are expecting a good season. W. A. Allen, agent, Kansas City, Missouri. [Advertisement] Billboard, December 7, 1918, p. 2.
1919:
William Reno and George Hallman are to have the No. 2 sideshow and candy stands with the Atterbury Bros. Show the coming season. Reno will have charge of a pit show, while Hallman will have the candy stands. Billboard, February 15, 1919, p. 61.
Business in Minnesota has been good for the Atterbury Bros. Shows. The show has been out over four months. The Bonhommie Troupe of acrobats joined at Verdi, Minn., and the Aerial Eckhoffs came on the following day. Prof. Charls Brown has closed to return home to look after his wheat crop in Kansas. Al Atterbury is visiting the show for a few days. Billboard, August 9, 1919, p. 46.
The Atterbury Bros. Wagon Show will soon conclude its annual tour of the Dakotas and Minnesota and head for cotton country. The show will not winter in Kansas City, Mo., as it has been its custom, but will make a long season South. Clown alley now has five clowns, headed by Young Bonhommie, assisted by Eckhoff, Whiteside, King and Rainey. Avery King has charge of the reserved seat and concert tickets. William Allen has a big line of advertising banners each day, hung on the quarter poles in the big top. Captain Reed is the elephant trainer. Billboard, August 16, 1919, p. 44.
Atterbury Bros. Wagon Show continues good business in Minnesota. Col. Vic Cody, oldtime expert rifle shot and trouper, joined at Heron Lake, Minn., after being out of the game for a number of years. Mrs. Cody is with him. William Atterbury continues to hand all the quarter poles with advertising banners each day, and the banner on the elephant is sold every day. Sig Bonhomie, principal clown, is putting on the concert. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 46.
W. A. Atterbury ("Billy"), of Attebury Bros. Overland Shows, and Mrs. Ida Mae Pyle, a non-professional, were married at the home of the bride in Joplin, Mo., October 20. Billboard, November 8, 1919, p. 42.
The Atterbury Bros. Wild Animal Circus has concluded its 1919 season at West Grove, Ia. Manager R. L. Atterbury has secured winter quarters in Lancaster, Mo., from Col. Wm. P. Hall. Thirty head of baggage stock have been turned loose in pastures, while the ring stock and the elephant are in warm buildings. The Atterbury show started its tour at Kansas City early in April, and traveled through Missouri, Iowa, Minnesota and South Dakota. The season was thirty weeks. The Whitesides (Tom and Effie) have gone to Wichita, Kan; the Aerial Eckhoffs to Springfield, Ill.; Avery King to Chillicothe, Mo.; William Atterury and Blackie Morgan to Joplin, Mo.; Leons and Katherine Atterbury to Evansville, Ind., to visit relatives, after which they will return to Lancaster and practice new acts. The rest of the folks went to Kansas City. Billboard, November 15, 1919, p. 58.
• More on the 1919 Atterbury show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.
1920:
Atterbury Bros.' Trained Animal Shows: R. L. Atterbury, proprietor and manager; Rose Atterbury, treasurer, secretary and auditor; W. A. Allen, general agent, press agent and manager advance car No. 1; A. D. Atterbury, local contractor, manager advance car No. 2, and checker-up; Wess Longren, special agent; W. F.(?) Unsell, manager side show and announcer; George Parents, equestrian director; Wm. Atterbury, general supt. and supt. stock; Tom W. Powell, supt. privileges, supt. reserved seat tickets and supt. commissary dept.; Okay King, supt. canvas and supt. working crew; Robert (Calamity) Moore, boss hostler; Ed Clancy, supt. lights; Shorty Evans, supt. props; Mike Loftus, supt. ring stock; Elmer Emory, 24-hour agent; George Smith, supt. elephants; Ben Reed, supt. animals; Geo. Kelly, blacksmith; F. Stocker, legal adjuster; 10 wagons and 2 trucks. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.
1921:
Atterbury Bros.' Trained Animal Circus. R. L. Atterbury, proprietor, manager, legal adjuster; Rose Atterbury, secretary, treasurer; W. A. Allen, general agent, press agent, manager advance car; M. E. Ellis, local contractor; Mike Wilson, manager sideshow; George Proctor, equestrian director; B. Lanigan, general supt.; K. Atterbury, supt. privileges; W. M. Sweet, musical director; Thomas W. Powell, supt. reserved seat tickets; Wm. Lasch, supt. canvas; Slim Adkins, boss hostler;Luke Kilikarn, supt. commissary dept.; F. Keller, supt. lights; George Conner, supt. props; John Kelley, supt. ring stock; Slim Flannigan, supt. stock; Ben Reed, supt. elephants; Captain Snyder, supt. animals; Fat Smith, blacksmith; Bob Anderson, checker-up; Roland Karl, announcer. Show opens at Memphis, Tennessee, March 19. Billboard, March 19, 1921, p. 123.
• (1921) Robert L. Atterbury was owner and manager of this wagon show, his brother Bill was the bannerman. Robert had a pony and monkey act and his wife, Rose, did a dog act. Tom Powell had the cookhouse and reserved seats and Ben Reed was the elephant man. Performers were Van Jerome, contortion; Kitty Atterbury, horizontal rings, Karl Cartwright, magic; Shorty Lorch, clown (and canvas boss); Dell Simmons, clown, juggler. The wagons were delivery and farm wagons. There was no sideshow or concert. Circus Report, August 6, 1973, p. 3.
1922:
Atterbury's Trained Wild Animal Circus. R. L. Atterbury, proprietor, manager; Mrs. R. L. Atterbury, treasurer; Rose Atterbury, secretary, auditor; W. A. Allen, general agent, contracting press agent; C. H. O'Neil, local contractor, manager advance car No. 1; Mrs. Lee Hinckley, press agent with show; H. A. Bruce, manager sideshow, trainmaster, boss hostler, supt. sotck; Dan Ragan, equestrian director, general supt.; Arthur E. Walsh, supt. privileges; A. Lee Hinckley, musical director; Okey King, supt. reserved seat tickets; Wm. Lorch, supt. canvas; Thomas W. Powell, supt. commissary dept., legal adjuster;; Shorty Lorch, supt. lights; Gus Barger, supt. props; Harold Andrews, supt. ring stock; M. Lorch, supt. working crew; Frank Lind, 24-hour agent; C. F. T. Sheedy, supt. elephants; Ben Sweet, supt. animals; Andy O'Donel, blacksmith; Dick Hennessy, announcer; ten wagons and four trucks. Show opens at Clontarf, Minnesota, April 29. Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 247.
1923:
An advertisement stated that the Atterbury Bros. Big Wagon Shows had pony, dog, animal and vaudeville acts, an elephant Diamond, Cupid the educated pony that could add, subtract, multiply, spell words, pick out colors, tell the time of day by any watch, and trained fox terrior dogs. Wire walkers, trapeze performers, clowns. To show at Boyden, April. 30, 1923. Boyden Reporter (Boyden, IA), April 26, 1923.
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America states that A. M. Cauble was proprietor of the 1924 Atterbury Bros. show.
1935:
Atterbury Bros. 3 Ring Wild Animal Circus had an air calliope and ad menagerie. No concessions. Said to be one of the newest shows on the road. They gave a three hour performance, preceded by a half hour concert accompanied by a big air calliope. Emmetsburg Democrat (Emmetsburg, IA), May 9, 1935, p. 1.
"Atterbury Bros. Wild Animal Circus. Here is the latest equestrian novelty, an original idea by G. Bert Miller, one of America's greatest living trainers of 'Liberty' horses. For years Mr. Miller has contemplated the production of something entirely new in the equestrian line, but until now was never successful in assembling the type of horses he had in mind. The group of handsome animals is the outcome of years of diligent search in all parts of America. They are a treat to the eye, indeed, and 10 of the most spirited and finest performers ever to be trained for a public exhibition. Mr. Miller features the famous 'Ta-Ra-Ra-Boom-De-Ay' number in all performances, a novelty that is bound to create no end of amusement for the most critical audience. Other features are: 'The Ring Curb Parade,' 'Waltzing Horses,' 'Drill Horses,' 'Saddle Horses' and 'Menage Horses.' Ten years ago, a young man who had been in professional circuses started out at an independent showman with an animal act. Mr. Miller picked up a collection of dogs, ponies and a mule. Calling on his skill as a trainer, he put these animals in the act which proved to be so popular that he took it over most of the United States. Miller is known as one of the most adept horse trainers in the circus world. He started out with the circus for his father while still in his teens as a working boy. His ability to handle animals was noted and he became an assistant and understudy for some of the trainers. Finally he acquired a long whip and a silk hat and presented his own acts. For several years he has been employed in a managerial capacity. Evening Tribune (Albert Lea, MN), May 21, 1935.
• Robert Lee Atterbury died in Sioux City, Iowa, February 15, 1941, age 75. He was born in Paris, Missouri, February 10, 1866. Owner of the Atterbury Bros. Circus, his son R. Atterbury had operated the show for the past several years. White Tops, February-March, 1941, Vol. 14, Nos. 4-5, p. 4.
Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out Billboard, Clipper, and/or do a Search
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Atterbury & Hooge Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, 1927-28
• Also see Mighty Hooge (William Hoogewoning).
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for this show.
Austin Bros. Show - 1887, 1945 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887, 1945
1887: Major G. W. Morris advertized for people in all branches of the business. New York Clipper, July 16, 1887, pp. 278, 283.
• Article on the Austin Bros. 1945 show, Ben Davenport and Harry Hammill, owners, including route, is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1962 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
George Austin's - 1887 listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887
Members of J. H. Rice's Circus that stranded at Pulaski, New York, opened at Bett's Opera House there on June 19. New York Clipper, June 25, 1887, pp. 230.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Austin's Dog Show & Parlor Circus - 1885
1885: Good business at Seneca Falls, New York. New York Clipper, November 7, 1885, p. 534.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Australian Circus - 1870
The Australian Circus - The Treasurer Absconds with all the Funds of the Show - Arrest of the Managers and Actors, and Seizure of the Equipment by the Sheriff.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Jose Soledad Aycardo Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1850-1875
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show.
Aymar's - 1864
• 1864: online at Clipper, September 24 (scroll down)
Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show.
Aymar's South American Circus - 1874-75 Show is listed for 1875 in both Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses and Sturtevant's List of Circuses
1874: The North American Circus, under the direction of W. B. Aymar, was performing in the City of Mexico. Mlle. Carlotta, "Queen of the Air," the Orrin Family and a Japanese Troupe were of the features. New York Clipper, May 23, 1874, p. 63.
1875:
Aymar's Circus was to have left Vera Cruz, Mexico, on March 25 for Havana, Cuba. New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, p. 23. Walter Aymar.
Aymar's South American Circus company, lately returned from South America and Mexico, commenced a short season at Bidwell's Academy of Music, New Orleans, La. The list of the company: Walter B. Aymar, manager and proprietor; Wm. T. Aymer, equestrian manager; Harry Wambold, treasurer; Geo. Costello, general agent; Messrs. Scott, Hines and Black, programme agents and billposters; Prof. Wilcox, leader of band; clowns, Wm. T. and Frederick Aymar; gymnasts, Harry Wambold, Albert and Ed. Aymar, Senors Rodriguez and Aldabo; leapers and tumblers, Wambold, Rodriguez, Aldabo, Fred, Edward, Albert, William and Walter Aymar; riders, Walter B. Aymar, bareback (his first appearance in America in sixteen years); Senor Rodriguez, juggling on horseback; Senorita Bella, principal female rider; Master Albert Aymar, two and four horse rider; and the riding dog Remerber(?); entree riders, Mrs. Walter B. Aymar, Mrs. T. Wm. Aymar, Miss Hattie Kelsey and Mrs. Harry Wambold; specialists, H. Wambold, aerial bars; Frederick and Edward Amyar and Senor Aldabo; Bella and Willie, leap for live; trick horses, Wamachuea(?) and Nap; trick ponies, Jack, Till and Scotty; one 100 foot round top tent; men employes 36(?), horses 23; wagons, 8; proprietor of all privileges, Walter B. Aymar. Will travel by railroad. New York Clipper, May 29, 1875, p. 71.
Howell & Aymar's Circus opened in Memphis, Tenn., but did not meet with much attendance, although a good performance was given. They then went to Cairo, Ill., thence to the interior towns of Illinois. . . . New York Clipper, July 10, 1875, p. 118.
Aymar's Circus is "stuck" in Vincennes, Ind., where it will have to remain until the water around that city subsides. Up to Aug. 7 no trains had left there for some days, and our informant thinks that the show will be detained a week or more. New York Clipper, August 14, 1875, p. 157.
Many of the attaches and company of Aymar's Circus are in Vincennes, Ind., awaiting the result of suits against several of the stockholders who assumed the responsibility of the management when the show last started out from that town. New York Clipper, November 20, 1875, p. 271.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Ayres & Kathryn Davies Circus - 1947, 1949 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1947-1950
• Ayres Davis and Kathryn Davies, owners.
1947-48: The Ayres & Kathryn Davies show opened May 20, 1948. With the show were Paul and Edna Zallee; Roy Adkisson; Walter Raudenbush, boss canvasman; Tama Frank who had the concert, and Betty Tilton. The show had completed its indoor season of 15 weeks, covering four States and giving 156 performances in 78 towns. The indoor show moved on 12 trucks and trailers. Ayres Daves booked the show, with Kathryn Davis as treasurer. Edna Earl had the concessions. In the program were Ollie Heerdink & Tilton bar act, Tama Frank and Patsy, Christy's lions, Paul Zallee and Shorty Adkisson. White Tops, March-April, 1948, Vol. 21, Nos. 3-4, p. 11.
1949: The show opened at Dixon, Illinois on April 20 and 21, 1949. Show traveled on about 15 trucks and trailers, playing almost all its dates under auspices. The big top was a 70 with one 30, seating a little over 1,000. Harry Rawls Jr. had the sideshow, who had a whip cracker, Punch and Judy, a cage of monkeys and Captain Eugene Christy's lecture on and exhibit of lions. Christy was also featured in the big show with his lion act. Harry Rawls was equestrian director and Corky Frazer headed the clowns. Performers were Johnny Pringle's dogs and his "pickout" mule; Miss Betty Tilton, swinging ladder, rolling globe, single trapeze; John Frazer, tight wire; Montgomery's military ponies presented by Johnny Pringle; Jack Frazer, table balancing; Harry Rawls, trick and fancy rope spinning. White Tops, May-June, 1949, Vol. 22, Nos. 5-6, p. 10.
• An article on the Ayres & Kathryn Davies show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 6, pp. 18-24.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
B. B. & H. Circus This show is listed for 1900 in both Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses and Sturtevant's List of Circuses
B. B. & H. Circus opened the season well at Antigo, Wis., May 12. Billboard, May 19, 1900, p. 5.
Antigo, like most of Wisconsin, has a history of circus involvement. Before this photo of an unknown circus parade, three men with no experience decided to enter the business. Fred Burns of Wausau had a trick horse. John Hanus and Fred Boldt of Antigo became his partners to form the B B & H Circus. It consisted of a 35 member troop and 16 piece band. It opened at the Fairgrounds on May 17, 1899 then, in its 13 wagon caravan, on to Matoon and Aniwa. It traveled to parts of Wisconsin, Minnesota and the Michigan U.P. but eventually failed. Burns and Hanus continued with other circuses with greater success. Hanus went on to manage the Opera House in 1905 and then the Home Theater. Langlade County Historical Society Newsletter, Summer 2007 (Antigo, WI), p. 1.
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America lists F. Boldt, F. W. Burns and John Hanus, proprietors.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Backe's New Model Shows - 1913-15 This show is listed for 1913-15 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
1913:
Backe's Nickel Plate Shows - Andrew G. Backe, proprietor and manager; Harry Aubel, general agent; ? Elkhart, musical director; L. Anderson, superintendent canvas; C. C. Miller, boss hostler; Shorty Kern, superintendent lights. Show opens May 2. Billboard, March 28, 1914.
Backe's New Model shows, one of the old time circuses, passed through this city on Sunday morning overland, being hauled by a half dozen wagons of various kinds. This aggregation will exhibit at Salona for a week, according to reports from that place. Lock Haven Express (Lock Haven, PA), August 4, 1913, p. 4.
Salona, Aug. 12. — Backe's New Model show, which has been furnishing nightly entertainments to a good many people during the past week, pulled stakes and departed for Loganton Sunday morning. All who attended seemed well pleased with the show and barring a couple of incidents everything went along smoothly. On Friday night in the midst of a performance a section of seats gave way and a score or more of people were precipitated to the ground. It is supposed that too many stout people on the upper seats caused the breakdown. Lock Haven Express (Lock Haven, PA), August 12, 1913, p. 2.
Winter quarters. Backe's New Model Shows, Andrew G. Backe, mgr.; Morris, Pa. Billboard, December 27, 1913, p. 57.
1914:
Winter quarters. Backe's New Model Shows, Andrew G. Backe, mgr.; Morris, Pa. Billboard, December 27, 1913, p. 57.
Andrew G. Backe has decided to change the name of his shows to Backe's New Fashion Shows. Billboard, February 28, 1914, p. 31.
Backe's Nickel Plate Shows. Andrew G. Backe, proprietor & manager; Harry Aubel, general agent; E.(?) Elkhart, musical director; L. Anderson, supt. canvas; C. C. Miller, boss hostler; Shorty Kern, supt. lights. Show opens May 2. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.
Wanted for A. G. Backe's Wagon Shows, good team, man and wife, doing three acts, or good single. Your money is sure her. Good treatment. Address Utahville, Pa. [Advertisement] Billboard, August 29, 1914, p. 66.
A. G. Backe's Shows close their ninth season October 17. The aggregation started out last June, and reports a good season, despite the hard times and three weeks of inclement weather. Those on the outfit include Andrew G. Backe, owner and manager; Andy Smith, supt. of props; H. Neibert, boss hostler; Dad Clark, canvas boss; the LaGardos, slack wire, contortion and traps; A. Emmick, clown; Mrs. Backe, singing clown and swinging ladder; Backe's ponies, dogs, goats, sheep and pigeons. Billboard, October 24, 1914, p. 23.
1915:
The A. G. Backe Shows will take the road the latter part of May, opening at Morris, Pa. A. G. Backe, owner, is in Pittsburg at the present time, buying draft stock. Jewett, the trained pony, is in vaudeville until Easter. The outfit will be carried on eight wagons the coming season instead of ten as last year. Harry Anbel, advance agent; Harry Fox, musical director; Backe's trained pony, dogs, goats, sheep and pigeons; Mrs. Backe, singing clown and swinging ladder; A. Emmick, acrobatic clown, and the Aerial Katells. Billboard, March 20, 1915, p. 23.
Winter quarters. A. G. Backe's Wagon Shows, A. G. Backe, mgr., Morris, Pa. Billboard, December 11, 1915, p. 41.
1916:
Troupe of trained pigeons, do a good act; the clown is a laugh all through act; all props and cages like new. $30.00(?); A. G. Backe, Morris, Pennsylvania. Want good cook for small wagon show; prefer man and wife; also band men. A. G. Backe, Morris, Pa. [Advertisements] Billboard, May 27, 1916, p. 43.
Second-hand show property for sale [Billboard column] A living wagon - swell for wagon show, A. G. Backe, Morris, Pa. Horse tent - 30x30, with poles and stakes, and one manger, Baker & Lockwood make; will sell for $50.00. A. G. Bake, Morris, Pa. Two iron pipe center poles, just the thing for small car show. [Advertisement] Billboard, June 17, 1916, p. 41.
1919: Winter quarters, A. G. Backe's Circus, A. G. Backe, manager, Morris, Pa. Billboard, February 22, 1919, p. 59.
1920:
Trained goat, with props. Does a dozen tricks. Price $75.00. A. G. Backe, Morris, Pennsylvania. [Advertisement] Billboard, May 1, 1920, p. 45.
For sale - 100 hickory and iron-wood stakes, 4 feet long, 25c each; 2 turned hickory trapeze bars, with ropes and hooks, $5.00; 2 leather covered rings, with ropes, $5.00; set of camp dishes for ten people $10.00; 2 red and white curtains, $10.00; 7 red band coats, trimmed with gold braid, clean as new, $15.00; trunk of magic, $25.00; Milburn carbide light, ___; 4 Punch and Judy figures, $5.00; lot of small circus lithographs, $5.00. A. G. Backe, Morris, Pa. [Advertisement] Billboard, July 10, 1920, p. 47.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Backenstose's - 1872
Harry Emmett, leaper and stilt performer, with Dr. Brackenstone's [or E. Backenstose] Cosmopolitan Circus, died at Vicksburg, Miss., Jan. 4th, of typhoid pneumonia. He was well cared for by the company, and Dr. Backenstone kept two doctors in attendance upon him until he reached Vicksburg, where, by their advice, he was placed in the hospital, where he died. His remains were forwarded to Waverly, O., where his father resides, by the Odd Fellows of Vicksburg. Mr. Emmett having been a memeber of that order. Peter Murett and James Jourdan, of Dr. Backenstone's [or E. Backenstose] Cosmopolitan Circus, who were both ill with typhoid pneumonia at the hospital in Vicksburg, Miss., have recovered and rejoined that company. New York Clipper, January 27, 1872, p. 343.
Dr. E. Backenstose's Circus, Museum, and Menagerie performed at Little Rock, Arkansas, March 14 and 15, 1872. Swetnam, Ashley Nicole, A Natural Stage: A History of Theatre in Arkansas, Arkansas State University: 2005, citing Arkansas Gazette, March 12, 1872.
Backenstose's circus, which came down on the Tyrone and barge Cliff Mine from Cairo, and exhibited here on Monday, was attached yesterday by the captain of the Tyrone, and some of the performers, and last evening the animal cages, bones, canvas, etc., were being unloaded on the levee. Memphis Daily Appeal, October 16, 1872, p. 1.
Capt. Tom Harman of the Tyrone has attached Dr. Backenstose's circus for debt . . . Cairo Daily Bulletin (Cairo, IL), October 18, 1872, p. 4.
From Memphis. Backenstoe's Circus was sold under execution, yesterday, for indebtedness to Captain Steamer and members of the company.
Janesville Gazette (WI), October 18, 1872, p. 1.
Backenstoe's circus is "busted." The concern was sold under execution at Memphis yesterday. Utica Daily Observer (Utica, NY), October 19, 1872, p. 1.
• Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists the show as Backenstose's Circus, 1870-72, 1907-08; Chindahl's History of the Circus in America lists Dr. E. Backinstow, circa 1868-1874
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dad Backer's - 1891, 1894-96, 1899, 1900, 1910, 1913
1891: Dad Backer's circus was in Covington, Pennsylvania, the other day and Dad let his horses wander away from the band wagon. A constable put the horses in the pound and it cost Backer seventy-five cents to get them out. Elmira Daily Gazette and Free Press (Elmira, NY), June 2, 1891, p. 8.
1894:
[Elmira, New York] A large ape belonging to "Dad" Backer's circus got loose in Elston's saloon Sunday night. Elmira Telegram (Elmira, NY), February 4, 1894, n.p.n.
"Dad" Backer's mammoth circus tents were raised on the Arnot grounds several days ago. "Dad" is preparing to start on a tour through Pennsylvania. For several nights his troup has been rehearsing. The DeLam brothers, Charles Shorts, Butts Lee and other Elmirans have already been engaged. "Dad" has also secured some new and artistically painted wagons. Elmira Daily Gazette and Free Press (Elmira, NY), April 19, 1894, p. 5.
A party of Elmirans went to Hendy Hollow, Friday night, and they rode in Dad Backer's red, white and blue tally-ho coach. Elmira Telegram (Elmira, NY), November 25, 1894, n.p.n.
1895: Dad Backer's ticket agent skipped out at Silvars, Pennsylvania, with the receipts of the show at that place and has not been heard from since. Elmira Daily Gazette and Free Press (Elmira, NY), July 12, 1895, n.p.n.
1896: Minor Notes. "Dad" Backer's congress of wonders exhibited in this village Wednesday evening. Mr. Backer permitted the crowd to view the fireworks free, and only charged a dime for admission to his great congress. - Millertown Advocate. Elmira Daily Gazette and Free Press (Elmira, NY), May 15, 1896, n.p.n.
1899: Dad Backer's Mammoth Queen City show passed through town on Thursday, on two wagons, enroute for Dayton, possibly. New Bethlehem Vindicator (New Bethlehem, PA), June 2, 1899, p. 4.
1900: Dad Backer's animal show and parlor circus passed through Bolivar Thursday morning enroute from Little Genesse to Richburg, where a performance was given in the evening. The circus is transported from town to town in three covered wagons. Dad Backer is an old-time circus man, having been in the business for 20 years. Bolivar Breeze (Bolivar, NY), July 22, 1910, p. 12.
1910: Speedsville (New York]. Dad Backer's Parlor Circus was in town from Friday till Sunday, with headquarters on Squire Freeland's flat. They gave a tent exhibition on Saturday evening. Waverly Free Press and Tioga County Record (Waverly, NY), April 22, 1910, p. 4.
1913: Millerton, Pennsylvania. Tioga county, Dad Backer's Queen City circus, which has been wintering in Morris, took to the road Monday, to enter on its fifteenth tour of the North tier. Morning Telegram (Elmira, NY), June 22, 1913, n.p.n.
• 1914: The death of "Dad" Backer at the state hospital, Binghamton, Wednesday, recalls the memory of the widely known circus man who traveled throughout northern Pennsylvania and southern New York state. Ten or fifteen years ago the name of "Dad" Backer and his show was a household word. Emery Backer, the show man . . . Ill health brought a cessation of his amusement entermprises more than ten years ago. Those who survive are his widow in Horseheads; two daughters, Mrs. Leon S. Brown and Miss Maude Backer; two sisters, Mrs. Lewis E. Rice and Miss Stella Backer; a brother, Peter Backer. The remains were removed to the family home in Horseheads. Burial was in Maple Grove Cemetery. Elmira Telegram (Elmira, NY), June 28, 1914, n.p.n.
• 1914: Well-known Show Man, Who Traveled Around Country With Small Circus, Passes Away in Binghamton
Emery, better known as “Dad” Backer, died Monday night at the New York State Hospital at Binghamton, aged fifty-two years. The decedent was a resident of Horseheads and was the proprietor of a small road circus, which traveled by wagons and was well-known in the small towns within a radius of about 75 miles of Elmira. “Dad” Backer’s show was an annual feature in many of the towns of northern Pennsylvania for the past 20 years but for the past few years he had not been on the road because of ill health.
The decedent is survived by his widow, in Horseheads; two daughters, Mrs. Leon S. Brown of Brookfield, N.Y., and Miss Maude Backer of Nichols, N.Y.; two sisters, Mrs. Lewis e. Rice of Elmira, and Miss Stella Backer of Blossburg, Pa.; also a brother, Peter Backer of Waverly. The remains were removed this morning to the family home on Center Street in the village of Horseheads, where the funeral will be held Thursday. The Rev. Harry Smith will officiate. (newspaper clipping, handwritten on article June 22, 1914)
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Backman's Animal Show - 1900, 1911-14, 1918 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1911-1918
1900: John T. Backman's Show. Advertising department. Will Z. Smith, agent; Frank Cook and F. R. Blose, bill posters; Chris. Mayer, programer; Ray Pickrell, press agent. Billboard, May 1, 1900.
1911: Backman's Animal Show plays Memphis, Tenn., as a special feature of the Spring Jubilee, week of April 3. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.
1912: Backman's Animal Show, after spending last winter at Lewiston, Idaho, opened in April, furnishing the wild animal show with the Parker Shows No. 1. The show traveled East thru Canada as far as Ft. William, Ont., and then worked West to Vanouver, B.C., and again East thru the States to Leavenworth, Kan. The season has been the most profitable in the history of the show. The show is now comfortably housed for the winter. Suitable training quarters have been procured in the old street car barns. The quarters are the best the show has ever had. Among the trainers who will remain at the winterquarters breaking new animal acts are Captain Curley Wilson, who is in charge, and Johnny Miller and Harry Brooks, each having one assistant. They have four new acts to break. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.
1913: Backman's Animal Show - Jno. T. Backman, proprietor and manager; C. McEuney, assistant manager; G. S. Backman, secretary and treasurer; W. E. Bozzell, press agent back with show; Capt. Curley Wilson, equestrian director; A. M. Eslick, musical director; Ed. Scott, superintendent canvas; Tex. Wheeler, boss hostler; J. Miller, superintendent lights; H. Brooks, superintendent props; Claud Ware, superintendent working crew; C. Wilson, superintendent animals. Show opens early in April. Billboard, March 22, 1913.
1914: Backman's Animal Show. John T. Backman, proprietor & manager; Paul Johanning, asst. manager; G. Spencer, treasurer & secretary; Mark Shaw, press agent back with show; Pual Johanning, equestrian director; A. M. Eslick, musical director; Tex Wheeler, supt. canvas; H. Woods, boss hostler; Wm. Rasmussen, supt. lights; Joe Taylor, supt. props; H. Woods, supt. ring stock; Geo. Bray, supt. working crew; Earl Neeland, supt. animals; Smith Rowntree, announcer. Show opens at Texarkana, Texas. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.
1918:
Winter quarters, 1918. Backman's Animal Shows. John T. Backman, manager; San Antonio, Tex. Billboard, March 23, 1918, p. 125.
For sale, Backman's Trained Wild Animal Circus, now playing State fairs with leading carnival compnay. Want to retire. Address John T. Backman, Wortham Shows. Will consider leasing. [Advertisement] Billboard, July 20, 1918, p. 59.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Backman & Tinsch - 1919, 1920 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1919-21
1919
San Antonio, Tex., Jan. 25. There is much activity at the winter quarters of the Backman-Tinsch Trained Animal Circus, where painters are busy under the direction of Joe Conley. George Donovan is directing the workmen at the quarters. Tim Buckley is in charge of the domestic animal training and Captain Denison is looking after the wild animal acts. John Bunton(?), superintendent of lights, arrived at quarters. Ralph McComb is expected daily. Billboard, February 1, 1919, p. 28.
Backman & Tinsch Trained Wild Animal Circus. Tim Buckley, trainer, declares the new dog, monkey and pony act is the best ever trained by him. The latest arrival is a span of coal black horses, to be used in hauling and loading the show. - Geo. R. Donovan. Billboard, February 15, 1919, p. 30.
The Backman-Tinsch Big Trained Animal Shows have been enjoying good business, especially through New Mexico. The show entered Colorado May 30. Roster: John T. Backman, general manager; George Donovan, business manager; W. Z. Smith, 24-hour agent; Tim Buckley, equestrian director; John Bustan, manager sideshow; A. L. Tinsch, secretary-treasurer; Joseph J. Conley, general agent; Roy Lundington, auditor; Ralph McComb, boss hostler; H. R. Jersey, supt. transportation; John Bennett, trainmaster; Doc Johnson, manager oriental department; Merle Gratiot, privileges; Blackie Webb, boss canvasman; Roy Parento, producing clown; Charles Dennison, supt. animals and principal trainer. Billboard, June 14, 1919, p. 82.
Mme. Golda (Mrs. John T. Backman), left the Backman-Tinsch Shows at Pratt, Kan., for Chicago to consult a specialist. She is also visiting her brother there. Billboard, August 9, 1919, p. 45.
Credit is due Jos. J. Conly, of the Backman-Tinsch Circus, now in Texas, for arranging the move into Rio Grande, where the show was to appear November 1. There is no railroad into Rio Grande, but Mr. Conly arranged for some fifteen or twenty army trucks to meet the show train at a convenient point to carry the paraphernalia overland to make the stand, returning the following day. The show will close at Pleasanton, Tex., November 8. Billboard, November 8, 1919, pp. 61, 62.
• More on the 1919 Backman-Tinsch show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.
• An article on the Backman-Tinsch show, ca 1919 with information on Backman's career, is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1956 (scroll down).
1920
Backman-Tinsch Trained Wild Animal Circus: John T. Backman and A. L. Tinsch, proprietors; John T. Backman, manager; Geo. F. Donovan, assistant manager and legal adjuster; A. L. Tinsch, secretary and treasurer; Roy Ludington, auditor; Joe J. Conley, general agent; Mike Bude, special agent; Will Z. Smith, press agent back with show and supt. commissary dept.; John Bunton, manager side show; Jim Morrow, equestrian director and announcer; Dave Trodegett, supt. privileges; Walker Morris, musical director; Curtis McClintie, supt. reserved seat tickets; C. R. Black, supt. canvas; Ralph McComb, boss hostler; Nolan Olive, supt. lights; Willie Grey, supt. ring stock; F. E. Buxton, supt. working crew; Roy House, supt. animals; two-car show. Opened at San Antonio, Tex., March 1. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.
• 1921: Backman & Tinsch put out Palmer Brothers Big Three-Ring Wild Animal Circus, with Palmer as a partner. Bandwagon, May-June, 1968, p. 21.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Bacon & Derious - 1839 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1837-39 (Charles H. Bacon and Edward Derious)
• The defunct 1839 Bacon & Derious show was purchased by Rufus Welch and Jonas Bartlett. Bandwagon, March, 1953, p. 3.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Baddeley Bros. Circus - 1939
Show is listed for 1939 in both Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses and Sturtevant's List of Circuses
Baddeley Bros. 3 Ring Wild Animal Circus, Lethbridge, May 30 & 31, 3:30 and 8:30 p.m. Admission 50c, children 25c. [Advertisement] Lethbridge Herald (Lethbridge, Alberta, Canada), May 23, 1939, p. 2.
Baddeley Bros. Circus pitched their tents in the city this Tuesday morning for a two day stay during which they will put on two performances daily. Several wild animals are carried with the circus, which holds claim to being the first registered all-Canadian circus. An outstanding monkey show is also carried. Athletic displays and aerial acts are also featured on the program. A member of the cast is John Matte of Vancouver, Dominion champion bar performer. Manager "Bill" Baddeley of the circus recalled a previous visit to the city Tuesday morning for the Herald. Back in 1909 he visited Lethbridge with a merry-go-round operated by a steam engine and claimed that two days' work were necessary to level off the site before the ride would operate properly. The pioneer Canadian showman told of circus travel in the early days of the west when all equipment was moved by large wagons and long strings of horses as far north as the N.W.T. He also remembered putting on a show at Fort Macleod in the old days. Lethbridge Herald (Lethbridge, Alberta, Canada), May 30, 1939, p. 6.
Coming with a trainload of wild animals, acrobats, contortionists, wire walkers, trapeze performers, jugglers, gymnasts, clowns, band, etc. Baddeley Bros. Big 3 Ring Wild Animal Circus will exhibit at Roblin on July 13th. Many American and European circus acts will be presented under the huge big top which has a seating capacity of some two thousand, with the headline acts from the Barnum and Bailey, Ringling Bros. and the Al G. Barnes big circuses. It's a cavalcade of thrills, see the head slide for life and the man on the flying trapeze. Roblin Review (Roblin, Manitoba, Canada), July 6, 1939, p. 1.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Bailey's Big 10 & 20 Cent - 1902
The Goshen Democrat says Ralph Bailey, the well known bandmaster, has announced the formation of a 10 and 20 cent circus to open at Marion, with C. G. Conn, of Elkhart, as financial backer. Elkhart Review (Elkhart, IN), January 24, 1902, n.p.n.
Notes from Bailey's Big 10 and 20 Cent Circus. Ralph Bailey, proprietor and manager. Everything is progressing nicely at the headquarters and all will be in readiness to open about May 1, at Marion, Ind. The show will be one of the neatest, best and largest of all small shows. We will have fifteen performers and a troupe of dogs and monkeys, with a fine band of twenty-four musicians, which will give daily concerts. We have a 90ft. top, two 40ft. m. p., and travel in our own special cars. New York Clipper, February 22, 1902, p. 1136.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Bailey's London Circus - 1891
Curtis L. Bailey, formerly of the firm of Bailey & Winans, will put out a show of his own on the road this spring, to be known as Bailey's Great London Circus. He will open the season at Newton Falls, O., May 2(?). Everything about the show will be new and attractive. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.
The partnership hitherto existing between Curtis L. Bailey and Wilbert D. Winans has been dissolved by mutual consent. Bailey's New London Circus, and Wilbert D. Winans' Own Show will open, respectively, at Newton Falls, O., and Cleveland, O., May 2. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.
Bailey's Great London Circus will be made up as follows for the season of 1891: Curtis L. Bailey, sole manager; Al. Dolson, general agent; Frank McFarland, contracting and press agent; W. B.(?) Harris, advertising agent; Geo. Rexford, equestrian director; Frank Farrell, manager of concert . . . C. F.(?) Ward, master of canvas; M. G. Hayman, master of transportation; W. C. Cox, chandelliers . . . Chas. Davis, boss hostler. Performers: The Three Brothers Rexford; Dan C. Manning and wife; Mills Bros., Zeno Bros.; Prof. Treat and wife; Prof. Treat's Dog Circus; Frank Farrell and Ida Bailey(?) The show will travel by rail, using four cars, and will open the season at Manager Bailey's home, Newton Falls, O., May 2(?). New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 76.
Dan C. Manning and Ida Bailey were Clipper callers April 1. They have signed with C. L. Bailey's Circus for the season. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 76.
Call. All people engaged for Bailey's Great London Circus report for rehearsal on Wednesday, April 29. Wanted good dog man, Prof. Treat write; also A 1 clarionet player for band and orchestra. C. L. Bailey, Newton Falls, Ohio. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 104.
Wanted, for Bailey's Great London Rail Road Shows, a few more good circus people doing two or more turns. Must leap and tumble. Good female aerial act and troupe of performing ponies or horses and dogs. Address C. L. Bailey, manager, Newton Falls, Ohio. Wanted for advance, contracting agent and ten billposters and lithographers. Address A. L. Dolson, general agent. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 127.
Bailey's Great London Railroad Shows will inaugurate their second annual tour at Newton Falls, O., May 2(?). The prospects are bright for a prosperous season, and the show is put together regardless of expense and on strictly first class principles. The roster: C. L. Bailey, sole manager; A. L. Dolson, general director and railroad contractor; Geo. E.(B.?) Bailey, treasurer and ticket seller; Frank Bailey, contracting agent; W. H. Harris, agent of advertising car; Fred McGee, boss billposter, with ten assistants; Fredy Smith and Ed. Davenport, lithographers . . . Robinson, director reserved seats; Wallace Tillmen(Tillman?), manager candy stands; Carly Ward, boss canvasman; John E. Davis, boss hostler; Doc Hammond, in charge of ring and racing stock; E. E.(?) Ryan, boss propertyman; Dave Walton, in charge of wardrobe . . . Geo. O'Brien, steward; Prof. Merle Morton, bandmaster, with twelve musicians . . . Geo. Rexford, equestrian director . . . C. L. Bailey Jr., Fusiyama troupe of Japanese performers, Dan Manning, Brothers Rexford, Sinclair Sisters . . . Mills Bros., Prof. Treat's equine and canine paradox, Frank Farrell(?), Ida Bailey, Louise De Forrest, Queen and Randall, and ten cowboys and female riders. Chief Red Cloud, Princess Prairie Flower and six Indians, squaws and papooses, Denver Dan, Nellie Coleman, Jennie Griffin, Grace Lee, Dan Cooper, Ed. O'Neil . . . Prof. Darrow and Prof. Langham. The show will travel by rail and will use seven 60ft. cars, 40(?) head of stock, a 120(?)ft. round top tent with two __ft. middle pieces, a 50(?)ft. dressing round top, a spectacular and illusions (blocks) tent, 80ft. round top with 40ft. middle piece, a sideshow canvas 50x30(?)ft., three horse tents, two cook house tents, ten baggage wagons, five tableau wagons, one steam calliope, two band wagons, one Japanese pagoda wagon, two four horse chariots, and a Wild West stage. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 135.
Ida Bailey Manning, of the Mannings, has entirely recovered from an attack of the grip, and has resumed work with C. L. Bailey's Circus. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 169.
Bailey’s London Circus opened its season at Newton Falls, O., May 2 . . . Geo. Rexford, equestrian director . . . Frank Farreli is working the sideshow openings and concert announcements, . . . Manager Bailey recently secured several head of fine ring stock and a number of performing horses at Chicago, and 'Pop' McFarland is training them very nicely. The Cordellos (Pierre, Leona and Angelo), principal bareback, hurdle and four horse riders, are a clever trio, . . ." New York Clipper, May 16, 1891.
On the road, circuses: Bailey's London, Cleveland, O., May 1?-1?. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 171.
Nelson Sinclair and Nellie Carlisle, aerialists, joined Bailey's London Circus at Toledo, O., May 11(?). New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.
On the road, circuses: Bailey's London, Cleveland, O., May 28-30(?). New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 187.
On the road, circuses: Bailey's London, Buffalo, N. Y., June 11-13(?). New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 219.
On the road, circuses: Bailey's London, Buffalo, N.Y. June 11-13 . . . New Bethlehem 11, Brookville 12, Reynoldsville 13, Du Bois, 15(?) . . . New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.
Circus people please notice. H. J. Ewing, of whom I leased the outfit which I have been successfully managing as Bailey's Great London Circus, took possession of my show on Friday, June 12(?), not because it was losing money, for the show never lost a dollar, but because he thought he could "pinch(?)" me. I no longer have any connection with the outfit and ___ has no right to the use of my name in any manner. I will soon be "in it" again and want to buy a ___ round top, with ___ middle pieces. . . . seats, lights, etc., etc. Band wagon, ticket wagon, pole wagon and baggage wagons. Must be dirt cheap for cash. Want circus people who can do more than two turns . . . Wagon show. Address Curtis L. Bailey, care Russell & ___ Printing Co., Cincinnati, Ohio. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 261.
C. L. Bailey has no longer any connection with the show he has been managing as Bailey's London Circus. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.
Dan C. Manning, principal clown; Ida Bailey and Manning and dogs, late of Bailey's London Circus, have signed with Prof. De Cooper's Circus. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.
On the road, circuses: C. L. Bailey's, Chicago, Ill. June 29(?), indefinite. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.
Fred Aymar has closed with Bailey's London Show, and is at his home, Waterbury, Ct., preparing his new act. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.
• Note: see Bailey & Winans, below. See Cleveland Consolidated (Ewing).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Bailey Bros. - 1947 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1917-1920, 1935-38, 1944-48, 1951, 1953, 1959-60, 1964-68
• An article on the 1935-36 Bailey Bros. shows, including the Harley Sadler & Bailey Bros. Circus, is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1993, Vol. 37, No. 2, pp. 19-26.
• The 1947 Bailey Bros., managed by Bob Stevens, moved on 38 units. Feature attractions were MacDonald's elephants; the Henderson family, juggling, balance; aerialists Jimmy Troy and wife; the Great Ernesto; Manuel Barranger; Bob Stanley, slack wire; Gladys Gillem's lions; the Cardenas brothers, Mexican balancing stars; Francisco Rolon, contortion; and John Pringle's trained animals. The show had five lions, two black bears, a llama, six horses, five ponies and four elephants. The big top was a 100 with three 40s. Menagerie and sideshow tops, 70s with two 40s. All main tops were green. In addition to the big top band sleeper, the show had a sideshow band sleeper, and several sleepers for the big top crew and working men. Ellis Goe, "Skinny," directed their eight piece band. Fred Meek, a former dance orchestra pianist, played the callliope. Staff: Bob Stevens and Guy T. Whitner, owners; C. C. Smith, secretary-treasurer; George Myers, equestrian director and announcer; John Wall, superintendent; Don McCullough, contracting press agent; Ellis Goe, bandmaster; Harry Swank, front door supt.; Harry Miller, supt. tickets; F. P. Sadowski, master of transportation; Holley Howard, chief electrician; Nick Bengor, boss props; Mac McDonald, supt. elephants; Howard Stratiff, supt. ring stock; Willie Lundy, boss canvasman; Slim Griffin, 24-hour man; Cy Murray, steward; and Frank Ellis, supt. concessions. White Tops, July-August, 1947, Vol. 20, Nos. 7-8, p. 9.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Bailey Bros. & Christiani - 1955 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1954-55
• An article on the 1955 show is in Bandwagon, June, 1955, pp. 3-4.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
George F. Bailey & Co. - 1856, 1859, 1860-69, 1870, 1872-75 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1855-1874
1856:
[Advertisement] G. F. Bailey & Co., succesors to June and Turner's Combined Circus and Menagerie. Will perform at Alton, on Friday, May 16th. This establishment has been thoroughly refitted at an immense expense to the proprietors, since their last tour. They have procured a new and extraordinary addition of animals, young, freshly caged, and possessing all the characteristics and habits of their native state. Equestrian director, Mr. W. B. Carroll. Master of the ring, Dr. Woolston. Clowns, H. Hough & J. W. Ward.
• According to Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860, the 1859 show was titled "Bailey & Co.'s Gigantic Circus and Menagerie." In 1860 it was "George F. Bailey & Co. Circus and Menagerie," with the same owners.
• 1859: online at:
• 1860: is online at:
• Information on George F. Bailey's show, during the Civil War, is in Slout's Clowns and Cannons.
• 1861: is online at:
1862:
[Advertisement] G. F. Bailey & Co.'s Great French and American Circus, will exhibit at Pittsfield, Tuesday, May 13, 1862. Manager, W. H. Austin. Ring master, Dr. S. Woolston. Equestrian director, R. Ellingham. This establishment, the proprietors of which have been so long and so favorable known to the public, is organized the present season upon such a basis as to make it the most perfect conservatoire of artists, equestrian and gymnastic, ever brought before the public. The object of the proprietors has been to procure the best talent at whatever cost. And they flatter themselves that the following list of brilliant names is a proof that they have succeded.
• 1862: is online at Clipper, May 17, Clipper, June 28, Clipper, July 26 (scroll down)
1863:
[Advertisement] Metropolitan and Quadruple Combination, consisting of Geo. F. Bailey & Co.'s Grand Circus, and world renowned equestrian troupe, comprising the star riders of both hemispheres. II. Herr Driesbach's extensive menagerie, comprising a magnificent collection of rare beasts and reptiles. Among which may be found lions, tigers, leopards, hyenas, cougars, lynx, pumas, lamas, panthers, &c., &c. Birds of gorgeous plumage, and a colony of monkeys. III. Sands, Nathan & Co.'s performing elephants, whose wonderful feats surpass anything ever before witnessed, and whose extreme docility and intelligence have attracted the attention of the most noted savants and students of natural history. And,
• 1863: is online at:
1864:
[Advertisement] G. F. Bailey & Co.'s Metropolitan and Quadruple Combination! Enlarged, improved and re-organized. Being at present the largest traveling establishment in the country; consisting of I. George F. Bailey & Co.'s Grand Circus, and world renowned equestrian troupe, comprising the star riders of both hemispheres. II. Herr Driesbach's Extensive Menageries, comprising a magnificent collection of rare beasts and reptiles, among which will be found lions, tigers, leopards, hyenas, cougar, lynx, pumas, lamas, panthers, &c., birds of gorgeous plumage and a colony of monkeys. III. Sands, Nathans & Co.'s performing elephants whose wonderful feats surpass anything ever before witnessed and whose extreme docility and intelligence have attracted the attention of the most noted savanst and students of natural history. IV. The gigantic hippopotamus, or "Behemoth" of Holy Writs, of whom it is declared (Job 40) "Upon earth there is not his like." This rare specimen of the brute creation, the last vestage of pre-Adamite existence was captured by his present keeper, Ali, the Egyptian, by order of the Viceroy of Egypt, 2,000 miles above Cairo, on the White Nile, in Africa, and was imported into this country at an expense of more than $40,000 by G. C. Quick, Esq., with whom such arrangements have been made as to enable the management to present him to the public in conjunction with the other unique attractions, which make up this gigantic combination.
• 1864: online at:
1865:
[Advertisement] G. F. Bailey & Co.'s Metropolitan and Quadruple Combination. Enlarged, improved and re-organized. Being at present the largest travelling establishment in the country; consisting of - I. Jas. Melville & Co.'s Grand Circus and world-renowned equestrian troupe, comprising the star riders of both hemispheres. II. Herr Driesbach's Extensive Menagerie, comprising a magnificent collection of rare beasts and reptiles, among which will be found lions, tigers, leopards, hyenas, cougars, lynx, pumas, lamas, panthers, &c., birds of gorgeous plumage, and a colony of monkeys. III. Sands, Nathans & Co.'s Performing Elephants, whose wonderful feats surpass anything ever before witnessed, and whose extreme docility and intelligence, have attraced the attention of the most noted savant and students of natural history. IV. The Gigantic Hippopotamus, or, "Behemoth" of Holy Writ, of whom it is declared (Job 40 - 33) "Upon earth there is not his like." This rare speciment of the brute creation, the last vestige of pre-Adamite existence, was captured by the present keeper, Ali, the Egyptian, by order of the Viceroy of Egypt, 2,000 miles above Cairo, on the White Nile, in Africa, and was imported into this country at an expense of more than $40,000 by G. C. Quick, Esq., with whom such arrangements have been made as to enable the management to present him to the public in conjunction with the other unique attractions, which make up this Cataclysm of Wonders comprising this gigantic combination.
• 1865: online at:
1866:
[Advertisement] G. F. Bailey & Co.'s Great Circus and Menagerie will exhibit in Bangor for two days only, July 19 and 20. Combining in one stupendous show the specialities and attractions of no less than five complete exhibitions which will be given under one pavilion, and for a single admission fee, making it the cheapest as well as the most interesting exhibition in the world.
• 1866: online at:
• 1867: online at:
1868:
[Advertisement] Geo. F. Bailey & Co.'s Great Quadruple Show. Four concerns in one. The Hippopotamue. The wonderful elephants belonging to Sands, Nathans & Co. Bailey & Co.'s collections of wild beasts & birds. The Italian Circus, comprisies in its list the greatest riders, Sebastian Quagliani, bare-back equestrian, in his daring act. The Child Wonder, Master Romeo, executes an act of rapid peripheric skill. Miss Jennie Watson, from Astley's, London. Levi J. North will introduce his celebrated stud of performing horses and ponies. Wm. Kincad, the man of 100 somersaults, and personator of the renowned Pete Jenkins. Jimmy Reynolds, the funniest clown of the age. Chas. Rivers, an accomplished general performer. Hercules Libby who toys with iron orbs. Sig. Ferranti, who assumes the most fantastic shapes. The Miaco Brothers, aerial gymnasts. Together with a large corps of assistants, full stock of horses, ponies, educated comic mules, &c.
• 1868: online at:
1869:
On Monday Bailey & Co.'s Menagerie and Circus exhibited at Muscatine. The tent was struck at eleven p.m., and the show started for Davenport. Before a dozen miles had been traversed, a terrific storm let loose its lightning, thunder and water. The lightning was blinding in its brilliancy, the thunder was terrific, and the rain, violently driven by the wind, came down in sheets. A panic seized the whole cavalcade - men, horses and animals seemed terror-stricken. Eight of the drivers deserted their teams, and it was not long before wagons and horses were in inextricable confusion - a jammed up mass of floundering animals and overturned vehicles. The darkness, save when lightning illuminated the scene, was impenetrable. The cages lions, tigers, leopards, wolves and other beasts, became frightened, and bounded from side to side of their prisons, and roared and growled, and shrieked in very terror. The lightning came nearer and nearer, until its thunder seemed to break in the midst of the caravan. The elephants laid down in the road, and refused to move. Three of the horses were struck by lightning and refused to move. Three of the horses were struck by lightning and killed. It is a wonder that no human lives were lost.
• 1869: G. F. Bailey & Co.'s Gigantic Caravan, Menagerie and Equestrian Combination was in Kansas in June, 1869. The show advertised a drove of Dromedaries and a team of elephants, drawing a band wagon containing Wither's Washington Cornet Band. They had both a rhinoceros and hippopotamus. R. S. Dingess was contracting agent. Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, pp. 17.
1870: C. F. Bailey & Co.'s Famous Menagerie [probably G. F. Bailey]. 240 men and horses. 22nd annual tour, after an absence of four years. Monster Rhinoceros. Fifty Living Lions. Herds of Dromedaries. Four Little Baby Lions. Two Performing Elephants. Sig. Sebastian's Italian Circus. "Menagerie Levees" held one hour before the Circus commences, ample time allowed to inspect the Wild Animals and Beautiful Birds before the Circus entertainment commences. Wither's Army Band in military uniform, discoursing the popular airs and melodies of America, Ireland and England. Evening Gazette (Port Jervis, NY), August 27, 1870.
1872:
[Advertisement] G. F. Bailey & Co. Grand Caravan and Circus Troupe, combined in one show. Will exhibit in Augusta, Monday, June 3d, afternoon and evening. Exhibition given in two tents. Admission only 25 cents. No reserved seats. Only full menagerie of wild beasts. . . .
1873:
Claude De Haven, press agent and director of publications with George F. Bailey's British Museum, South American Menagerie and James Melville's Australian Circus and Roman Hippodrome. New York Clipper, March 15, 1873, p. 395.
George F. Bailey & Co.'s "British Museum, South American Menagerie, and James Melville's Australian Circus and Roman Hippodrome" will inaugurate a season in this city before starting on their regular traveling tour. James Melville and his family will be the principal equestrians; George M., Clara and Ed DeHaven, clowns; Frank J. Howes, equestian director; Claude DeHaven, director of publications. New York Clipper, March 22, 1873, p. 407.
Bailey & Co.'s Menagerie, Museum and James Melville's Australian Circus organized at Danbury, Conn., and commenced a season in New York City on April 7. They use three new tents, one for the circus, one for the museum and one for the menagerie. Parade is headed by golden tableau cars, and the Golden Cornet Band is dressed in French military uniforms. Sixteen horses are used in the entry. Riders, James Melville, Frank Melville, George Donald, Master Alexander, Mlle de Coral, Mme. Louise. Clowns, Edward de Haven, Orrin Brothers, Spanish grotesques . . . Gymnasts, Fred Russells, Jospeh Sandford, M. Curry. Tumblers, Frank Robinson, the Orrin Brothers, Richard Wentworth, Ed de Haven . . . Proprietors of sideshow, Fulton & Ridgeway, of concert, Bailey & Co. Propritors, George F. Bailey & Co.; manager, John J. Justice; treasurers, Geo. r. Haviland and Thomas Kelly; contracting agent, Fred Couldock; press agent, Claude de Haven; master of canvas, E. D. Emerson . . . New York Clipper, April 19, 1873, Supplement, n.p.n.
[Advertisement] G. F. Bailey & Co.'s Menagerie and Museum in connection with Melville's Australian Circus and Hippodrome. Will be in Decatur, Monday, June 23d. Among the rare animals it the hippopotamus, or Behemoth of Holy Writ. . . . The circus department contains James Melville, champion bareback rider and his talented Australian family. Frank Melville, somersault horseman. George Donald, bareback somersault equestrian. Master Alexander, baby rider on his fairy ponies. Orrin Brothers, equestrians and aerial artists. Frank Robinson, contortionist. Madame DeCoral, French equestrienne. Madame Lucia, lady gymnast; M'lle Marie, equestrienne; George M. Clark, singing clown; Ed DeHaven, grotesque clown; besides a corps of leapers, tumblers, horizontal bar and trapeze artists and contortionists. Frank J. Howe's trained horses and trick ponies.
1874:
George F. Bailey's Circus and Menagerie exhibited at Camden, N.J., to fair business. A correspondent writes: "It is called 'The Old Hippodrome Show,' and the 'Old Hippo' is exhibited in a cage. The ring performances were excellent, notably the horsemanship by Signor Sebastian and Miss Watson. The show remains in New Jersey three weeks, and will probably 'cut' the season and run into Winter quarters at Danbury soon. Business is reported very light." New York Clipper, August 22, 1874, p. 167.
Bailey & Co.'s New York Circus, which left this city some weeks ago for South America, gave performances at Panama, Nov. 12, 13, 14. The company includes Signor Sebastian, bareback rider; the Carlo Family, eight in number; Mlle. Sanyeah, gymnast; Senorita Watson, rider; Sadi D'Jalma, contortionist; Senorita Loyal, rider; the Feeley Brothers, trapezists, postureres and clowns; Adolphe Barbo, somersault rider; John Conklin, cannon ball performer; . . . They sailed for Peru, S. A., Nov. 15. New York Clipper, December 5, 1874, p. 287.
1875:
George Bailey's Circus, as we are informed by a letter from Sig. Sebastian, dated Lima, Dec. 4, arrived at Callas, Peru, Nov. 26(?), after a voyage of nine days from Panama, and gave their first performance on the 28th, in Courtnay & Sanford's Circus building. The company embraces Sig. Sebastian, Sig. Bernabo, Sig. Watson, . . . Mrs. Jeannette Watson, Mrs. Sanyeah, the Carlo Family (seven in number), Tom Conkling, the Feeley Brothers (three in number), Mr. Waterman, equestrian director . . . They did not expect to remain there very long, because of the revolution. New York Clipper, January 9, 1875, p. 327.
G. F. Bailey's New York Circus closed a successful season of four weeks in Lima, Peru, Dec. 27, 1874. They performed at Callao four nights, commencing 30th, and sailed by steam for Valparaiso, Chili. New York Clipper, January 30, 1875, p. 351.
Prince D'Jalma, the Carlos Family, Jimmy Reynolds, Adolph Barnabo, and the entire company with George F. Bailey sent to South America last year, returned to New York with Lewis June and G. F. Bailey. Mr. Bailey will immediately organize for the road and start out at an early day. They will probably open in New York for a short season previous to going on the road. New York Clipper, April 24, 1875, p. 31.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or the persons.
Mollie Bailey's Circus - 1892, 1896, 1900-01, 1911-12, 1914, 1918-19 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1896-1924
1892: From Mollie Bailey's Show. We are at Fort Worth, Tex., for the next ten days, after which we take the road again. We have only two more stands to make before reaching our permanent headquarters . . . We have twelve wagons, two being with the advance brigade. . . . The roster: Mrs. Mollie A. Bailey, sole owner; D. E. Ward, general manager; J. C. Rich, advance, and the Bailey(?) Family. We give a two and a half hour show . . . We will begin our winter season about Sept. 1. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.
1896: Notes from Mollie A. Bailey's Circus. Mollie A. Bailey, sole proprietor. We are playing in Texas. We have twenty wagons, sixty head of horses and thirty-five people. Among our attractions is Prof. Bayington and his trained ponies, sixteen in number. . . . New York Clipper, February 22, 1896, p. 809.
1900: Mollie Bailey's Show is a familiar and welcome visitor to all the towns in this and Western Texas, says a Texas newspaper . . . and the lively music of the band as it heads the street parade, with Miss Birdie sitting on her pony so nicely in her exquisitely fitting equestrian habit, leading and drawing all eyes to her as she passes along the street. The street parade was good yeaterday afternoon, and the performance of the trick ponies wa a heretofore pronounced good. This show has been getting better every year for several years, and now it is one of the best in the country. Costumes, tents and everything new and in good taste and a decided upward move is noticed in everything. The performances in the different parts of the show last night was well up in every feature. Especially was the trapeze performance by Eugene and Albertine Bailey most excellently rendered. The contortion performance by Brad Bailey was good and well worth seeing. Mis Birdie's singing was delightful to listen to, and her performance with her trained canary birds was very fine indeed, and shows there is an affinity between bird song and the human voice. . . . The minstrel part of the show was all that could be desired. Billboard, June 23, 1900, p. 5.
1901: Eugene Bailey, manager of Mollie Bailey & Sons Circus, reports they have 22 wagons, 100 horses, 50 people and a brass band. Their route will be through Texas. National Police Gazette, April 13, 1901, p. 2.
1911: An unusual occurrence took place with the Mollie Bailey Show Saturday, November 11. The performance had just started, when a storm necessitated the lowering of the tents. An audience of 2,000 people was dismissed, but an announcement was made that a performance would be given on Monday morning at 9 o'clock. The band played on the streets at 8 a.m., and the show commenced promptly at 9. At 11:30 train was caught for the afternoon and night show at Bremond. Billboard, November 25, 1911, p. 27.
1912:
Mollie A. Bailey's Show - Aunt Mollie A. Bailey, prop.; J. E. Bailey, mgr.; Aunt Mollie Bailey, treas.; W. W. West, general agent and local contractor; W. K. Bailey, mgr. side show; G. A. Bailey, equestrian; J. E. Bailey, general supt.; Chas. C. Dickens, supt. privileges; Wm. Bailey, musical director; B. Dickens, supt. reserved seat tickets; Sam Medlin, supt. canvas; Brad Bailey, trainmaster; Dutchie, boss hostler; Mrs. B. Dickens, supt. commissary dept.; Richard Greenhill, supt. lights; Allie Bailey, supt. properties; Alf Hardesty, supt. Working crew; B. S. Bailey, supt. animals; Ernest(?) Merkling, check-up; Eugene Bailey, legal adjuster; Chas. C. Dickens, announcer. Show opened at Humble, Tex., February 20. Billboard, March 23, 1912.
Joe West is at liberty, after 89 weeks with the Mollie Bailey R. R. Shows. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.
1914: Mollie A. Bailey Show. Aunt Mollie A. Bailey, proprietor; J. E. Bailey, manager; Aunt Mollie A. Bailey, treasurer; B. Dickens, secretary; J. Paget, general agent; Chas. Dickens, railroad contractor; C. C. Dickens, press agent back with sho; Bill Bailey, manager sideshow; Geo. Altertine, equestrian director; Eugene Bailey, general supt.; Bailey Dickens, supt. privileges; W. K. Baily, musical director; B. Dickens, supt. reserved seat tickets; Alf Hardesty, supt. canvas; B. S. Bailey, trainmaster; Jas. Bailey, boss hostler; Birdie Dickens, supt. commissary dept.; G. A. Bailey, supt. lights; Murriel Bennett, supt. props; A. H. Hardesty, supt. working crew; Brad Bailey, supt. animals; J. E. Bailey, legal adjuster; Chas. Dickens, announcer. Show opened at Tomball, Texas, February 16. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.
1918:
Houston, Tex., Feb. 8. The Mollie Bailey Show takes to the road February 25, again under the management of the Bailey Brothers. Willie K. Bailey will take charge of the advance for the coming tour, while Walker Marris will have the bands instead of W. K. Bailey. There will be ten pieces in the band. In addition to touring Texas, the show will invade Arkansas and Missouri. Billboard, February 16, 1918, p. 30.
According to recent reports the Molly Bailey Show has closed its season at some point in Texas. Railroad conditions are said to be the cause of the closing. Billboard, August 17, 1918, p. 27.
Houston, Tex., Oct. 3. Mollie Bailey, one of the owners of the Mollie Bailey Show Company, died here yesterday afternoon. "Aunt Mollie," as she was known was 82 years old and her career as a show woman extended over a period of 66 years. She was the mother of the Bailey Bros., who are active in the management of the Mollie Bailey Show. In private life she was Mrs. A. H. Haradesty. During the Civil War she was a nurse in theConfederate Army. Billboard, October 12, 1918, p. 52.
1919:
Houston, Tex., March 1. The Mollie Bailey Show will pull out of winter quarters here March 9 and give its initial performance the following day. New canvas has been received, a 70 with two 30s, 30-ft. round top 70x80, eight sleeping cars and a 25x50 cookhouse. The outfit will open with ten trucks and trailers with the show and two ahead. Billboard, March 8, 1919, p. 68.
Wilber La Zella has returned from overseas with his wife and is finishing the season with the Mollie Bailey Shows. The team is known as the Two La Zellas. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 45.
Henry G. Grimes, of the Mollie Bailey Show for the past seven years, will not be with that show next season, but will go to South America with Shipp & Feltus. Billboard, December 20, 1919, p. 86.
• More on the 1919 Mollie Bailey show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.
• Also see Olga Bailey's book, Mollie Bailey: Circus Queen of the Southwest.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bailey & Winans' - 1890
1889: Season 1890. The Bailey & Winans' Combined Shows, Circus Hippodrome and Wild West, will be the biggest wagon show on the road next season. We want . . . circus performers in all branches, ladies having new aerial acts, cowboys (long hair), concert people. . . . Would like to hear from the Irwins . . . For sale, side show privileges. Wilbert D. Winans, business manager. . . . Al. Dolson, general agent . . . Charles Ward ("Curley"), boss canvassman. Address and winter quarters, Newton Falls, Ohio. New York Clipper, December 21, 1889, p. 686.
1890:
Wm. Irwin, late of the Irwin Bros. Circus, and Mme. Irwin have signed with the Bailey & Winans Circus for the season of 1890. Mr. Irwin will bring out a new act next season that will overshadow his head balancing aerial trapeze act, and will probably astonish old timers and create a sensation. New York Clipper, Jan 11, 1890, p. 732.
The Maginleys, Ed and Lotta, aerial performers, have signed with Bailey and Winans' Circus for next season. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 749.
Bailey & Winan's advance forces for the coming circus season are: Al. Dobson, general advance manager; Lee Powell, contracting agent; Harry Davis, press agent; Fred Settler, chief bill poster and superintendent advertising wagon No. 1; Ed. Leies, superintendent advertising wagon No. 2; Henry Settler, superintendent advertising wagon No. 3; M. C. Reed, superintendent skirmishing brigade; W. G. Boyd, superintendent herald and programme wagon. The advance will consist of seventeen people, and will use twelve head of stock, five bill wagons and two agents' buggies. The printing will be entirely new, and of the very best kind. New York Clipper, January 18, 1890, p. 749.
The Martinettie Bros. [sic Martinetti] have signed with Bailey & Winan's Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 759.
The Cordellos, Pierre, Leona and Angelo - equestrians, have been engaged for the Bailey & Winans' Shows for the coming season. New York Clipper, January 25, 1890, p. 765.
Albert Merri??th, contortionist, and Marguerite, bicycle wire performer, have signed with Bailey & Winans' Circus for next season. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 781.
The Edwins, acrobats . . . have signed with Bailey & Winans' Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 781.
Billy Lee and Bertha Lee have signed with Bailey & Winans' Circus for the coming tenting season. The first(?) named will continue the ___ of clown. New York Clipper, February 8, 1890, p. 793.
C. L. Bailey, of the Bailey & Winans' Shows, has been in the far West for the past month or so, ___ Indians, Squaws and papooses, cowboys, mustangs and bucking bronchos for the Wild West branch of their show. He returned to Newton Falls, O., last week, and also brought East with him a novelty in the shape of an old time stage coach, formerly owned by the Southern Pacific Railroad Co., and used by them for transporting passengers from Demming, N. M., to Silver City, Cal., which will make a feature in the street parade and Wild West. Manager ___ has engaged some of the best performers in the profession for next season, and recently secured a number of performing horses and several head of fine ring stock at Chicago, Ill. The show is being put together regardless of expense, and will open season at Newton Falls, O., on or about May 1 . . . Everything will be conducted on strictly first class principles. . . . New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 813.
Rio Grande Bill, fancy rifle shot and rider, will have charge of the Wild West with the Bailey & Winan's Combined Shows next season. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 829.
Al. Dobson and Lee Powell, chief agents of the Bailey & Winans' Circus, have been busy the past week or so on the advance printing(?) and press work for that show. All the printing will be entirely first class . . . The lithographs and most of the pictorial printing will be special work of new and original designs. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 861.
Bailey and Winans attended the recent Lexington, Ky., horse sale, where they purchased two car loads of fine thoroughbred stock, to be used in the hippodrome races and for exhibition purposes with their show. These, . . . with the horses on their stock farm at Newton Falls, give them as fine stock as will be carried ___ show on the road next season. . . . New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 7.
Bailey & Winans Combined Shows, newly equipped and thoroughly organized for season 1890. Wanted - Cook, chandelier man, and boss property man. For sale - good outside privileges to responsible party (no ticket sellers). . . . Address Wilbert D. Winans, business manager, Newton Falls, Ohio. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 15.
William Irwin, late of the Irwin Bros., has signed with the Bailey & Winans Circus for the tenting season. Mr. Irwin will bring out a new act this season, which he has worked hard and diligently to accomplish. Old time professionals who have seen the act pronounce it far ahead of anything they ever saw in the aerial line. The Irwins have been playing the past winter in the high class vaudeville theatres, and will take well earned and needed rest prior to their opening with the Bailey & Winans Show. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 46.
The complete make up of Bailey & Winan's Circus, Museum, Hippodrome and Wild West is as follows: Executive staff: Curtis L. Bailey and Wilbert D. Winan, proprietors and managers; Geo. E. Bailey, treasurer and ticket seller; Pete Conklin Jr., assistant ticket seller . . . Lee Powell, contracting agent; Henry E. Davis, press agent; Fred Kettler, boss billposter with ten assistants; F. A. Davenport and Eurene Fleming(?) lithographers; Diamond Joe and Yankee Jenkins, advance ___ agents . . . Ed. Robinson, director reserved seats . . . "Curley" Ward, boss canvasman; John E. Hadley, boss hostler . . . Geo. O'Brien, steward . . . Lillian Cole's female silver cornet band and Denver Dan's cowboy brass band. Performers: Edwin Martinetti, equestrian director; the Cordellos (Pierre, Leona(?) and Angelo), principal bareback, somersault and four horse riders; W. ?. Winan Jr. and ten performing stallions; ___ troupe of Japanese performers; Pete Conklin and Billy Lee, principal clowns; William Irwin . . . Eddie Maginley . . . Albert Meredith; Marguerite Meredith; the Edwins(?) (Arthur and Sadie . . . Don Franck; Henry Baker; Bertha Lee; Loretta Armstrong . . . Rio Grande Bill (manager of Wild West, with ten cowboys and female riders); Chief Red Cloud; Princes Prairie Flower and eight Indians, squaws and papposes[sic] . . . Dan Cooper; Ed. O'Neal and Bill Hartley. The show will travel in wagons . . . a spectacular and illusion (black) tent . . . four horse tents, three cook tents, twenty baggage wagons, five tableau wagons, one steam calliope, two band wagons, one Japanese pagoda wagon, one Wild West stage, two tallyho coaches, thirty canvasmen, thirty grooms, five(?) property men, eight cooks and waiters . . . The company will open their season at Newton Falls . . . with an entirely new outfit, and will tour the West and South. New York Clipper, April 5, 1890, p. 59.
Call. All people engaged for the advance brigades of the Bailey & Winan's Combined Shows will report for duty at Newton Falls, Ohio, Tuesday, April 1?. Al. Dobson, general agent. New York Clipper, April 5, 1890, p. 60.
Wanted, for Bailey & Winans' Circus, Museum and Wild West. The biggest 25 cent show on earth. A few good people for sideshow, curiosites and ___. Address Peter Conklin, St. Louis, Mo. N. Y. New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 77.
The Four Martinetti Bros. (Edwin, Louis, Francis and Harry) have signed for the season with Bailey & Winan's Show. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.
Bailey & Winans' advance brigade began operation at Newton Falls, O., April __. The roster includes: Al Dolson, general agent and director; Lee Powell, contracting agent; Henry E. Davis, press agent; Fred Kettler . . . W. G.(?) Boyd . . . New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.
Call. Bailey & Winans Combined Shows report for rehearsal at Newton Falls, Ohio, Thursday, May 1. Bailey & Winans, Newton Falls, Ohio. All people engaged for the sideshow of the Bailey & Winan's Combined Shows report as above and acknowledge call by letter to Pete Conklin, manager, 3,609 Grand Avenue, St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 95.
Wanted, a few more musicians for Bailey & Winan's Shows. Address Henry Armstrong, Newton Falls, Ohio. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 111.
Notes from Bailey & Winan's Show. Business so far, considering the inclemency of the weather, has been fair. We have been in one continuous rain storm since the opening at Newton Falls, O. On account of bad roads, at time impassable, we have been compelled to lose several stands, and at Akron, O., May __, ___ a cyclone ___ considerable damage. The show ___ traveling by rail, cars having been leased from the ___ car works at Dayton, O. Judge H. J. ___ a Cleveland attorney, who had a third interest in the show, has sold out to Messers. Bailey & Winans, who are now sole owners and proprietors, and their prospects are very favorable. Everybody with the show is enjoying good health . . . New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 167.
Wanted for Bailey & Winan's New Combined R. R. Shows, contracting agent and 10 billposters. Address Al. Dolson, general agent, Wheeling, W. Va., May __. New York Clipper, May 24, 1890, p. 172.
. . . Kern and Dougherty. . . have joined Bailey & Winans' Circus and Wild West for the balance of the season. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.
The band and some of the people of the disbanded Markowitz Circus have signed with Bailey & Winan's Show. New York Clipper, June 28, 1890, p. 243.
Notes from Bailey & Winan's Show. Ten head of stock have been added to the show since you last heard from us. Business is most satisfactory, and the show is giving satisfaction. Two more cars, one stock and a flat car were recently added and making in all seven flats, three stock cars, two sleeping coaches and one dining car. We also have one advance car, with Al. Dolson ahead, with ten assistants, and they are doing some fine work in the shape of advertising. The roster now is as follows: Bailey & Winan, sole proprietors and managers; H. J. Ewing, treasurer; Frank Farrell, equestrian director; Harry Emmett, concert manager; Prof. Shaw's band, with ten mouthpieces; the Devino(?) Bros., triple bars; Eddie and Lo?a McGinley, double trapeze and aerial trick ladders; the Mederic Bros., brother act; Anzola(?) and McDonald, contortionists; Sig. Arcaris and sister, knife throwers . . . Prof. Harry White's trained dogs and ponies; and Hugh Dougherty, double somersault leaper and tumbler. Our concert people are: Harry and Mamie Emmett, Frank Farrell(Parrell?), the Arcarises and Smith and Roy, Prof. Shaw's band includes: J. Baker, Mr. Dougherty, John Barkell, Frank Parrell(Farrell?), Thos. Griffin, Geo. Carlisle, J. E. Smith, M. E. Roy, A. Baird(?) and Jeff Sei?rist. The Wild West consists of Omaha Clates, with ten cowboys. Four jockeys ride in the hippodrome races, and we also have two chariot races. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.
Mrs. W. S. Dar?? has sold her interest in Drary's(?) Museum, Cleveland, O., to W. D. Winans. It will reopen Nov. _, as Winans' Circus Museum, with W. D. Winans as proprietor and manager. New York Clipper, November 1, 1890, 533.
Manager C. L. Bailey, of the Bailey & Winans Circus, is spending the winter with his family at Jacksonville, Fla. The show is safely stored away in winter quarters at Newton Falls, O., undergoing repairs and improvements and next Spring with be shipped South for an early start. New York Clipper, November 22, 1890, 587.
1891:
A. L. Dobson, late general agent of Bailey & Winans' Circus, is doing the advance work for Barlow Bros.' Minstrels. New York Clipper, January 24, 1891, p. 726.
Curtis L. Bailey, formerly of the firm of Bailey & Winans, will put out a show of his own on the road this spring, to be known as Bailey's Great London Circus. He will open the season at Newton Falls, O., May 2(?). Everything about the show will be new and attractive. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.
The partnership hitherto existing between Curtis L. Bailey and Wilbert D. Winans has been dissolved by mutual consent. Bailey's New London Circus, and Wilbert D. Winans' Own Show will open, respectively, at Newton Falls, O., and Cleveland, O., May 2. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.
• Note: see Bailey's London, above.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Baird, Howell & Co.'s - 1874
Charles Whitney, late general director of O'Brien's Six Shows, has so far recovered from his misfortune, the loss of his leg, as to take the road again, which he will do this season with a show called "Whitney & Co.'s Centennial Circus, Museum and Menagerie." New York Clipper, February 21, 1874, p. 375.
Charley Whitney has abandonded the idea of taking out the Great Centennial Circus, but will manage the advance of Baird, Howell & Co.'s Oriental Circus, Museum and Menagerie, which will start from Salem, O. New York Clipper, April 4, 1874, p. 7.
Baird, Howell & Co., Oriental Caravan, Museum, Menagerie, Caravan and Balloon Show, with Whitney's Great Hippodrome. Proprietors, Baird, Howell & Co.; manager J. W. Baird . . . chief billposter, Chas. Anderson . . . Gymnasts, Mons. Murtz, the Victoria Brothers . . . Acrobats, leapers and tumblers, Campbell, Smith, Cortland and Fountain. Proprietor of sideshow, George de Haven. Proprietor of candy privileges, Felix McDonald. Supt. menagerie, Felix McDonald. Winter quarters, Salem, Ohio, where the first show will be given. New York Clipper, April 18, 1874, Supplement, n.p.n.
William La Rue, hurdle rider, has been engaged with Baird, Howell & Co.'s Circus, Museum and Menagerie, which is to exhibit at Salem, O., May 2. The advance party started on the road April 16. The advertising wagon is in the form of a globe, elaborately painted and drawn by four cream-colored horses. Charles Whitney, the general manager in advance, will travel in a buggy drawn by a pair of fine gray horses. Kit Carson Jr. wants to engage curiosities to travel with Baird, Howell & Co.'s Circus. New York Clipper, April 25, 1874, p. 31.
Baird, Howell & Co.'s Menagerie and Circus showed at Palmyra, O., May 4, Ravenna 5, Garrettsville 6, Warren 7, Canfield 8, Columbia 9. New York Clipper, May 16, 1874, p. 55.
Baird, Howell & Co.'s Oriental Circus, Museum and Menagerie was at Titusville, Pa., June 6. New York Clipper, June 13, 1874, p. 87.
Baird, Howells & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie will be henceforth known as the Chicago Zoological Exposition. Mr. Baird having retired from the management. G. W. De Haven is now manager; Chas. Whitney, ___ director . . . and Scott Valentine, programmer. A large number of animals have recently been added to the show, viz., a lioness and four cubs, an eland, a horned horse, a rhinocerous, an elephant, a camel, and twelve cages of birds, monkeys and small animals. Balloon ascensions are made daily by Profs. John Bristol and Aaron Smith. Among the features of the arena are the parlor gymnastics of Prof. La Rue and his two little sons, and the trick and somersault riding of Little Willie O. Dale. They performed at Rohrsburg, Pa., July 20, Berwick 21, Bloomsburg 22, Danville 23, Ringtown 26. About the middle of August are to exhibit in Philadelphia and then ship South. New York Clipper, August 1, 1874, p. 143.
The Great Chicago Circus (formerly Baird, Howell & Co.'s Circus) is to perform in Virginia, thence through North Carolina. New York Clipper, October 31, 1874, p. 247.
The Chicago Show, formerly Baird, Howell & Co.'s, burst up at Farmville, Va., Oct. 31. They had been exhibiting in that State during the past two weeks to very poor business. New York Clipper, November 14, 1874, p. 263.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Baker & Gleason's Trained Animal Paradox - 1887 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887
Will open September 5th under manager W. J. Maxwell at Pottsville, Pennsylvania. New York Clipper, May 28, 1887, pp. 167, 175.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
. . . at Riverhead, L.I., the mishap with the Australian circus met while performing to a crowded audience in that village. The treasurer had $4,000 belonging to the establishment, and, with what the exhibition rendered, he absconded, leaving the managers without a cent to liquidate their debts. When the bills for their keeping and transportation from town to town were presented the creditors were politely informed that there was no money in the treasury . . . the President of the Long Island Railroad was busily engaged in taking the preliminary steps to insure him against loss, as they had the use of a chartered train of several cars, and in the evening the Sheriff levied on all the property. The natives became enraged to think they had thus been outdone by the Commodore and determined to have revenge by imprisoning every one connected with the show. A large number were arrested, and not having money nor proper persons to become their bail, are still in duress. Miss Minnie Wells and her lions are here, and she threatens legal action for detaining her caged pets. . . . The stock of the establishment will be sold at public auction if the debts are not removed before the time fixed for the sale by law. New York Herald, July 8, 1870.
Among the most conspicuous features of this superb establishment, is the grand concentration of equestrian talent, comprising most all the leading stars of the American continent. One of the most brilliant is La Petite Marie, only ten years of age - the model of the American arena. Mr. J. W. Ward will appear on the flying cord, acknowledged the best in the world. Madame M. Carroll, equal in attraction, in her celebrated act of the Floating Veil. La Perche, by the Lee Brothers, in which one balances a pole perpendicularly, twenty-five feet in height, while the other climbs it and performs upon the apex.
Mr. W. B. Carroll, in his great two and four horse act, carrying Master Charley in various thrilling scenes. La Petite Marie will also enter a den of wild animals, and display her indominable courgate, equal to the celebrated Van Amburgh. The performance will commence with a magnificently dressed entree, entitled the "Crusaders," and close with a laughable afterpiece. A magnificent brass band will accompany the performance. Admission to the entire exhibition 50 cents. Children half price. Performance to commence at 2 and 7 o'clock, p.m. Doors open half an hour previously. E. Smith, agent. Alton Weekly Courier (IL), May 8, 1856, n.p.n.
Clipper, February 12, Clipper, June 11, Clipper, July 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 8, Clipper, October 29 (scroll down)
Clipper, May 12, Clipper, June 9, Clipper, July 14 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 18, Clipper, September 1, Clipper, September 8 (scroll down)
Clipper, April 6, Clipper, April 20, Clipper, May 18 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 15, Clipper, July 6, Clipper, July 13 (scroll down)
Clipper, August 3, Clipper, August 31, Clipper, September 7 (scroll down)
Prominent among the astral troupe is Madame Louise Tournaire, the most daring and finished horsewoman of the day. Her wonderful horseback act is regarded as the most thrilling and perfect specimen of sensational equestrianism. While the beautiful menage act is pronounced by all who have witnessed it, both in Europe and America, to be a paragon of equine grace She will appear in both scenes at each performance. Nest in the list comes her lovely peeress, M'dlle Josephine, young, beautiful, graceful and fearless, whose classical and poetical poses have been the delight of thousands, and whose delicious impersonation of The Tricksy Sprite Ariel, has been pronounced perfection.
Then follow the names of such artists as C. Rivers, the wonderful scenic and principal equestrian; V. Denzer, the great equilibrist and bareback rider; J. DeMott Montiverdeo, the wonderful contortionist; J. Denzer, the equestrian Achilles. La Juan Burt, W. W. Cavanagh, B. Welbank, S. G. Woolston, J. Tortu, A. McDonalds, J. Ward, J. Wamboldt, R. Denzer, together with a troupe of rare gymnasts, athletes, tumblers, &c., &c.
The meagerie comprises the largest and finest specimens of living animals now on exhibition, having added largely to the assortment the past season, embracing the lion and lioness, South American tiger, hyena, Asiatic jackalls, leopards, South American lions, African lions, South American puma, Brazilian spotted tiger, tiger cats, red macaws, African parrots, together with a fine assortment of rare birds and monkeys, &c.
The whole accompanied by a double band of brass and stringed instruments, led by A. D. Atwood and W. C. Brown. The interior of the great pavilion is constructed for the convenience of immense audiences, having seats around the arena. Nothing shall be wanting to make this a moral, intellectual and amusing exhibition. C. H. Farnsworth, agent. Admission 25 cents. Doors open at 1 1/2 and 7 o'clock. Performance to commence at 2 and 7 1/2. Berkshire County Eagle (Pittsfield, MA), May 8, 1862, n.p.n.
IV. The Gigantic Hippopotamus, or, Bethmoth of Holy Writ, of whom it is declared (Job XL. Chap.) "Upon the earth there is not his like." This rare specimen of the brute creation, the last vestige of Pre-Adamite existence, was captured by his present keeper, Ali the Egyptian, by order of the Viceroy of Egypt, two thousand miles above Cairo, on the White Nile, in Africa, and was imported into this country at an expense of more than forty thousand dollars, by G. C. Quick, Esq., with whom such arrangements have been made as enables the management to present him to the public in conjunction with the other unique attractions which make up the cataclysm of wonders, comprising this gigantic combination.
The circus troupe is composed of the elite of the equestrian profession and includes the well known and popular artists. Sam Burt, the great hurdle and bareback rider; Philo Nathans, the principal act performer and classic equestrian; Chas. Rivers, the great 2 and 4 horse rider; the Denzor Brothers, the most startling and original acrobats and perche performers; James Ward, the great American humorist and extempore clown; Vendis, Le Sieur Tremain, Monsieur Frank, Auguste Simoni, James Benton, Henri Clarence Clermont, Gustave Ducrow, and a large and efficient troop of vaulters, acrobats, tumblers and dancers.
The stud of horses is composed of the finest English, American and Arabian thorough-breeds, highly trained and magnificently comparisoned, and the programme of the arena will comprise all the elegant, sensational, thrilling, comic and entertaining novelties of the day. The whole of these magnificent attractions will be exhibited in Beaver Dam, on Saturday, July 25th, 1863, at Horicon, Monday, July 27th. For positively one day only. Admission 50 cents. Children under 12 years of age, 25 cents.
Performances commence at 2 and 7 1/2 p.m. The grand procession will enter town at 10 o'clock a.m., preceded by the gigantic hippopotamus drawn by a team of elephants, followed by A. D. Atwood's Opera Band, the performing elephants, the grand menagerie, the extensive circus and troupe of artists, together with all the gorgeous paraphernalia of the Metropolitan Combination. R. Ellingham, ring master and equestrian manager. C. H. Farnsworth, agent. Beaver Dam Argus (WI), July 15, 1863, n.p.n.
Clipper, April 4, Clipper, June 13, Clipper, June 20 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 27, Clipper, July 18, Clipper, August 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, December 19 (scroll down)
The circus troupe is the largest and most complete ever combined in one establishment, being composed of the most popular, skillful and accomplished performers in the profession, having been selected from the first establishments in Europe and America. Among the principal artists are the following: Madamoiselle Josephine, the beautiful, graceful and elegant equestrian. Samuel Burt, the wonderful sauterist and hurdle rider. James DeMotte, the renowned principal act rider and historionic equestrian.
Shappee & Whitney, the great trapeze performers, the most daring and skillful acrobats in the profession. Young Ferranti, from the Corso Circus, Madrid, the miraculous contortionist. Charles Rivers, the popular and dashing four horse rider and agile tumbler. Geo. Sloman, in his equestrian act of the revolving globe, and in his barrel and tranca performance. J. Shingle, Robinson, Jones, LeVerdio, L. Sleur, Tremain, Monsieur Frank, August Simond, Jas. Benton, Henri Clarence, Clermont, Gustave Ducrow, and a large and efficient troupe of vaulters, acrobats, tumblers and dancers. Jas. Ward, the humorist and American clown, Chinese necromancer, slack-rope performer, comic singer, stump speaker, &c. Johnny Booker, the eccentric and trick clown and irresistable comique.
The stud of horses is composed of the finest English, American and Arabian thoroughbreds, highly trained and magnificently caparisoned; and the programme of the arena will comprise all the elegant, sensational, thrilling, comic and entertaining novelties of the day. The whole of these magnificent attractiongs will be exhibited in Cedar Rapids, June 17th, 1864, at 2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Under one enormous pavilion for one price of admission, which, notwithstanding the enormous outlay attendant upon such an unprecedented combination, is fixed at the low figure of 50 cents. Children under ten years of age, half price. The grand procession will enter the town at 11 o'clock a.m., preceded by the gigantic hippopotamus drawn by a team of elephants (four in number), followed by Seeley's New York Opera Band, the grand menagerie, the extensive circus and troupe of artists, together with the gorgeous paraphernalia of the Metropolitan Combination. R. Ellingham, director of the arena. C. H. Farnsworth, agent. Cedar Valley Times (Cedar Rapids, IA), June 2, 1864, n.p.n.
Clipper, May 7, Clipper, May 14, Clipper, May 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 4, Clipper, July 9, Clipper, July 30 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 17, Clipper, September 24, Clipper, October 1 (scroll down)
The circus troupe is the largest and most complete ever combined in one establishment, being composed of the most popular, skillful and accomplished performers in the profession, having been selected from the first establishements in Europe and America. Among the principal artists are the following: Madame Melville, the Australian equestrian, the most beautiful and accomplished lady rider in the world; James Melville, the Australian performer who stands without a peer in the arena. The distinguished Australian family whose equestrian and miscellaneous performances have won a world wide reputation; Master Frank Melville, the youthful equestrian; Master Samuel Melville, the wonder in perfection in all he attempts; Geo. Melville, the principal equestrian.
Philo Nathans, an artist whose praise is great in months of wisest censure, whose performances on one, two, three and four horses are excelled by no one in the world; Wm. Kinkade, the man of a hundred sumersaults and the renowned representative of the eccentric Pete Jenkins. Shappee & Whitney, the acrobats, par excellence of the United States, the most daring and thrilling trapeze performers ever seen; Jim Ward, the funniest of clowns in comic songs, sayings, dances, slack rope exercises, plate spinning, tumbling, never failing to create a big fuss generally.
Professor Langworthy, maitre du cirque and lecturer, who during the exhibition of the hippopotamus will entertain the audience with an exceedingly accurate and very interesting description of the animal which he has compiled from the most reliable sources. B. Wilbanks, the great gymanast rider from California. J. Withers, Ryan Noonan, Solomon Pratt, George Jones, Johannes Pomeroy, Fred Avery, M'lle Frivolia, Miss Rosa Tremain and a host of others, comprising gymanasts, acrobats, vaulters, &c. J. Withers' famous Washington Brass Band.
The stud of horses is composed of the finest English, American and Arabian thorough-breds, highly trained and magnificently caparisoned and the programme of the arena will comprise all the elegant, sensational, thrilling, comic and entertaining novelties of the day. The whole of these magnificent attractions will be exhibited in Elyria, on Monday, May 8th, at 2 and 7 p.m., under one enormous pavilion, for one price of admission, which, notwithstanding the enormous outlay attendant upon such an unprecedented combination, is fixed at a low figure of 50 cents. Children under ten years of age, half price. The grand procession will enter the town at 11 o'clock a.m., preceded by the gigantic hippopotamus drawn by a team of elephants (four in number), followed by Withers' Washington Brass Band, the grand menagerie, the extensive circus and troup of artists, together with the gorgeous paraphernalia of the Metropolitan combination. J. Melville, director of arena. C. H. Farnsworth, agent. Elyria Independent Democrat (OH), May 3, 1865, n.p.n.
Clipper, May 13, Clipper, August 12, Clipper, August 19 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 16, Clipper, October 13 (scroll down)
First. That great marvel of the animal kingdom and antediluvian wonder, the gigantic hippopotamus, or "Behemoth" of Holy Writ, imported by G. C. Quick, Esq., at an expense of over sixty thousand dollars, from the White Nile, two thousand miles above the city of Cairo. Second. Sands, Nathans & Co.'s performing elephants, Anthony and Cleopatra, Victoria and Albert. Third. Melville's Australian Circus. Fourth. A den with lioness and four baby lions, only six weeks old, and the most beautiful and perfect specimens ever exhibite. Fifth. G. F. Bailey & Co.'s Mammoth Zoological Collection, and universal menagerie. Comprising an assemblage of living wonders from all sections of the globe.
Admission 50 cents. Children under ten years, 25 cents. Doors open at 2 and 7 p.m., performance to commence a half hour later. This great quadruple combination will exhibit in Augusta, July 9th; Gardiner 10th; Bath 11th; Wiscasset 12th; Waldoboro 13th; Thomaston 14th; Rockland 16th; Belfast 17th; Winterport 18th; Corieth, August 3d; Dover 4th; Dexter 6th; Newport 7th; Waterville 8th; Skowhegan 9th. Bangor Daily Whig and Courier (ME), June 9, 1866, n.p.n.
Clipper, March 31, Clipper, May 26, Clipper, June 9 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 16, Clipper, July 21, Clipper, July 28 (scroll down)
Clipper, September 8, Clipper, October 13 (scroll down)
Clipper, March 16, Clipper, April 27, Clipper, May 25 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 1, Clipper, June 8, Clipper, June 15 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 29, Clipper, September 14 (scroll down)
A splendid sight upon the public streets. A drove of dromedaries, just imported from Egypt, at a cost of $40,000, decked and harnessed with the team of elephants, will draw the massive chariot containing Whither's Washington Cornet Band, and bearing at a proud altitude the Golden Steed of Agrigentum. All the combined shows under one canvas. . . . Will exhibt at Waterloo, Tuesday, July 28, 1868. R. S. Dingess, agent. Waterloo Courier (IA), July 23, 1868, p. 1.
Clipper, March 28, Clipper, May 9, Clipper, June 13 (scroll down)
Clipper, June 20, Clipper, July 18, Clipper, August 8 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 31 (scroll down)
At daybreak the scene presented beggars description. It was the worst adventure that ever befell a circus in this portion of the west. The show reached Davenport at a late hour in the day, men and teams well-nigh exhausted by the terrible night's work and the hard journey which followed it.
Circus Day. Yesterday we had thunder, lightning, rain, sultriness, mud, two circuses and a menagerie in Davenport. And it wasn't much a day for circuses either - the proprietors thought, we guess. There was Dan Rice, who came by steamer and pitched his tent on a nice, soft plat on Brady street. Then Bailey & Co., who came from Muscatine on wheels - and how they ever reached Davenport is a source of wonderment to themselves. All their show did not arrive until as late as 5 o'clock in the afternoon, and so they gave no performance until evening. Their tent was on the corner of Fourteenth and Brady.
Dan Rice had over a thousand people under his canvas in the afternoon. Equestrianism was tabooed, as the riders were unable to perform on horses which sank to the knees in mud. But there was tumbling, and learned horses, and the mules, and - Dan. He is the same old Dan who used to delight our boyish soul in Western New York twenty years ago - only we notice that he has quit his somersaulting tricks. He's a grandfather now. But he's king-bee in the ring yet - the most original, best voiced clown that treads the saw-dust.
Bailey & Co.'s grand chariot was drawn through the streets by elephants and camesl, at six p.m. Their show is one of the best extant. Ring performances by the best of equestrians and ground men. The hippopotamus is a show by himself. The attendance at night was large. There was abundant evidence among the company that road circusing in bad weather is the hardest of employments for both men and beast. Davenport Daily Gazette (IA), July 14, 1869, n.p.n.
Great Italian Circus Troupe recently organized by Signor Sebastian, the model equestrian institution. Signor Sebastian, captain and head-centre of champion riders, and his infantile prodigy, in feats of horsemanship. Master Romeo, rider and gymnast of the Sebastian school. Lucille Watson. Philo Nathans and Thomas Watson, scenic and sensational riders. Frank Robinson, contortionism. Clifford & Milbanks, lead the corps of tumblers and leapers. Geo. M. Clarke, Shakespearean clown. Ed De Haven, grotesque and jester. Performing horse, General Grant, introduced by F. J. Howes. The performing elephant Cleopatra. Grand procession in town in the forenoon. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m. Performances commence an hour afterward, giving an opportunity to inspect the menagerie and curiosities. Daily Kennebeck Journal (ME), May 24, 1872, n.p.n.
A street parade will be made at 10 a.m., led by Prof. Joe Withers' Golden Cornet Band of eighteen musicians, dressed in French costume, mounted on the Great Golden Car, built in Paris at the cost of $20,000 in gold, drawn by 12 Andelusian and Flemish horses, driven by Mons. Boleni, the French Jehu, formerly coachman to Napoleon III. The procession is headed by a cavalcade of elegantly dressed ladies and gentlemen, with performing elephants and their keepers, dens of living wild beasts. Every cage and chariot decorated with silk and golden banners of all nations. One hundred thousand curiosities. One hundred performers. One mile glittering procession. Four shows for one price of admission. Performances given in separate pavilions. Free street tournament at 10 o'clock a.m. Doors open at 1 and 7 p.m., giving opportunity of visiting the menagerie, aquarium, and world's exposition before the scenes in the circus begins. Admission to all 50 cts, children under ten years 25 cts. Decatur Republican (IL), June 12, 1873, n.p.n.
Baker, Hart & Co.'s Big 25 Cent Circus - 1889 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1889
F. A. Goldquist, Galesburg, Illinois, wants personnel in all branches of circus & sideshow. New York Clipper, June 19, 1889, p. 232.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Baker & Johnson's - 1873
The horses, wagons and harness belonging to Baker & Johnson's circus will be sold at auction next Saturday afternoon, at half-past one o'clock. Fort Wayne Gazette (IN), September 30, 1873, n.p.n.
Baker & Johnson's Circus stock was to have been sold at auction at Fort Wayne, Ind., on Oct. _. New York Clipper, October 11, 1873, p. 223.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Baldwin, Wall & Co. - 1880
Baldwin, Wall & Co.'s Great Eastern Equescurriculum and Hippotheatron is the title which will be used by a small show that was to have started from Nobelsville, Ind., May 1. . . . O. F. Baldwin is the proprietor, J. Wall, director of amusements . . . New York Clipper, May 8, 1880, p. 51.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bruce L. Baldwin's Shows - 1893-94, 1897
1893:
Bruce L. Baldwin, of Baldwin's Railroad Show, and his wife, visited Yankee Robinson's grave, at Jefferson, Ia., June ?, and had the grass trimmed, and some potted plants placed on the grave, to show that some one still lived who revered the memory of the founder of several successful enterprises still in existence. Mr. Baldwin writes: I went to California in 1877 with Mr. Robinson, and was a member of his company when he built the permanent circus in that city. I left him at the ___, and went with Sam D???'s Museum, up in the Columbia River country. It seemed a sad concidence of 'man's inhumanity to man' to see the lone, unkempt mound that marked the last resting place of such a man as Yankee Robinson, neglected as it has been. My show is making a little money now, though it was rather a hard tumble in May. I have a 100ft. top, with two forty's for the big top . . . with two thirty's for menagerie and museum combined; no(?) sideshow; ten head ring stock, thirty head working stock, forty-five people and seven cars. My colt, Chas. W. Fish, 2:33 1/4 as a yearling, is entered for the two year old stakes at ???pendence, in August; Terre Haute, September, and Rochester, N.Y. Dickerson will drive him. He can now beat 2:20. New York Clipper, June 24, 1893, p. 248.
Notes from Baldwin's Metropolitan Shows. At ___, Ia., July 27, two drunken hoodlums attempted to go under the side wall, but were thrown out. They left the lot and went for reinforcements. They cut the ladies' dressing room side wall before "hey rube" was sounded. When the circus yell was given manager Bruce Baldwin and boss canvasman McHugh jumped into the mob of eight or ten and beat them off. Three of the hoodlums were severly slugged and one may die. Manager Baldwin was arrested at Lansing on July 30 and taken back to Waucoma, but furnished bail for his appearance in September. The attack on the show was wholly uncalled for. Jack Buck, a driver, was cut on the left arm, and Ollie Walsh, canvasman, was hit with a brick, neither would serious. The cook house was made a banquet hall for about twenty tramp Colorado miners at Lawley, Ia., 26. Mr. Baldwin served them two good "squares," and seated them in the afternoon show. The Mayor of Lawler stepped into the ring at closing of the performance and held his hat for a collection for the unfortunate men. Nearly forty dollars was contributed, and the "boys in spangles" and other members of the company contributed liberally. The expressions on their faces fully repaid any acts of kindness done for them. The Milwaukee Railroad transported them into the harvest fields of Minnesota. "Gypsie," the riding dog, was badly hurt two weeks agon in Minnesota, but is working again. The brother act of the Four Baldwins is very catchy, as is also their bar act. Picard, contortionist, is practicing a new and novel act for the winter season. The Valentines go East in October. Burk and Weston will play dates during the Winter, and Harvey McDonald will work at his trade at Chicago. Tony Sidahl is making a hit in his prinicpal act. The "tumbling" line was strengthened by Eddie Baldwin's return. They all "keep tab(?)" now. The Bennetts will winter in Alabama and the show in Lexington, Ky. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 362.
1894:
There are four circuses wintering in Iowa, vis.: F. J. Taylor's, Bruce L. Baldwin's Railroad Shows, Dick P. Sutton's Railroad Shows and Kirkhart Bros.' Show. Burke and Weston are practicing their grotesque aerial act at their home, Waukegan, Ill. They rejoin the Bruce L. Baldwin Shows next season, as do the Valentines, Tony Sidahl, M. Pieardo, Lilly Lawler, Eddie Frank and Dan Baldwin, and Harry De??en and wife. Ed. Burke will be equestrian director and Larry Weston principal clown. New York Clipper, January 27, 1894, p. 753.
Roster of Bruce L. Baldwin's Shows. - Bruce L. Baldwin, sole owner and manager; W. S. ???, treasurer; Harvey T. Cook, general agent; Frank Wurth, press agent; Wm. Tully, boss bill poster; Thos. Ryan, Chas Howard, Clarence Zimmerman, Ed. Foley, P. F. Kane, John Wilbur, Tom Harris, C. W. Bardbury and Arthur Childs, assistant bill poster, lithographers and programmers; Jack Ord, boss hostler, with sixteen drivers; Roy Herrard, in charge of ring stock, with four grooms; "Four Paw" McCathy, boss canvas man, twelve assistants; Tom Christman, boss chandelier man; Pete Fitzgerald, boss property man with four assistants; Victor Donahue, master of transportation, with nine assistants; Mike Kelly, watchman; Wash. Hall, chef, with six assistants; Joe Moran, porter, with two assistants. Band: Arthur Hutters, director, with eleven mouth pieces; Ed. Connors, manager of side show. Performers: Ed. Burke, equestrian director; Tony Sidahl, principal bareback and hurdle rider; Larry Weston, principal clown; Tony and Minnie Sidahl, carrying act; Dan Baldwin, principal leaper and tumbler; Charles and M?? Valentine, flying return act; Lilly Lawler, slack wire and juggler; Burke and Weston, grotesque aerial act and knockabout trick tumblers(?); Bruce L. Baldwin, Frank and Ed. Baldwin, brother act and bars; Frank and Ed. Baldwin, carrying perche; Bruce Baldwin, breakaway perche and parachute leap; M. Picardo, contortionist and equlibrist; Harry Deilen(?) and wife, balancers and jugglers. The leaping and tumbling will be especial features, the former having four double somersault throwers. Menagerie in charge of Al. Beck and three assistants. Show opened April 16 at Fulton, Mo., to good business. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 103.
1897:
Baldwin's Golden Era Shows. Prof. Paul Becker's military band and orchestra have been engaged. T. J. Culligan will be in charge of advertising and contracting department; Harles C. Lane, cannon ball tosser and perch performer, will be lot superintendent, and Prof. Becker will be treasurer. Twelve baggage wagons and forty-eight head of stock will furnish the motive power. New York Clipper, January 9, 1897, p. 717.
Baldwin's Golden Era Show notes. Walter Simpson, boss hostler, has purchased eight head of Norman horses for the band team, and now has twenty-eight head of baggage stock. New York Clipper, February 6, 1897, p. 781.
• Note: also see Young & Baldwin.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bale's Buckeye Circus (1974)
Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ball's Great Colosseum - 1864
• 1864: online at Clipper, April 9 (scroll down)
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ball & Fitzpatrick's - 1865 This show is listed for 1865 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
Ball & Fitzpatrick's Great National Amphitheatre and Mazeppa Combination. The most attractive exhibition consisting of dramatic, equestrian, terpsicorean gymnastic, acrobatic and vocal performances. Will exhibit in Rome, May 31st, afternoon and evening. Col. J. C. Sturat, advertising agent. The show will exhibit in Oneida June 1st. [Advertisement] Rome Daily Sentinel (Rome,NY), May 30, 1865, n.p.n.
Ball & Fitzpatrick's Great National Amphitheatre holds forth in this city this afternoon and evening. Lockport Daily Journal (Lockport, NY) June 15, 1865, n.p.n.
John Patrick Hogan was with Stanley & Mason's Minstrels, doubling with John Prendergast as the Excelsior Brothers in 1864. In the summer of 1865 they joined Ball & Fitzpatrick's Amphitheatre Company at Albany, N. Y., in "Mazeppa." Ellis, Charles Edward, An authentic history of the Benevolent and protective order of Elks, Chicago: The author, 1910, p. 323.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ballard, Bailey & Co.
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America lists this show for circa 1855.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Dewitt Ballard's Circus - 1913 Show is listed for 1913 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
Wanted, circus performers, principal and equestrian acts with stock. Clowns, all the varied ground acts, horizontal bar and aerial acts. A female dancing specialty troupe, handsomely gowned and up-to-date. Lady orchestra, 10 pieces, including soloist, double brass and string. Also good specialty acts suited for a one-ring circus. Pullman and dining car accommodations. A new one-ring circus with an entire new outfit. Season opens latter part of May. Address Dewitt Ballard, Royal Hotel, Bridgeport, Conn. [Advertisement] Billboard, April 26, 1913, p. 23.
Buffalo Bill's Wild West caterer for the past ten years now offers his paraphernalia consisting of wagons, tents, boiler, ranges, crockery, cutlery, and everything in connection with the cook house for sale in parts at half cost. Apply Dewitt Ballard, Royal Hotel, Bridgeport, Conn. [Advertisement] Billboard, April 26, 1913, p. 39.
It is said that Ballard's circus showing here today is one of the niftiest little shows of its kind ever cemented together. It's the real circus article. Hudson Evening Register (Hudson, NY), June 6, 1913, p. 8.
The DeWitt Ballard circus which was booked to appear at the driving park, today and tomorrow, hadn't shown up up to press time. As the company had all kinds of trouble, last week, and seemed to be in financial difficulty, it is believed they failed to make the city. The North Adams Transcript says the company lost about $2,000 last week and when it rained in North Adams on Thursday night the company was pretty well discouraged. It is alleged the trouble began a week or so ago when a femal band which had been features quit. An Italian band was secured to take the place of the girls and was allowed to go. The circus was supposed to go from North Adams to Athol and then to Gardner and Fitchburg. Fitchburg Daily Sentinel (Fitchburg, MA), June 23, 1913, p. 2.
The roster of Ballard's 20th Century Circus: Dewitt Ballard, proprietor; Chas. Bannard, manager; Jos. F. Moore, treasurer and press agent; Michael Martin, boss canvasman; Tom Campblee, privilege man; Eli Fournier, boss hostler. Billboard, June 28, 1913, p. 27.
Waltham, Mass., July 2. The hard and seamy side of the show business is well illustrated with the advent of DeWitt Ballard's "Greatest 10 and 20 cent Show on Earth," in Waltham. The show was advertised to play here for two days and it still remains here, or what is left of it, because it can't get out. Poor business financially embarrased the outfit before it reached the "Watch City" and it was pretty well crippled when it reached here about noon Thursday. Aside from the present attachments, brought by the hostlers and Al. Seibert (owner of two white bare-back horses), one of its railroad cars had been attached in Worcester and only two cars arrived in Waltham. A band of lady musicians and several other performers had severed their connection with the show only a few days prior to its reaching this city because they could not get any money. The management was unable to get ready for the performance Thursday afternoon but it did give some sort of a show Thursday night. There was no show Friday afternoon, but something in the way of a program was attempted that night in order to raise enough money to feed the few performers and employees who still remained. The two cars, on the Elm street siding, have been attached by the Boston & Main Railroad Company, it is believed.
Following on the heels of this show Sig Sautelle's "9-Big-Shows" was scheduled to show here. It did Saturday and drew a good house. When Mr. Sautelle heard of the plight of the Ballad outfit he offered two-thirds of the entire value for what remained of the show and it was refused. The big top was packed away in the cook house, which, with the animal tent, is all that remains visible to the passerby. Seibert's two horses and a lamb is all that was under the canvas Sunday. Both tents are pitched on a small lot on the outskirts of the city and the few persons who stuck to the outfit are sitting around wondering where their next three "squares" are coming from. Some complain of having had nothing to eat while others are satisfied to await the return of Ballard, who left the show Saturday night and went to Boston, hoping that he will return with sufficient means to pay them off. Some of the hostlers are accepting the hospitality of neighbors.
Starting from Bridgeport about one month ago as one of the prettiest little shows that ever went through the small towns, it promised to be a success. When reaching Massachusetts the performers noticed they were not drawing the crowds which had been anticipated but when the pay envelope was not forthcoming at the week end they began to get suspicious and finally one by one of the troupe left. What remains of the employees claim that Ballard saw what was coming and rather than drop the show he stuck it out by withholding the pay in an effort to make a go of the show, but when they reached Waltham they became so dissatisfied that they could not hold out any longer and filed an attachment in the Middlesex Registry of Deeds and the writ was served Friday. Variety, July 5, 1913, p. 6.
Waltham, Mass., July 9. DeWitt Ballard's "Greatest 10-20 Show on Earth" still remains here. The attachments as yet have not been dissolved and the outfit is apparently in no better shape now than the day they were ordered not to remove any of their paraphernalia until the debts have been paid. Variety, July 11, 1913, p. 6.
• For Sale. One Pullman sleeper, 62 feet long, 6-wheel turcks, steel-tire wheels, steel platform, wide vestible, 12 Pullman sections in one end, 9 carpenter made berths, one toilet, 2 porcelain wash stands, overhead water; other end, one stateroom, one toilet, 2 porcelain wash stands, overhead water, large chandelier, oil lamps, one large cellar. This car was used four weeks after being fitted out, and can be bought for $1,550. DeWitt Ballard, Royal Hotel, Bridgeport, Conn. [Advertisement] Billboard, January 31, 1914, p. 37.
• Royal Hotel, Bridgeport, Conn.; European only; rooms 50c and upwards, to the profession; cafe; dining room; moderate prices. D. Ballard, proprietor, past twenty-four years with the big shows. [Advertisement] Billboard, January 31, 1914, p. 37.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ballenger Family Circus - 1895-97
1895:
Notes from the Ballenger Family Circus. We will open at Bridgeport, West Virginia. Charles McBride arrived at winter quarters. The following people go with the show: Matt, Frank, Lizzie and ___ Ballenger, Birmingham and Ryal, Dolby Bros., the Winfields, Dave McManis, Christ Bros., Tom Kellar and Grant Henderson. The show will carry a brass band and give two performances daily. We travel by wagon. H. O. Cunningham is on the advance with two assistants. New York Clipper, April 13, 1895, p. 83.
Notes from the Ballenger Family Circus. We are in West Virginia. Charles McBride has been engaged to run the canvas next season. Verna Ballenger is the drawing card with her contortion act. New York Clipper, September 7, 1895, p. 423.
Notes from Ballenger Family Circus. We close our tenting season at Bridgeport, West Virginia, October __. W. Johnson and Chas. Dolby will buy and take entire possission of the outfit on the closing day, and run it next season as Johnson and Dolby's Gilt Edge Show, and will put Chas. McBride as supterintendent of the working department. The Family will winter at their old home in Maryland, and retire after the season's work, paying all their people in full. New York Clipper, October 5, 1895, p. 489.
1896:
Ballenger Family Circus notes. We never had sufficient seating capacity while in West Virginia, and this is the banner season. Charles McBride still lays out the lot. Levardo is the feature of the show. New York Clipper, July 18, 1896, p. 308.
Notes from the Ballenger Family Pavilion Show. We are in our fourteenth week. Levardo, dancing barrel, astonishes the natives. The management has a whole new outfit coming to Caldwell, West Virginia. Mike Malone is our boss canvasman with eight assistants. New York Clipper, August 15, 1896, p. 375.
1897:
Lavardo, foot juggler and gymnast, will be with the Ballenger Circus, his second season with the show. New York Clipper, January 23, 1897, p. 749.
Arnolda and Cassell, and Stone Bros. have signed with the Ballenger circus, his third season with the show. New York Clipper, April 10, 1897, p. 93.
Notes from the Ballenger Family Show. We opened at Flemington, West Virginia, May 1. We have ten wagons and twenty-four head of stock. The show includes the Ballenger Family, four in number, general performers; Levardo, dancing barrel and cross; George Parento, high ladders and table performer and hand balancer; Stone and Holden, double trapeze; V. Ballenger, contortion; Pearl Holden, club swinger; Chas. Stone, slack wire and single trapeze; Frank Ballenger, leader of band; Chas. McBride, leader of orchestra; H. O. Cunningham, advance; James Kelley, in charge of cookhouse; Harvey Mitchell, boss canvasman with six men; Johnnie Warner, chandelier man . . . and Fred Keys, master of privileges. New York Clipper, May 22, 1897, p. 187.
Notes from Ballenger Circus. We are in our fourteenth week. In West Virginia we have had to pay a license for every performance with the show, besides paying a State, county and corporation license. At Arnoldsburg, West Virginia, we gave our performance in the ring made by the Robinson Show thirty-seven years ago. Pearl Halden, aerialist, closed with the show at Sutton, West Virginia, July 31. Kelly and McBride put on their burlesque boxing act at Glenville. Parento and Lavardo are making a hit with their clown work. Chas. Stone is working alone, now, but expects a new partner in a week or so. Harvey Mitchell is our boss canvasman, and M. O. Cunningham is our agent. We will soon be out of this State and then will have good roads. New York Clipper, August 7, 1897, p. 365.
• The Ballenger Family Shows toured in 1900. Bandwagon, November-December, 2000, p. 13.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Banard Bros. Circus - 1933 Show is listed for 1934, 1945-49 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses. Listed for 1934 in Sturtevant's List of Circuses
Wednesday will be "circus day" at South Zanesville. Troop 42 of Boy Scouts at that place will sponsor the appearance of the Banard Brothers' circus and Wild West show. Performances will take place on the South Zanesville school grounds. Banard Brothers present a circus with two rings, 35 people and 68 animals. Henry A. Bede, general agent for the circus was here last week to make arrangements for the showing. Sunday Times-Signal (Zanesville, OH), June 25, 1933, p. 3.
• An article on the Banard Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 14-22.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bankofsky's Russian circus - 1903
Bankofsky's Russian circus, which has been exhibiting in Manila and Japan and China cities, was scheduled to sail yesterday for San Francisoc, via Honolulu. The intention is to stop over here for a couple of weeks. The circus has 100 horses and menagerie animals. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), October 27, 1903, p. 6.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bantley Bros. Nickel Plate - 1923 (Herman Bantly) Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923
Bantly Bros. Nickel Plate Circus. Centralizing in one big show. Wanted: circus and animal acts of all kinds. Performers and workmen in all branches of the circus business. Herman Bantly, owner and director. Office, 4th floor Arrott Power Bldg., Pittsburgh, PA. Winter quarters, Reynoldsville, Pa. Harry Dunkel, manager. [Advertisement] Billboard, December 16, 1922, p. 122.
Plans for 1923 at Reynoldsville, Pennsylvania quarters. Ordered canvas by radio. Billboard, December 16, 1922, p. 122; January 20, 1923, p. 74.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barber's Circus - 1888-89 Show is listed for 1888 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
1887:
Orrin Barber has leased a large building on the lot of the Valley Railroad Co. at Canton, O., and will use it as his shop and office this Winter. J. R. Adams, clown and manager, comes in December on business connected with the show. New York Clipper, November 19, 1887, p. 570.
The Bartine Circus is wintering at West Milton, O. New York Clipper, November 26, 1887, p. 586.
James R. Adams, manager of Orrin Barber's New Twenty-five cent R. R. Show, is negotiating for the importation of a Spanish aerial team. Work at Mr. Barber's headquarters in Canton, O., is progressing. New York Clipper, December 17, 1887, p. 641.
• Also see Menches & Barber.
1888:
W. R. Sheridan, of Sheridan and Gilmore, and Frank Kent, of Gilday and Kent, have joined forces. Under the team name of Sheridan and Kent, they will go out with Orrin Barber's Circus in the Spring. New York Clipper, January 14, 1888, p. 709.
The following have been engaged for Orrin Barber's New Railroad Show: Blanche Leclair, Wm. Ament . . . and Winnie Nicholson and Sig. Malo. B. L. Bowman will take charge of the sideshow canvas, 80x40ft. It is the intention of the management to close the show with a new Western drama. New York Clipper, February 25, 1888, p. 800.
Additional engagements for Orrin Barber's New Railroad Show: the Bigelow Bros., J. F. Carrier, Frazer Bros. . . . Prof. D. Rice's troupe of dogs, donkey and ponies, Moore Sisters, and Texas Bill and Wife. New York Clipper, March 10, 1888, p. 832.
People engaged for Orrin Barber's Circus, which opens its season in Canton, O., at an early date, under the management of Jas. R. Adams. Business staff: Orrin Barber, proprietor; Jas. R. Adams, manager; Louis Burgeois, treasurer; C. F. Miller, general agent; Edward Everett, press agent, and Harry Fisher, programmers. Circus chiefs: B. Baxter, billposter; Max Fleming, assistant; Charles Reddy, properties; C. H. Adams, steward; Dell Bursh(?), canvasman; Henry Wixon, hostler; Perry Zerbe, lights; and Harry Parks and wife, culinary department. Performers: The Mazzantina Brothers; Charles Witman(?), Bigelow Brothers, Blanch LeClair, Ament and Nicholson, Sig. Malo(?), Nubar Hassan and his Arab tribe, Prof. May, Frank W. Marten(?), George Eyster, the Nelson Sisters, J. T. Carrier, Texas Bill and wife Texas Winnie, the Fraziers, (Funny) Js. R. Adams, Louise Hasson(?), Clara Marion, Aug. Harris, Tommy Malo, Lester and Allen, T. McMasters, the Aments, and Prof. A. Hertchert and his band of twelve musicians. New York Clipper, April 7, 1888, p. 63.
The sideshow people with Orrin Barber's Circus, which opens the season at Canton, O., April 27, includes: B. L. Bowman, manager; Nina Delmonto, snake charmer; Prof. Wm. Young, wizard; Miss Agness, mind reader and magician; Prof. Howard, Punch and Judy, and Bowman's Museum of Wonders. James R. Adams, the clown and manager was compelled to decline the benefit tendered him by his Canton friends, on account of being so busy preparing for the opening of the show. New York Clipper, April 7, 1888, p. 56.
Should the weather permit, the Orrin Barber Show will give April 26 a night parade in Canton, O., the first parade of the kind in that city. The first stand of the show is in Canton, opening on the 27. New York Clipper, April 28, 1888, p. 105.
Barber's circus appeared here last Thursday. The tumbling, leaping and trapeze performers were of the highest order. The Melvins, Will and Harry, constitute no small factor in the talent making Barber's one of the best shows on the road. Ohio Democrat (New Philadelphia, OH), May 17, 1888, n.p.n.
James R. Adams will give up the management of Orrin Barber's Circus in two weeks. New York Clipper, June 9, 1888, p. 203.
(Funny) Jas. R. Adams writes complaining of unfair treatment at the hands of Orrin Barber, with whom he has lately been associated. The show has gone to pieces, he adds, and salaries are due all around. New York Clipper, June 16, 1888, p. 219.
Wanted, canvas, a complete outfit for circus, light band wagon, performers in all branches, circus riders with own stock, troupe of dogs, Punch and Judy and musician, and sideshow paintings. Address McLaughlin & Bowman, care Barber's Circus, Columbus City, Ind. New York Clipper, July 7, 1888, p. 272.
1889:
W. Norris Adams, of Youngstown, has purchased the stock of the defunct Orrin Barber circus. Massillon Independent (Massillon, OH), January 11, 1889, n.p.n.
The Orrin Barber circus is getting ready to disturb the public, at Beach City. Massillon Independent (Massillon, OH), April 25, 1889, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barbour Circus - 1924
While the Barbour circus, which recently exhibited at Cuba [New York], unheralded by any advertising, was en route to Franklinville, a lion cage fell off its wagon, pinning one of the circus men underneath. He escaped with little injury, however. The show originated at Reading, Pa., and follows the oldtime custom of travelling in horsedrawn vehicles. Patriot and Free Press (Cuba, NY), August 1, 1924, p. 3.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bard Bros. Circus - 1903-05, 1908 Show is listed for 1902-05 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
1903:
Wanted, for the Bard Bros.'s Railroad Shows, a few more circus people, a basso and 2 cornets for band. Would like to hear from a man to make announcements, a dog and pony show, a lady aerial artist, and a bar performer. Will also buy a few good Pan lights. Address Bard Bros., Reading, Pa. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, May 2, 1903, p. 295.
Reading, Pa. Bard Bros. Circus exhibited here to large and pleased audiences for ten days. The Bard's, five in number, are natives of Reading, which accounts for their long stay. They have a good one-ring show and are meeting with success. Billboard, August 29, 1903, p. 27.
1904:
Frank D. Merst, bandmaster, has been engaged to lead the band with the Bard Bros. show for the coming season. This show is to be three times as large as last year. It opens at Reading, Pa., early in April. Billboard, February 27, 1904, p. 6.
Berwick, May 11. When the large tent of Bard Brothers' circus was blown over near the close of the performance here last night, 400 persons in the audience became panic stricken and fought to get out. No one was seriously injured. Lock Haven Express (Lock Haven, PA), May 11, 1904, p. 1.
1905: In Aldermanic Courts. Constable Sparely made three attachments for wages against Edward, Chas., John and Harry Bard, proprietors of Bard Bros.'s Circus. They were issued by Alderman Mast. William Ramach, Jacob Kaplin and John Silbar brought the actions. They were employed by the firm in different capacities, and claim sums ranging from $7 to $10 as wages. They decalred that they made several requests for the money due them, but were refused it. Constable also served warrants, issued by the same alderman, on Edward and Charles Bard on the charge of assault and battery. John Silbar, a former employee, is the prosecutor, and alleges that the accused assaulted him without any provocation. The defendant entered bail for court. Reading Eagle (Reading, PA), July 2, 1905, n.p.n.
1908: Winter quarters. Bard Bros., Reading, Pa. Billboard, March 7, 1908, p. 23.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bardon & Doss Circus - 1929 Show is listed for 1930 both in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses and Sturtevant's List of Circuses
Shade Theatre. Today. Bardon & Doss Mammoth Indoor Circus, ponies, monkeys, dogs. [Advertisement] Sandusky Register (Sandusky, OH), January 1, 1929, p. 2.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barker Bros. Circus - 1899, 1937-38, 1951 Show is listed for 1937-1940, 1950-53 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
1899: Ohio. Portsmouth. John Williams, stage manager of the Grand, has resigned to join J. W. Kilgour and Barker Brothers' Circus, a local show that will open here 27. New York Dramatic Mirror, April 22, 1899, p. 7.
1937: Barker Bros. Society Circus. 20 people, 40 animals, a real indoor circus with clowns, trained animals, acrobats and a real circus band. Wells Bros. Trio, horizontal bar act, late of Cole Bros.-Clyde Beatty Circus. Eva Kelley, flying trapeze; Blomberg's Alaskan dogs; 4 military ponies; Bobby Bumps, thrills and spills, clowns and more clown; Dynamit, comedy bucking mule; Cowboy Zwick, Slim Morgan and Perky Skidmore. Troop of Alley Dogs. Monkeys, ponies. [Advertisement] Piqua Daily Call (Piqua, OH), March 12, 1937, p. 2.
1938: The entire personnel of Barker Brothers wild west and circus features will be presented at West Virginia's free fair Thursday, evenings and afternoons in front of the grandstand. Cowgirls, cowboys, circus performrs, clowns, horses, dogs, ponies, steers and a troupe fo Alaska huskie dogs are part of this miniature circus shown for the first time in this territory. Wild steer and horse riding is included in the program, rounded out with a panorama of old west using covered wagons, Indians and a scene depicting the Meadow Mountain massacure as produced in the old 101 Ranch show. While Dixie Prince the mind reading, hind leg walking high school horses, and the troupe of Alaskan huskies are two of the star attractions. Funny clowns, military pony drills, comical monkeys, roping and trick shoot acts. Barker Brothers show is presented in circus fashion in ring curb on the stage. The entire show is presented by the owner, who works more like the old time ringmaster. Charleston Gazette, September 4, 1938, n.p.n.
1951:
Bill Blomberg, owner of Barker Bros.' Circus, stopped in St. Louis Thursday (22) enroute from Chicago to his show's quarters at Alexandria, La. Billboard, March 31, 1951, p. 56.
Augusta, Ill., July 28. William (Big Bill) Blomberg, dog and horse trainer and operator of Barker Bros.' Circus, died at the fairgrounds here Friday(20). Funeral services were conducted at St. Peter, Minn., Tuesday (24). Blomberg traveled the Orpheum and other vaudeville circuits many years with a dog act. Later he had liberty horses on a number of circuses and in recent years has been associated largely with indoor shows. He was with Ward Bros.' Circus until it closed early last year, and was instrumental in forming a cooperative show among former Ward personnel. Subsequently, he took over that show, Barker Bros., and this season had it booked for fairs as well as independent dates. He is survived by his widow, who was in Alexandria, La., the shows's quarters, when he died. Billboard, August 4, 1951, p. 43.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
E. P. Barlow's - 1898-99, 1900-01, 1903, 1907, 1909, 1911-12 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1912
1898:
Ed P. Baird, who for years has had charge of the advance for Wintermute Bros.' Show, in partnership with C. N. Black, will open up a new wagon show for 1898. The new partnership will run under the name of Barlow Bros. and tour Indiana and Ohio. A feature of the show will be our mounted street parade. Everyone is busy at winter quarters building and decorating wagons, cars, and training dogs. We have purchased a span of greys for our band wagon. We will open about May 1. New York Clipper, January 15, 1898, p. 759.
Barlow Bros.' Refined Show opens at Syracuse, Indiana, April 30. . . . Our leading performers are J. A. Crossett, W. A. Woodley, Tommy Barlow, Ed Barlow, Mrs. Ella Barlow, Misses Edna and Erma Barlow. New York Clipper, April 16, 1898, p. 111.
Notes from the Barlow Bros.' Refined Shows. We opened our season in Syracuse, Indiana, April 30. We carry a 90ft. round top with two 40ft. middle pieces, for big show; 70ft. round top for sideshow, with seven double decker paintings; cook tent, 20x60ft.; dining tent, 30x60ft.; horse tents, fifteen wagons painted snow white, trimmed in gold; forty horses, one elephant, two camels, one lion, two tigers, a sea lion, and three cages of small animals. Menagerie, 80ft. round top. Roster: Barlow Bros., proprietors and managers; the Hi Dells, carrying perch, unsupported ladder and cloud swing; Loraine and Monds, contortion; Church and Booth, return act, single and balancing trapeze; the Ziemers, King and Cora, knife and battle axe experts, trick and fancy shooting and slack wire; Fontau, Miller and Woodley, clowns and high stilts; Queens, high wire and globe; Morgano Bros., Roman rings and triple bars; Sisters Gelden, riders; Fayette, high dive; Leona, bicycle expert, open with leadps and close with tumbling. . . . Two bands, sideshow and concert. New York Clipper, May 14, 1898, p. 178.
Barlow Bros.' Refined Show closes at Wolcottville, Indiana, October 10. A wagon show, we opened April 30, making twenty-three weeks and one day. This is the first season for this show. We will commence training a troupe of dogs and goats. . . . New York Clipper, October 8, 1898, p. 541.
1899:
Barlow Bros. circus of Syracuse will opne the circus season at New Paris, May 3rd. Goshen Daily Democrat (Goshen, IN), April 24, 1899, n.p.n.
1900:
Began the season at Syracuse, Indiana, April 28. Route, Indiana: New Paris, April 30; Benton, May 1; N. Webster, May 2; Cromwell, May 3; Wawaka, May 4; Wolcottville, May 5. Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 6.
George H. Wyman, of Grand Rapids, Mich., will have charge of the advance of Ed. P. Barlow's Show. W. D. McIntire has been re-engaged as a talking and singing clown; Jesse Saurs and wife, contortionists and acrobats; Barlow Sisters, Edna and Emma, statuary and lightining change artists, are among the people who will be with this show the coming season. Billboard, December 29, 1900.
1901: Notes from Barlow's Refined Show. We opened at Syracuse, Ind., May 8, and nothwithstanding the heavy rain, the capacity of the tent was tested. Ed P. Barlow is owner and manager, Mrs. Ed P. Barlow, treasurer. The performance went like clock work under the direction of Billy Weaver, the equestrian. We carry twenty people all told. Harry Miller, leader of orchestra; Barlow Sisters, statuary; Mrs. Barlow, troupe of dogs and goats; Stella Weaver, comic and sentimental songs; Church and Booth, double traps and brother act; R. Edward, clown; Rouen(?) Bros., loop walkers and aerialists; the Herberts, sketch artists; Billy Weaver, club juggling and baton spinning. George Wyman, general agent. Our route will be through Indiana and Ohio. New York Clipper, June 8, 1901, p. 315.
1903: Notes from the Great Barlow Show. We are on our second week under canvas and are playing to fine business. Roster: Arthur Howe, Geo. H. Wymann, Frank Decker, Edna Barlow, Elma Barlow and Ed P. Barlow. We have two trained Shetland ponies, six dogs and bucking bronchos. Orchestra: Frank Girard, Guy Fahlor and Etta Lease. Hostlers: Frank Shidler and Leon Nelson. Property man, E. D. Bentz. Ed P. Barlow, manager; Ella M. Barlow, treasurer; Edna Barlow, privilegs and cashier. New York Clipper, May 23, 1903, p. 302.
1907: Ed Baird of Syracuse, known in the circus world as Ed Barlow, has started the Barlow Bros. circus on its tenth season. The show, which travels by wagon, winters at South Milford. Goshen Democrat (Goshen, IN), May 33, 1907, n.p.n.
1909:
Ed P. Barlow Show: Ed P. Barlow, proprietor; Elk Barlow, assistant manager; Frank Wilson, general agent; Edna Barlow, treasurer; Frank Decker, equestrian director; Elmer Gilmore, supt. canvas; E. W. Myers, supt. animals; E. P. Barlow, supt. privileges; James Wiley, supt. stock. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
The Barlow Show, after touring the states of Indiana, Ohio, Illinois, Iowa, Missouri, Arkansas, Mississippi, Tennessee, Kentucky and Nebraska, closed a season of seventy-nine weeks at Tobias, Neb. The trip furnished plenty of hardships, but the saddest was the death of Edna Barlow, daughter of Ed. P. Barlow, owner of the show. On August 12, she was taken ill with typhoid fever, and confined to the hospital at Macomb, Ill. She died on September 9, her body shipped to South Milford, the home of the Barlows, for burial. Arthur Howe, son-in-law of Ed. P. Barlow, who has been with Campbell Bros. Show this season, went to Hubbell, Neb., November 7, and accepted one-half interest in the Barlow Show. Mr. Howe's wife is now the only living child of Mr. Barlow. Howe will play dates this winter, while Barlow and some of the old standbys will be engaged in fitting up the show for next season. New features will be added, and a complete little wagon show, carrying twenty-five head of stock, sixteen dogs and six trained ponies will take to the road next season. Billboard, November 20, 1909, p. 18.
1911: Howe and Barlow have returned to their home at South Milford, Ind., where they are preparing to go with the Barlow Dog and Pony Show, which opens April 29. Mr. Howe is assistant manager, and Ed P. Barlow, sole owner. Billboard, April 15, 1911, p. 31.
1912: E. P. Barlow Show. Ed. P. Barlow, proprietor and manager; Ella M. Barlow, treasurer; George Stoffer, general agent; Jack Sulley, equestrian director; Ed. P. Barlow, general supt.; Felix Sauchus, musical director; John Pressler, supt. canvas; Ed Long, boss hostler; Elmer Gilmir, supt. lights; Bill Loveland, supt. properties; Ed Long, supt. ring stock; E. P. Barlow, slupt. stock; John Pressler, supt. working crew; Elmer Gillmir, boss carpenter; Ella Barlow, checker-up; Ed P. Barlow, legal adjuster and announcer. Show opens at South Milford, Ind., April 27. Billboard, March 23, 1912, p. 97.
1914: Ed P. Barlow, of the Barlow Show, writes: "At the present writing I am suffering with an attack of rheumatism . . . I haven't decided definitely whether I will go out or not this season, but if I do, I will only have a small outfit, making three day or week stand." Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 24.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Wesley Barmore's Grand Adriatic - 1854
Barmore's grand Adriatic Circus which has been the theme of all newspaperdom, is enroute for this city, astonishing and interesting, all who witness the exhibition. The notices of the affair are of the most flattering character, and satisy us that it is the largest equestrian troupe in the world. It will be exhibited in this city on Monday and Tuesday May 15th inst., afternoon and night. Fort Wayne Times (IN), May 3, 1854, n.p.n.
Barmores Adriatic Circus. Capt. McCreary the avant courier of this troupe has given us a just appreciation of its merits which added to the complimentary notices of the press confirms the idea that is no other than it is represented. Of course every body will be out on Monday and Tuesday next for the day and evening performance in this city. A quarter only will admit each person. Fort Wayne Times (IN), May 10, 1854, n.p.n.
Barmore's Adriatic Circus. This extensive establishment has been performing for two days and nights in this city to crowded tents. Of the performance generally we can say, it more than filled public expection with the exception of the attempt at the great moral drama, "Uncle Tom's Cabin" which was done in such an inferior manner as to do injustice to the drama itself. The balance of the performances are far above any with have seen in this city. In fact the public will bear testimony of all we say, we doubt not that they will give general satisfaction wherever they shall go.
The canal is broken near Lafayette. Navigation will be suspended for two weeks, beyond Peru - Barmores' Adriatic Circus will therefore return East and en-route exhibit here on the night of the 24th inst. The time may vary, if so notice will be given.
A couple of "birds" who some times infest public places, got into a row on Monday evening at Barmore's Circus, and one shot the other in defense of self, in the arm. Fort Wayne Times (IN), May 17, 1854, n.p.n.
Wesley Barmore's Grand Adriatic Circus. Will exhibit at Syracuse July 3d, 4th, 5th. Equestrian, gymnastic and acrobatic feats, among whom may be mentioned Madame Louise Brower, Messrs. W. W. Nichols, E. W. Perry, G. W. Sargeant, G. W. Dunbar, Donaldson, Walters, Frank Bower, Felix Carlo and Son. Two great clowns in the circle! . . . John M. McCreary, agent. [Advertisement] Evening Chronicle (Syracuse, NY), June 23, 1854, n.p.n.
Wesley Barmore's Grand Adriatic Circus. . . . advertised for Wednesday and Thursday, July 12th and 13th. Mr. Barmore is a young Circus proprietor, but an old stager and manager, and seeing, with the public generally, the the degeneracy of the profession, has attempted the herculean task of bringing it back to its original legitimacy. He has got together a troupe of eminent artists, and discarding all the claptrap and outside show which have of late been depended upon, has invested an amount in salaries and inside fitting up almost incredible. The consequence is that every where his Company has given the most entire satisfaction, and its reputation is established completely. Our citizens will have the fortune for two days to witness their superior performances, and we feel satisfied they will not be backward in extending their support to so excellent a concern. Let them remember Wednesday and Thursday of this week. - Utica Obs. Herkimer Journal (Little Falls, NY), July 20, 1854, p. 2.
We notice by the Utica Telegraph that one of the boats of the Adriatic Circus Company sunk on Thursday, near Newville, causing a serious loss to the proprietors. This company is to be in Syracuse today. Daily Standard, July 31, 1854, n.p.n.
• 1862: A Five Year's Lawsuit About Circus Property. The case of John Sloat, agt. Kate Barmore, wife of Wesly Barmore, being an action of replevin, to determine the right of possession to certain circus property, came before Judge Sharswood yesterday. The plaintiff, in November, 1857, leased this property to defendant, to be used as the National Theatre, for a certain period, and at a certain sum, per week. Difficulties arose between the parties, and Sloat recovered possession of the property, giving security therefor. The defendant still claimed possession. The case has been postponed from time to time, in consequence of the absence of the plaintiff in the South. The case was called again yesterday, but plaintiff's counsel requested a further postponement on account of continued absence. The court refused, and the case being submitted, the jury rendered a verdict in favor of defendant for three thousand dollars. Wesley Barmore, the husband of the defendant, (now deceased), was celebrated as the original performer of "Uncle Tom" in Uncle Tom's Cabin. - Phil. Inquirer. The Democrat (Skaneateles, NY), November 27, 1862, n.p.n.
• In 1854 Wesley Barmore's Grand Adriatic Circus sported on the Erie and other canals. Frank Brower was manager, E. W. Perry was equestrian manager, and Jno. M. Creary, agent. The evening's entertainment closed with an equestrian sketch entitled "Uncle Tom's Cabin; or, Life Among the Lowly." New York Clipper, Supplement, April 17, 1875, p. 2.
• Samuel Harris. Born in 1825. Was better known as S. Wesley Barmore. Became popular as the representative of Uncle Tom in "Uncle Tom's Cabin'" Died in Brooklyn, L. I., Aug. 25, 1858.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barnard Bros. Circus - 1933-34, 1946
1933: The Barnard Bros. circus and Wild West will appear on the Gordon lot Monday. Madam Barnard and her troupe of trained bears feature the show with the following attractions: Frank Trudell's pole climbing dog, Ardetn Bede's educated ponies, Johnny Kramer's trained goats and monkeys. Del Rio troupe of acrobats, the Flying Trudells and Ken and his clown. Circleville Herald (Circleville, OH), May 27, 1933, n.p.n.
1934: Camden Notes. The Barnard Brothers circus and Wild West show attracted a large crowd Saturday evening. Hamilton Journal (Hamilton, OH), July 17, 1934, p. 2.
1946: Barnard Bros. Circus (motorized) opened early in May at Etta, Ohio. White Tops, March-April, 1946, Vol. 19, Nos. 3-4, p. 9.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Al G. Barnes - 1909, 1912-14, 1917-19, 1920, 1923, 1935 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1906-1938
• Articles on the early years of the Al G. Barnes' Trained Wild Animal Show are in Bandwagon, May-June, 1980, Vol. 24, No. 3, pp. 19-26, and in Bandwagon, November-December, 1981, Vol. 25, No. 6, pp. 16-20.
1909: Al G. Barnes Wild Animal Circus: Al G. Barnes, proprietor; Jas. A. Morrow, maanger; H. C. Wilbur, general agent; Jas. A. Morrow, R. R. contractor; Jas. Donohue, local contractor; Al G. Foster, special agent; Monte Williams, checker-up; Geo. Evans, excursion agent; Chas. Smith, manager side show; H. C. Wilbur, car maanger; Geo. A. Ryan, Billy Needham, R. G. Below, Martin Downey, and Roy Feltum, billposters; Richard Pettitt, Sam Smith, lithographers and banner men; Abe Cummins, program man; Chris Attell, cook. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
• An article on the 1911-12 Al G. Barnes' Wild Animal Circus is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 2, pp. 3-10.
1912: Louis Roth, animal trainer, was back with the Al G. Barnes' Circus before it closed, after being in the hospital for a long time. He was badly hurt by a lion on the Hagenbeck-Wallace Shows. Jim Marrow, of the Al G. Barnes' Circus, left for his home in Fresno, Cal., after the closing of the show. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.
1913: A. G. Barnes Circus - Al. G. Barnes, manager and treasurer; A. L. Sands, assistant manager; Earl P. Mileham, auditor; H. L. (Buck) Massie; general agent; Wm. K. Peck, local contractor; Samuel J. Banks, general press agent; Pete Stanton, manager sideshow; John Peterson, superintendent canvas; Ernie Houghton, boss hostler; C. C. Pratt, superintendent commissary department; Robt. Thornton, superintendent props; Sam Bergy, superintendent ring stock; B. F. Carvel, manager advertising car No. 1; Harry Davis, manager advertising car No. 2; Geo. Davis, steward; Wm. Leutke, chandelier man. Show opened at Santa Monica, Cal, March 8. Billboard, March 22, 1913.
1914: Al G. Barnes' Big Three-Ring Wild Animal Circus - Al G. Barnes, manager and treasurer; A. L. Sands, assistant manager and secretary; Alfred Wolfe, auditor; Wm. K. Peck, general agent and railroad contractor; Murray A. Pennock, local contractor; G. S. Giles, special agent; N. F. Johnson, contracting agent and advance press agent; Peter Staunton, press agent back with show; Randolph Bishop; excursion agent; Hugh Harrison, sideshow manager; Robt. E. Thornton, equestrian director; Chas. Cook, general superintendent; Hugh Harrison, superintendent privileges; Ed C. Woeckner, musical director; Alton Bishop, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Wm. Webb, superintendent canvas; Ben Dermondy, trainmaster; Ernie Houghton, boss hostler; Geo. Davis, superintendent commissary department; H. E. Haber, superintendent lights; Fred Schaffer, superintendent props; Dan Poyer, superintendent ring stock; Ernie Houghton, superintendent stock; Chas. Cook, superintendent working crew; June Hall, 24-hour agent; Sidney Ring, superintendent elephants; Frank Collins, boss carpenter; Louis Roth, superintendent animals; Lee McColgin, blacksmith; Frank Garrigus, manager advertising car No. 1; Harry Davis, manager advertising car No. 2; John Daubbert, checker-up; A. L. Sands, legal adjuster; Peter Staunton, announcer. Show opens at Roseburg, Ore., April 9. Billboard, March 28, 1914.
• An article on the 1913-14 Al G. Barnes' Wild Animal Circus is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 5, pp. 4-12.
• An article on the 1915 Al G. Barnes' Wild Animal Circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, Vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 4-17.
1917: Al G. Barnes Show - Al G. Barnes, prop.; A. L. Sands, mgr.; T. Stonehouse, treas.; Dick Debbert, secy.; Alfred E. Wolff, auditor; Murray A. Pennock, gen. agt.; Wm. K. Peck, railroad contractor; Harry Davis, local contractor; Jack Heintz, special agt.; N. F. Richardson, contracting press agt.; Miss C. Miller, advance press agt.; Edward W. Deck, press agt. with show; P. J. Staunton, mgr. side-show; C. Il Norris, equestrian dir.; Chas. Cook, gen. supt.; Ben Wolf and Chas. Hott, supt. privileges; Ed Woeckener, musical dir.; John Dobbert, supt. reserved seat tickets; W. A. Peterson, supt. canvas; Wm. A. Pagett, trainmaster; Ernie Houghton, boss hostler; Geo. Davis, supt. commissary dept.; W. P. Saunders, supt. lights; Happy Adams, supt. properties; S. E. Brekhuis [Breknuis?], supt. ring stock; Austin B. King, supt. stock; Ike Ellis, 24-hour agt.; Sid Ring, supt. elephants; J. O. Forbes, boss carpenter; Pete Taylor, supt. animals; Lee Roseberry, blacksmith; W. J. Erickson, mgr. adv. car No. 1; Frank D. Garrigus, mgr. adv. car No. 2; Josh Billings, checker up; Walter A. Henry, legal adjuster; Bert E. Rickman, announcer. Show opened at Santa Monica, Cal., March 10. Billboard, March 24, 1917, pp. 141, 143.
• An article on the 1917-18 Al G. Barnes' Wild Animal Circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1983, Vol. 27, No. 6, pp. 15-27.
1918:
G. F. Millard, boss canvasman, and Joe Puentes, female impersonator, both late of the Al G. Barnes Circus, gave a dinner party at their home in Venice-by-the Sea. Kenneth R. Waite, producing clown of the Barnes Circus, guest. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 31.
Venice, Cal., Feb. 15. The winter quarters of the Al G. Barnes present a busy appearance. James Babcock has been installed as superintendent and has a force in the wagon shop. Bill Ellis is chief decorator. Skinny Dawson is in the wagon department. Babcock is at work on a kitchen wagon. Commissary superintendent George Davis is overseeing every detail. In the menagerie department Louis Roth, principal trainer, and Mabel Stark, principal woman trainer, work the trained animals acts each day. The size of the tiger act is to be doubled, and the lion group will be nearly so. Austin King, in charge of ring stock and high school horses, is framing new stunts for the menage acts. Margaret Ricardo is doing work with the puma and lioness acts. Cico Franzee and Doc Webber, veterinarian, were married recently. William Peck, traffic manager, has returned from a tour of the North. Murray Pennock will again occupy the position of general agent. Al Butler, formerly of the Sells-Floto Circus, will be with the advance. - Boz. Billboard, February 23, 1918, p. 28.
Route. Al G. Barnes: Santa Monica, Cal., 15; San Pedro 16; San Diego 18-19; Anaheim 20; Los Angeles 21-23. Billboard, March 16, 1918, p. 50.
Al G. Barnes Big Four-Ring Wild Animal Circus. Al G. Barnes, manager; A. L. Sands, treasurer, legal adjuster; T. Stonehouse, secretary; Alfred F. Wolff, auditor; Murray A. Pennock, general agent; Wm. K. Peck, R. R. contractor; H. I. Ellis(?), local contractor; Al Butler, special agent, manager car No. 3; L. E. Smith, contracting press agent; Emma C. Miller, advance press agent; Rex de Rosselli, press agent back with show; Jack Heintz, excursion agent; Bobbie Fountain, manager sideshow; Bert Rickmann, equestrian director, announcer; James Babcock, general supt.; H. X. Clark, supt. privileges; Prof. Ed Woeckener, musical director; Nig. Dohbert, supt. reserved seat tickets; Frank Millard, supt. canvas; Al Goethke, trainmaster; George Dawson, boss hostler; George Davis, supt. commissary dept.; H. Kelly, supt. lights; Bob Hampton, supt. props; Jack Stewart, supt. ring stock; Austin R. King, supt. stock; Jim Bailey, 24-hour agent; Sid Rink, supt. elephants; Geo. Gibson, boss carpenter; Louis Roth, supt. animals; H. Sladon, blacksmith; W. J. Erikson, manager car No. 1; Frank W. Garrigus, manager car No. 2; Kid Mille, checker-up; Col. J. Cummings, manager concert. Thirty cars. Billboard, March 30, 1918, p. 64.
The Al G. Barnes Circus was in San Diego, Cal., March 18 and 19. In the side show were F. W. Blasser, known as "Frank, the Yankee Whittler," and May Blasser, his wife, the snake charmer. Colonel Cummings was in the Wild West after show with Black Beauty, his trained horse. Billboard, April 6, 1918, p. 28.
Al G. Barnes' Circus. The big feature is the opening pageant, depicting the bringing of animals from the jungles. The Conquest of Nyanza, the closing feature, is a "Royal Hunt," where elephants, camels, llamas, zebras and kangaroos are turned in upon the hippodrome track and give chase by Australian bushmen and jungle natives. The big acts are Mabel Stark in a wrestling match with a Bengal tiger; Thekla, maiden of mystery, from India, in charge of a group of lions; Grace Marvel, with her war elephants; Clarence Crosby, polar bear act; Martha Florine, leopards; Marguerite Riccardo, pumas; Stephen Batty, bears; Venus Fashon, posing and dancing horses; Alfred Powell, clown features, and a corps of assistants. Bert Rickman is gain the announcer. Bob Adare is on the front gate and entertaining the press. Bobby Fountain has the kid show. Billboard, April 27, 1918, p. 28.
Al G. Barnes' staff: Al G. Barnes, owner and general manager; A. L. Sands, assistant manager; Bob Bigsby, general superintendent; Wm. K. Peck, traffice manager; Murray Pennock, general agent; Alfred F. Wollf(?), auditor; T. Stonehouse, treasurer; James Stewart, contracting agent; Emma C. Miller,general press agent; Leon Agazelow, press agent; Robert Adair, press agent with the show; Frank Millard, boss canvasman; Eddie Stockton, assistant; John Logan, boss hostler; Fred Murray, assistant; Al Goethke, trainmaster; George Webb, assistant; Bert Rickman, equestrian director; Bob Thornton, assistant; Austin B. King, trainer and supt. of stock; Stephen Beatty, wild animal trainer and supt. of menagerie; Doc Edwin Webber, veterinary and wardrobe; Bob Hampton, boss property man; Horace White, assistant; George Davis, supt. commissary; Dick Dobbert, supt. privilege car; Ben Dobbert, supt. seats; St. Claire Giles, front door; Thomas Dawson and Colonel Cressy, big show ticket wagon; Sidney Ring, elephants; Harry X. Clark, supt. privileges; Charles Hott, privileges; Ed Brodie, supt. lights; B. Kelly, mechanical engineer; F. Naka, head porter; Frank Heintz, opposition agent; W. J. Errickson, manager advance car No. 1; Frank D. Garragus, advance car No. 2; William D. Paget, 24-hour man; Jack Lehmann, programs; Ralph P. Losey, timekeeper; Jack Franzius, purchasing agent. Billboard, May 11, 1918, p. 44.
Al G. Barnes advance. Advertising car No. 1 of the Al G. Barnes is in charge of Bill Erickson with the following men: F. Porter, boss billposter; J. O'Leary, lithographer; Brazil, Thompson, banner man; Redfield, Daily, Noonan, Gethen, Kenner, Sirham, Robinson, Howard, billposters; Harry Ross, porter. W. K. Peck is traffic manager and Murray Pennock general agent. On the No. 2 car: F. D. Garrigus, manager; Earl Totton, boss billposter; Walter McCorkell, lithographer; L. H. Dempster, programmer; Oscar Fisher, J. W. Carl, A. M. Wallen, Dave Brown, billposters; S. B. Douglas, porter and private secretary to Mr. Garrigus. Emma C. Miller is on ten-day press work, and Mr. Agazelow four days ahead on press specials. Billboard, May 11, 1918, p. 44.
Correct roster of Barnes Circus car No. 1: William Errichson, car manager; Mike Noonan, boss billposter; Brushes, Fred Redfield, Joe Keener, Eddie Syren, Ginger Huth, J. Daley, Tom Jones; Curly Thompson, banner squarer; Fred ___, assistant; Johnny Brassil, lithos; Jose Casey, assistant; Jimmy McVay, porter; George Degnon, local contractor. This makes the thirtieth year for Mr. Noonan on the front of the big ones. Billboard, May 25, 1918, p. 25.
The Al G. Barnes Circus is meeting success in Nevada and Utah. Venus Fashion, a feature, works a group of 30 lions. A wind leveled the big top at Reno. Ten miles out of Salt Lake City sparks from a passing freight set fire to the canvas covering the dog coaches. No great damage was done, and the dogs were all rescued. Barney, the baby elephant, is the hit of the show this year. Grace Marvel is scoring with her elephant, eight of them in a miniature battle scene. Johnnie Logan, boss hostler for the Al G. Barnes Circus and Hazel Hoxie, cowgirl with the Wild West concert of the same show, were married in Winnemuc, Nev. Robert Bigsby has joined the Al G. Barnes Circus as superintendent. Billboard, June 1, 1918, pp. 24, 26, 27.
Dallas, Tex., Oct. 16. The Al G. Barnes Circus brought its season to a close here Saturday owing to the spread of the Spanish influenza epidemic. The paraphernalia was shipped to winter quarters at Venice, Cal. The roster of advance car No. 1: William Erickson, car manager; Earl Totten, boss billposter; Fred Redfield, J. Daly, F. Ray, Al Turrell and Harry Glasscock, brushes; "Curly" Thompson and H. McMahon, banner men; Chas. Haugh, Max McNiel, S. B. Docks and Douglas Porter, lithographers. . . . Billboard, October 26, 1918, p. 56.
The Al G. Barnes Circus pulled into Dallas, Tex., October 13, to exhibit October 14, but Dallas was closed on account of influenza, so Al G. gathered his advance agents from various points of the State, and taking comfortable quarters in a regular Pullman, he himself advanced into Venice, Cal., and the troupe, in charge off manager Al Sands, made a six days' journey via El Paso, arriving in Venice October 30. . . . Emma C. Miller. Contracts will be let in a few days for the general work, under the direction of supt. R. J. Bigsbee. Doc Weber will supervise making all the costumes for the new "spec." Mr. Barnes will place some acts on the midway at Venice and send one to Cuba for a special engagement. Harry Clark will winter in Oakland. F. Pearly, boss canvasman, will go to Frisco, where he has a picture show. Vera Earle will play vaudeville. Mabel Stark, Margerta Ricardo, Martha Florine and others will remain in Venice for the winter. - Rex De Rosselli. Billboard, November 9, 1918, pp. 26, 52.
Venice, Cal., Dec. 13. Al G. Barnes and Abbott Kinney, the founder and "Doge" of Venice, have gone into the ranching business and are using large methods of cultivation. On a large tract of land adjacent to Venice, Barnes and Kinney can be seen daily, taking turns with each other riding on a string of plows behind six of the Al G. Barnes Circus elephants. Billboard, December 21, 1918, p. 36.
1919:
Venice, Cal., Feb. 5. The Al G. Barnes Trained Wild Animal Circus opens its 1919 season at Santa Monica, Cal., March 15. Superintendent R. S. Bigsby has had a crew busy all winter. Assistant manager Al Sands is daily at the training barns, repair shops, harness rooms, etc. W. K. Peck has not returned from the East as yet, his duties as traffic manager keeping him away. Murray Pennock, general agent is getting his advance lined up. W. J. Erickson is manager of car No. 1. Frank Cassiday, who finished the past season as contracting agent, will occupy the same position this year. Frank D. Garrigus is manager of advertising car No. 2. Emma C. Miller will be general press representative, same as in the past three season. "Dusty" Rhodes will do twenty-four hour work. W. M. Thompson is train master. Geo. Davis is steward. Harry Clark has charge of the candy stands. Alfred Wolffe will do the auditing of the show's funds and disbursements as in the past. Mrs. Thresa Stonehouse will be secretary and treasurer, as in former years. Rex Roselle wil be press agent back with the show this year. C. E. Childs will be on the front door. Bobby Fountain will have the sideshow and pit shows. Bert Rickman will be announcer and equestrian director. "Cheerful" Gardner will be manager of the menagerie. Martha Florine will handle leopards and a mixed group; Mabel Stark, tigers; Vera Earle, prima donna; Marguerite Ricardi, pumas; Mrs. Batty, lions; Bob Thornton, horses and pigs; Sidney Rink, elephants; Austin and Lucy King, Bert Dennis, Mrs. McCarthy and Babe Peterson. Others who will resume their old positions are Grace Marvel, Doc and Mrs. Weber. New animals have arrived, two cars of horses, three sacred cattle, zebras, llamas and two lions. - Emma C. Miller. Billboard, February 15, 1919, p. 30.
Al G. Barnes Wild Animal Circus opened at Santa Monica, Cal., March 20. The spectacle this year is Alice in Wonderland, a fairyland fantasy. Bessie Harvey, formerly of the San Carlos Opera Company, in the title role; Martha Florine as Alice, Mlle. Weber and forty dancing girls, as well as a chorus of 300 voices, and Eddie Woeckener and his military band of thirty pieces. James Morrow, for years announcer with the Barnes Show, is again with it. Bobby Fountain has the best sideshow material obtainable. Al Crooks and Austin King got hit by cupid, and now there is a Mrs. Crooks and Mrs. King. George Davis has the cookhouse. Kinko and Albert Powell do their clown numbers, and Mabel Stark wrestles a full-grown tiger. Martha Florine has and thirty lions in her act. This year the show has 110 wild animal features. - Rex De Rosselli. Billboard, April 12, 1919, p. 69.
Good weather, packed houses continue the rule for Al G. Barnes' Wild Animal Circus on the Coast. Robert Bigsby, superintendent, has invented new labor saving devices, so the show is always up and ready. Al G. Barnes comes to the front with new acts; this time with two herds of deer, trained to perfection. Mr. and Mrs. Bert Weldon are the trainers. Charles Boulware is packing them in at every concert. Red Flower is in charge of No. 2 sideshow. Charles Berry has increased his bear act to twenty. Every day Art Boden is the winner of some contest of riding or roping. George Giles is in charge of the privilege car. Frank Cassidy, contracting agent, and Murray Pennock and Boz are on the show at this writing. Colonel Cresson, in charge of the front door, was at one time a sky pilot. Alfred Wolfe is writing book called A Rock Is a Rock. - Rex de Rosselli. Billboard, May 3, 1919, p. 34.
San Francisco, April 29. The Al G. Barnes parade is made up principally of open dens, girl riders, cages and new harness and trappings. There are four bands in the parade, including the clown band. The opening of the big show centers on Alice in Jungleland. Pretty women, horses, savage looking men and wild and domestic animals comprise it. With bandmaster Edward A. Woeckener's opening fanfare, Alice (Martha Florine) is in the center arena as a little girl playing with her white Persian kitten. 'Mid the twittering of birds and strains of music, she falls asleep. Then her dream. A drop discloses the King of Jungleland (Jo Milelr) in grotesque costume, and the assembling fairies around the couch of the dreaming girl is the signal for the gathering of one of the most unique collections of wild animals, men and pretty girls. The entire top is filled with horses, llamas, sacred cattle, elephants, ponies, dogs, bears, zebras, deer, camels, dancing girls and made-up savages. Bessie Harvey, as the queen, mounted on the biggest elephant, sing with the band and leads several choruses carried by the whole company. James Morrow makes the announcements and assists equestrian director Robert Thornton in putting on the show.
Display No. 2, rings 1 and 3: military ponies, Charles Barry and Austin King; arena, five bear group, Robert Thornton. Display No. 3, Denver and Buster, hindleg ponies in walk around the track; King and Barry. Display No. 4: ring 1, trained sacred cattle, Sid Rink; arena, Cleo Webber, dancing in the lion's den; ring 3, trained llamas, Eddie Thomas; ends, Bert Dennis and Jo Miller with monkey acrobat on trapeze. Display No. 5: posing horses; ring 1, Austin King; arena, Mrs. Dopps; ring 3, Bert Dennis. Display No. 6: clowns, under the direction of Al Crooks and Kinko. Display No. 7: rings 1 and 2, Dennis and Miller, riding dogs; arena, female lion group, Charles Barry. Display No. 8: ring 1, four spotted Arabian liberty horses, Barry; ring 3, four liberty horses, Dennis; arena, trained ponies, King. Display No. 9: clown walkaround and police patrol number. Display No. 10: ring 1, performing elephants, Sid Rind; arena, "riding four," i.e., leopard, bear, dog and monkey, Bessie Harvey; ring 3, monkey principal rider, Dennis. Display 11: clown and elephant band. Display No. 12: rings 1 and 2, trained dog groups, King and Thornton. Display No. 13: arena, group of seven trained tigers worked by Mabel Stark, closing with wrestling a full-grown tiger, Rajah for two minutes. Display No. 14: high jumping dogs, rings 1 and 3. Display No. 15, high diving dogs and monkeys. Display No. 16: ring 1, riding dogs, Dennis; arena, riding hybrid, Margaret Ricardo; ring 3, acrobatic girls and elephants. Display No. 17: concert parade and announcement. Display No. 18: rings 1 and 3, groups of trained pigs, Dutch Marco and Robert Thornton; arena, trained seal lions, Captain Stonewall. Display No. 19, football elephants. Display No. 20: rings 1 and 3, revolving tables. Display No. 21: arena, lion riding elephant, Barry. Display No. 22: menage number, "Forty Dancing Girls and Dancing Horses. The usual menage numbers are introduced showing gaited animals and ending with a combination horse and girl ballet. Apparently the entire top is filled with riders and mounts. Display No. 23: King George, dancing horse in solo number, Austin King. Display No. 24: high jumping thorobreds, including a breast high jump by Bert Dennis on Sylvia, giving horse entire head and using no hands on bridle or reins. Display No. 25: Bessie Harvey mounted on snow white horse and singing while trained pigeons released from various parts of the tent flock to her head, hands and shoulders and to the neck and back of her horse. Display No. 26: rings 1 and 3, tiny pony and huge elephant, Ova Ashworth and Mrs. Doppa; arena, polar bear group, Charles Barry. Display No. 27: hippodrome track, "Rock-a-Bye, Baby," elephants carrying ponies slung from their mouths, Miss Ashworth and Mrs. Dopps. Display No. 28: ring 1, trained goats, Thornton; arena, the Weltons, with three trained Alaska deer; ring 3, January act, Dutch Marco. Display No. 29: "Pegasus number," flying horse and dog wagon on hippodrome track, Josephine Miller. Display No. 30: rings 1 and 3, trained camels, Sid Rink and Eddie Thomas; arena, wrestling bears, Charles Barry. Display No. 31: ring 1, boxing kangaroo, Andy Anderson; ring 3, war elephants, worked by Sid Ring and presented by Dolly Covera. Display No. 32: aerial ponies and girls, Sylvia and Verna Adair. Display No. 33: rings 1 and 3, performing elephants, Rink and Thomas; arena, three riding lions, Margaret Ricardo and Bob Thornton. Display No. 34: Sid Rink's hindlegg elephants parading hippodrome track. Display No. 35: group of twelve male African lions in arena, Martha Florine. Display No. 36: wild animal hunt in Nyanza, loose ostriches, kangaroos, camels, elephants, zebras, llamas, sacred cattle, horses and dogs, circling hippodrome track at full speed. Display No. 40: aerial fireworks lion, Mabel Stark. Display No. 41: "Uncle Sam," Austin King, Roman standing, driving ten horses at full gallop. American flag streamers cover the horses from the breasts of the leaders to the tails of the last pair. Star Spangled Banner. Exit.
The concert, under the direction of Charles Boulware, consists of fancy riding and roping by Art Boden and Chief Red Cloud, Indian War Dance, Kinko, contortionist; buck and wing dancing by Curtiss McIntyre, colored clown; boomerang throwing by Prince Omwah, Australian aborigine, and a Hawaiian dancing number by twelve hula girls. Staff: A. Sands, manager; __ Rigsby, superintendent; T. Stonehouse, treasurer; A. Wolff, auditor; Rex de Rosselli, press agent with the show; Ralph Losey, timekeeper; W. C. Workman, receiving clerk; Colonel James Cresson, front door; Tom (Skinny) Dawson, big show ticket wagon; Bobby Fountain, sideshow manager; Pearly Houser, boss canvasman; Jack Sword, boss hostler; N. M. (Egypt) Thompson, trainmaster; Bob Thornton, equestrian director; Sam Burgy, supt. ring stock and ponies; John West, boss property man; Pat Murphy, electrical engineer; Steve Roberts, boss canvasman, sideshow; Harry N. Clark, supt. privileges; C. S. Giles, manager privilege car; Charles Boulware, manager reserved seats and concert, and George Davis, supt. commissary. In advance are William K. Peck, traffic manager; Murray A. Pennock, general agent; Emma C. Miller, general press representative; Frank A. Cassidy, contracting agent; Dusty Rhodes, 24-hour man; William Erickson; manager advance car No. 1; Frank Garagus, manager advance car No. 2. Cheerful Gardner is in charge of menagerie with Eddie Trees as assistant.
Bobby Fountain's sideshow is a 100 foot roundtop with a thirty foot middle piece. The attractions: Bismarck Ferris, 20 piece jazz band and Creole Belles; Sunshine, xylophone artist (Mrs. Bobby Fountain); Paul Dusmukes, armless wonder; Simian Brothers, African albinos; Al Flosso, magic and Punch and Judy, also assists in lecturing; Mabel Gardner, performing cockatoos; Nettie, the Texas Fat Girl; Carmelita, the "Lady With the Marvelous Hair;" Tallo, giant, and Chimes, pickout pony; Frank Forest does inside lecturing and J. H. (Candy) Shelton and N. W. Adams are on the ticket boxes; Mrs. Elmer Workman and Dominick Rudello are in charge of the front door. Bobby Fountain's pit show is in charge of J. (Red) Fowler. J. L. Johnson is in charge of canvas. The attractions are Princess Littlemit (formerly Princess Marion), midget; Colonel Small, midget; Princess Tiny (Carr), illusionist and snake worker, and Prince Omwah, aboriginal magic and inside lecturer. Billboard, May 10, 1919, pp. 41, 84.
Al G. Barnes Circus. George A. Morales is again with the show in clown alley. He has just returned from France, where he was with Co. 46, Field Artillery. Kinko is producing clown with Al Crooks. Eugene Hall and Mrs. Hall have joined the Wild West concert. Attractions in the sideshow are Sunshine, the xylophone girl; Camalita, lady with the long hair; Al Flosso, boy wonder; Nettie, fat girl; Floretta's trained cockatoos; Mlle. Carman, snake enchantress, and Helen Adams and troupe of dancers. Tallo, the African giant; Prince Ludwig, Col. Small, Princess Tiny and family, lilliputians; Prince Ohwaw, Australian bushman, and Eko and Iko, the missing links are features in the annex. - Rex de Rosselli. Billboard, June 14, 1919, p. 47.
Miss Bessie Harvey (Mrs. Charles Barry), prima donna of the white tops, whose injury while with the Al G. Barnes Show in Portland, Ore., resulted in the amputation of her left arm, is doing nicely, at the hospital in that city. Billboard, August 23, 1919, p. 44.
Al G. Barnes Circus. A new calliope has been received from Nichols Brothers. Mabel Gardner, wife of Cheerful Gardner, is training some of the new stock. Bessie Harvey (Mrs. Charles Berry), arrived August 18. It will not be long before her beautiful voice will be heard again. Charles Berry is again working his lion act. The prize of $25 offered by Mr. Barnes for names for the new zebras was won by Donna Hannah. With the addition of the new stock the show has sixteen in its herd. The names all had to commence with Z. - Rex de Rosselli. Billboard, September 6, 1919, p. 44.
Al G. Barnes car No. 2: F. D. Garrigus, manager; C. O. Maxey, boss billposter; H. V. Gribble and Clarence Clark, lithographers; John Beugnot, Fred Webber, John Carl, Fred Johnson and Harry Meyers, billposters; L. R. Dempster and Oscar Nelson, programmers, and Clarence Haddon, porter. Billboard, September 13, 1919, p. 70.
"Egypt" Thompson and Margaret Ricardo, both of the Al G. Barnes Circus, were married in St. Louis, September 18. Billboard, October 4, 1919, p. 34.
Al G. Barnes Circus. A new offering is Marguerita Strickland in an iron jaw act. Gertrude Glenn, the dancing girl in the lions' cage is winning applause daily. Miss Glenn was a member of the Imperial Russian ballet, and has been engaged especially to dance in the opening spectacle and do her Russian dance in the lions' cage. - Rex de Rosselli. Billboard, November 8, 1919, p. 60.
The Al G. Barnes Circus will not go back to Venice, Cal., this winter. Arrangements have been made for quarters in Phoenix, Arix., where the show was slated to complete its tour November 15. Billboard, November 22, 1919, p. 54.
The Al G. Barnes Circus will not go back to Venice, Cal., this winter. Arrangements have been made for quarters in Phoenix, Ariz., where the show was slated to complete its tour November 15. Billboard, November 22, 1919, p. 54.
Al G. Barnes closed its season at Phoenix, Ariz. November 15. The Chamber of Commercie at Phoenix persuaded Mr. Barnes to winter his circus there, offering him the State fair grounds. All the fair buildings, ground and tracks are at the disposal of Mr. Barnes. Mr. Barnes will build a motion picture studio and start a company at once to make a wild animal feature. All of the circus employees were kept at Phoenix for this occasion. . . . Robert Bigsby will start at once to rebuild and refit the show. - Rex de Rosselli. Billboard, December 6, 1919, p. 54.
Phoenix, Ariz., Dec. 5. The day following the closing of the Al G. Barnes' Circus, Al G. Barnes left for the Pacific Coast to close up some business matters at his old winter quarters. During the winter season the show will be in charge of Al Sands, general maanger. . . . Billboard, December 13, 1919, p. 56.
• More on the 1919 Al G. Barnes show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down.
• An article on the 1919-1920 Al G. Barnes' Wild Animal Circus is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1984, Vol. 28, No. 2, pp. 4-20.
1920:
Al G. Barnes Big Four Ring Wild Animal Circus: Al G. Barnes Circus, proprietors; Al G. Barnes, manager; A. L. Sands, assistant manager; J. W. Prinz, treasurer; Alfred E. Wolff, auditor; Murray A. Pennock, general agent; Wm. K. Peck, railroad contractor; E. B. Wiley, local contractor; Duke Mitchell, special agent; Fred Williams, contracting press agent; Tom Heeney, advance press agent; Rex de Roselli, press agent with show; E. C. Glines, excursion agent; Bobby Fountain, manager side show; Robert Thornton, equestrian director; Harry X. Clark, supt. privileges; Ed Woeckener, musical director; Bert Rickmann, supt. reserved seat tickets; W. J. Petterson, supt. canvas; Paul Barton, trainmaster; Jack Hickey, boss hostler; E.(?) Crofft, supt. commissary dept.; Bill Sounders, supt. lights; John Weet, supt. props; Abe King, supt. ring stock; E. Snyder, supt. stock; E.(?) Longyear, supt. working crew; Dusty Rhodes, 24-hour agent; Cheerful Gardner, supt. elephants and animals; Jas. Babcock, boss carpenter; John Baird, blacksmith; W. J. Erickson, manager advance car No. 1; Frank D. Garriges(?), manager advance car No. 2; F. Piper, checker-up; C. S. Giles, legal adjuster; Chas. Bulware, announcer; 31 cars. Opening at Phoenix, Ariz., February 28. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.
• 1921: An article on the 1921 Al G. Barnes show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1984, Vol. 28, No. 5, pp. 4-13.
• 1922: Articles on the 1922 Al G. Barnes Circus are in Bandwagon, July-August, 1973, Vol. 17, No. 4, pp. 23-26, and in Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, Vol. 29, No. 1, pp. 20-30.
1923:
Harry Myers, last season with the Al G. Barnes Wild Animal Circus, is wintering in his home town, Lima, Ohio. Mr. Myers will be back again this coming season on the Barnes Circus. New York Clipper, February 7, 1923, p. 22.
• An article on the 1923 Al G. Barnes show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1985, Vol. 29, No. 3, pp. 12-19.
• An article on the 1924 Al G. Barnes show is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1985, Vol. 29, No. 5, pp. 4-13.
• An article on the 1925 Al G. Barnes show is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 1, pp. 18-25.
• An article on the 1926 Al G. Barnes show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 4, pp. 12-18.
• An article on the 1927 Al G. Barnes show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 6, pp. 50-56.
• An article on the 1928 Al G. Barnes show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 2, pp. 4-12.
• An article on the 1929 Al G. Barnes show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1991, Vol. 35, No. 6, pp. 4-13.
1935:
Show covered 14 states, making 167 stops with four in Arizona, 54 in California, seven in Colorado, four in Idaho, eleven in Michigan, eight in Montana, one in Nebraska, four in New Mexico, three in North Dakota, five in Oregon, one in Utah, seven in Washington, two in Wisconsin, three in Wyoming, and fifty-three in Canada. Bandwagon, August 15, 1945, Vol. 4, No. 4, p. 6.
The show opened in California, with S. L. Cronin, manager. Acts included Mabel Stark, tigers; Terrell Jacobs, lions; Escalante Family; Flying Wards; Canestrellis; and the Bernetti Troupe. Show had twenty elephants. Southern Sawdust, No. 94, February, 1978, p. 19.
• An article on the 1938 Al G. Barnes show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 3, pp. 12-16.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barnett Bros. - 1928-29 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1928-1936, 1938-39, 1945
• Ray W. Rogers, owner, framed his first circus, Barnett Bros., in Canada in 1928-29. In 1937 he titled the show Wallace Bros. In 1938-39 he again used the Barnett Bros. title. In September 1945 he leased the Barnett Bros. title to the Bradley & Benson Circus, a show owned by Clarence Walters, Ernie White and Jimmy Bagwell.
• The 1928-29 Barnett Bros. show is online in Bandwagon, May-Jun 1974
• Bandwagon articles:
The 1930-33 shows in Bandwagon, July-August, 1974, Vol. 18, No. 4, pp. 17-26.
The 1934-36 shows in Bandwagon, September-October, 1974, Vol. 18, No. 5, pp. 4-15.
The 1938-39 shows in Bandwagon, January-February, 1975, Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 4-13.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barnes' Trained Animal - 1901
Sutton's Family Theater, Butte, Mont., Dick P. Sutton, manager. Week commencing Nov. 3d. Barnes' Famous Trained Animal and Vaudeville Circus. The greatest acrobats, gymnasts, athletes. Beautiful ponies and dogs. [Advertisement] Anaconda Standard (Anaconda, MT), October 30, 1901, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barnes & Daily Famous Circus - 1974 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1974
Jim Silverlake, Marlyn Silverlake, owners. The were to have five trucks, horses, ponies, elephant Babe, and a llama. Big top, 90 x 60 ft. with seating for 1,000. Staff: Jim Silverlake, owner; Billy Griffin, manager; Marlyn Silverlake, secretary and treasurer; Jim Windland, sideshow; Bobby Grene, musical director; Jim Silverlake, agent. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 49, 1973, p. 3; Vol. 2, Nos. 51-52, 1973, p. 1.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barney Bros. - 1919
• The 1919 Barney Bros. Trained Animal Shows was owned by H. Barney and J. D. Barney. The Barnes Bros. title was used again in 1926, and revived by Tom Atkinson on a truck show 1935-38. Bandwagon, September-October, 1982, Vol. 26, No. 5, p. 25.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barney Bros. - 1935, 1937 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1926, 1934-38
1935: J. D. Foss, contracting agent for Barney Bros. Circus was in the city Monday, making arrangements to bring his show to Postville [Iowa], May 1st. Features will be the Flying Glenn family; Guthrie Trio, aerialists; the McCune family, dancing on a lofty wire; the Alphine Sisters, equilibrists; the Peerless Potters, gymnasts; the Nelson family, acrobats; Prof. F. Dryden's "funny gang"; and two score educated Shetland ponies and monkeys. The Clown Congress is headed by Seymore West and Allen Kemp. Sam Rice, Andy Lewis and Valdo are also clowsn. In the menagerie is Maxine, the largest elephant in captivity. Prof. Scholts and his military band provide the music. Postville Herald (Postville, IA), April 25, 1935, p. 1.
• In December 1934, Tom Atkinson and John D. Foss purchased the Duggan Bros. Circus equipment and titled their show Barney Bros. Wild Animal Circus for 1935. When their partnership ended in 1936, Foss retained the title and equipment, and moved his show to a site near Alendale, Arizona. Carl M. Devere acquired one-half interest in the show. Bandwagon, September-October, 1993, pp. 23-24.
1937: John D. Foss, owner. Good business in Oklahoma. Quarters are in El Paso. Billboard, January 2, 1937, p. 37; October 2, 1937, p. 36; December 4, 1937, p. 38.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barney Bros. - 1956
• Information on the Barney Bros. 1956 show, in the King Show article, is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1962 (scroll down or use find).
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
S. H. Barrett's - 1881-85 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1881-87
1881:
S. H. Barrett & Co.'s Great Pacific Circus and Menagerie is now organizing for next season. Lewis Sells is the manager, and he announces the show as one of more than ordinary size and attractiveness. New York Clipper, November 26, 1881, p. 587.
1882:
J. Wallick is the general agent and superintendent of publications of S. H. Barrett & Co.'s New United Monster Railroad Shows and Oriental Circus. New York Clipper, March 4, 1882, p. 824.
Jas. H. Wallick, the advance agent of S. H. Barrett & Co.'s new circus and menagerie, was a caller at the Messenger office yesterday. He left us with a broadside advertisement announcing the appearance of that show in Athens on Thursday, April 27th. Athens Messenger (Athens, OH), April 6, 1882, n.p.n.
S. H. Barrett & Co.'s circus and menagerie were here Wednesday. Two circus exhibitions were given, one to a very large crowd in the afternoon, the other to a small attendance at night. The street parade was of great length and imposing, especially noticeable for the excellence of the horses. The menagerie is of considerable size and constitutes a very interesting collection. The circus was a pleasing entertainment. The tumbling, horizontal bar and tight rope performances were excellent. The feats of a colored contortionist were surprising, and there were other features which deserve notice. This circus suffers by comparison with the one last here. It has twice as many performers, twice as many horses, twice as great a collection in the menagerie; but the ring performance was not near so good as the circus of Maybury, Pullman & Hamilton. . . . Statesville Landmark, (Statesville, NC), September 22, 1882, n.p.n.
S. H. Barrett's Circus closed its season in Ringgold, Ga., Nov. 25, M. K. Crill has been manager of privileges with this company ever since its organization, April 10, 1878. New York Clipper, December 2, 1882, p. 599.
1883:
[Advertisement] S. H. Barrett & Co.'s New United Monster Railroad Shows! Oriental Circus, Egyptian Caravan and Universal Exposition of Living Wonders at Lawrence, Thursday, July 5. A mastodonic menagerie of wild beasts, rare birds and sea monsters in 50 dens and cages. A herd of elephants. 14 performing thoroughbred Kentucky Horses. Prof. Morris' educated dogs, goats and monkeys. Employing over 100 performers, lead by Robert Stickney, Miss Emma Lake, horsewoman, 40 equestrian celebrities. 30 gymnasts, athletes and aerialists. 20 double somersault leapers. 10 funny clowns. 5 bands of music. A city of pavilions illuminated with electric chandeliers. Free street parade. Golden chariots, triumphal cars, cavaliers, demoiselles, elephants, camels, ostriches, giraffes, blooded horses, and grand allegorical display, given on the morning of the day of exhibition, three miles in length, and the steam air ship in operation outside, free to all.
S. H. Barrett & Co.'s Show. We copy the following from a late exchange: "The largest crowd of people that ever assembled in Huntington came here last Monday to witness the exhibition of Barrett & Co.'s Circus and Menagerie. Mademoiselle Idaletta performed the rope walking and bicycle riding over a small rope, in a splendid manner. Frank Fitz Williams, the man with the iron jaw, performed some lifting immense weights with his teeth. Robert Stickney, bareback rider, performed his part admirably. Miss Emma Lake is an accomplished equestrian and the Leotard brothers amused and delighted the audience. All did excellently under the chief direction of Chas. Ewers. . . . Western Home Journal (Lawrence, KS), June 7, 1883, n.p.n.
• Information on the 1883 S. H. Barrett show in in Bandwagon, November-December, 1988, Vol. 32, No. 6, pp. 73-76.
1884:
[Advertisement] S. H. Barrett & Co.'s New United Monster Railroad Shows at Connersville, Thursday, May 8th. Madame Dockrill, lady bareback rider. Miss Emma Lake, lady equestrian in the side saddle. Robert Stickney, Sachem of the saddle, general athlete, versatile artist. Daniel O'Brien, triple somersaultists, and his troupe of twenty double somersaultists. Miss Jennie Ewers, lad rider. Charles Ewers, Antipodean horseman of the Australasian plains, and his entire circus company. Twenty troupes of general performers on our elevated stage in general athletic and calisthenic exercises. The Royal Japanese Circus, under the supervision of Goh-Noh-Wa-kee, consisting of troupes of Japanese artists in sword walking, balancing and equilibristic feats. The Russian antipodean, hand-roller skaters, with bodies inverted and skates on their hands. Deep-Sea aquarium. 100 cage menagerie. Our giant gathering, consisting of a Zulu giant, a giant horse, giant ox, giant ostrich, giant giraffe and giant elephant "Xerxes, who carries a band of twenty musicians on his back. Grand street parade with six bands of music, 110 golden chariots, cars and cages. Ten dens of wild animals open in the streets. Will also exhibit at Rushville May 7th and New Castle May 9th. Connersville Examiner (Connersville, IN), April 23, 1884, n.p.n.
The Barrett circus was largely patronized in this city last Thursday afternoon and evening. The street parade in the morning was a very creditable affair, but the show was not "the greatest on earth," by any manner. It was a circus after the old time style, and that is about all that can be said of it. Connersville Examiner (Connersville, IN), May 14, 1884, n.p.n.
Barrett's united railroad shows pitched tents at the Fair Grounds in this city yesterday. Although the attendance was not as large as usual; well enough that it was not; first because the tents were not calculated to comfortably accommodate any great number of visitors, and second because a large number of circus patronizers escaped wasting their money in a humbug. The street display was well gotten up, but here the merits of the show ended. The menagerie was fair, what there was of it, but there was little to be seen; from the appearances of some of the animals, a little food would not hurt them. In the circus tent the performance was far below average. The trapeze and other aerial performances were good, but the ring performances were miserable; a number of difficult feats were attempted, but several failures were made in each case before the act was awkwardly accomplished. The dumb brutes carried off the honors of the entertainment, the dogs being especially good. . . . Davenport Daily Gazette (Davenport, IA), June 8, 1884, n.p.n.
1885: [Advertisement] S. H. Barrett's New United Railroad Shows, Triple Circus, World's Menagerie, Museum of Living Wonders, Elevated Stage and Grand Racing Carnival. At Reno, June 24. 200 star performers. James Robinson, emperor of equestrians. Miss Emma Lake, queen of the side-saddle. Melrose troupe of bicyclists. Miss Pollie Lee, with her flying steeds and jugglery. Robert Stickney, master of the horse, general athlete, versatile performer. Prince Ko-Kin-Seg-A-Wao and a Royal Japanese circus of twenty troupes. Brazil Brothers. Andy Sweeney. Macart Family. Frank Ashton. Leopold Brothers, Zurella and Du Bois. Ab-Dul-El-Herr, wonder of the Orient, in fearless riding, leaping and tumbling, and his All-Star Circus. Mammoth menagerie contains countless cages of living wild animals. Zebras, hyenas, giraffes, elands, camels, dromedaries. Elephants in harness. Huge hippopotamus, coal black African tigers, two-horned Sumatrian rhinoceros. Grand street pageant with 8 bands, golden chariots, golden cages, knights, ladied, &c. . . . Reno Evening Gazette (Reno, NV), June 8, 1885, p. 1.
• Information on the 1885 S. H. Barrett show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 6, pp. 77-78.
• Information on the 1887 S. H. Barrett show is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 38-46.
Sheldon H. Barrett died in Boston, Massachusetts on May 16, 1900. Bandwagon, November-December, 2000, Vol. 44, No. 6, p. 5.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
S. L. Barrett & Co.
• Information on the proposed 1898 S. L. Barrett & Co.'s Show is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 4, p. 31.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barretta-La Rosa show - 1886 or Baretta-La Rosa
The Barretta-La Rosa & Co. Dime Show is doing well in Michigan. This is part of the Frank H. Rich Show, which stranded a few weeks ago. The show has a 110ft. round top, and carries twenty-five people. New York Clipper, August 7, 1886, p. 328.
Baretta-La Rosa Show. Our business has been good since we struck Wisconsin. Louis Carroll, cornet soloist, joined at Manistee. I understand that Durand and Logan, now with Miller, Okey & Freeman, will have an interest in this show on the Southern tour. We have followed the example of larger shows, and all eat on the lot. Bob Attleburg has secured the candy stands. New York Clipper, August 21, 1886, p. 354.
Barretta-La Rosa items. We opened at Ishpeming, Mich., Aug. 25(?), to good business. From there we go to Marquette and travel North as far as Ashland, Wis. Duluth to follow, and we begin our Southern season about the latter part of September. Joe Abbott, our advance, was taken sick. Geo. W. La Rosa has introduced his barrell and enchanted-cross. Our band is to have a new uniform of white coats and black pants. George Collier, of Greenville, Mich., is the leader. New York Clipper, September 4, 1886, p. 388.
Barretta-La Rosa chat. Notwithstanding the chronic murmurings of "croakers," this show is still in existence. Business seems to be on the increase. New York Clipper, September 11, 1886, p. 404.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barry & Co.'s - 1879
Specialty people are wanted for a circus, to take the road May 1. Jugglers, trapezists, bar performers, leapers, tumblers, etc. The privileges are for sale. Also wanted, for Barry & Co.'s Great Western Equescurriculum and Hippotheatron, two minstrel men that can work in ring. Address, Independence, Kansas. New York Clipper, April 26, 1879, p. 40.
Barry & Co.'s Great Western Equescurriculum and World's Congress of Stars: Barry & Co., proprietors; A. D. Swan, manager; F. M. Wetzel, treasurer; Andy Spear, equestrian director; Prof. Chas. Swan, leader of Silver Cornet Band; James T. Johnson, agent; D. A. Kennedy, master of circle. The concert people are Johnny Smith, Billy Hughes, Mrs. Mattie Spear, Little Francis, Andy Spear, D. A. Kennedy and Tony Blair. G. Metz, boss of canvas; J. Ashley, boss of horses; Risely, Moran and Harlan, past brigade. Each day there will be two outside attractions, a tight rope ascension and a balloon race. The show run their own privileges. Route, Kansas, Iowa. New York Clipper, May 10, 1879, p. 55.
C. P. Stebleton, horizontal bar, acrobat, dancing barrel, cross and twisting somersault, is open for the Fall and Winter, either for circuses or variety halls. Late of Barry & Co.'s Circus. Address C. P. Stebleton, Peru, Ind. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, August 23, 1879, p. 171.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barry’s Circus - 1898-89 May be J. M. Barry's
Kansas City, Missouri. Frank Rosenthal will take out a side show with Barry's Circus this season, starting from Carbondale, Kansas, early in May. New York Clipper, January 29, 1898, p. 791.
De Castro and wife have just closed a twelve weeks' engagement with the Petersburg, Ill. Winter Circus. They have signed with Barry's Circus for the Summer, their fourth year with that show. New York Clipper, March 16, 1889, p. 4.
Five of the employees of Barry's circus which is stranded here, were taken in and fed last night by John T. Robertson, the grocer, who learned of their destitution. The men were here without a cent of money and yesterday had only two loaves of bread for their three meals. Middletown Daily Press (Middletown, NY), May 28, 1889, n.p.n.
Under the name of Barry's Circus, a tent show went to pieces at Middletown, N.Y., June 1. According to reports, this show started from Frenchtown, N.J., early in May. The employes claim that the equipment was owned by J. W. Holmes, of Brooklyn, N.Y. and was leased for the season by Milton ___, a New York lawyer. The people were in straighted circumstances when the show closed. New York Clipper, June 15, 1889, p. 225.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
J. M. Barry’s Circus - 1888, 1893
1888:
Louis De Castro has signed with J. M. Barry's International Circus and Menagerie for the third season. New York Clipper, February 18, 1888, p. 784.
1893:
A newspaper review of J. M. Barry’s Great American Circus is in the Scranton, Kansas Gazette, May 5, 1893. “The Great American Circus has come, done it, and gone.” "James T. Johnson and the Great Western Circus," Orin C. King, Bandwagon, Vol. 30, No. 5 (Sep-Oct), 1986, p. 20.
Barry's occupation in 1892 is not known, but we do know that he had bought property in Carbondale and moved there in 1891. On Saturday, April 29, 1893, Barry's Great American Circus, Museum and Menagerie opened the season in Carbondale. Monday, June 19, the show exhibited at Mulvane, and the next day, Tuesday, June 20, at Belle Plaine. The Belle Plaine News reported, "Well, the 'Great American Circus' has come and gone. Our knowledge of shows is limited, but we should judge that Mr. Barry has a good, clean show, well worth the price of admission. He exhibited here to a fair sized audience." Nothing more is known. King, Orin C., The Circus World of Willie Sells, Topeka, KS: Shawnee County Historical Society, 1983, pp. 63-64.
• Information on the 1893 J. M. Barry Great American circus is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 1, pp. 41-43.
• Information on the 1894 J. M. Barry Great American circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 4, pp. 34-36.
• Information on the 1895 J. M. Barry Great American circus is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 2, pp. 36.
• Information on the 1896 J. M. Barry Great American circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 6, pp. 69-71.
• Information on the 1897 J. M. Barry Great American circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 4, pp. 40-41.
• Information on the 1898 J. M. Barry's Great American circus is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 4, pp. 31-32.
Note: also see W. L. Cole's, Sieber & Cole.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barry Bros. Circus - 1932, 1949 Show is listed for 1932, 1949 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
Hempstead, L. I., last year the Barry Brothers' Circus, a little one-ringed affair . . . Brooklyn Eagle (Brooklyn, NY), May 14, 1933, Junior Section, p. 2.
Van Nuys, Calif, July 30. Barry Bros.' Circus did okay business here on a three-day stand auspiced by the Optimists' Club. Show was produced by Forest Freeland. Ross Clark was the director, announcer and equestrian director; Vernon Colbert, producing clown, and Mel Ardick fronted a six piece band. Acts included Loretta's dogs; Anita, web; the Three Maxello Sistesr, tumbling; Bill Dietrich's ponies; Archie Mayo's horse, Pansy; the Olveros, perch; the Titians, hand balancing; the Maxellos, acro and Risley, and Learmant's elephants and ponies, worked by Eddie Allen. Yakima Jack was in charge of the sideshow which featured Winny Herrsley, bird girl. Billboard, August 6, 1949, p. 56.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bartelmes & King - 1895
Roster of Bartelmes & King's Female Circus. Louis Bartelmes and George King, sole owners and proprietors . . .. Performers: Florence Edwards, equestrian manager; the Larne(?) Sisters, double trapeze and balancing perch; Madam Leo and daughter, return act; Dollie Right, juggling . . . Annie Hill, slack wire; Sadie Conners, head balancing, and Prince Bartelnes' dancing barrel and table. The show will travel by rail, carrying three cars, and will open at Danville, Illinois. New York Clipper, July 13, 1895, p. 293.
Notes from Bartelmes & King's Show. We are still touring Arkansas, and a few more stands will land us in Louisiana, where we will remain until our season closes. Mr. Bartelmes has returned from St. Louis, bringing five cages of wild beasts. New York Clipper, September 21, 1895, p. 451.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bartholomew & Co's Pacific Circus - 1856
Bartholomew & Co.'s Pacific Circus. After a series of successes (in the Southern Mines) unprecedented in the annals of Equestrianism, this talented troupe, embracing among them the elite of the profession, will remain three days on the Public Square, commencing on Monday, July 28th, giving a series of their unique and classical entertainments, with acts of equestrianism, corporeal and gymnastic acrobatic devices, corpuscular efforts, all selected with care by the artists of this establishment from the schools of England, France, Germany and Italy. 50,000 persons have visited the representations of this company since its organization. The ring will be carpeted during the performances. The entire troupe of artists will give a change in each representation during their stay. Admission — Dress Circle, $2; Boxes, $1; Pit, __. Attentive ushers always in attendance. Also an efficient Police. R. M. Allison, Agent. We understand from Mr. Allison, the agent, that the Pacific Circus are en route for San Francisco, via Baker's Valley, Suisun City, Napa, Vallejo, Benicia, Martinez and Oakland — and will exhibit in San Francisco about the 7th of August. Sacramento Daily Union, July 29, 1856, p. 3.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bartholomew’s Circus - 1862, 1867
• 1862: online at Clipper, December 6 (scroll down)
• 1862: online at Clipper, May 2 (scroll down)
1867:
[Advertisement] Bartholomew's Great Western Circus will give a performance in this city on Saturday eve, Nov. 9th, 1867. This troupe comprises a full company of male & female performers and a magnificent study of trained horses. Also, three of the best trained ponies in the world. Also, Zebra Napoleon and a leopard, trained by George Bartholomew. Admission, $1.00. Children fifty cents. Morning Oregonian (Portland, OR), November 7, 1867, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bartholomew’s Circus - 1891
1891:
Dan Bartholomew’s Circus opened its season at Salt Lake City May 2. . . . Two weeks were played there. This circus tours the inter-mountain region every Summer, to good success. As this country is rarely or never visited by the big shows, this one has a fine field. H. Burton is the manager. It opened with the following people: Mazuz and Abacco, Dare Bros., Wilson Bros., El Dino Dinei, Lamontz, Mono del Vago, G. Rice, D. Bartholomew and Tom Conklin. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891.
Salt Lake City, Utah. Bartholomew's Circus had a good week's business beginning 4. The show will remain here till 17. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 183.
Salt Lake City, Utah. Dan Bartholomew's Circus closed its engagement her 1?. After spending six or eight weeks in Utah towns, another engagement of two weeks will be played at Salt Lake. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 201.
Salt Lake City, Utah. D. M. Bartholomew's Equescurriculum is again with us. Business so far this season has been ___ to cold weather. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.
• Also see Dan Bartholomew entry in Slout's Olympians on this website.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bartholomew's Equine Paradox - 1885-88, 1892 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1880-1890
1885: Show opens in Ft. Wayne on September 7. Show had big crowds in Peoria, Illinois, nine performances. Show was attached at Lafayett, Indiana for breech of contract. New York Clipper, September 12, 1885, p. 407; October 10, 1885, p. 467, 469.
1886: Show is snowbound in Iowa. Good business at Foster's opera house, January 4-9, at Des Moines, Iowa. Last stage performance will be at Bloomington, Illinois, March 1-6. New York Clipper, January 16, 1886, p. 690; January 23, 1886, p. 708; February 20, 1886, p. 772.
1887: Good business at Los Angeles, California, week of July 25. Jay Rial is manager. Show is back from its Mexican tour, at Pueblo, Colorado October 13. W. H. Maxwell has rejoined as musical director. Albert Zorate is in the advance. New York Clipper, August 13, 1887, p. 341; October 29, 1887, p. 520; December 17, 1887, pp. 634, 637.
1888: Jay Rial went to Mexico with the show. Geo. W. Lederer has assumed the management of the company. Will open May 1 in New York City. M. B. Leavitt's 40 week's contract closes at New Orleans on April 15. Show's largest business was in Mexico. Will L. Fursman and wife, Nancie, are with the show. At Wilmington, Delaware, J. D. Mishler, new manager, contracts with Jackson-Sharp Co. for a large combination car to carry the horses. New York Clipper, January 21, 1888, p. 716, 718; March 31, 1888, pp. 40, 47; April 7, 1888, p. 54.
1892: The two new cars used to transport Bartholomew's Equine Paradox are complete. The palace car is seventy feet long, and is fitted with solid bronze rails and nickel gates. The body is painted Pullman color with gold lettering. The platforms are flush, making an observation apartment on each end. The interior is finished in hand carved mahogany, and consists of kitchen, dining room, reception room and two separate sleeping apartments, and is indeed a palace on wheels. A separate apartment has been fitted up for the band which accompanies the show. The palace care will be occupied by Prof. Bartholomew, manager Albert and his wife. A porter and cook complete the occupants of this car. The horse car, 7?ft. long, has also been remodeled, and is painted in Pullman color. Each horse has a bay window with his name in silfer(?). A fine portrait in oil on canvas, life size, of the Professor, adorns each side of the car. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 424.
• Brief information on the 1896 Bartholomew's Equine Paradox is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 1, p. 49.
• Note: In an 1893 advertisement, Bartholomew's Equine Paradox was advertising for a band. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 340. Also see George Bartholomew entry in Slout's Olympians on this website.
• 1883: Professor George Bartholomew was born on the farm of his father, Noah W. Bartholomew, May 14, 1833, in Erie country, N.Y. His father achived a reputation as a subduer of fractious animals, and to this bent of mind was due, no doubt, the life labor and achievement of his son George, who at a very early age, gave evidence of great power and marked genius in the handling of all kinds of domestic animals. In 1836, his father moved with the family to Jackson, Michigan. The climate not agreeing with his father's health, the family some years after moved to Missouri. Not finding horses here of sufficient obstinacy and wildness, George left his parental roof and started, in 1848, for Lower California, where the wild horse roamed in all his freedom. He finally arrived at San Jose during the great gold craze, which for several years diverted his mind to mining, though the horse was always the subject of much thought. After leaving the mine he farmed for three
years, and during this time his ambition to make his mark in the arena first developed itself. Among the numerous incredible accomplishments with horses, the educating of "Young America," in 1855, the best performing horse ever in that section of the country, was the professor's first prominent success, and for whom he refused $10,000. The animal was poisoned by a discharged groom in i860.
In Denver, Colorado, in 1871, he bought Bravo and Boneto, and later Piccaninni, Flora and Kitty. In 1873 Cupid. In 1874 Nioquich, from a noted Indian Chief. Nettle, the famous leaper, he purchased of Mr. Frank D. McClure, of Denver. These are the principals of the the horses known as the Bronchos, which have elicited the wonder and admiration of millions during their exhibition in America (now being presented at the Aquarium in London). This was his first and the only school of horses presented in the world up to this time.
In 1875 he disposed of the Broncho horses on the instalment plan, and through premeditated fraud lost them after exhibiting them for five weeks in St. Louis to large audiences. This left him penniless; but nothing daunted, he broke horses and did the best he could in St. Louis until he was able to return to Oakland, California, where he continued the love of his life, the subduing and educating of horses, and by strict economy accumulated sufficient money to purchase from time to time ten horses, and on July 4, 1879 he gave their first public exhibition in a garden in Oakland to an audience of over 10,000 persons, a memorable event in the professor's life, and the turning point of his long cherished and hard worked for desires. This was the beginning of the famous Equine Paradox, now consisting of sixteen horses that do everything but talk and they do that in their own way, comprehensible to the audience. A description of their intelligent action and marvelous doings would seem incredible. All their actions are by word of command. They understand over three hundred different commands,comprising a vocabulary of over fourteen hundred words. The entertainment is of such a character as to confuse, startle, perplex and break up all existing ideas as to the docility of the horse. Professor Bartholomew's system of horse education has revealed heretofore unthought of equine sagacity and has been of incalculable good in causing the better treatment of that noble animal by all who have been fortunate enough to see them. He has achieved great fame and is received everywhere with marked attention by leading humane people, who have presented him with many tokens of regard and appreciation.
In 1880 he left Oakland, California, for Chicago
and the East, and the marvelous exhibition has been presented since in the leading theatres of the principal cities with extraordinary success. Their longest stay this season was in Boston, where one hundred and twelve exhibitions were given in three months to one hundred and twenty-one thousand two hundred and nine persons. There is no other indoor entertainment that is favored with the same patronage. In Boston he was presented by friends with a horse of diamonds and a horseshoe and whip studded with diamonds. On the one hundredth performance his managers, John D. Mishler and Capt. J. E. Comstock, presented him with a twenty-four karat solitaire diamond ring. The present season will close June 16. He will spend the Summer at Newport, and, during the vacation, will add two more horses and introduce features even more wonderful than those now presented. His next season opens in Philadelphia in September; after which they will be presented in New York. The professor has educated more horses for exhibition and tamed more for general purposes than any other man in the world. He height of his ambition and the pride of his life have been his educated animals and to present them to the public. He organized and conducted, at different times, seven circuses, with which he travelled all over the Pacific Coast.
He is an agile acrobat, tight-rope walker, graceful, daring rider, and has ably filled nearly all the positions in the life of the arena. . . . The Professor was married in 1858 and is the happy possessor of three girls and two boys. New York Dramatic Mirror, June 16, 1883, p. 9.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Charles Bartine's Circuses - 1873-75, 1880, 1887-94, 1896, 1898, 1902, 1909
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1872-1909
• Article on Charles Bartine's shows, 1868-1909 is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1966 (scroll down or use find).
1873:
Bartine & Co.'s Opera House, Dayton, O. . . . The Luando Brothers, gymnasts and trapezists are engaged with Bartine & Co. for the tenting season, starting from there about the latter part of May. New York Clipper, April 12, 1873, p. 15.
Chas. Bartine's Great Novelty Show, with Bartine & Co. as proprietors, is now thoroughly organized, and after two days performance in Dayton, O., start on May 15 on their summer campaign, performing under canvas. New York Clipper, April 26, 1873, p. 31.
Bartine & Co.'s Novelty Circus: Charles Bartine, manager; John Ritly(?), treasurer; Fred Kellogg, ticket agent; Wm. Marshall, contracting agent; Geo. Parker, advertising agent; Leon Whettony, ringmaster and equestrian director; Jas. Lubin, master of canvas; Dan Lockhart, master of horse. The array of talent is: the Gertrude Sisters, ceiling walkers; Mons. Duverney and Mlle. Florantaine, contortionists; Millie Basoure(?), Jennie De Long, Maud Stanley, equestriennes; Chas. Bartine and Joe Moll, clowns; Luando Bros., gymnasts; De Witt, Davidson, Geo. Hoover, John Neaven, Jake Grubb, etc., acrobats; M. c. Miller's cornet band of ten pieces. Wm. Marshall has the outside and inside candy stand privilege. The troupe consists of forty men and twenty-four horses, and will visit the smaller cities of Ohio, Indiana and Michigan. They gave their first performance at Dayton, O., on May 2. New York Clipper, May 3, 1873, p. 39.
1874: Bartine's Circus and the Barlow Brothers' Novelty Troupe are to be in Milton, Ind., Aug. 17. The company includes the Luando(?) Bros., Chas. Hoover, John Naren, the Rolland Bros., Lillian Howorth, the Barlow Bros. and Chas. Bartine and W. Checky, clowns. They use a 90ft. round top canvas, with a 40ft. middle piece, making a 130ft. tent. It is reported that business lately has been good. New York Clipper, August 22, 1874, p. 167.
1875:
Bartine's Novelty Circus and Menagerie will start from Connersville, Ind., May 31. Talent wanted. Charley Bartine, Franklin, Ohio. New York Clipper, April 3, 1875, p. 3.
Bartine's Novelty Circus and Menagerie the coming season will give gymnastic, acrobatic and variety performances, but there will be no equestrian acts. There will be a minstrel entertainment independent of the variety show. They will start from Connersville, Ind., about May 20. New York Clipper, April 3, 1875, p. 7.
Bartine's Novelty Circus and Menagerie will have three cages of animals, two of stuffed birds and wax figures, a trained buffalo, six baggage wagons, two carriages, and a band wagon. A 110 foot round top canvas will be used, and a 40 foot round top for a dressing room. . . . New York Clipper, April 17, 1875, p. 23.
1880:
Bartine's Novelty Circus and Five-Clown Show will make its first show for the season at Fort Wayne, Ind., May 8. Wanted, troupe of trained dogs; also cannon-ball performer that can leap and tumble. Concert, candy stand and sideshow privileges for sale. Chas. Bartine, sole proprietor and manager, Fort Wayne, Ind. New York Clipper, March 27, 1880, p. 7.
The Bartine Five-clown Circus and Electric Light Pavilion includes Charles Bartine & ___, proprietors; Charles Bartine, manager; Wm. Quinett, equestrian director; Charles Adams, master of canvas with seven assistants; James H. Dobbins, general contracting agent; George Fisher, advertising agent and two assistants . . . Performers: the Quinett Family, four in number; the Leons, J. V. and Bert; Stebbleton and Call(?) . . . Charles Long, Wm. Stewart, C. Adams, Little Maude Bartine and Nellie Bartine. Clowns: Charles Bartine, J. T. Leon . . . and Mamie Quinett. The show exhibited in Fort Wayne, Ind., May 16; thence to New Haven 17, Maysville 18, Antwerp, O., 19, Edgerton, Ind., 21, Butler 22, Spencerville 24, Waterloo 25, Auburn 26. New York Clipper, May 22, 1880, p. 67.
1887:
Bartines Consolidated Shows, Museum and Aviary will open season at Rushville, Ind., May 9. Roster: Charles Bartine, proprietor and manager; the Bartine Family . . . Theodore Bradshaw, Pico, Willim H. Morgan, Lonnie Clark, Johnny Adams, Little Tod and Tom Reeve as clowns, George Jones' band and orchestra. Charles Ross, master of canvas; Marion Reatherfor, boss hostler. They carry one band wagon, carryall, six baggage wagons, nineteen horses, two tents, 80ft. and 50ft. round tops, with dressing room, one horse tent, cook tent, dining tent, sleeping tents, etc. W. C. Miller runs the concert, which is given by the people of the big show. New York Clipper, April 30, 1887, p. 107.
Charles Bartine reports good business in Indiana where he is now touring with his show. A new band chariot was added to the show at Kirlin, Ind. New York Clipper, June 4, 1887, p. 180.
The Bartine Consolidated Circus have just added a new fifty foot middle piece, as they did not have room enough for the people. Zamoras and Gonsellus, Mexican aerial artists, joined July 26, as did Frank Halter. New York Clipper, August 6, 1887, p. 326.
The Bartine Circus is wintering at West Milton, O. New York Clipper, November 26, 1887, p. 586.
1888:
The work on the rolling stock and other paraphernalia of the Bartine Circus is progressing at West Milton, O. The sideshow privileges have been sold to Geo. W. Hall Jr., and the candy stand and reserved seats to David Trompetter. New York Clipper, January 14, 1888, p. 702.
Prof. Kadel's cornet band and Zamaro's Mexican Family of gymnasts have re-engaged with the Bartine Circus for the coming tenting season. The Burton Athletes, three in number, W. R. Durand . . . are among those already engaged. New York Clipper, January 28, 1888, p. 734.
People already engaged with Chas. Bartine's Consolidated Circus: Zamaro's Mexican Family, the Burton Athletes, Frank Halter, the Melvins, F. C. Moncayo, Maud Ovetta, Jas. H. Holly, Jas. Baldock . . . the Richey Brothers, Prof. Philip Kadell's band of ten pieces; Frank Crowe, leader of orchestra; Chas. Ross, boss property man; R. C. Irwin, master of stables and stock; John Axwell, advance agent with paste brigade of four; George W. Hall Jr., sideshow; Chas. Bartine, sole proprietor and manager. There will be two wagons in advance. With the show will be a band chariot, two passenger wagons, two buggies and nine baggage wagons, with thirty head of horses. . . . The show will open at West Milton, O., about April 26. New York Clipper, March 3, 1888, p. 816.
Charles Bartine's Old Fashioned Circus will commence its season at West Milton, O., April 26. Roster: Charles Bartine, sole proprietor and manager; John McDonough, assistant manager; Geo. W. Hall Jr., manager of side show . . . Juan De Zamaro, equestrian director; J. D. Ackerman, advertising atgent with four billposter; High Busher(?), master of canvas; Will A. Mack, assistant with eight canvasmen; R. C. Irwin, master of horses with ten grooms; Prof. Philip Kadel, leader of cornet band; Frank Crows, leader of orchestra; Chas. Ross, boss properties; D. Evans, chandelier man. Performers: Zamaro Mexican Family, the Burton Athletes, Frank Halter, the Bartine Family, the Melvins, the Ritchey Bros., Geo. Parento, Jas. H. Holly, Wally West, Mlle. Elva, Maud Orretta, Cara Evans . . . The show will travel by wagon, using in all fifteen wagons, three buggies and thirty-four horses. New York Clipper, April 14, 1888, p. 72.
George Sun joined Bartine's Circus April 26 at West Milton, O. His new act consists of juggling on a pedestal. New York Clipper, May 5, 1888, p. 123.
Notes from Bartine's Show. George Minuviller, a musician, and Maud Bartine were married in Payne, O., June 7, without the consent of the parents of the young lady. Everything has since been agreeably settled. The first blowdown occurred at Auburn, Ind., 13. New York Clipper, June 30, 1888, p. 251.
Notes from the Bartine Show. We have had poor business for the past three weeks on account of rain. Prof. Kadell and Albert and Pete Kadell of the band closed at Walcott, Ind., and Prof. Foster, . . . Walter H. Ramsey, C. V. Rice joined the same day. James H. Holley of the concert closed and Bobby Barron took his place. The Mexican Family, four in number, will do an aerial act next Winter, which Juan D. Zamora thinks will be a surprise to many. George Sun closes with the show Aug. 11. New York Clipper, August 11, 1888, p. 343.
The Bartine Circus is being enlarged for the coming tenting season. A hundred foot round top canvas with forty foot middle piece has been secured. The Burtons, athletes, have been re-engaged. New York Clipper, December 15, 1888, p. 643.
1889:
People engaged for Bartine's Circus for the coming tenting season are: The Burton Athletes, C. P. Stebleton . . . Prince Muro, Asa Barker, Prof. Mull with his horse, Dan Rice and educated mules Jack and Jill, Wm. Randall, Mlle. Oretta, Master Tod, Mlle. Lisle Burton, Wm. Arnold, Frank Brubaugh, J. M. Buckner, J. D. Robinson and others. New York Clipper, January 5, 1889, p. 690.
Chas. Bartine has just taken possession of the Seamon House, Montpeiler, Ind. His son-in-law, George Muneviller, will manage it during the tenting season, while Manager Bartine is out on the road attending to the business affairs of his circus. Showman Bartine has also leased the Fair Grounds for a term of five years, and will turn it into neat comfortable Winter quarters for his shows. His troupe opened their season April 2 at Montpelier, with an entire new outfit, from stakes up. New York Clipper, April 20, 1889, p. 97.
The Bartine Consolidated Circus is now organized as follows, and will open the season at Montpelier, Ind., May 2: Chas. Bartine, sole proprietor and manager; John McDonough, assistant manager; Clarence Burton, equestrian director; Charles Forbes, general contracting agent; Geo. Burke, general advertising agent, with four billposters; Tom Lee, master of canvas; John Palmer, assistant Boss canvasman, with ten assistants; F. W. Pike, master of stock, with twelve assistants; Geo. L. Glesinger, manager of candy stands and reserved seat privileges; E. S. Adell, manager of sideshow; Louis Brooks, steward of cook house; Prof. W. C. Youngs, leader of band of ten musicians. Performers - Clarence Burton, Artie Burton, Louie Burton, Mlle. Annie Burton, Frank Ross, Maud and Annie Parks, Prince Muro, . . . C. P. Stebleton, Geo. Greno, John Robinson, . . . Asa Barker, Wm. Arnold, Frank Bronibaugh, John Boyd. Concert people - Billy Mincer, Chas. Bartine, Barker and Brooks, and Master John. The show travels by wagon, using twelve baggage wagons, four cages, three passenger band wagons, three buggies and forty-five head of horses. Tents - 90 ft. round top, two 36 ft. middle pieces; 40 ft. round top dressing room, 35 x 65 ft. sideshow tent, two horse tents and two cook tents. Everything in and out of the show is brand new this season, from the stakes up, and painted in high, flashing colors. New York Clipper, April 27, 1889.
Chas. Bartine's Circus and Trained Animal Shows. The Bensleys, equilibrists, and Billy Sheppard and Billy Link, clowns, joined recently. Manager Bartine has purchased the educated ponies, Billy and Sid, and a mule. Also two overland sleeping cars, a 65ft. round top museum tent; some small animals, etc. are to be added shortly. The now numbers seventy people and sixty head of horses, mules and ponies. New York Clipper, July 6, 1889, p. 274.
The Bartine Circus has been augmented by three cages of animals, some working stock and a new museum tent. The troupe are making for the South by way of Illinois. New York Clipper, August 10, 1889, p. 354.
The Bartine Circus have added four new cages of animals to the menagerie. . . . Col. Chas. Whittney has charge of the advance. The show will go South by wagon. Roster: Chas. Bartine, sole proprietor and manager; Col. Chas. Whittney, general contracting agent . . . E. D. Snyder, Thomas Fanning, Pete Rodgers, Frank Adams, Fritz Young, Ella Young, and others. New York Clipper, September 7, 1889, p. 427.
The Bartine Circus closed its tenting season at Montpelier, Ind., and the show is stored away on the fair grounds there for Winter quarters. Manager Bartine is building a ring and practice building, sixty feet in diameter, and octagon in shape. It will be lighted and heated by natural gas. New York Clipper, November 2, 1889, p. 567.
1890:
These people have signed with the Chas. Bartine Show for next season: . . . Clarence Burton and the Burton Athletes; Patterson Bros . . . the Belfords . . . J. B.(?) Miller will be in charge of advance brigade No. 1 . . . The first brigade will use a four horse bill wagon and one buggy; No. 2 will use a two horse bill wagon and three one horse skirmish wagons. The show will use eighty horses, ponies and mules, and carry about eighty-five people all told. Mr. Bartine and his family have all been suffering with "La Grippe" for nearly two weeks and none yet are able to venture outside the house, though all are improving. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 781.
Chas. Bartine's Consolidated (Wagon) Shows, for sale, candy stands, reserved seats and other privileges, for season of 1890. . . . Chas. Bartine, Montpelier, Ind. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 785.
Fred Aymar will join the Bartine Circus next season. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 805.
Fred Aymar is a Montpelier, Ind., breaking ring stock for ___ Bartine Show for the coming season. Clarence Morton(?) has signed as equestrian director, and Mr. Aymar will assume charge of the sideshow. New York Clipper, February 15, 1890, p. 813.
Wanted, for Chas. Bartine's Circus and Menagerie, four good property men, one wardrobe man. Two, four and six horse drivers and some ___ canvasmen. Also want to buy, two good Kidd Patent lights. Chas. Bartine, Montpelier, Ind. New York Clipper, March 1, 1890, p. 846.
Chas. Bartine's Circus and Menagerie is now organized as follows: Chas. Bartine, sole proprietor and manager; John McDonough(?), assistant manager; E. P. Shull(?), treasurer; W. Fred Aymar, general superintendent; Clarence B???, equestrian director; J. H. Miller, general contracting agent; L. H. McDugal, general advertising agent, with ten billposters; Joseph Wur??ney, musical director, with twelve musicians; Jas. Kingsbury, superintendent of horses, with twenty grooms; Jno. D. Robinson, superintendent of lights; Chas. W. Ross, boss property man, with six assistants; Chas Derring(?), superintendent of wardrobe; Doc Horton and W. C. Co?well, managers of reserved seats and candy stands. All other privileges are run by the proprietor. Performers - The Three Burton athletes, Geore and Mollie Belford, Frank M. Ross(?), . . . Etta Leadora, . . . Patterson Bros., . . . C. P. Stebleton(?) and troupe of dogs, Chas. Bartine Jr., and his troupe of educated horses and ponies, ten in number; Billy Mincer and his trained donkeys, Nellie Bar???. John Bartine, Charley Maddox, . . . Geo. W. Blitz, Prof. Angelo and his troupe of performing ___, etc.; Billy Arnold, Will C. Young, Kay Kepley, Chas. Tinkham, T. F. Fanning(?), Asher Cady, and others. The show will use a round top with a middle piece for the circus, an 80Ft. round top, with a middle for menageri; a side show top, a dressing room, two horse tents, sixteen baggage wagons, nine cages, one ticket wagon, twelve band wagons, three passenger wagons, three carriages, two buggies and one hundred and ?? head of horses and ponies. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 4.
Manager Chas. Bartine has added an elephant, three camels . . . and other animals to his circus and menagerie. New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.
Call. Chas. Bartines' New Consolidated Circus, Menagerie, Museum, Aviary and Trained Animal Shows. Largest and best equipped wagon show in America. Chas. Bartine, sole proprietor and manager. Season open at Montpelier, Ind., April 24(?), 1890. Chas. Bartine, Montpelier, Ind. N. B. Billposters, report by April 5, 1890. New York Clipper, March 29, 1890, p. 44.
Duluth, Minnesota. Frank Gay goes with Chas. Bartine's Circus. New York Clipper, April 12, 1890, p. 67.
Clarinda Lowanda and Joseph Parson have signed with the Bartine Circus and Menagerie for this season. The show is receiving animals and new features every day. About forty new wagons and cages are now ready, and everything in and about the show is new and bright. . . . opens at Montpelier, Ind., April 24(?). New York Clipper, April 19, 1890, p. 91.
The Chas. Bartine Circus and Menagerie opened its season, April 24(?), at Montpelier, Ind., to splendid business. The parade employed two band chariots, nine cages, two pony chariots, fourteen mounted people, twenty head of lead stock, one elephant and two camels. Everything about the show is new and bright. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.
Chas. Bartine's Circus and Menagerie wanted, one good No. 1 principal double bar performer. Also Juan D. Zamaro, of Mexican Family. Telegraph as per route. Chas Bartine, proprietor and manager. New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 128.
Frank La Verr is now the general agent of the Chas. Bartine Show, replacing Chas. Forbes. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 198.
Wanted for Chas. Bartine's Consolidated Shows, a good lady rider (bareback) with her own horse, also good principal bar performer. Chas. Bartine, sole proprietor. New York Clipper, June 7, 1890, p. 205.
Roster of the advance department of Chas. Bartine's Circus and Menagerie: F. K. Le Vere, general agent . . . Wm. Conrad, lithographer and programmer . . . Frank Jennings and Ed. Somers. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.
Business with Bartine's Show has been ___ for the past three weeks, on account of bad weather. Millie Marrata joined June ?. . . . Mr. Bartine is ahead for awhile. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 261.
Prof. Dave ___ has taken charge of the No. 1 band of Bartine's Circus, consisting of fourteen pieces. The band has been newly uniformed, and makes a fine appearance. Both band and orchestra are doing some fine playing. The orchestra is under the leadership of Prof. Will Young(?). Business is good and everybody is happy. New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 275.
The Bartine Show has been doing an excellent business all season, with the exception of about one week or so. B. W. Marshall(?) now has charge of the advance, with six assistants. The show is being heavily billed. Everybody is well and in the best of spirits, and the "ghost" walks regularly. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.
Chas. Bartine's "Big Shows." Wanted to buy, several two horse cages, with or without animals. Also was first class people that can do two or more strong (feature) acts, for the ring; also concert people and two thoroughbred candy butchers. . . . New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 301.
Wanted, for Chas. Bartine's Consolidated Shows, a good two brother act (and it must be an act) that do two turns, tumble and leap. Also first class musicians. . . . Show going South for the Winter. Chas. Bartine, proprietor. N. B. Wanted, some good two horse cages, with or without animals. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 349.
Fred Aymar has, for the past three weeks, been very ill with malarial fever, at Montpelier, Ind. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.
Notes from Chas. Bartine's Circus. Four(?) more stands remain in Illinois, and by the time this reaches the Clipper we will be in Indiana. Business throughout Illinois has been splendid, and we leave the state in a better condition financially than when we entered. The show will go South for the winter. Mr. Bartine is buying fresh horses every day, and in consequence the show is equipped with as fine a lot of stock as . . . Mr. Bartine is having some new baggage wagons and passenger coaches(?) built. George A. ___, late treasurer and press agent of the Fisher & Aiken Show, is in charge of the sideshow. Mr. Clark brought him on in the show . . . to succeed "Doc" Ouda(?), who secured a paying position . . . "Doc" left the show with the good wishes of everybody . . . Clarinda Lowanda was ill several days, but she is again riding in her old form. . . . The sideshow will be considerably strengthened within the next week by the addition of new ___, among them a troupe of performing canary birds . . . Everything on and about the show is going smoothly . . . the ghost walks regularly. New York Clipper, August 30, 1890, p. 387.
Gus Gun, juggler and equilibrist, has closed with Chas. Bartine's Circus, and opened with Healy & Bigelow, for the winter season, at Louisville, Ky. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 423.
Notes from Chas. Bartine's Circus. Our first Indiana stand was at Covinton, Aug. 28, opening to splended business, which has kept up to the mark ever since. Indeed, Indiana has turned out better than Illinois, which is saying a good deal, for the latter state was productive of very fair business. Our first Ohio stand was made at Oxford, Sept. 12. Only a few places will be visited in Ohio, after which we take in Kentucky, Virginia, West Virginia and the South. The show is in first class condition for the Southern tour, and the prospects for a prosperous trip are bright. Mr. Bartine has been ahead of the show for several days, on a prospecting tour, and speaks well of the outlook. John McDonough, who has been assistant manager with the show, has gone ahead, to succeed agent Marshall. A fine lion den has been added to the menagerie. The Schedule of prices has been raised a few points, and seems to give satisfaction. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.
W. Fred Aymar has recovered from his recent severe illness, and has joined the King & Franklin Show as general announcer. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.
Bartine's Circus has closed its Western tour, and is now reorganized for a Southern trip. Geo. Gohen(?) has been made general advance agent, with John McDonough(?) as assistant. The bill brigade is in charge of J. M. Kelly, former assistant boss canvasman of the show, with Chas. Schleiger(?), Geo. Whiteman, William Braden . . . Edward Wall and W. M. Davis as assistants. Ed. Corbay has charge of the lithographing, and Murray Allison(?) of the programmes. Mr. Gohen will retire from the show about Nov. 15(?), and is to make a young lady in Cincinnati a life partner. J. M. Kelly is also to retire from the show, and, like Mr. Gohen, is to assume the matrimonial yoke in company with a young lady at Charlotte, N. C. New York Clipper, November 1, 1890, 533.
John McDonnogh, of Bartine's Circus, wishes us to state that Geo. A. Gohen is not, and never has been, the general agent of that show. Also that John Kelly has never been in charge of the paper brigade, as stated in a previous issue of this paper. Roster of the advance brigade: F. B. Long, railroad contractor; John McDonnogh, in charge of bill car; Chas. E. Schinger(?), boss bill poster; William Braden, Walter O'Neil, John Kelly, Geo. Whiteman, Ed. Davis and Billy Wall. The show started by rail from Winston, N. C. The date of closing is indefinite. New York Clipper, November 22, 1890, 581.
On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: Bartine's, Hodges, S. C. Nov 26, Abberille(?) 27, Greenwood 28, Newberry 29, Park Station Dec. 1. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 595.
Chas. Bartine's Colossal R. R. Shows. Wanted immediately, good two Bros. act and bar and tumple and leap. Trombone and alto or tenor. Must double, one clarionet, other second violin. Also good boss hostler, one good watchman. . . . Chas. Bartine. P. S. Also good concert and sideshow people. Harry Evarts, telegraph lowest salary. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, 604.
1891:
Charles Bartine’s show was in Jacksonville, Fla., Jan. 10. New York Dramatic News, January 13, 1891, p. 10.
Chas. Bartine and Fred Aymar, of Bartine's Shows, have purchased of G. A. Palmer, of Portland, Ind., the handsome spotted stallion Palmer, the mathematician that performs fifty-four tricks, including telling the time of day from a watch, solving problems in addition, subtraction, etc.; the leaping broncho Alexia, that does thirty-three clever acts; the trick donkey Balaam(?); two leaping grayhounds; one Pawnee, that leaps over eleven head of horses; and Clinker(?), who leaps and turns a somersault over eight head. Mr. Bartine considers them the best broken of any he ever saw. He will make a feature of each. He offered what he considered fair sums for others, but the offers were not accepted. The large dun horse "Den," that King & Franklin offered a round some for, is able to get around again, new feet having grown on him. This is the horse that was foundered last winter. Although sick nearly a year, he never forgot a trick. New York Clipper, January 17, 1891, p. 709.
Cincinnati, Ohio. T. B. Long of Charles Bartine's Shows, is here closing contracts for canvas and rolling stock. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.
A bouncing baby boy was born to the Bartine Family Jan. 22(?). Mother and son are doing nicely, and Charles Bartine is consequently happy. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.
Chas. Bartine's Grand New Consolidated Wagon Shows, Museum, Aviary, Trained Animals. Gymnastic and Acrobatic Alliance. Will open its season of 1891 at Connersville, Indiana, Mar. 4. First class performers and musicians only wanted. Address until March 1, Chas. Bartine, Charleston, S. C.; after that date to Connersville, Indiana. J___ De Zamora and Geo Grenier, write. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 765.
The Chas. Bartine Shows will travel by wagon the coming season and will use a 110ft. round top tent, 80(?)ft. museum and sideshow and 40ft. dressing room canvas. The show will carry sixty head of horses for baggage and passengers, and eight trick horses, ponies and mules, nine baggage wagons, two passenger wagons, one carriage, one band wagon, two buggies, three advance wagons, one cage of monkeys, two cages of birds and a den of snakes. The latter three features will be used in sideshow only, as the big tent will not have a menagerie, nor will there be any riding acts except a riding dogs, goats, and monkeys. The show will be run on strict principles, with no gaming adjuncts or "fakes" - not even the customary candy stands. New York Clipper, February 14, 1891, p. 779.
Chas. Bartine is as busy as a bee just now, preparing for the coming tour of his shows. Last week he shipped from various points South a lot of circus paraphernalia to the winter quarters of his show at Connersville, Ind. He purposes [sic] making a special feature of his printing this year, besides having one of the neatest and cleanest little shows on the road. No "faking" will be allowed around the grounds any place visited. New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 826.
Chas. Bartine's New Consolidated Wagon Shows will open its tenting season at Connersville, Indiana, about May 1(?), 1891. Only good perfomers (must do two or more turns) leap and tumble, also good musicians, wanted. Chas. Bartine, Connersville, Indiana. New York Clipper, March 7, 1891, p. 828.
Chas. Bartine's Circus will begin operations about May 1, greatly enlarged and finely polished all 'round. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.
Whiting and Geyer have signed with Bartine's Show for the season of 1891. New York Clipper, March 28, 1891, p. 49.
W. H. Hopson, ringmaster, and Arthur W. Cole, privilege manager, are preparing for their engagement with Chas. Bartine's Circus. They have purchased a combination wagon, built after the fashion used with English road circuses, and it will be utilized as a sleeper as well as a means of transportation. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 59.
Arthur W. Cole has joined W. C. Coup's Circus at New Albany, Ind., having been released by Chas. Bartine from a prior engagement. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.
The following people are recent additions to the roster of Bartine's Consolidated Shows: Dan Malcolm and Millie Theola(?) . . . Walter A. Ward, Rolland S. Ward, Arthur R. Ward . . . Billy Randall . . . The show will open at Connersville, Ind., May 11(?). New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 135.
Chas. Bartine's Shows call. Show opens at Connersville, Indiana, May 11. Wanted, a few more good people that do two or more turns, to strengthen company. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 145.
Charles Forbes has been engaged as general agent for Chas. Bartine’s Circus, which opens at Connersville, Ind., May 11. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891, p. 169.
. . . The tents, wagons, harness, etc., are all new. The baggage wagons have platform springs and high paneled beds, painted white and straw color, and lettered and striped in blue and red. The show carries eight baggage, one band, two passenger and one ticket wagon. The canvas: A 90 foot round top with a 40 foot middle piece, a 40 foot dressing room, and a 40x60 sideshow, one horse and two dining tents. The stock: Thirty-nine working horses, ten trained horses, ponies and mules. The executive: Charles Bartine and Co., proprietors and managers; James McLaughlin, treasurer; John McDonough, assistant manager; Charles Forbes, general agent; W. H. Hapson, equestrian director; W. A. Ward, musical director; Emett Snyder, master of horse; George Davenport, master of tents; John D. Robinson, superintendent of lights. The privileges are run by the management. New York Dramatic News, May 23, 1891, p. 6.
On the road, circuses: Chas. Bartine's, New Paris, O., May 21, Edwards 22 . . . Gettysburg 24, Ansonia 26, Versailles 27, St. Marys 28, Spencerville 19. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 187.
Chas. Bartine's New Shows opened their season May 11, at Connersville, Ind., and report prosperous business. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 182.
Wanted, for Chas. Bartine's New Consolidated Shows, to strengthen company, a two brother act, juggler, barrel and cross, must all be able to do two or more turns and ___ in tumbling; also want other good specialties and musicians, clarinet, slide trombone. Also want good sideshow people and good Taylor organ, a few more workingmen and a man with good specialty that can work trick(?) stock. Address as per route, Chas. Bartine's New Consolidated Shows. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 195.
On the road, circuses: Chas. Bartine's, Versailles, O. May 27, St. Mary's 28, Spencerville 29. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.
Wanted, for the Chas. Bartine's Consolidated Shows, two good billposters and boss canvasman and good seatman, also good camp cook. Address, as per route. Chas. Bartine. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 224.
Wanted a good contortionist, brother act, rough black face song and dance man. As per route. Chas. Bartine's Circus. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 227.
Bartine's New Shows, notwithstanding bad weather, have been doing remarkably good business, and everybody is happy and contented. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.
On the road, circuses: Chas. Bartine's, Bowling Green, O. June 10, Pemberville, 11 . . . New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 231.
Wanted, a good, light bill wagon. Address per route. Chas. Bartine's Circus. P. S. Also want a man who can work and manage trick horses. New York Clipper, June 13, 1891, p. 240.
Chas. Bartine's Circus is reported to be doing well in Ohio. The performers with the Whitney Circus visited the show in a body at Gibsonburg last week, and enjoyed themselves immensely. New York Clipper, June 20, 1891, p. 251.
The Three Rexford Bros. have joined Bartine's Circus. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 268.
The Bartine Circus have for the past ten days been experiencing a series of heavy storms and bad roads, yet business has not been unsatisfactory. Everybody is well and happy, and the man in white walks regularly every Sunday morning. Chas. Morrison and M. T. Duffy joined June 8 and the Rexfords 20. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.
The Whitney Circus has been following their regular Ohio route for the past two weeks to reported good business. It has rained almost every day for the past three weeks. We have had the Bartine Show quite near us for several stands. On June 14(?) our route crossed. We were laying(?) at Fremont, O., and our managers invited the entire Bartine Show to take dinner with us; they did so, and all enjoyed the cook tent and Hop Bitter annex, under the management of Kellmar & McFee. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.
On the road, circuses: Chas. Bartine's, West Salem, O. June 2?, Polk 26, Ashland 27. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 269.
Wanted, good funny knockabout talking clown. Wire per route Chas. Bartine's Circus. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 277.
On the road, circuses: Bartine's, Perryville, O. July 1, Independence 2, Belleville 3 . . . Mt. Gilead 6, Cardington 7. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 281.
The Bartine Circus is still doing good business. Manager Bartine recently purchased four span(?) of fine young horses, and is otherwise continually improving his show. At the afternoon performance June 2?, Mlle. Theolo met with a very severe accident. One of her flying rings hit her on the head, cutting a gash over two inches long. It took four large stitches to draw the wound together. At the night performance on the same day, while attempting a somersault between bars, James Whiting ___ "___," and came down square on his head. He was carried out of the ring, and has been unable to go to work since. He is improving rapidly, and hopes to be ready for duty within a week or so. The band, under the leadership of Geo. Tipton, is a great feature. The Rexford Bros., Morrison and Mlle. Theolo are meeting with much success, as is also Master ___ Bartine with his trained ponies. New York Clipper, July 4, 1891, p. 284.
On the road, circuses: Bartine's, Frederickton, O. July 9, Danville 10, Gann 11, Millersburg 13. New York Clipper, July 11, 1891, p. 301.
The Chas. Bartine Circus reportes continued fine business and everybody is healthy and happy. Mrs. Bartine and family joined the show for a brief visit at Galton(?), O., July 4. The management of this show will organize a minstrel company next winter, and are already negotiating with some high class performers. Geo. Winfred(?) joined the show at Mount Gilead, O., July 4(?). M. T. Duffy closed 4(?) at Galton(?). New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 312.
On the road, circuses: Chas. Bartine's . . . Doyleston, O. 21 . . . Cuyahoga Falls 23, Kent 24 . . . New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 313.
On the road, circuses: Chas. Bartine's, Wadeworth, O. July 22, Cuyahoga Falls 23, Kent 24, Ravenna 25. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 332.
J. H. Miller After His Money. A special dispatch from Zanesville to the state Journal appeared in this morning’s paper as follows: "James H. Miller, of Newark, O., came here this evening and secured a writ of attachment against the Charles Bartine circus, which is exhibiting here tonight, for $450, alleged to be due him as agent's salary for last season. . . . Arrangements are being made by Bartine to furnish a redelivery bond and go on ahead and fill his dates." Newark (OH) Daily Advocate, August 25, 1891.
Chas. Bartine's Circus reports continued excellent business. Dan Malcolm and Theola close Aug. ??, to take out a fair ground company of their own. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 416.
On the road, circuses: Chas. Bartine's, New Lexington, O. Aug 26, Somerset(?) 27, Baltimore, O. 28 . . . Canal(?) Winchester 31, Asherville Sept. 1. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 417.
Wanted, for Chas. Bartine's Circus, a good aerial team, male and female who can do two turns, also bar people and any other strong specialties, also concert people and an A1 cornet player and other musicians. Telegraph and be ready to join at once as per route. Chas. Bartine. New York Clipper, August 29, 1891, p. 427.
1892:
The Chas. Bartine Shows are at winter quarters, Germantown, O. During the next three months the show will be greatly improved. Everything will be newly painted and repaired. A new band wagon, new ticket wagon, new trunk wagon and several new baggage wagons will be added. The show will open in April, and will travel by wagon through Ohio, Indiana and Illinois. Manager Chas. Bartine has been seriously ill for the last two weeks with La Grippe and a ___ on his neck, but is now improving, and expects to be able to venture out again in a few weeks. New York Clipper, January 23, 1892, p. 760.
The following have signed with the Bartine Shows for next season: George Dunbar and ___ . . . Cameo(?) and Eastman, Ernie Inman(?). Everything is working nicely about winter quarters at present. The stock is looking good and is doing fine work. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 795.
Prof. B. L. Bo?ton, bandmaster, and Morris Clifford, general contracting agent, have signed with Bartine's Consolidated Shows for the coming tenting season. New York Clipper, February 13, 1892, p. 808.
The following people have signed with the Chas. Bartine Shows for the coming tenting season: . . . Thomas Henry, James Zemp(?), Jas. L. Watts, John D. Robinson and Lute C. Gillett. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 827.
Chas. Bartine writes hopefully of his coming season, as follows: "The Chas. Bartine Show's new outfit is now about completed. We will have this season (besides the wagons of last summer) one new band wagon, new advance wagon besides one new ticket, one passenger and six baggage wagons, making in all fifteen wagons, not including the buggies. The wagons are all white, highly decorated with scarlet, red, green and gold trimmings, making, without a doubt, the handsomest and neatest little wagon show on the road. Show will open at Germantown, O., the latter part of April, and will travel principally in Ohio, Indiana and Illinois. I shall also purchase about twenty head of fine gray horses." New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
Billy Geyer has signed with Chas. Bartine's Consolidated Shows. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
The roster of the Chas. Bartine Circus is: Bartine & Miller, proprietors; Chas. Bartine, general manager; L. ?. Miller, assistant manager and treasurer; Ed. Leon, equestrian director; . . . John Lewis, boss bill poster with three assistants; Geo. Phillips, press agent and lithographer with two assistants; John ?. Robinson, superintendent of lights; . . . Al Lewis, boss property man with three assistants; Martin Murphy, boss canvasman with ten(?) assistants; Sam Reed, boss hostler with fifteen assistans; Frank L. Wa??, steward; Dennie Crosser, in charge of ring stock; Burt L. ???, musical director with ten first class musicians; the Four Leons, Geo. Donher(?), Mlle. Lotta, Ida Baily, Millie Leon, . . . Nellie Bartine, Nettie Bartine, Elsa Bartine, . . . Dan ?. Manning, Billy Gyer, James Zemp, Newman and King, Thos Henry, Ben Kahn, Phil Leon, Master ??? and his six performing Shetland ponies, Chas. Bartine's school of educated horses, a troupe of performing dogs, goats and ponies, and fifty head of horses. The show will travel by wagon and will open April ? at Germantown, O., touring Ohio, Indiana and ???. New York Clipper, March 26, 1892, p. 34.
Chas. O. Morrison, the contortionist, has signed with Chas. Bartine's Show. New York Clipper, April 2, 1892, p. 50.
Dan C.(?) Manning, talking and singing clown, and Ida Bailey and dogs have signed with Charles Bartine's Circus. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 66.
Call. "The Chas. Bartine Shows." Performers, musicians and others engaged for the above shows report for rehearsals April 26(?) at Germantown, Ohio. Chas. Bartine, manager. New York Clipper, April 9, 1892, p. 78.
The Chas. Bartine Consolidated Shows will open season at Germantown, O., April 28(?). The company is now complete, and everything is in splendid shape. The Harmans(?) have signed for the season. We have added three more new baggage wagons, making in all fifteen besides the passenger wagons, carriages and buggies. Every rig with this show is snow white, and is highly ornamented. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.
Capt. W. H. Stewart has signed to run the sideshow with Bartine's Circus this season. His gorilla, Angola, will be a feature of the annex. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.
Chas. Bartine writes: We have been on the road since April 28, and this is only the fourth day we have been without rain. In all my thirty years experience in the show business I never saw anything like it. It is a wonder we have a working man left or a horse alive, as it has been msot miserable weather, and roads (if such they may be called) are in a terrible condition, yet we have not missed a single stand, or even an afternoon or night performance. We have lost several head of horses (pulled to death), yet the "ghost" has walked regularly, and now as the sun looks as if it would shine again everybody is happy. The following are the names of the performers who are with us, and have been all season: The Four Leons, Ed. M. and Kitty Harman, Dan C. Maning and Ida Bailey, Geo. and Maud ___, Fannie Stewart, Nettie and Elva(?) Bartine, M. T. Duffy, Evans and Norman, Chas. O. Morrison, Tod Bartine, L. Miller, W. H. Stuart and Prof. B. L. Bolton. The show is well horsed, having about seventy head of good stock. "Old Pop" Stevens has charge of the stables, and Fred King has charge of the canvas. The old standby, Tom Minor, has charge of cook tents, with eight assistants, and everything is run in first class shape. I have bought over forty head of stock since the show started on the road, and notwithstanding all the obstacles, I hope to be a big winner on the season. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.
The Chas. Bartine's Shows had quite an accident during the night performance at Wellington, O., June 15(?). The Leons were doing their "La Chilie(?)" act in which Mollie Leon makes a leap to the hands of Edward Leon (her husband). One of the heavy chains running form the crane to the "La Chelle" snapped, causing the outside bar to break and throwing them off. They fell to the ground fully thirty feet below. Though no limbs were broken, both were seriously hurt, Edward surrering such injuries that it is feared that he will be laid up for some time. It seems strange, but just one year ago, on the same lot, with the same circus, James Whiting was badly hurt at an afternoon performance, which caused him to lay off the remainder of the season. Mlle. Theola was also badly hurt at the night performance while doing her flying rings. They were the only accidents the show had all season. Mr. and Mrs. Leon are now at Wellington and are being well taken care of. The Rexford Bros. and Steve Meaney joined the show at Ashland, June 18. An addition has been made to the troupe of ponies. "Chippie," the midget pony who only weighs ___lb, gave birth to a fine little colt June 14. The baby horse weights only 14 1/2 lb., and is as lively as a kitten. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 244.
On the road, circuses: Chas. Bartine's, Ravenna, OH July 9, Alliance 11, Salem 12. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.
Wanted, to replace vacancies caused by accidents and sickness, also to strengthen show, aerial and other acts, male and female. Must be ladies and gentlemen, both in dressing room, hotels, etc. Chas. Bartine Consolidated Shows, Ravenna, O., July 9, Alliance, O., July 11, Salem, O., July 2. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 287.
Wanted, chandelier man. Telegraph Ravenna, Ohio July 9, Salem, Ohio 11. Chas. Bartine's Consolidated Shows. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 289.
Akron, Ohio. Charles Bartine's Circus July 4, 5, 6, had a successful run. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 297.
Stinson and Crawford, Steve Meaney, Nealo, Blanche Nixson and the Guthries are recent additions to the Bartine Show. Good business is reported. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.
On the road, circuses: Bartine's, Coshocton OH July 27, 28, Dresden 29, Adamsville 30, Cambridge Aug 1. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.
Wanted, musicians. B flat coronet, baritone and clarionets. Wanted, boss hostler who understands wagons shows. As per route, Chas. Bartine Consolidated Shows. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 336.
Wanted, knockabout, talking and singing clown, who can do a turn in concert. Write or wire as per route. Chas. Bartine's Consolidated Shows. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 338.
Notes from the Chas. Bartine Show. Business for the past ten weeks surpassed any in the history of the show. Many nights we were compelled to close the ticket wagon at half past seven o'clock. This is our twenty-second week on the road, and, being by wagon, everything begins to show the wear. But people know the show and flock to see it, feeling asured they will witness a superior performance and receive kind treatment. Manager Bartine will have an entire new outfit for next season - tents, poles, wagons, harness, wardrobe, etc. The following now compose the list of performers, with Geo. Rexford as equestrian director: Steve Meaney, Chas. Morrison, S??ton and Crawford, Evans and Dorman, Maley Sisters, the Guthries, Phil King, Maud Arretta(?), Rexford Bros., Nellie Bartine, Elva Bartine, Le La Vant, Chas. Balliet, Mental Vane(?), Tod Bartine, John and Willis Bartine and Burt Bolton. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 422.
On the road, circuses: Bartine's, Georgetown OH Sep 7, Bethel 8, Batavia 9. New York Clipper, September 10, 1892, p. 427.
Le [sic Lee?] Le Vant, equilibrist and aerialist, closed his season with the Chas. Bartine New Consolidated Shows and Trained Animal Exposition, and is at Saint Charles, Mich., taking a short vacation.New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 522.
Charles Bartine's Consolidated Shows closed their season of twenty-four weeks Oct. 12, and have gone into Winter quarters at Germantown, O. The outfit will be entirely new next season. They wil have twelve platform baggage wagons, one ticket wagon, one band wagon, two property wagons, two passenger wagons and two advance wagons. The only wagons of the old outfit that will be used will be the pole wagon and three of the larger platform baggage wagons, two of which will be used for the side show and one as a cook wagon. They will break a number of new horses for the ring, among which will be a four pony act by Master Tod, a double menage ponies act for John and Nellie,a nd a twon pony hurdle act by Little John. New York Clipper, November 5, 1892, p. 554.
Chas. Bartine has purchased from L. C. Miller (his former partner) all the rights and interest in the Chas. Bartine Shows. During this winter Mr. Bartine will build an entire new outfit of wagons, tents, etc. Next year he will use a 90(?)ft. round top tent, with two __ft. middle pieces, __ft. dressing room tent, two horse tents and a side show tent, all new. He will also use thirty-four lengths of new seats, ten ___ high. The entire outfit will be new from stakes to centre poles, wagons, wardrobe and all . . . The show will open early in April. New York Clipper, November 26, 1892, p. 602.
Chas. Drum(?) has been engaged for the Bartine Shows as superintendent of stock for season of 1893. The three Burton Athletes have signed with the same show. Mr. Bartine has just completed a large addition to his house at Germantown, O., to be used as an amusement hall, which has been christened the "Home Theatre." The hall is 30x90ft. with 18ft. ceiling; stage 24x??ft., and seats for ___ people. It was opened to the public Dec. 5 with the following specialty people: . . . the Schnieders, John Robinson, John Tod, and Nettie Bartine . . . Amy Love and Ira Balliet. New York Clipper, December 17, 1892, p. 654.
1893:
The Chas. Bartine New Consolidated Shows, season 1893, will be new and splendidly equipped wagon show, well horsed and able to get over any and all kinds of roads. Wanted to buy show property of all kinds, small animals, etc. Performers and musicians for big show, side show and concert. Show opens early in April. Chas. Bartine, Germantown, Ohio. P.S. Will ___ and legitimate privileges to responsible party as I wish to give my entire attention to the big show. New York Clipper, January 7, 1893, p. 716.
The people so far engaged for the Chas. Bartine Shows are: the Three Burtons, Le Levant, Walla Leonard, Ella Levan, the Ha???ns, Chas. O'Morrison, Maud Sunwiller, Dorman(?) and Evans, Robt.(?) Hicker, S. Fred Ward, ___ P. Jones, Tod's ___ of trained ponies, donkeys and monkeys, Ira Bali?ett, Lute C. Gillette and others. New York Clipper, January 28, 1893, p. 755.
The following is the roster of Chas. Bartine's Consolidated Shows for the season of 1893 as it now stands: Chas. Bartine, general manager . . . L__ C. Gillette, general contracting agent; George ___, general advertising agent, with six bill posters; Prof. Leo. F.(P.?) Thomas, leader of first band of twelve musicians . . . Geo. Howard, boss canvasman with ten assistants . . . John D. Robbinson, superintendent lights with two assistants; Barry(Harry?) Foster, superintendent of properties with five assistants; Jack Carver, superintendent of ring stock; Harvey Earle, night watchman . . . Three Burton Athletes, Leonard(Leonardt?) Sisters, Wala Leonardt, Lee Le Vant, Mme. Le Vant, Dorman and Evans . . . Tod Nettie, John and E?va Bartine, Prof. Wiley's troupe of performing dogs and goats, Master Chas. Bartine's troupe of educated horses, ponies, donkeys and riding dogs and monkeys . . . S. F.(?) Ward, Ed Jones and Geo. S. Bardford. . . . The tents will all be new, as will be the wardrobe and trappings and most of the wagons and paraphernalia. The show will open at Germantown, O., early in April. New York Clipper, February 18, 1893, p. 800.
Nellie Howard and Eva Howard have signed for the coming season with the Chas. Bartine Consolidated Shows. A. C. Loyd and Ira Bailliet(Baillet?) have also signed. Frank Webb will be boss hostler. John Shields will manage the sideshow this season, which will be made a strong feature. New York Clipper, March 4, 1893, p. 832.
The first billing brigade of the Chas. Bartine Shows will start April 3. It consists of one hour horse bill wagon, two one horse skirmish . . . one buggy and five billposters. Lute C. Gillvit(?), general agent of the show, will direct them. The show will be thoroughly billed this season with new special paper. The second brigade will start April 10, and will be composed of one two horse bill wagon and one buggy. There will be three men, in charge of J. H. Blanchard. The show opens at Germantown, O. New York Clipper, March 25, 1893, p. 34.
Bartine's and Sun Bros.' advance brigades came together at North Baltimore May 19(?), and there was some great hustling. Roster of Sun Bros.' advance brigade: First wagons, Gus Sun, contracting agent; Tony Crandall, advance agent with three assistants; Peter Sun, in charge country route with two assistants; James Carr, lithographer; John Swell programer. The advace are ten days ahead. New York Clipper, June 3, 1893, p. 198.
Wanted, to join at once, contortionist. Must do two specialties and ___ tumbling. Also good talking and knockabout clown, slide trombone player. The Chas. Bartine Shows. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 224.
Wanted, for the Chas. Bartine Show, artists of all kinds for big show and concert, also sideshow attractions and boss hostler. Wire per route, the Chas. Bartine Shows. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 226.
Notes from car advance No. 1 of Chas. Bartine's Shows. There has been some changes on the advance since the opening. We have had nothing but opposition ever since we left headquarters, and are putting up on an average about ___ sheets a day. The roster now Lute ?. Gillette, general agent . . . We use one four horse bill wagon, one two horse paste wagon . . . New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.
Chas. F.(?) Welch(?), of Bartine's Circus and Jessie Chisham(?), a song and dance performer, were married July 1?, at Columbus(?), O., during the concert with the circus. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.
Anbola(?), contortionist, and Marie Hall, character dancer, both members of Charles Bartine's Circus, were married in the sawdust arena just before the commencement of the concert, on July 17(?), at Columbus, O. The bride was the recipient of an elegant gold watch from the members of the troupe. Clarence Burton(Barton?) made the presentation speech. There was a jolly wedding supper. New York Clipper, August 12, 1893, p. 362.
___ Gillette, contracting agent, has closed another season with Chas. Bartine's New Consolidated Shows, and is at his home, Lapeer, Mich. New York Clipper, October 14, 1893, p. 510.
1894:
T. R. Minor has signed as steward and Pat Burke as boss canvas man to the New Bartine Shows for the coming season. The show opens at Franklin, O., May 12(?). New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.
Wanted, for the Bartine Old Fashioned Circus, people in all branches, male and female, also musicians. Address Franklin, O. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 128.
1896:
Bartine Show notes. The Bartine Shows will be owned and controlled by a syndicate of capitalists this season, among them James S. Totten, formerly one of the proprietors of the Great Eastern Shows, and at one time connected with the Mme. Lake Shows. Chas. Bartine will be retained as general manager; Chas. ___, asst. manager; Jas. S. Totten, treasurer; Wm. Totten, general superintendent. New York Clipper, April 11, 1896, p. 89.
Notes from the Bartine Syndicate Shows. Chas. Bartine Jr. is breaking stock, with ten head of ponies and two mules. Wm. Totten is getting his several dog acts down to perfection. He has twelve greyhounds. John and Will Bartine are doing a double hurdle act. Nettie Bartine is practicing a menage act with her grey pony. We have moved into our new ring barn. Show will open about the middle of May, and make Lebanon, Ohio, its first stand. New York Clipper, April 18, 1896, p. 102.
The Bartine Show quarters at Lebanon, Ohio. Capt. C. C. Sausser has just received his new ticket wagon. Lee Howard has signed as equestrian director . . . and Wm. H. Fremont as general contracting agent. We have added twenty head of horses. New York Clipper, April 25, 1896, p. 117.
Bartine Show notes. Our new advance wagon, No. 2, is finished. Chas. Bartine Jr. has another addition to his large troupe of ponies. His midget pony, Veach, gave birth to a little fellow. It is five inches in height. We will open at South Lebanon. W. H. Fremont, general contracting agent, will commence operations in his department in a few days. New York Clipper, May 2, 1896, p. 137.
Bartine Show notes. Will Totton has received two new cages for his trained animals. We have added three more span of gray horses. Capt. Sausser has purchased a span of cream colored ponies for his own use. Wm. Armstrong has his people busy making new tents, to be done by May 10. Lee Howard, equestrian director, has arrived and is helping Chas. Bartine Jr. to break stock. Our latest bookings are Wm. and Minnie Castello, Coyle Brothers, Hicker Brothers, Clifford Bayless, M. V. Rector, H. Ed wyman, W. P. Carley, Harry Howell and W. H. Ryan. New York Clipper, May 9, 1896, p. 151.
Roster of the New Bartine Consolidated Shows. Col. James S. Totten & Co., sole owners; Chas. Bartine, general manager; Capt. C. E. Sausser, asst. manager; Jas. S. Totten, treasurer; Wm. Totten, general superintendent; Col W. Fremont, general contracting agent . . . Lew Howard, equestrian director; Prof. J. C. De Jarnett, musical director with eleven musicians. Performers: the Bartine Family, seven in number; Wm. and Annie Castello, Coyle Brothers, W. Ryan, Clifford Bayless, Nettie Bartine and educated dogs, Chas Bartine Jr., educated ponies and mules; Will Totten, leaping dogs; John Bartine and his trained monkeys and pigs . . . Oscar Stark. We will use twelve baggage wagons, one ticket wagon, two carryalls, one band wagon, one carriage and three buggies. We will have forty-five head of baggage stock, besides Chas. Bartine Jr.'s nine head of trained ponies, fifty-four head in all. Col. Fremont will have five head of horses, one bill wagon and one buggy with the advance. Most of the wagons are painted a light cream color, trimmed in gold, green and red; others are red, trimmed in gold, green and cream. We open in South Lebanon, Ohio. New York Clipper, May 16, 1896, p. 167.
Notes from the Bartine Shows. This finishes our first week in Kentucky. The roads are terrible and toll unreasonably high, being eight to sixteen cents per mile for two and four horse teams. As we have more than sixty head of stock, it amounts to no small figure. For the last three weeks we have not had but three days without rain, and some very heavy storms, but have not missed a single show. Our band of ten mouthpieces, under the direction of Prof. J. C. De Jarnett, is one of the best on the road. The Castellos, William and Minnie, are features, as are Wm. Totten's troupe of eight greyhounds. Chas. Bartine's trained horses, ponies and goats and the riding monkeys, are a hit. The Coyle Bros. and the Hicks Bros. are good cards. We will remain in Kentucky about three weeks longer, when will again cross over into Ohio, thence into Indiana and Illinois. New York Clipper, June 20, 1896, p. 245.
1898:
Charles Bartine Wagon Show band members: H. R. Lucas, alto; Harry Wright, trombone; Doc Dawson, baritone; H. Thurman, cornet; Tom Uhlman, bass; Ted Bartine, drums. Circus Report, Vol. 3, No. 18 (May 6), 1974, p. 4 (supplement).
Bartine notes. The season opening is at Milford, Ohio, May 18. The outfit consists of one band wagon, twelve baggage wagons, two sideshow wagons, two passenger wagons, one carriage, three buggies, four two horse carriages, one "cook house" wagon and one ticket wagon, fifty-four head of work horses and twelve head of trick and ring stock, making in all sixty-six head of stock. There will be about sixty-five people, including performers, musicians and all. Our street parade will include band wagon, ten mounted people, one two horse tandem and one four horse tandem teams, one four pony chariot, four had lead stock, two clown wagons, five cages and bugle and drum corps. The advance will consist of one two horse bill wagon, two one horse skirmish wagon and buggy, six head of stock, four billposters and lithographers and the agent. Show will tour Ohio, Kentucky, Pennsylvania and Virginia. New York Clipper, May 14, 1898, p. 178.
Roster of the Chas. Bartine Show: Chas. Bartine, proprietor and manager; Fred Lock, equestrian director; Lafayette Miller, Jas. Duffy, Burt Camp, Tod and John Bartine, John Pool, W. H. Wheeler, Mlle Theola, Nettie Bartine, Love Brothers, Harry Simkins . . . Fred Lock's troupe of educated horses, ponies and dogs; Chas. Bartine's trained ponies and riding monkeys and goats. New York Clipper, June 4, 1898, p. 228.
George M. Rose, the popular general agent of the Bartine circus, which is billed to exhibit here Monday and Tuesday of next week, has forwarded his resignation, which will no doubt be accepted with regret, as he is one of the best hustlers in his line on the road. He has been with them all—the old Adam Forepaugh show three seasons, the Barnum show four years and the others from one to two. A caution here. Keep your pencil in your pocket, girls. Don't figure age. He's only thirty-four, single and on the lookout for the future. He was born in the show business and has grown up with it. He resigns his present position to take an interest with Charles Love, of New York, and M. H. Johnson, of this city, in a tented theater that is to be opened at the corner of Ninth and Chillicothe streets Saturday, June 25th. At 6:30 p.m. there will be a grand street parade. Watch for it. The price of admission will be 10 cents. There will be Prof. Adell with trained ponies, dogs, monkeys, goats and pigs; the Chester sisters, aerialists; Love brothers in their latest creation, "The Destruction of the Maine"; Billy Hepford,musical instrumentalist; Prof. Rose in black art and entertainer of mysteries and other artists of ability. This show will open Saturday and remain for an indefinite period. Exhibitions nightly. Shirley Grimes will probably take the general agency of Bartine's circus made vacant by the resignation of George M. Rose. He has been offered the position. Daily Times (Portsmouth, OH), Thursday, June 23, 1898, p. 6
1902:
Chas. Bartine Consolidated Railroad Shows, season of 1903, headquarters, Connersville, Ind. Chas. Bartine. New York Clipper, December 13, 1902, p. 942.
1909:
Chas. Bartine's Circus disbanded at Rushville, Ind., July 24. Bartine's home is in Connersville, Ind. Billboard, August 14, 1909, p. 20.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barr Bros. - 1946 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1942-46
• Information on the show and the 1946 route is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1958 (scroll down).
• An article on the Barr Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, May-June, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 3, pp. 14-22.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barton's - 1883
Barton's circus passed through the city yesterday for Kendallville, where they show today. The circus is not pretentious. Fort Wayne Daily Sentinel (Fort Wayne, IN), May 7, 1883, n.p.n.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barton Bros. - 1925-26 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1924-27, 1932
1925:
Barton Brothers circus comes to the Rialto theatre March 23. It is composed of 28 persons who handle twelve acts and will have horses, ponies, mules, dogs, clowns and an elephant. The Morale faimly do clever work on the trapeze and the wire. Amsterdam Evening Recorder (Amsterdam, NY), March 17, 1925, p. 6.
Salamanca is to have an indoor circus Monday, when the Barton Bros.' Circus will open a three day engagement at the Andrews. Barton Bros.' Circus in the summer is a regular tent show, employing many persons. In its indoors form it employs 25 performers. On the stage will be seen elephants, monkeys, ponies, clowns, gymnasts, acrobats. Three shows daily. Salamanca Republican (Salmanca, NY), May 16, 1925, p. 8.
1926: Greencastle. Barton Bros. Circus that had been billed to show here today failed to put in an appearance. It is said they are stranded at Shippensburg. Daily Mail (Hagerstown, MD), July 22, 1926, p. 4.
• Burns O'Sullivan, managing director, lost his bankroll when he took out the Barton Brothers Circus. Instead of "taking a powder," meaning run away and leave the troupe stranded, he paid off everybody. Wisconsin State Journal (Madison, WI), March 1, 1938, p. 4.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Barton & Bailey - 1915 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1915
• The Barton & Bailey's World Celebrated Shows existed only one year. After the demise of Tom Wiedemann's Kit Carson Wild West, he framed the Barton & Bailey show with investors John A. Barton and Mike Kahn. The show opened April 24 and closed July 28, 1915. Bandwagon, May-June, 1987, Vol. 31, No. 3, p. 2.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Circus Barum - 1978 (Germany)
The show celebrated its 100th anniversary in 1978. The performance in 1978 included Gerd Siemoneit, lions, tigers; the Stauberti Troupe; Charles Knie; the Flying Jars; Pedro Sandros; Charly Weiser, elephants; Eddy Meschke; Helga von der Gathen; Angela Revelle; Markus; Henri Mullens; Tino Zacchini; and others. The band was directed by Werner Weiland. Southern Sawdust, No. 96, August, 1978, p. 21.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bassett's - 1861-62 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1861
• also Bassett & Bartholomew in 1861.
1860: San Francisco, Oct. 21st, 1860. . . . The most exciting topic at present among showmen in this city is the contemplated departure of a splendid acrobatic, gymnastic and equestrian troupe on a five years cruise. Among those engaged are many of your friends, whom you will easily recognize. First and foremost, there is C. H. Bassett, familiarly called "Doc," by his friends. Then there is Wm. T. Aymar, Walter B. Aymar, his brother, also Messrs. Painter and Durand. These five gentlemen are the proprietors. Dr. Bassett has been chosen manager, and Walter Aymar equestrian director. They have purchased the valuable bark ___ for $12,000, and have painted, decorated and fitted her up in a most elegant and substantial manner. A beautiful stable has been built in the hold, capable of comfortably containing sixteen horses, which will be as many as they will have __ for. Captain John Hunter, a most thorough seaman, has been placed in command. They start from here the 28th of October. The following is a full list of the company: C. H. Bassett, manager; Walter B. Aymar, the great bareback and four horse rider, equestrian director; W. T. Aymer, leaper, rider and general performer; Wm. Painter, L'Echelle, trapeze and general performer; A. P. Durand, gymnast, acrobat, &c.; Jerry ___, Spanish, American and French clown; T. ___, Spanish, American and French ring master; ___, scene rider, leaper &c.; Wm. Alexander, the great contortionist and trick clown; Mrs. Walter Aymar, equestrienne; Little Lottie, the equestrienne phenomenon, Mrs. A. P. Durand, together with trick dogs, talking horses, and trained ponies, forming a company second to none in the world. Our first stand will probably be the Sandwich Islands. We shall next proceed to South America, and the, in secession, to Chile, Japan, the East and West Indies, England, Ireland, Scotland and Wales - winding up in New York and the other American ports. New York Clipper, December 15, 1860.
1861:
Dr. Bassett's Circus Company were performing at San Francisco, Cal.; and Sam Lathrop, the clown, took a benefit on the __th. New York Clipper, May 11, 1861.
Dr. Bassett's Circus was making a sucessful tour of the Southern mines, and appeared at Sonora, Cal., on April 27th. New York Clipper, June 1, 1861.
Dr. Bassett's United States Circus were to give two entertainments at Stockton, Cal., on the 6th and 7th ult. New York Clipper, June 8, 1861.
Dr. Bassett's United States Circus is now on tour through California. They performed at Benicia, May 20th; Sonara 21st, Petaluma 22d, Santa Rosa 23d; Healdsburg, 24th; St. Helena 25th, Napa 27th; ___, 28th; ___, 29th. Connected wit the troupe are some of the best gymnastic and acrobatic performers that have ever visited California. Mrs. W. B. Aymar makes a grand ascension upon a single wire at an elevation of sixty feet every evening, previous to the performance. New York Clipper, June 22, 1861.
Dr. Bassett's United States, and Geo. Bartholomew's Southern Circuses, have combined, and were performing under the title of the "Grand Combination," at San Francisco, Cal. . . . where they were to remain for "five nights only." There were twenty-five performers in the arena, including M'dlle Camille, and Miss Emma ___. A free exhibition of Blondin's feat, by Mrs. Walter B. Aymar, was announced for each evening, a wire, from the ground to the fourth story of the International Hotel, said to be at an elevation of 75 feet. New York Clipper, September 28, 1861.
San Francisco, Cal. Dr. Bassett's Hippodrome has ___ a series of farewell performances previous to their departure for South America. New York Clipper, November 9, 1861.
The United States Circus was to have sailed from San Francisco, California, for Callao, Peru, on the 21st of October, in the clipper ship Santa Claus. They have with them eight horses broken to the ring, including one trick horse; all the necessary canvas, seats, properties, etc. The company consists of Doctor Bassett, William Aymar, Walter Aymar, Wm. Painter, George Constable, John Reese, Little Wonder - a Spanish boy, Mrs. Walter Aymar, Lottie Aymar, and Mrs. Emma Pastor. New York Clipper, November 30, 1861.
1862:
We have dates from Callao, in Peru, S. A. (by way of Panama) as late as the 12th Aug., from which we obtain some interesting advices as to the movements of the Aymar Family, George Constable, Dr. C. H. Bassett, etc., in connection with the whereabouts of the old U. S. Circus. It appears that since the concern changed hands, about five months ago, from Dr. Bassett to Walter and Wm. T. Aymar, the treasury has had very uncertain levels and prospects. Sometimes it seemed a menagerie elephant to a toy horse that there waw no use in trying to "get along so." This made eight months of "bad times" in Peru, and consequently, about the middle of August, the company was to be divided into two parties. The old party (so called) was to have the two Aymars, Mrs. Maggie Aymar, Little Lottie Aymar, and the other children. Miss Batchelor, of California (one of the company, having married Wm. T. Aymar just previously to her death (by consumption) he found the money she left him very useful in "running the show." So bad had affairs become that one of the most valuable horses had to be sold, and one of our correspondents makes the following commentary - "We have been here long enough to sell a horse, and if we stay here much longer, we shall not have a horse to sell." To proceed. The other party is composed of Wm. Painter, John Rees, Ed. Rowie (the French performer), Alexander Montarg (the Living Skelton), and Geo. Constable (one of the old bosses). The last party has employed Dr. Bassett in his hold biz., as agent, and would proceed to Guaysquil, and thence to New Granada, so as not to interfere with the Aymar party. By the way, the Martinetti Troupe declared their independence about the Fourth of July, and left Callao for Chili. The steamer they went in struck on a rock, and became a total wreck, but the Matinettis managed to save themselves and traps. Altogether, we may come to the conclusion that Callao must have a callous population for circus affairs, and that gold and silver are not easily picked up in Peru. New York Clipper, September 13, 1862, p. 175.
. . . particulars about the Aymars and Dr. Bassett in South America. . . . the following facts connected with the "United States Circus," organized in California by a party ___ the cognomen of Dr. Bassett . . . Bassett was taken ill, and became unable to attend to anything about the establishment, but in his turn required attention, and, independent of dramatic affairs, this task was carried out in the most humane and benevolent manner by Mrs. Aymar, while the whole machinery of the concern had to be worked by her husband. It being impossible to take Bassett with them, he was ___ to San Francisco, under proper medical treatment, while the company made their final arrangements. I have said that he promised $___, it was only a promise, and, as is invariable with all such frail material, it was now broken, so things could not come up to scratch. What was now to be done? There were creditors demanding money. There were many articles in use still unpaid for. Five thousand dollars were procured by the Aymars, and, as I have been informed by persons of the highest respectability who knew them in California, things began to assume a more pleasing shape. In spite of all obstacles, the company at last started, highly elated with the hope of returning and ___ to may friends the narrative of their travels in South America. If I remember rightly, the whole cost of the ___ was about $8,000, so persons can see that the wealth of Bassett was only imaginary from the beginning. After getting in performing order, Walter Aymar immediately began to sent remittances to Bassett to cover the loan, and in a short time succeeded in transmitting to Bassett the whole of the borrowed money . . . he being still in San Francisco; after which he continued to receive all the money taken by the company, except expenditures. They then traveled through the season, and ultimately returned to San Francisco, after doing a successful business the whole time. The company then broke up. Bassett selling off most of the properties, except some few thing which he thought requisite for another expedition. The circus company now embarked in the ship ___, and after a good passage all arrived well in Callao, where the commenced playing as soon as possible. After performing two nights with success, I witnessed their efforts in the bull-ring in Callao, and doing a magnificent business, they next took the theatre in Lima, where they met with equal success, and continued to have crowded houses for the space of one months. Then, as soon as business began to get slack, the abandoned Lima, making a start along the coast. They intended to be only ten days away, but finding success attending them, they continued their travels from place to place, and continued to play, not even passing a village in their route. Mr. Walter Aymar now began to think of money, and wished to know how he stood with Bassett with regard to financial affairs, and as the latter kept the books, he found himself as much in debt after performing two years, as when he started, although things seemed throughout to look favorable enough. Aymar, as a matter of course, wished to withdraw, and go by himself, as he was certain he could not be much worse off, but Bassett knowing he could not do without him, or even either of his brothers, proposed to sell out to them and Painter; in fact, there was not a great deal to sell, as most of the best of the horses belonged to the Aymars. From the 6th of April, the management devolved on Walter Aymar, Bassett being book-keeper and treasurer. After this the company took a mountain trip, proposing to come back by way of Lima, in which city they arrive on the 29th of July, after having plenty of hard work, and well filled houses; they performed in the Bull Ring on the ___ Sunday of their arrival, and ast the anniversary of the independence of Peru was near at hand, they, in the middle of the week following, performed twice in Callao, then on the next Sunday, 27th, they ahd again a giant performance in the Bull Ring in Lima. On the 28th a grand performance took place in the principal square in Lima . . . for which the ___ paid Bassett on the 29th, the some of $___ . . . Here Mrs. Walter Aymar caused a great sensation for the admirable feat of walking from the centre of the principal square to the ___ of the Cathedral on a wire rope half an inch in circumference. On the 30th July the regular steamer sailed from Callao, and with her Mr. Bassett, and all the money belonging to the circus company; also, wages belonging to Mrs. W. Aymar exclusive, to the amount of from $700 to $___ in cash. This, then, was his return for the kindness shown back on a bed of sickness, and this was the way Bassett took advantage, leaving the whole party involved in debt. It now became necessary to make the best of a bad bargain, when the Aymars did to the most credible and honorable manner, by using their utmost endeavors to pay off the debts, little by little, although some debts were not known until the bills were presented. They were now beginning to get over it, when ___ of the company made up their minds to follow Bassett, viz., Conatable, Painter, and Reese, which made the whole affair look as if it was a premeditated thing. They said they were only going back to California, which at the same time they had no other intention than following the fortunes of Bassett. As they went on ther voyage, two of the party had a regular set-to on board the steamer. By the last accounts I received they were performing at ___, in company with Bassett. Now to return to the company under Mr. Walter Aymar; every one seemed to take them by the hand . . . Their houses are nearly always crowded. They have had notification that they have the just sympathy of the Governor, and also most of men in office, for the honorable manner in which they discharged their debts. The performances of Mrs. Aymar are hailed nightly with shouts of applause, as also little Lottie. Every now and then there is a grand ascension on the rope. They have now (as I am informed) better chances of making money than they had under Mr. Bassett's superintendence. They are thinking of having another tour before going back to California. Anyhow, when they again arrive in California, they will be able to tell their own story much better than I can. I witnessed their last performance in Callao prior to their starting. The brothers seemed to be always before the audience. I have seen them assume eight or nine different characters each during the evening. Mrs. W. Aymar sings a favorite ballad during each night . . . Little Lottie also receives her share of public favor. . . . R. J. Pennington.
• By recent advices from South America, we have received intelligence of the death of Charles H. Bassett, at Guayaquil, on the 15th Oct. Deceased was concerned as leader of the Circo-Olympo-Circus in the hands of the Aymar Family. Mr. Bassett was not a medical man by education or by profession, but the title of "Doctor" was familiarly applied to him on account of being a son of the late Dr. Benjamin Bassett, of Peekskill, Westchester county, N. Y. At the time of Mr. Bassett's death he must have been just about entering his thirty-fifth year. His company consisted of Geo. Constable, Wm. Painter, John Rees, Ed Rowle, Alex Montarg, and the Skeleton Montarg. We understand that there are "two sides of the way" to the rumors lately received from South America in relation to the disputes between deceased and the Aymar Family. Singularly enough, a letter in our last issue, signed "R. J. Pressington," had just begun to attract the attention of deceased's friends, when news came of his death, and we herewith make room for some interesting and explanatory particulars:
"Friend Queen. In your paper of the 8th inst., I observed an article purporting to have been written by one "R. J. Pressington," vindictively assailing the private character of one who in life was highly respected and universall esteemed by all who knew him - except a few vampires who, through his generosity, lived upon and squandered his means - and whose death brought sadness to the hearts of his numerous friends, all of whom mourn the loss of Charles Bassett, known as "Doctor Bassett." I send you this communication for the purpose of vindicating and doing justice to the character of one who has passed from time to eternity, and knows not of and cannot reply to this scurrillous attack upon his character.
Charles Bassett commenced his career as a showman in the spring of 1846, with Sands, Lent & Co., with whom he remained, steadily advancing in his profession, and winning esteem, respect and confidence of the managers as well as his associates, until 1858, when he was sent to California in charge of the elephants belonging to Sands, Nathans & Co., which they sold after their arrival, to Messrs. Wilson and Hendrickson, who engaged Bassett to travel with the elephants, and gave him the privilege of starting a side show, which he did, and at the close of the season of 1860 he found himself the posssessor of about $___, on the profits of his show and savings from his salary. Unfortunately for him, he then entered into an arrangement with Messrs. Walter B. and William T. Aymar and William Painter - bought and fitted out a vessel for the purpose of making a tour to the Sandwich Islands, Chili and Peru; but, being forestalled by Mr. Wilson, gave up the undertaking and sold out the vessel and outfit at a sacrifice of about $500. In order to train their horses they hired a ranch, the expense of which was about $1,100 or $1,200. They also hired the American Theatre for an equestrian drama, by which on account of the weather being bad in March, 1861, a further loss of $1,500 was sustained, all of which was paid by Doctor Bassett. In order to start the concern for country travel, Doctor was compelled to borrow money on his own personal resposibililty; which he did to the amount of $___ of Mr. P., an eminent lawyer of San Francisco, and which he afterwards fully paid. The cost of fitting up the concern was about $8,200, nearly all of which was furnished by Charles. During the season the Aymars and Painter drew out of the concern about $1,700. At the close of the season the books showed the profits to be about $8,000, out of which the Aymars and Painter had received $1,700 and Bassett had paid the loan of Mr. P., and interest, amounting to nearly $6,000, leaving him some $4,700 short of the amount he had advance, which includes the expenses, by ship, to Peru. On arriving at Lambayaqua the Aymars became dissatisfied; and Bassett, thinking it better to submit to the loss which he had already sustained by reason of his association with them, than to continue longer and lose more, sold out the concern to the Aymars for $4,000, and took a mortgage payable in two months. Allow me Mr. Editor, to trespass upon your space a little farther in briefly reviewing Mr. Pressington's communication:
First. Why is it that he claims the sympathy of all who read his article, if, as he says, he is "an uninterested party (never having seen any member of the company before") Every paragraph of his article shows that he is not only an interested party, but a base caluminiator of the character of the dead - of one who while living was honored, respected, and loved by a large circle of friends, who can and will by documentary and other evidence, vindicate the character of the departed, and show it to have been unspotted by one dishonest or dishonorable act.
Second. The statement "that the $5,000 necessary to fit out the concern was not furnished by Bassett, and was furnished by the Aymars," as also the statements as to "the success of the concern at Callao and Lima," and "as to Bassett leaving Callao with $700 or $800," beloning to Mrs. Aymar - are each and all of them base and mallicious falsehoods.
Third. In reagard to Contable, Painter and Reese following Bassett, I have only to say that they would have left in the same steamer had they not been compelled to stay for the purpose of getting their salaries from Messrs. Aymar, which they failed in doing, only being able to get $150. As to the statement in regard to Bassett's ingratitude to Mrs. Aymar for her kindness to him when sick in California, I have only to say that when the whole party were living upon Mr. Bassett's generous bounty, duly required them to spare no exertion to ameliorate his condition. In conclusion, I would say that the article in question, which was undoubtedly written, or at least dictated by one of the Aymars, who thought to cover up and evade their own conduct and liability by assailing the character of the dead - of one to whom they were indebted for their sustenance and support for two years, and whose purse they had totally depleted. Such scurrilous, base and lying charges as are contained in Mr. Pressington's article upon the character of one who slumbers in a foreign grave, could only come from those who had robbed an innocent and confiding victim. In justification of Mr. Painter, I can say that his conduct was in the highest degree creditable both to himself and poor Charlie. And in conclusion, let me present a letter from Mr. Jose Montarg who was with the Doctor at the time of his death. Justice.
Below will be found the letter referred to, in which is given an account of the last moments of Dr. Bassett: Guayaquil (Ecuador) Oct. 16, 1862. Friend Edward: It becomes my painful duty to inform you that what we have expected for a long time, has happened. Your brother Charley, when he was in Peru, had a very severe attack of rheumatism, and they thought he would not get over it; but he did, and when he joined the company again he found that the Aymars and John Reese had made a contract to go with old "Castro," in his Waroma, that was in Lima when you were here; but he sold out the show to them, and Reese begged his pardon, said he was sorry, that he had been led into it, &c., &c. The Aymars were to give him about four thousand dollars in two months after leaving Lima the second time, but when they arrived there and showed in the Plaza de Achoand Callao, they did nothing, and Doctor, Reese, Constable, Painter and Alex Montarg joined together, and agreed to start a compnay of acrobats, &c., and travel through New Granada, and so on home. Doctor signed over the mortgagea, notes &c., that he had against them, to the Aymars, and came to this place to make arrangements to commenced showing here as soon as we could after we arrived. The boys stayed back in Callao until the next steamer, to see if they could not get some of their salary, and by dint of hard coaxing, &c., they managed to get about one hundred and fifty dollars worth of traps and pieces of canvas, and with that they left the Aymars in undisputed possession of the Circo Olympico. Charley, Alex Montarg, Reese, Painter, and Constable comprised the new firm, and there were not $200 in the whole lot until Alex went to showing here, till they coult make a canvas and things to perform with. During the week that Alex showed here he made about three hundred dollars clear of all expenses, and immediately put it into the treasury of the company, which was then called La Compania Norte Americana, but it is now called El Circo Ambulante. Every one of them signed a paper to the effect that they would be managed by Charley, and that they would all work together, and for one another; that on account of there having been so much trouble in Peru with the women, they would not have any in the show. Before this, however, Emma Pastor was left in Lambayaqua, by the Aymars, without a cent; but the American Consul there took her into his family, and promised to send her home. After we had everything ready, and were giving the first show here, who should come into the dressing room but Scott, of Callao, and Emma. Scott was coming on the Peruano, and happened to see Emma in Lambayaqua, and told her what the boys were doing, when she determined to come on to us, and if she could not get an engagement, to keep on to New York, if the boys would pay her fare. When she arrived, however, the boys held a consultation, and came to the conclusion that she would be a help to them, and they hired her - Reese consenting with the rest. Meanwhile Reese had become enamored of an Indian girl here, and when we were ready to start up the river, he wished to take his "puta" with him, but every one was opposed to that, of course - for who wanted to travel with a "puta" - and because he could nto do that he got vexed, and gave notice that he should withdraw from the company in six weeks, which was the time notice had to be given in the contract. It worried Charley a great deal to think that, after the Aymars had treated him so mean, and he had put his confidence in this party, Reese should throw him off in that way, and leave us all without suitable performers, and go with one of those native tight rope performers. Charley, with his worrying and previous bad health, contracted a fever, and in one short week he departed for that bourne from where no traveler returns. We were all here in Guayaquil during his illness, and he had the best of everything; in fact, he was attended to as well as though he had been a brother to us all. His last words were: "The Aymars and Reese are the cause of all this!" About three o'clock in the afternoon of the __th he uttered those words, and from that time until 7 o'clock in the evening, he grew worse very fast. At that time he commenced sweating, and the doctors all said that it was the turning point for better or worse; but he was so exhausted and worn out that it was almost impossible to see him breather; but he still lingered on until ten minutes past nine o'clock, when he breathed his last as peacefully and quite as though it had been a child of one month old. Oh! if all could die as easy as that, I for one should not be afraid to die; but there are very few of us that have no more to answer for than Charley - very, very few. He was buried today at 11 o'clock, in the burying grounds of the Americans here, and had all the respect shown him that was possible. There has been many a silent tear shed for him in this little company, and his memory will never be forgotten by any that knew him. Receive my consolation the best you can, under the circumstances, for the steamer leaves early tomorrow morning, and we have his few things to pack this p.m. Poor Charley! he had made up his mind to go home on this steamer, but he has gone before. Yours in sorrow, Jose Montarg.
The relations desire us to express their deep gratitude to Mr. Montarg, Emma Pastor, and all those who contributed to make the last moments of a dying man comfortable and peaceful. To Mr. Alexander Montarg they are especially indebted, and will never forget his kindness. New York Clipper, November 15, 1862, p. 247.
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America lists a Bassett & People show for 1859.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ed T. Basye's - 1877-1879, 1882, 1898 (various titles)
1877:
Hempstead, Oct. 17, 1877. The "Great European and American Circus Combination" disbanded here today. The proprietor, Ed. Basye, left the town last night without paying the hotel bill. In consequence the baggage is held by the landlord. The employes have attached the entire property, consisting of horses, wagons, etc., for their salaries. Most of them are without money. The "boss" has gone where the woodbine twineth. The company are scattered, but principally going to St. Louis. Some remain here to await the result of their attachment suits. Galveston Daily News (TX), October 19, 1877, p. 1.
1878:
All people engaged with Ed T. Basye's Cosmopolitan Circus and Equestrian Exposition will meet at Shelbyville, Ill., by September 8. Sideshow and candy privileges for sale. Ed. T. Basye, Shelbyville, Ill., Harr Codona, equestrian director. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, August 10, 1878, p. 159.
Ed G. Basye's Cosmopolitan Circus and Equestrian Exposition is to take the road the second week in September from Shelbyville, Ill. Ed. G Basye, manager; C. S. Baldwin, assisant manager; Harry Codona, equestrian manager; Ed Lemon, leader of band; Col. Fred H. Bailey, agent; Signorita Luando, Mlle. Cora, Mlle. Viola, Miss Gussie Luando, Harry Codona, John Luando, James Ducrow, John Ruth, Ducrow and Lamotte, the Mansfield Bros., three in number; clown, Henry Jennings, Sam McFlynn, Os. Arbuckle, and Van de Walter. The company will travel by railroad, using their own cars, twelve in number, and will show under a 100ft. canvas with a 50ft. middle piece. They will run their own concert. New York Clipper, August 24, 1878, p. 175.
Ed. T. Basye's Cosmopolitan Circus and Equestrian Exposition will give two exhibitions at Leavenworth, Kan., on October 2, 1878. Admission 50; children 25. [Advertisement] Leavenworth Weekly Times (Leavenworth, KS), September 26, 1878, n.p.n.
1879:
Wanted, male and female riders, clowns, and circus performers generally for Ed T. Basye's Cosmopolitan Circus, to open at National Theatre, New Orleans, Feb. 1, for four weeks. Would like to hear from the best riders in the country. Ed T. Basye. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, January 25, 1879, p. 347.
Winter's engagement. The Great St. Louis Circus and Cosmopolitan Allied Shows. Performers in every branch of the business wanted. Also musicians wanted. Everybody with this show must work cheap. Agents and billposters send us your address and lowest terms. Good canvasmen and hostler, some of Cairo at once. Address Ed T. Basye, manager, Cairo, Ill. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, September 27, 1879, p. 215.
Wanted. Musicians to travel South with Circus for the Winter. Address immediately, A. T.(?) Lemon, Danville, Ill. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, September 27, 1879, p. 216.
The Great St. Louis Circus goes West. Hurdle rider and other people wanted. Dan Dale and Codona come on at once. Show opens Oct. 25 at Cairo, Ill. Ed T. Basye, manager, Cairo, Ill. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, October 18, 1879, p. 239.
Basye's Great Consolidated Shows leave Cairo, Ill., Oct 26(?), going South. Among the company are Harry Codona, John Luando, Miss Annie Worland, Baker and Root, Master James De Haven, Gussie Luando, Charles Covella, Miss Cora, Mille Mazeppa, La Petite Edna, Master Charles, Billy Andrews, James Aymar, Mat Leland (agent), Hamilton Bros., and young Maxwell. New York Clipper, October 25, 1879, p. 243.
The Great St. Louis Circus is to exhibit in Pine Bluff, Ark., Dec. _; thence South into Louisiana and Texas. Matt Leland is the advance agent. The outfit consists of 15(?) wagons, 110 horses, and two sideshows. One of the features is a street parade of mounted people, representing every nation, in court costume and war armament, accompanied by Amazonians(?), Munson's brass band and bandwagon. The show will probably make a tour of Mexico. New York Clipper, December 6, 1879, p. 291.
Matt Leland, at present agent for the Great St. Louis Circus, traveling on the Mississippi, and W. D. Cornwell, leaper, we are informed, have been engaged by Cooper & Bailey Co. for the Great London Show the coming season. New York Clipper, December 27, 1879, p. 315.
1882: A call to the people engaged for Ed. T. Basye's New Show, requests them to report at Jamestown, N.Y., April 29. A man to make balloon ascensions, a tuba player and a contracting agent are wanted. New York Clipper, April 22, 1882, p. 76.
1885: The New York R. R. Aquarium is playing towns on the Illinois Central R. R. The show consists of two Pullman cars containing large tanks filled with alligators, sea turtles and marine wonders, with a band of ten pieces, Otto Fritz, leader. Lew Nichols is solicitor and lecturer, and Ed. T. Basye, proprietor. New York Clipper, October 17, 1885, p. 484.
1898:
Roster of E. T. Basye & Co.'s Railroad Shows. E. T. Basye & Co., proprietors; P. Diefenbach, manager; E. T. Basye, treasurer; John Kirkey and REd Foster, ticket sellers; John Harris, in charge of animals; Nelson and Margurite, the Robinsons, Walter Monroe, Three Leonora Bros., Maggie Robinson, Ross Sistesr, F. P. McCord, Miller and Sparks, Billy Baker, McKisson and Richards, N. Basye . . . Frank Hidebrandt. We carry a band of fourteen pieces, Prof. Frank Richardson, leader, and orchestra of eight pieces for the concert, under direction of Prof. J. Morris. This is a six car show, two sleepers and four flats. John Nelson, equestrian director; F. P. McCord, concert director; J. Webb, boss canvasman with fourteen assistants; J. D. Miller, in charge of dining car with five assistants; John Cartwright, master of transportation. . . . New York Clipper, January 8, 1898, p. 743.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Batcheller & Doris - 1879, 1880-83
1879:
Batcheller & Doris' Greatest Railroad Show on Earth. Having purchased the entire Campbell Show, now wintering at North East, Pa., consisting of forty cages of animals, the elephant Empress, its large and comprehensive museum, automatic and mechanical institute, tents, wardrobe, properties, housings, trappings, ring horses, ponies. A palace train of forty cars, passenger and sleeping coaches, etc. We intend to refit, enlarge and place this show on the road early in April., with twenty times its former attractions. It will have more exclusive specialties and be superior to any railroad show in the country. Wanted, performers of acknowledged reputation in all branches of the profession. Also living curiosities of all descriptions. Address Batcheller & Doris, Great Western Hotel, Philadelphia. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 1, 1879, p. 387.
Batcheller & Doris' Great Railroad Show, Circus, and Menagerie, Batcheller & Doris, proprietors, is now organizing in North East, Pa., and will open April 28 in Erie. They will travel by rail with twenty-three of their own cars. Number of cages, 23, two tableau cars, one elephant. Company - Romeo Sebastian, equestrian; Scarfer, Russian equestrian; Mollie Brown, equestrienne; Madam Brown, manege; Mille Etta, contortionist; Pete Conklin, James Ward and Arthur Johnson, clowns; Cardella and Victorelli, gymnasts; the Siegrist Children, acrobats. Managerial staff: Andrew Springer, railroad contractor; Chas. Castle, general agent; Harry Cordova, press agent; George Stratton, bandmaster. Privileges run by the management. Concert: Harrington and Johnson, Dutch comedians; Sam Martin, one-legged song-and-dance man; Dick Turner, Irish comedian; Nellie Montrose(?), serio-comic; Mlle. Ettie, songstress. Sideshow: the Wild Australian Children, an Albino, a Circassian, Spaff Himan, wizard, a two-headed child and a musuem collection. New York Clipper, March 29, 1879, p. 7.
Batcheller & Doris' Railroad Show, Museum, Menagerie and Circus open their season in North East, Pa., April 26. Charles H. Castle is the advertising agent. Twenty-five cents will be charged for admission to the entire show. New York Clipper, April 26, 1879, p. 39.
Isaac Givens, who has been staying in Newton, N.J., during the winter, will join Batcheller & Doris April 27, to travel with that show. New York Clipper, May 3, 1879, p. 47.
Batcheller & Doris are now showing for fifty cents. Romeo Sebastian, equestrian, joined them lately. New York Clipper, August 30, 1879, p. 183.
Batcheller & Doris' Circus is to close its season in Kansas City, Mo., Nov. 1. Alexi Scafar, Russian bareback rider, closes a season of twenty-seven weeks with Batcheller & Doris' Circus Nov. 1, and sails from New York for Paris, France. New York Clipper, November 1, 1879, p. 251.
The Batcheller & Doris Show is wintering in Kansas City. George Batcheller is at the Hot Springs, John B. Doris is at Philadelphia, and Alexis Scarfar, equestrian is in this city [New York], but contemplates an early departure for Paris. New York Clipper, November 15, 1879, p. 267.
1880:
The Oriental Circus and Egyptian Caravan is consolidated with Batcheller & Doris' Railroad Show for the coming season. New York Clipper, January 17, 1880, p. 339.
The Great Interocean Museum, Menagrie and Circus will commence its season in Kansas City, Mo., early in April. The company: John B. Doris and Geo. Batcheller, proprietors; John O'Brien, manager . . . Equestrians: Mollie Brown, principal female bareback; Mlle. Brown, Mlle. Bordeau, Romeo Sebastian, principal; Luke Rivers, scenic rider . . . Other attractions, Howard Dorr and son, posturing act; Rice and King, Farrell and French, Victorelli and Cardello, bar performers; Arthur Johnson, German clown; James Ward, talking clown; Henry ___ and Francois Kenneble, French clowns; Charles Keith, English knock-about clown; Frank Moran and Lew Simmons, negro clowns; Wm. Henry, Wm. Doris, Frank Harrington . . . The show travels by rail in their own train of cars, thirty-eight in number and four Pullman sleeping coaches. The electric light will be used. New York Clipper, April 3, 1880, p. 11.
The Inter-Ocean Railway Circus has just shook the show world from pole to pole by reducing the price of admission to twenty-five cents. The Globe (Atchison, KS), April 7, 1880, n.p.n.
James R. Davis has been engaged as press agent of Batcheller & Doris' Great Interocean Show for the coming season. New York Clipper, April 10, 1880, p. 19.
We think the Inter-Ocean Circus advertised to exhibit here and at Leavenworth on the Welsh & Sands dates, and St. Joe the day after, must be an attempt of an enemy to injure the big show. It advertises 25 cents admission, but so far as we can learn has no other existence than in the newspaper advertisements. The St. Joe Gazette announces that the Inter-Ocean circus and menagerie will exhibit in Atchinson on the 14th, Wednesday, the same day that Welsh & Sands are here. Also, that it will be at Kansas City on the same date. There's a big mix somewhere. The Globe (Atchison, KS), April 10, 1880, n.p.n.
The Inter-Ocean circus was so largely attended at St. Joe last Saturday night that the perforers were crowded out of the ring. A row commenced from this unnatural crowding, and the clown and several of the athletes were knocked down because they happened to be handy. The police tried to interfere, but they could not get in to where the knocking was going on. Of course the show could not go on, but no money was refunded. The Globe (Atchison, KS), April 19, 1880, n.p.n.
A large crowd of people were in the city to witness the street parade of the Inter-Ocean Circus and Menagerie. The street parade was long and contained an unusual large number of wagons, but the costumes of the figures on top the cates looked pretty seedy and worn. The ring performance and menagerie, however, are pronounced very good.
Their vast pavilions, both menagerie and circus, will be brilliantly illuminated with the sun eclipsing light. The power is furnished by a 40 horse power steam engine and the electricity passes through 38,000 yards of copper wire, producing a light equal to 40,000 gas jets. This manufacture of light has been in successful operation for two seasons and is as reliable as gas. Oshkosh Daily Northwestern (Oshkosh, WI), July 9, 1880, n.p.n.
Oshkosh can boast of a storm which made things lively in that city. It visited the place where the Inter-Ocean was performing, and a hurricane struck the pavilion and lifted it, stakes, poles and all, from the ground. The panic was instantaneous. To use the words of the Northwestern: "Hardly had the panic commenced, and while yet the seats were crowded with people wildly rushing towards the ground, an awful crash down came the pavilion on the heads of the panic stricken crowd." Four thousand people were buried under the canvas. To add to the danger, the horse tents blew down, and the circus horses were on a stampede, but did no particular damage. No serious accidents were chronicled on the grounds during the night. No particular damage was experienced by the citizens of Oshkosh. . . . Daily Free Press (Eau Claire, WI), July 14, 1880, n.p.n.
The Inter-Ocean circus showed on Market Square last Friday. It was a "snide" in every particular and the candy and lemonade vendors were regular thieves. Racine Argus (Racine, WI), July 29, 1880, n.p.n.
1881:
For Batcheller & Doris' Circus and Menagerie the following have been engaged for the coming season: F. M. Kelsh, general railroad contractor; J. R. Davis, general agent; Claude Williams, director of publications . . . New York Clipper, January 22, 1881, p. 347.
Batcheller & Doris' Great Equestrian Show is officered as follows: George Batcheller & John Doris, proprietors; F. M. Kelsh, general director; J. R. Davis, manager of advertising and publications; Charlie Williams, supt. advertising car No. 1; A. S. West of car No. 2; Carter Courtrier, contracting agent; C. A. Davis, press agent with show . . . Their first stand will be Camden, N.J., April 9. New York Clipper, March 19, 1881, p. 411.
Hiram Marks, ringmaster and equestrian director; his son Robert, bareback rider; and his daughter, Sallie, principal rider, are engaged with Batcheller & Doris' Circus for the tenting season, beginning April 9. They are now practicing in Frankford, Pa. New York Clipper, March 26, 1881, p. 16.
J. W. Barnes, carpenter, has contracted to build the bill boards for the Great Inter-Oceanic Circus, Batchelor & Doris, proprietors, which is to show here on April 20. The Inter-Ocean is a new circus in this locality. Chester Daily Times (Chester, PA), March 31, 1881, n.p.n.
Batcheller and Doris' circus arrived in town on an early train this morning from Oxford, Chester county, where is showed yesterday. The cages and other accoutrements were taken to the grounds, Seventh street and Concord avenue, where they will show this afternoon and evening. At 11 o'clock a street parade was made through the main thoroughfares. There were twenty-four cages, two bands, a number of Jubilee singers, male and female, acrobats, Indian men and women, one elephant, two camels, several ponies, and Zazel's cannon, in the aggregation. Chester Daily Times (Chester, PA), April 20, 1881, n.p.n.
The Three Russian Athletes joined Batcheller & Doris' Circus. New York Clipper, June 4, 1881, p. 175.
The Batcheller & Doris circus exhibited in Deposit Wednesday. The company fulfilled its reputation of defrauding the people out of their money also. One of the ticket sellers gave a man one ticket and 50 cents in return for a $5 bill. The matter was referred to President of the Village, J. B. Perry, who caused the money to be refunded. Several other cases of this sort are reported. The sale of "special" tickets was a fraud; the sale of lemonade, candy, and so forth, on the seats was a fraud; the concert after the circus was a fraud; and the proprietors of the show are responsible for it, and not the "followers." This is our opinion of Batcheller & Doris's circus. Evening Gazette (Port Jervis, NY), August 6, 1881, p. 1.
Batcheller & Doris, whose circus showed here last July, have just closed a most successful seaon, and find their exchequer swelled to the tune of $200,000. They are already at work making arrangements to start with a mammoth concern next spring. Huntingdon Journal (Huntingdon, PA), November 25, 1881, n.p.n.
1882:
Miss Minnie Mayhew, one of the menage riders with Batcheller & Doris's circus, formerly resided in this city where she was known as Mrs. Fanny Starr. Fort Wayne Daily Sentinel (Fort Wayne, IN), May 11, 1882, n.p.n.
The suit to have been brought by Batcheller & Doris, the circus proprietors, against Forepaugh for $25,000 damages, through Messrs. Robertson & Harper, of this city, don't seem to have taken shape, and will probably be abandoned. It is claimed to have been only a clever advertising dodge. Fort Wayne Daily Sentinel (Fort Wayne, IN), June 20, 1882, n.p.n.
Fred S. Lavan of the Russian Athletes has recovered from his recent illness and rejoined his companions with Batcheller & Doris' Circus, with which they have been for the past two seasons. New York Clipper, August 26, 1882, p. 366.
Dallas, October 5. Al Austin, connected with the side-show privileges of Batcheller & Doris' Circus, died at Weatherford last night, and the circus management today forwarded his body by express to his relatives in New York City. Galveston Daily News (Galveston, TX), October 6, 1882, p. 1.
Batchellor & Doris' Circus seems to be in streak of bad luck. It has met with four railroad accidents since coming into the State; lost one member from death and has a number on the sick list; has encountered considerable bad weather; and last night the wagon containing the lion turned over while it was being hauled from the show ground to the train, killing a horse and very near killing the lion. Galveston Daily News (Galveston, TX), October 7, 1882, p. 1.
A telegram dated Dallas, Texas, Oct. 7, says: "A freight train collided with Batcheller & Doris' circus train at Mesquite last night. The circus train was wrecked. Three men injured, one will die." New York Clipper, October 14, 1882, p. 487.
Geo. Batcheller, of the Batcheller & Doris Show, proposes to retire at the end of the present season. A well known capitalist has offered to furnish the needful and place Francis M. Kelsh in position as successor to Mr. Batcheller, but the veteran prefers to remain pilot of the swift and sure. New York Clipper, December 2, 1882, p. 599.
Batcheller & Doris have dissolved partnership, Mr. Doris buying his partner out. Their circus, after a successful season, closed in Tennessee last week, and will spend the winter at Frankfort, Pa. Logansport Daily Pharos (Logansport, IN), December 12, 1882, n.p.n.
John B. Doris is now sole owner of the Batcheller & Doris Show, wintering in Philadelphia. New York Clipper, December 23, 1882, p. 646.
1883:
The Batcheller & Doris circus went into winter quarters a few days at Winkleman's park at Belleville. The outfit filled 32 cars. Decatur Weekly Republican (Decatur, IL), December 13, 1883, p. 1.
Charles Baker arrived home Monday after a season with J. B. Doris' Circus. This show opened in Philadelphia, April 9th, and closed Dec. 4th, in New Port, Arkansas. It traveled 9,276 miles, visiting 197 cities and towns located in 16 different States. It met with five railroad accidents during the season. The duration of its tenting season was 7 months and 20 days. Mr. Baker will remain in this city during the winter. Evening Observer (Dunkirk, NY), December 14, 1883, p. 4.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bates & Allen - 1918
The Bates & Allen Shows is the title of a new two-car circus being organized by Ernest Latimore in Philadelphia. Tom Aiton will be in charge of the advance. Billboard, June 15, 1918, p. 27.
Wanted for Bates & Allen Shows, opening at Manassas, Va., June 19, a two-car circus show. Performers, clowns, band leader and musicians, trap drummer, magician, midway dancers, troupe of dogs, assistant boss canvasman, property men, light man, ticket sellers and candy butchers. Frankfurter and photo privilege for sale. Want two billposters. Address Earnest Latimore, Manassas, Va. [Advertisement] Billboard, June 15, 1918, p. 61.
• 1919: The Bates & Allen Circus was a two-car organization that was to have opened in Manassas, Va., last June some time, under the management of Ernest Latimore - but it never did. Billboard, May 10, 1919, p. 53.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bates Bros. - 1982
• In 1982 Richard Bates toured his Bates Bros. International Circus in Canada, doing stage dates. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 30.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1978-1990, Richard and Ronald Bates, owners.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bayne's - 1908-09, 1914
1908: The entire equipment of the Bayne Wagon Show is being repainted and redecorated for their fall and winter season. New acts are also being added and everything put into first class shape. During the past two years the show has covered eight states and territories and has made good everywhere. The company will reopen in September, for a tour of the South. Billboard, September 5, 1908, p. XIV.
1909: Wanted performers and six or eight piece band. Eat on lot, sleep hotels. Show now on road. Jas. T. Bayne, care Bayne's 20 Wagon Shows, Brownwood, Texas. [Advertisement] Billboard, March 13, 1909, p. 19.
1914: Bayne's Dog & Pony Show - Jas. T. Bayne, proprietor and manager; Leland Bayne, assistant manager; Mrs. Jas. T. Bayne, treasurer and secretary; E. M. Jarman, general agent; Willie Wilkins, equestrian director; Leland Bayne, superintendent privileges; J. Bank Ferry [Perry?]; musical director; Ada J. Bayne, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Dad Carson, superintendent canvas; Carl Herren, boss hostler; Will Bickers, superintendent commissary department Joe Welsh, superintendent lights; Chas. Pyles, superintendent props; Carl Herren, superintendent stock; Dad Carson, superintendent working crew; Jas. T. Bayne, announcer. Show opens about April 1. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.
• Note: This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out Billboard, Clipper, and/or do a Search
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bays Bros. - 1935 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1935
Logansport, June 28, Bays Bros. Circus, 3 rings, 2 stages. John Robinson Military Elephants; Lilliam St. Leon, rider; Hoagland's Arabian Horses; Marry Miller, aerialist; Olympians, European lady acrobats; Gentry Bros. trained animals, clows and other acts. Street parade at noon. Logansport Pharons-Tribune (Logansport, IN), June 21, 1935, p. 6.
Rochester, Indiana, August 2. The Indiana Circus corporation announced that a new unit, to be known as the Allen King and Bays Brothers Circus, was being formed and will start a four months tour of the midwest and south August 15. King, who started a tour with the Cole Brothers-Clyde Beatty Circus this Spring, has returned to supervise organization of the new unit. The Bays Brothers Circus formerly was the Gentry Brothers unit. The new circus will have winter quarters here and in Sullivan. Logansport Pharons-Tribune (Logansport, IN), August 2, 1935, p. 6.
• Undated letterhead lists Col. H. C., Lee and Fred Bays.
• Show had winter quarters in Sullivan, Indiana. Bandwagon, August, 1956, p. 8.
• The show opened May 8, 1935, and closed on July 6. It re-opened August 16 under the Rice Bros. title. More information on 1935 Bays Bros. - Fred Bays, Lee Bays and Harold Bays - is in Bandwagon, July-August, 1983, Vol. 27, No. 4, pp. 10-13.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Beach & Bowers - 1888, 1892
1888: Beach & Bowers' Grand Tent Shows are coming to Fayette on July 18th. 30 people and all performres. Prof. Gleason's dog and pony circus is worth the price of admission. Children 15 cents, adults 25 cents. Iowa Postal Card (Fayette, IA), July 14, 1888, n.p.n.
1892:
Wanted at once, musicians for Beach & Bowers Circus and Menagerie, also lady performers who can double in concert. Address Beach & Bowers, Brown's Hotel, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, June 25, 1892, p. 256.
Manquoketa is not alone in her circus disappointments. Beach & Bowers wagon circus was billed for Bellevue and Sabula last Tuesday and Wednesday but got stuck in the mud and failed to meet engagements. Jackson Sentinel (Maquoketa, IA), July 14, 1892, p. 1.
Beach & Bowers, the minstrel men who have a host of friends in Waterloo, started on the road with a circus in May. The boys have been playing to hard luck and the sheriff took charge of the outfit at Morrison, Illinois, last Friday. The Dubuque Telegraph, which is published at the old home of Beach & Bowers, says: "The failure will occasion no surprise in Dubuque for it was known here that Beach & Bowers had been unfortunate enough to get into the heart of the rain belt in May and June. They were no doubt very heavy losers these two months and even since then business has been poor. They laid up in Dubuque the last week in June, played here July 2d and 4th and then started with their wagons for Illinois. All they earned in the minstrel business has no doubt gone into the circus." Daily Courier (Waterloo, IA), July 16, 1892.
Beach & Bowers' circus was unable to fill its engagement at Dixon, Ills., because the sheriff of Whiteside county levied on the outfit at Morrison. Daily Review (Decatur, IL), July 16, 1892.
Wm. S. Gilbert and John ___, of the disbanded Beach & Bowers' Circus, wish to thank the members of the Gollmar Bros.' Show for financial assistance. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.
The Amphions, who are on the lookout for all first-class musicians, are to be congratulated in securing the services of Mr. G. C. Sherwin, once a member of Beach and Bowers Minstrel band. . . . Mr. Sherwin arrived in the city on Wednesday and will at once take his place among the Amphions where he will play a clarionet. Stevens Point Journal (Stevens Point, WI), September 3, 1892, n.p.n.
[By September 15, the Beach & Bowers minstrel show was playing Maquoketa, Iowa.] Jackson Sentinel (Maquoketa, IA), September 15, 1892, p. 1.
1895: C. L. Kellogg of Red Wing, Minn., is at the Wylie Park house, as companion to a gentleman of the same place, who is being treated for cancer . . . Mr. Kellog is the contracting agent for the Beach & Bowers Spectacular and Famous Minstrel company. He has held the position for the past six years. The gentlemen composting the minstrel company are former Romans. The senior member is "Andy" Gardner, as he was known to his friends before he took to burnt cork and assumed the stage name of Bobby Beach. The junior member, has no nom de pume, but does business on and off the stage under the name of Otis Bowers. Mr. Kellog told a representative of the Evening Citizen some things about the career of the former Romans for the past few years. "This is the eleventh year," said the agent, "of the partnership, or team work, of Beach and Bowers. They formerly traveled with such minstrel companies as Barlow, Wilson, Primrose & West, Hi Henry and others . . . Beach was always handy with the bones and did a pedestal clog act that made him famous, and Bowers was an adept with the tambourine. . . . The proprietors used to wear seal skin overcoats that cost $475 apiece and carry heavy gold headed canes at the head of their parade. Of course the big diamonds and silk hats were always in it, too. They cut a great figure. Aside from their end business, Beach does a silence and fun act and Bowers gives a good specialty with his trained dogs. . . . Three years ago Beach and Bowers bought a circus and put it on the road. It was called 'Beach & Bowers' Golden Circus and Menagerie and Trained Animal Exhibition.' Misfortune tied to it at the very start and could not be shaken off. It rained almost continuously from spring until fall along the route, bridges washed away, show grounds were flooded, and the boys had a hard time of it. They lost money in the venture, and gave up the circus business. They will stick to minstrelsy in the future." Rome Evening Citizen (Rome, NY), June 22, 1895, p. 1.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clyde Beatty Circus ticket wagon, undated, photo courtesy of Conover collection.
Clyde Beatty Circus - 1946, 1952, 1954 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1941-42, 1945-1958
• An article on the 1945 Clyde Beatty Trained Wild Animal Circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 6, pp. 4-17.
• List of acts on the 1946 Clyde Beatty show is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1960 (scroll down or use find).
• The 1946 program is online in Bandwagon, Sep-Oct 1970 (scroll down or use find).
• Also see an article on the 1946 show in Bandwagon, May-June, Vol. 14, No. 3, 1970, pp. 25-31.
1952: The Victor Robbins' band included: Walter Foreman, trombone; C. L. Birkett, trombone; Harry Smalley, bass; Al Yoder, bass drum; Happy Belisle, snare drum; Fred Mullen, calliope; Denny Nease, baritone; Clarence Swanger, trumpet; Willard Isley, trumpet; and Hal Hiltensmith, trumpet. Southern Sawdust, No. 82, February, 1975, p. 10.
• Route for the 1954 show is online in Bandwagon, April 1955 (scroll down).
• Articles on the 1956 Clyde Beatty Circus are in Bandwagon, March-April, 1979, Vol. 23, No. 2, pp. 19-24, and in Bandwagon, May-June, 1979, Vol. 23, No. 3, pp. 11-19.
• An article on the 1946-1956 shows is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1996, Vol. 40, No. 6, pp. 27-29.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clyde Beatty-Cole Bros. - 1962, 1975-76, 1978 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1959-
• Article on the 1962 Clyde Beatty-Cole Bros. show is online in Bandwagon, Jul-Aug 1962 (scroll down or use find).
• An article on the Clyde Beatty-Cole Bros. Circus winterquarters at Deland, Florida, circa 1956-1960s, is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1986, Vol. 30, No. 6, pp. 41-46.
1975: The show opened at Commack, New York, March 25-31. John W. Pugh was general manager. His wife, Brigette, performed in the show. Frank McClosky and Jerry Collins, producers and directors; Edna Antes, secretary-treasurer; Art Branning, manager; Fred Logan, elephant superintendent; James Ille, musical director; Kenneth Dood, producing clown. Jimmie James and Bernie Kallman, clowns; Inge Williams, Chinese Chow-Chows; Julia Droguett; and the Flying Astros (Dennis Sherman, Sharon & Braun Reinhold) were with the show. They also had elephant "Big Pete." Southern Sawdust, No. 84, August, 1975, pp. 2, 18; No. 87, May, 1976, p. 27.
1976: The show opened at Brunswick, Georgia, April 5. Staff included Frank McClosky, president; Edna I Antes, treasurer; John W. Pugh, general manager; Count Nicholas, equestrian director; Charles A. Bertini, musical director; Fred Logan, elephant superintendent; Joe McMahon, general agent; Roy F. Zinser, public relations. Elephants were: Debbie, Missie and Omi, from Thailand. Acts: David Hoover, lions, tigers; Kenneth Dodd, producing clown; Aerial Glorions, Ron & Mitzi Gill, iron jaw; the Ruwills; Etherl Joyce; the Ferreiras; the Rayalls; Don Francisco; the Gaona Family; Ora Logan, elephants; the Dionnes (Raymond and Yolanda Dionne, son Michael), head balancing, perch, juggling; and others. Southern Sawdust, No. 87, May, 1976, pp. 24, 25, 29; No. 88, August, 1976, p. 28.
1978: Johnny Pugh, general manager; Bridgett Pugh, performer; Charlie Bertini, musical director; Barbara Hunter, aerial ballet, "Miss Electric" ih the sideshow; Count Nicholas, ringmaster; Dick Stuart, sideshow manager. Clows were Jim Stutz, Mike Ferreira, Sandy K., Jeff Starroff, Jim Marple, Jimmie James (producing clown), Keith Dowse, and Mark Lavender. Southern Sawdust, No. 97, November, 1978, p. 11.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Clyde Beatty-Russell Bros. - 1944 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1944
Arthur Concello, proprietor. The menagerie had a mule, horses and Shetland ponies, two llamas, four semi-trailers of Clyde Beatty's cats, lions and tigers, trained chimpanzees, monkeys, two camels and a herd of nine elephants. The big top was a 4 pole, three rings. Throughout the big top were the initial "TM," which indicates it formerly belonged to the cowboy star, Tom Mix. Admission was adults, $1, childred 60 cents, reserved seats, $1. See the program for the 1944 show, online in Bandwagon, April 1944 (scroll down).
• Articles, with photographs, of the 1944 show are in Bandwagon, May-June, Vol. 13, No. 3, 1969, pp. 10-19; and in White Tops, April-May, 1944, Vol. 17, Nos. 5-6, pp. 7-8.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Beaumont's Pavilion Show Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888
Call for engaged personnel to report at Owego, New York on May 22. New York Clipper, May 19, 1888, p. 162.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Beck's Circorama - 1976, 1982, 1985 (Harry Beck Sr.)
1976: Beck's Circorama was set to open in the South on September 24. Circus Report, September 13, 1976, p. 15.
1982: The 1982 show played some dates in Mississippi. Bandwagon, January-February, 1983, p. 30.
1985: Owned by Harry Beck, the show played small towns in the South. Rudy Jacobi was connected with this show in 1985. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 14.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1978-1990, Harry E. Beck, owner.
Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Becker & Robinson Circus - 1899
Becker & Robinson Circus, opening in May. Privileges to let. Address Syndicate Amusement Co., Lyceum Theatre Bldg., Reading, Pa. Wanted, novelty acts of every description, horse, pony, donkey, dog, lion, elephant, and all kinds of live animal acts, 3 clowns, electricians, sideshow freaks, wardrobe and circus property of all kinds; cages, cars, chariots, wagons, tents, and people in all branches of the circus business. New York Clipper, February 18, 1899, p. 869.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Beckett's Circus - 1881-82, 1884, 1886-87
1881:
Circus performers, sideshow curiosities and concert people, agents and billposters, also a band, are wanted with Beckett's Great Exposition, Circus and Equestrian Combination. Address A. A. Beckett. New York Clipper, January 29, 1881, p. 355.
Beckett's Great Exposition Circus and Equestrian Combination is announced to begin its season in Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, February 19, 1881, p. 379.
Beckett's Great Exposition Circus is a consolidation of the Great Australian Circus and the Great Exposition, and it will make a tour of the Lakes, having chartered the steamer Granite State. They will take to their wagons in July, when they will add a menagerie. A. A. Beckett is sole proprietor; T. A. Bentley, manager; M. A. Watson, general agent; R. W. Sterling, treasurer; Levi Brockway, equestrian manager; M. Alexander, property agent; F. A. Washburn, chief of paste brigade; E. H. Crossman, boss billposter with eight assitants; J. D. Lee, lithographer and window decorator; Prof. S. W. Norris, musical director; Harry Goine, master of canvas with Lewis Hoshein(?), assistant; J. H. Streeter, manager of sideshows; Harry Beckwith, manager of concerts; R. L. Warner, master of transportation. Company: Fred Kling and wife and Little Eva, the Leons - J. T. and Master Orville - Mme. Leon, Mons. Leon, Arthur and Blanche Nelson, John L. Davenport and his sons - John and Albert - Young Balzac, Levi Brockway and his two ponies, Retlaw and Alton, Jerry Hopper . . . Chas. Harding, Mons. and Mme. Charet, high wire walkers, and their children Druzella and Johnnie in a double trapeze act. Mme. Charest will make a wire ascension from the ground to the top of the centre pole daily. They will open their season April 25. New York Clipper, April 2, 1881, p. 26.
Beckett's Exposition Circus, which pitched its tent for two weeks at Chicago, Ill. (on account of the ice in Lake Michigan), opened at Michigan City, Ind., May 9, thence to St. Joseph, Mich. 10, Benton Harbor 11, South Haven 12, Holland 13, Grand Haven 14, Muskegon 20, Frankfort 21, Northport 23. M. A. Watson is in advance. New York Clipper, May 14, 1881, p. 123.
Beckwith's [sic Beckett's] Grand Trans-Atlantic Combination is the title of a tent show which has been doing a very fair business in the northern part of Michigan. It collapsed July 12 at Maine City, the show having been seized by a Sheriff at the instance of Detroit creditors. At last accounts they were still in limbo, pending negotiations. New York Clipper, July 23, 1881, p. 290.
Chicago, Ill., July 25. Beckett & Leon on Aug. 10 start out with Beckett's Circus, reorganized. New York Clipper, July 30, 1881, p. 294.
A. A. Beckett's Show, which was in trouble in Northern Michigan, as stated last week, is thus spoken of by our Chicago correspondent: "It was Beckett's show boat (not Beckwith's privileges) that was attached for a three-year-old debt against the boat, which was not known when Beckett innocently purchased the boat last Spring. This detained the show so far behind their paper that they were obliged to close temporarily." New York Clipper, July 30, 1881, p. 306.
Toured the Great Lakes on the steamer, "Granite State." A. A. Beckett, sole proprietor. Show boat attached in July. New York Clipper, April 2, 1881, p. 26; July 30, 1881, p. 306.
1882:
Wanted, for the Great Interior Circus and Menagerie, performers, riders, tumblers, leapers, sideshow attractions, people for concert; also a good band. Address A. A. Beckett, Washington House, Chicago. New York Clipper, January 21, 1882, p. 730.
People engaged with the Great Interior Circus for 1882: John L. Davenport and two boys - Ed, Leon, and wife - the Quinnett Family, R. H. Whittaker, George Charest and wife. Wanted, lady rider, with or without horse. A. A. Beckett, Washington House, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, February 25, 1882, p. 812.
A. A. Beckett requests the people engaged for the Interior Circus to report in Benton Harbor, Mich., April 27. New York Clipper, April 22, 1882, p. 76.
A. A. Beckett is still in the circus business. He started out this season April 27 from Benton Harbor, Michigan, as proprietor of the Interior Circus. New York Clipper, June 3, 1882, p. 177.
1884:
Performers in all branches of circus business are wanted for Beckett's Circus. Leapers, tumblers, concert people, property men, canvasmen, billposters, a band of ten pieces. Show opens May 26. A. A. Beckett, Minneapolis, Minn. New York Clipper, May 3, 1884, pp. 110, 111.
Call. All parties engaged for Beckett's Railroad Show will report June 12 at International Hotel, St. Paul, Minn. A. A. Beckett. New York Clipper, June 7, 1884, p. 189.
A. Boone, contortionist, joins the show. Signor F. R. Blitz has the privileges on the show. New York Clipper, June 21, 1884, p. 222.
A. Boone of Cadiz, O., contortionist, started June 10 to join Beckett's Railroad Circus in St. Paul, Minn. Blitz's Mammoth Show has returned from a trip in the Northwest. Signor F. R. Blitz has secured the privileges with the Beckett Circus, which will travle through the copper country of Minnesota, Wisconsin, Michigan, etc. New York Clipper, June 21, 1884, p. 222.
Blitz's Mammoth Show is in the Northwest. Mr. Blitz writes that he did not go with Beckett's Circus, as he had intended, as the latter show went to pieces at its first stand. It was too long a jump, he says, and the season lasted only one week. If Beckett could have managed so as to get to St. Paul, Minn., by July 4, he would have been alright. New York Clipper, June 28, 1884, p. 230.
Mons. Lowanda informs us that on July 4 Beckett's Tent-show exhibited at Crooked Lake, Minn. On the evening of that day Beckett and the boss canvasman made their escape with the canvas and other properties. They have not since been seen. Sixteen performers mourn their salaries and are at liberty in St. Paul, Minn. New York Clipper, July 19, 1884, p. 286.
1886:
Wanted, for the Great Roman Hippodrome, Circus and Museum. Male and female riders, and performers in all branches of the circus business, also musicians, concert people, sideshow attractions, billposters and boss canvasman. Address A. A. Beckett, Washington Hotel, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, February 27, 1886, p. 799.
Jean Earle is engaged for the Great Roman Hippodrome, Circus and Museum. New York Clipper, March 13, 1886, p. 830.
These people are engaged for A. A. Beckett's Hippodrome Circus for the season of 1886: J. E. Nobles, agent, with eight assistants; Eugene Gilmon, Ed. Morris, George Richardson, Alexis E. Scafar, John Lambert, Mons. Larabeto, William Mayo with six trained horses, Billy Andrews, Nelson Sinclair's dog-circus, Jean Earle, Samuel Dock, Harry Eldon, Willie Ash, Louis Alfreddo, John Sloman, Lee,Juggler, Three Alberts. Sideshow — John Kelly, manager; Ben Bowman, Chas. Smith and goats, Dr. Lynn, Punch-and-Judy and sleight-of-hand; Circassian; Mlle. Bowman, snake-charmer; Millie Scafar, half-lady; Michigan Giant. Master of canvas, Chas. Rhoades; Prof. Chas. C. Chase, with band- of ten men. The show opens May 1. New York Clipper, March 27, 1886, p. 20.
Billy Ash Jr., aerial artist, to join Beckett's Boat cicus at Racine, Wis. New York Clipper, May 1, 1886, p. 104.
Beckett's Show was stranded at Sheboygan, Mich., at last accounts. It was traveling in a boat, which the owner seized for transportation expenses. The performers and band went to Chicago. New York Clipper, June 5, 1886, p. 184.
Prof. Girard Gyer, equestrian director with the late A. A. Beckett Show, writes that the stranded people go to Chicago from Sheboygan, Wis., only through the kindness of Clerk N. E. Harman and the owners of the boat conveying the circus. New York Clipper, June 12, 1886, p. 200.
1887:
Detroit, Michigan. Beckett's Circus (Princess Rink). The veteran Miles Orton and family of five boys, Claude, Albert, Bernard, Gordon and Norman, the last two being respectively 6 and 4 years old; the Gregory Brothers, Geo. W. Belford, Delia Gregory, Edward Dooley and his trained elephant, and De Coma, the clown. A regular old-time circus. The head balancing of Mr. Orton, with his two youngest sons, is wonderful. New York Clipper, April 9, 1887, p. 51.
Roster of Beckett's Railroad Circus: Adam Beckett, proprietor; Wm. Wright, general manager; Robt. Mack, contracting agent; R. Anders, T. Allen and Abe Frelick, billposters; Prof. Loomis and dogs; three Burton Bros., Russian athletes . . . Mlle. Anetta Worland, tight rope dancer; Chas. and Allie Lingard, double trapeze; Prof. Leonzo and donkeys; John Le Clare, juggler. Clowns, John J. Murray, Gus Cohen, Eddie Davenport. Concert people: Holmes and Green, Lotta Blanchard, Charle Moore, Kennedy and Rivers. Show opens in Cincinnati, O., April 18. New York Clipper, April 16, 1887, p. 68.
Miles Orton with the show. Chas. Haysted is ringmaster. Former employee, Prof. E. H. Dooley, died at Miles Orton's home at Norris, Michigan. Mr. & Mrs. Dan Nash and Hoon Family joined the show. Show came to an untimely end on April 14. New York Clipper, April 23, 1887, p. 87; May 28, 887, p. 167.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Walter Beckwith's - 1922
1922: Utica, N.Y., April 18. 20th Century Shows opened this week. New attractions have been added to the show. One special attraction is Walter Beckwith's big Wild Animal Show, featuring six performing lions. . . . Billboard, April 29, 1922, p. 115.
• New York, Dec. 6. Walter Percy Beckwith, owner of Walter Beckwith's Circus, died Aug. 8, left an estate of $12,000 to his foster son, Howard Lane Jenkins, of San Francisco. His widow, Mdeline L. Beckwith, Los Angeles, a crack rifle shot, was not mentioned. She was reported to be on good terms with the testator. Syracuse Journal (Syracuse, NY), December 6, 1927, p. 24.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Beebe Bros. Circus - 1945 Show is listed for 1947 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
Franklin Grove. Beebe Bros. Circus. The big tent was set up on the Henry Spangler lot and one performance was given Monday evening. Their acts include trained lions, bears, ponies, dogs and mules. Mr. Herbert is manager for the company and the troup has had winter quarters and training grounds on the Frank Haentisch farm east of Franklin Grove. Dixon Evening Telegraph (Dixon, IL), June 20, 1945, p. 3.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Beeman Bros. Circus - 1991
In July, 1991, Alberto Zoppe (Circus Europa) leased his equipment to the Beeman Bros. Circus. The show opened in Kissimme, Florida, July 4, to be a permanent attraction, but it closed on July 21. The show was organized by Jerry Beeman and Dick Wilson. Bandwagon, January-February, 1992, p. 17.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1991, Jerry Beeman and Dick Wilson, owners.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Beers-Barnes Circus - 1963 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1932-1966
Article on 1963 the Beers-Barnes Circus is online in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1963 (scroll down or use find).
• Articles on the history of the Beers-Barnes Circus, the Barnes family and their shows are in:
Bandwagon, September-October, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 5, pp. 4-13.
Bandwagon, November-December, 1994, Vol. 38, No. 6, pp. 34-45.
Bandwagon, January-February, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 1, pp. 18-27.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
G. W. Beggs - 1852
Charles Bolus was with the G. W. Beggs Show in 1852. The show transported all its property on mule back, and the performers and other employes walked. Billboard, April 22, 1905, p. 18.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Beketow Circus (Europe)
• Brief information on the show is in Hobby-Swapper, June, 1947, p. 7.
Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Belding & Hunt
• Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America for 1845.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Belford - 1893-96
• Howard, Slentz & Belford Shows, Burton & Belford's Show, G. W. Belford's Circus, Belford & Howard
1893:
Wanted at once, acrobats and concert people, those that double in band preferred. Address Howard & Slentz's United Shows, St. Paris, Ohio. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 292.
Roster and notes, Howard, Slentz & Belford's Shows. Howard, Slentz and Belford, sole owners and managers; Geo. and Millie Belford, Wheeler, contortionists; Mme. Adelpho(?), Mamie Belford, Sig. Beldine, Sullivan and McGowan, Billie Richards, Harry Heacke(?), the Four La Gardos(?), Ringold Brothers, Allie Turner, J. Tribue(?); Prof. Ed. Beard, advance with six people, seven grooms and eight canvas men. . . . side show with the following roster: Prof. De Leon in charge, the two De Leons, Prof. Rolla, Lady Ineze, Amiee (snakes), four illusions and Buckskin Charlie orator in chief. We have two good bands under the leadership of Prof. Richards, fifty-two head of good draught horses, and the "ghost" is healthy. New York Clipper, July 29, 1893, p. 328.
1894:
Wanted, for Burton & Belford's New Wagon Shows. Double bar man, who can tumble; knockabout clown, contortion troupe of trick dogs, lady artists in all branches, long haired lady, tattooded lady, in fact, people in all branches. Concert people, musicians, advance agent, billposters, boss hostler and drivers. Address Burton & Belford, Montpielier, Ind. New York Clipper, February 3, 1894, p. 776.
Notes from Burton & Belford's New Consolidated 25 Cent Shows, Free Museum and Trained Animal Exposition. We are very busy getting everything in shape for our opening May 10(?). We will travel by wagons, with sixty head of stock. . . . All of the trapping will be new, making it one of the neatest wagons shows on the road. People engaged so far are the Burton Athletes (three in number); the Belfords, George and Mollie; W. R. and Vida Jones; Chas. O. Morrison; Prof. Chas. White; Chas. Ellett(?); Lora Elson; Ma?sie Burton; Sullivan and Wheeler; the Hobson Bros.; and William Mincer. W. J. Morgan will be general contracting agent, with five assistants; Prof. A. C. Lloyd, musical director, with his uniformed band of all solo artists. Manager Belford has just added a car load of fine horses for the show, and has purchased six Shetland ponies. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.
Notes from Burton & Belford's New Consolidated 25 Cent Shows, Free Museum and Trained Animal Exposition. We are very busy getting everything in shape for our opening May 10(?). We will travel by wagons, with sixty head of stock. . . . All of the trapping will be new, making it one of the neatest wagons shows on the road. People engaged so far are the Burton Athletes (three in number); the Belfords, George and Mollie; W. R. and Vida Jones; Chas. O. Morrison; Prof. Chas. White; Chas. Ellett(?); Lora Elson; Ma?sie Burton; Sullivan and Wheeler; the Hobson Bros.; and William Mincer. W. J. Morgan will be general contracting agent, with five assistants; Prof. A. C. Lloyd, musical director, with his uniformed band of all solo artists. Manager Belford has just added a car load of fine horses for the show, and has purchased six Shetland ponies. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.
Wanted, for Burton & Belford's New Shows, a few more male and female specialty people who can do two or more turns. One solo B flat cornet who doubles on violin. Address Burton & Belford, Montpelier, Blackford Co., Ind. P.S. Candy stand to rent. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 32.
Call. All people engaged report not later than May 8, at Summit, Ind. Wanted, a few more people to strengthen big show, ladies preferred. Address Burton & Belford, Summit, Dekalb Co., Ind. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 124.
1895:
Manager Howard, of the Belford & Howard New Big Wagon Show, will buy more horses. The show will have about twenty-eight head of horses, two wagons and four horses ahead. James MacGear will have charge of the big top, with twelve men. The roster: Belford & Howard, sole owners; the Belfords, George and Bert, flying return act; Mrs. Mollie Belford . . . We will carry a band of ten pieces and a new band wagon. New York Clipper, January 12, 1895, p. 715.
Notes from the winter quarters of Belford & Howard's 25 cent Show. Manager Howard is getting the horses in trim. We will use four for each wagon this year, and will have about fifty-two head in all. The Belford Bros.' trapeze act will be a feature this season. Mrs. Walter Belford is overseeing the making of the wardrobe. We will carry a band of eight pieces and travel in fourteen wagons. New York Clipper, March 16, 1895, p. 21.
Notes from the winter quarters of Belford & Howard's Big 25c Show, at Kanawha City, West Virginia. We will open April 26 at Maiden, West Virginia. The roster to date: Belford & Howard, owners and managers; Bert Belford, Millie Belford, Dora and Fred Horlacker, Lewis Myers, Chas. and Gipsy La Gardo, Kenneth La Gardo, Chas. La Gardo Jr., Ed Conklin, E. F. Jones, G. W. Miller, Phil Miller, Prof. O. V. Burr and band of eight pieces. Mdlle Belford is arranging wardrobes. The parade will be headed by a new band wagon, drawn by twelve horses, and will include twenty-seven riders dressed in the regalia of the Seventeenth Century. New York Clipper, March 30, 1895, p. 55.
Edward Conklin, juggler and balancer, closed with W. C. Clark's Crescent Show to join the Belford & Howard Show for this season. New York Clipper, May 4, 1895, p. 131.
Notes from Belford & Howard's Show. Geo. Belford, head balancing on the Mexican ladders, scores a hit. Little Fritz Holacher, five year old contortionies, is a wonder. Belford and Holacher's return trapeze act goes great. We close the show with it. Roster: Belford & Howard, proprietors; Chas. La Gardo, concert; Louis Talbert, boss canvasman and twelve men; Dick Sanders, boss props and three men; Sam Juniper and Ed Hughes, cooks, and three waiters; Jim McAleer, boss canvas man, and D. McGlocklin, chandelier man; Prf. O. V. Barr, leader of band. Musicians: W. Burdett, B. McClure, J. A. Summers, Chas. E. Foster, H. H. Briggs, J. E. Fortner and E. F. Jones. Performers: Mollie Belford, Gypsia La Gardo, Dora Holacher, Geo. Belford, Fritz Holacher, Chas. La Gardo, Chas. La Gardo Jr., Kent La Gardo, Edward Conklin, Frank Yost, Atwell Yost, Harvey Sutton, Marsh Craig . . . Charlie La Gardo has charge of the concert with seven people. . . . We will show through Ohio and Indiana. New York Clipper, May 25, 1895, p. 181.
Notes from Belford & Howard's Show. We have just entered Indiana. Business has picked up, only about six stands in Ohio proving good. Harvey and Tresea Sutton, Briggs and Foster and the four La Gardos closed, thus taking away the entire concert. Ed Conklin, juggler, sustained a fractured or sprained ankle and had to cut out his sword walking in the concert. . . . New York Clipper, June 29, 1895, p. 261.
1896:
Belford Circus notes. The Winter quarters are at present a busy sight. With new wagons and chariots on the way to the paint room, they will certainly look handsome in all white and gold leaf. Molly Belford is busy arranging the new band uniform, also the wardrobe. Mr. Belford and Fred Howell are ___ a new act in the way of Mexican ladder and head balancing, with a giant swing(?) by the feet. Mr. Belford's sister, Katie, will do the flying rings this season. Florence Smith will have charge of wardrobe. Mrs. Belford will act as treasurer, Prof. O. Y. Burr leader of band and assistant manager. The people engaged so far are: Fred Howell, J. B. Earley, Wood Alexander, Newton Moler(Muler?), Russel Alexander, O. V. Burr, ___ and Florence Smith. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.
Belford Circus notes. Mr. Belford purchased a span of horses last week, to be used for the band wagon. He also secured a new ticket wagon. We expect to open the latter part of April. Prof. Barr's band will be a feature. It will include twelve men and Mollie Belford as cornet soloist. New York Clipper, February 22, 1896, p. 809.
Belford Carnival of Novelties notes. Mr. Belford purchased some fine horses last week, also a new dressing room tent. Roster thus far engaged: G. W. Belford, proprietor and manager; O. V. Barr asst. manager; Mrs. Mollie Belford, treasurer; Geo. Baymer, advance with eight men; R. Morgan, in charge of second advance brigade with four men. Performers: Prof. C. E. Rice and wife, trick dogs, pony, mule and goats; Geo. and Kittie Detamlin, statuary, Joe Louis, Robt. Pasley, Fred Howell, W. H. Whitlark . . . The band under the direction of O. V. Barr are Mollie Belford and Russell Alexander, Ernst Lidball, Wood Alexander, Carl Meyer, Dev. Owens, Nate Alexander, J. A. Dougherty, Fred D. Fox . . . Jas. McAleer, boss canvasman with eight men; Scottie Briggs, in charge of cook tent, and Chas. Cook, boss hostler with four men. New York Clipper, March 28, 1896, p. 53.
Geo. W. Belford's Carnival of Novelties will open the season May 6, at Allegheny City, Pennsylvania. New York Clipper, May 2, 1896, p. 137.
G. W. Belford's Carnival of Novelties. G. W. Belford, proprietor and manager; O. V. Burr, asst. manager; Robert Paisley, equestrian director; Mrs. Molly Belford, Christine Day, Mable Howarth . . . Joe Dougherty, Wm. Jeffers, Frank McCune, Fred Howell, Wm. Crawford, Austin Kelly, Wiley Blanchard, Thos. Sheppard, Fred Foy, Thad Burton and the Melvin family. Our trip through West Virginia will never be forgotten. The roads were so bad that at times we had to stop, build bridges, cut down trees and make new roads. . . . New York Clipper, November 14, 1896, p. 587.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bell's
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America lists, for 1912, Bell's (Harrie) Pride of the West, Hattie Bell, manager; H. P. Hobson, assistant manager; Lon Glasscock, general agent.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Circus Bell - 1999
New in 1999, the one-ring Circus Belle was operated by Lucy Loyal and Armando and Loder Curiel, coming out of Hugo, Oklahoma. It closed late in September in Colfax, Louisiana. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 17.
• Circus Belle is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1999.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Oliver Bell's - 1860
• 1860: is online at Clipper, May 26 (scroll down)
• Also see Satterle, Bell & Co.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bell Bros. Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923, 1940-42, 1945-46, 1954-57
• An article on the 1945-46 Bell Bros. Circus, Tom Ewalt of Geneva, Nebraska, owner, is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 6, pp. 38-43.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bellmar Bros., 1947, Camden, Ohio, photo courtesy of Conover collection.
Bellmar Bros. - 1947, 1949
1947:
Bellmar Bros. at Camden, Ohio, the night performance drew a full house. Dogs and ponies are featured. Billboard, June 14, 1947, p. 79.
Bellmar Bros. Circus was at Middle Point, Ohio, June 14. The Harter family were with the show. Billboard, June 28, 1947, p. 76.
1949: Koony MaLoon was with the Bellmar Bros. show in 1949. Billboard, January 15, 1949, p. 65.
• Undated advertisement. Bellmar Brothers Circus featured the aerial Townsends, trapeze and high carrying perch acts. Also had balancing monkeys and ladders, funny clowns. Ringling Museum of Art, Tibbals Digital Collection.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Belmont Elite - 1889, 1890 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888-1890
1889:
Belmont Elite Circus: Charles Belmont, manager; Lottie and Daisy Belmont . . . Frank Elliott, Al. Richards. The show has twenty-nine head of stock, two performing horses, two trained monkeys and a troupe of educated canines. . . . They travel by wagon and have a canvas 110ft. long with two 50ft. middle pieces. New York Clipper, July 27, 1889, p. 321.
R. S. Dingess, the veteran agent and hero of the “Black Hawk War, is now with the Belmont Show, whose leading artist is Daisy Belmont, a most promising young equestrienne. This circus has been exhibiting in the outskirts of Chicago for several weeks, ten cent being the price of admission. New York Clipper, August 3, 1889,p. 340.
Items from the Belmont Elite Circus. Mrs. Belmont, who got her foot badly mashed some time ago, is able to be in the ring once more. Mr. Belmont is making a big hit with his trained dogs. C. C. Matthews, slack rope performer, and Jessie Dair, gymnast and iron jaw lady, joined Sept. 6. We are having nice weather, and are doing big business. Have not decided about going South this winter. Daisy Belmont is receiving applause for her clever riding. The ghost does not miss a weekly round. Geo. Rice is the popular treasurer. New York Clipper, September 21, 1889, p. 460.
The Belmont Elite Show closed Oct. 8, with a happy event – the marriage of Wm. Showles, the rider of Sells Brothers’ Shows, and Daisy Belmont, of this show. After the evening performance, the friends of the couple assembled at their rooms in the hotel, where champagne flowed freely and a pleasant time was had until a late hour. The happy couple started in the morning for New York City, to join Barnum & Bailey for their tour across the water. The Belmont Show has had a successful season, the ghost walking regularly Saturday nights. Mrs. Belmont has had the confidence of all, and has worked for the welfare of her employes. She is making arrangements for her trip South. Most of the company go to Chicago to rest for a few weeks, and then get ready for their southern trip. New York Clipper, October 19, 1889, p. 541.
1890:
Demonto(?), contortionist, has signed to go with Belmont's Elite Circus for the coming season. This will make his third season with that show. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 781.
Belmont's Elite Circus, Museum and Menagerie, newly equipped and enlarged, will begin its third season early next month, with a preliminary engagement, at Chicago. The executive staff includes: Chas. Belmont, owner and proprietor; E. D. Colvin, general manager; . . . H. Millard(?), advance agent; C. C. Matthews, equestrian director . . . The performers engaged are: Mons. Natalie, . . . the De Barr Family, . . . Albert Richards and others. . . . clown elephant; . . . trick ponies and a troupe of performing dogs have also been secured. The show will travel by wagons. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 7.
Wanted, for Belmont's Museum, Caravan and Circus. Newly equipped and enlarged for 1890. People in all branches of the profession. Riders, gymnasts, concert and sideshow people and curiosities. Also some billposters. Also a boss canvasman. E. D. Colvin, business manager, Leland Hotel, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 13.
Wanted, for Belmont's New Shows, a Three Brother act team that can do bar act or work on bars. E. D. Colvin, Leland Hotel, Chicago, Ill. For sale, one second hand 100ft. round top, two thirty foot middle pieces, also three baggage wagons, cheap. Address as above. Call all people engaged for Belmont's Shows report at ___ West Monroe Street, Chicago, show opens April 30(?). New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 110.
Wanted, for the Belmont Shows, sideshow orator, magician, Punch and Judy and curiosities, song and dance lady that can ride in entree; also experienced boss hostler. Address E. D. Colvin, care of Empire Printing Hosue, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 143.
Henry Millard, late of the Belmont Show, which stranded at Darlington(?), Wis., several weeks ago, is now at his home, Corry(?), Pa. New York Clipper, July 26, 1890, p. 307.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Belmont & Gordon Circus - 1892
Circuses. Belmont and Gordon, Owen Sound, Ontario, July 4-9, Hefford 7, 8. New York Dramatic Mirror, July 9, 1892, p. 12.
Circuses: Belmont and Gordon: Collingwood, Ontario, July 12, 13, Welfrod 14, 15. New York Dramatic Mirror, July 16, 1892, p. 11.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bennett Shows - 1909 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909
Bennett Shows - Billy Bennett, prop.; B. Bennett and Howard Macy, mgrs.; Bert Taylor, general agent & R. R. contractor. Mr. and Mrs. H. R. Macy, cooks. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bennett's North American - 1856
• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists H. M. Bennett, owner, 1856.
North American Circus. H. Bennett, proprietor. H. O. Lee, nanager. This new and extensive equestrian troupe, (embracing the best talent in the State,) will have the honor of appearing for two nights only, 10th and 11th October. All the novelties of the arena may be confidently anticipated; and the proprietor is determined to spare no expense in rendering his establishment par excellence the Circus Troupe of California. Prices of admission — Dress circle, $2; Pit, $1. Doors open at 7 — to commence at 7 1/2 o'clock. Alexander Agent. Sacramento Daily Union, October 8, 1856, p. 3.
On Tuesday, Nov. llth, Mr. Bennett and Mr. Alexander, of the North American Circus, were driving down the Tower House Hill, in Shasta county, when the pole strap of their buggy broke and the horses dashed down the hill. They were brought up by running into another buggy, which contained a lady. No persons were injured. Sacramento Daily Union, November 17, 1856.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Capt. Bennett's - 1895 Show listed for 1895-1896 in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses
Capt. Jesse Bennett's Equine and Canine Paradox will appear at the Grand opera house four nights, commencing February 6th. Every horse, pony and dog has been born and reared within the city limits of San Antonio. Two years have been spent by Captain Bennett in the training of these animals. Captain Bennett is one of San Antonio's popular citizens and officers, and has years of experience in this line. He had a circus on the road in 1890 and has been connected with similar enterprises for a number of years back. The total number of horses, ponies and dogs reach sixty. Capt. Bennett will make a street parade and display his dogs and ponies. San Antonio Daily Light (San Antonio, TX), February 4, 1895, p. 1.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
J. A. Bennett & Co.'s Grand Circus Royal - 1890
Miles) Berry has resigned as agent of the Dieffenbach Show, on account of accepting the position offered him as general agent of J. A. Bennett & Co.'s Grand Circus Royal. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.
J. A. Bennett & Co. Grand Circus Royal. Wanted, performers in all branches of the circus business. Riders, male and female, with their own stock. Band of seven(?) mouthpieces and two drums, boss canvasman . . . chandelier and property man. Wanted to buy. Combination band wagon, cross cages and ___ heavy(?) baggage wagons. Buy or rent, a sleeper, . . . flat car. Address W. B. Pomeroy, manager, St. James Hotel, St. Louis, Mo. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 380.
St. Louis, Missouri. . . . J. A. Bennett & Co. are fitting out a circus here to be billed J. A. Bennett & Co.'s Circus Royal. J. A. Bennett & Co., sole proprietors; W. H. Pomeroy, manger, and Miles Berry, general agent. New York Clipper, September 6, 1890, p. 403.
Notes from the Bennett Show. J. A. Bennett & Co.'s Grand Circus Royal will soon take the road for a trip through Southern states during the winter, starting from St. Louis, about the middle of September. W. H. Pomeroy is the manager, Miles Berry and Harry Overton are at St. Louis, busily engaged in the preparatory work. The company will be a one ring show, and of the old time order. Some of the best people in the profession have been engaged. Everything will be brand new, and of a beautiful carmine hue. We have also received some of the best fair dates. A most profitable season is looked for. We will use all our own special cars. A troupe of clever trained stallions and two trick donkeys, will be chief features, and will be performed under the direction of Mr. Bennett. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 420.
Call. All people engaged with the J. A. Bennett & Co.'s Grand Circus Royal will report at . . . San Antonio, Texas, . . . W. H. Pomeroy, manger. New York Clipper, September 20, 1890, p. 444.
J. A. Bennett & Co.'s Grand Circus Royal will open its season at San Antonio, Tex., Sept. 27. It will be a good old fashioned one ring circus. Among the people engaged are old Peter Conklin, ___, Field and Bowen, Alexis ___, Arthur Gill(?), Vennett and Boynton and their troupe of educated bronchos, including the celebrated leaping horses, Wichita, Daisy and Blondin. Everything around and about the show will be new, clean and bright, transported by a train of six cars. The show will remain out all winter, exhibiting in the principal cities of the South. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 468.
St. Louis, Missouri. Pete Conklin, the well known clown, was in the city last week. He has left the Diefenbach Show, and will join James A. Bennett's Show at San Antonio, Tex. New York Clipper, October 4, 1890, 471.
J. A. Bennett & Co.'s Grand Circus Royal opened at San Antonio, Tex., Sept. 27, to excellent business. The audience was composed mainly of the aristocracy of the city. Promptly at eight o'clock Miles Berry, general agent, stepped into the sawdust circus, and, amid storms of applause, delivered a brief and eloquent inaugural speech, also introducing manager Bennett. The latter, amid cheers and applause, made a few remarks, after which the programme commenced with the old time eight horse entree and grand tournament around the hippodrome track. The next ovation of applause occurred when "Old Pete" Conklin, the veteran clown, made his appearance. It furnished positive proof that Mr. Conklin was no stranger to the San Antonio people. He had his first appearance before them, by the way, over thirty two years ago. Baby Venus(?), the child aerialist, proved to be a feature, gracefully accomplishing the most difficult feats on the trapeze. Mlle. R??ina Venus made a decided hit in her principal act, and ___, the Russian bareback rider, in his bounding jockey act, gained round after round of applause. Eddys and Meeker also won much commendation for their midair evolutions. Bennett's equine wonders were cheered at every turn, their military drill and parade rest being pronounced the finest ever seen at San Antonio. Sam Joseph, of the Robinson Show; Ed. Davis, of the Wallace Show, and Pete Sells, of the Sells Bros.' Show, are numbered among the guests that have witnessed the initial performance. Business has been phenomenal ever since our opening, and the show is conceded to be a great success. W. H. Pomeroy, business manager, and Miles Berry, general agent, certainly deserve the congratulations daily bestowed upon them. The show remains at San Antonio until Oct. 13(?), when it starts on an extensive Southern tour. New York Clipper, October 18, 1890, 503.
On the Road, Circuses and Miscellaneous: Circus Royal, New Orleans, La., Nov. 24-29. New York Clipper, November 29, 1890, p. 595.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bensley's Royal Pavilion - 1885-86
1885:
Wanted for Bensley's Royal Pavilion Show, opens at Colborne, Ontario, July 1, gymnasts and acrobats, concert people and outside attractions. Address James Bensley, Colborne, Ont., Canada.
1886:
Advertises for gymnasts and concert people at Belleville, Ontario. Show recently purchased by H. L. Montford. Show closed on October 2 at Collingwood, Canada, due to snow. Will run a hall show known as Royal Mastodons. New York Clipper, June 5, 1886, p. 191; October 9, 1886, p. 475.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bentley’s - 1888-89, 1895-96, 1914, 1918
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, ca. 1880-1915, Charles A. Bentley, owner
1888:
Roster of Bentley's Pavilion Show: Chas. Bentley, manager and proprietor; Mrs. Chas. Bentley, treasurer; Ed. Welch, advance with three assistants. Performers: Charles Bentley, Mons. Freed, Glassbrook and Cone, the Adells, Tom Cone, Prof. Dan Rice's canine paradox, educated donkey and goats. Prof. T. N. Wilcox, novelty brass and and orchestra of ten pieces. N. Wilcox in charge of concert, Tom Cone, Ella Wilcox . . . and Little Ivy, Pearl Wilcox, Horton and Deney. G. W. Bliss, boss hostler with twenty head of stock; Bert Brooks, boss canvasman with six assistants; Denny Edwards, chief of cook tent. The show travels by wagons, taking in Michigan, Indiana and Ohio, under a 90ft. round top with a 30ft. middle piece. New York Clipper, June 16, 1888, p. 218.
1889: The Levant Family have joined Chas. Bentley's Circus. New York Clipper, June 8, 1889, p. 207.
1895:
Roster and notes from Bentley's Old Fashioned Circus. We are located in New York City. Bob Whittaker, Pauline Carre and May Stewart are doing some fine riding. Roster: J. G. Bentley, proprietor and manager; Jos. De Voe, treasurer; Robt. Whittaker, equestrain director; Col. E. Daniel Boone, asst. equestrian director; R. Westfall, general contractor and press agent; Prof. Bellinghoff, musical director with fifteen pieces; Lew Foster(?), general superintendent and master of canvas with twenty assistants; Ed Buckley, boss hostler with ten assistants; J. Byer, chandelier man; W. Haggarty, night watchman; J. McMannus, assistant; A. Mawby, boss property man with eight assistants; L. Foster, doorkeeper; Robt. Whittaker, Lou Whittaker, Pauline Carre and May Stewart, the Austin Sisters, Addie O'Brien, the Carpo Brothers . . . Mlle Bertine, Thos. Schaffer, Zara, J. W. Hamilton, Frank Cotton and Fred and Harry Lavan. New York Clipper, July 27, 1895, p. 326.
Notes from Bentley's Old Fashioned Country Circus. This is our fourth week at Ninety-ninth Street and First Avenue. New faces for this week are Little Eagle, Indian rider; Harry O'Dell, boneless wonder, and Prof. Ad. Carlisle, with his canine wonders. The Bell Sisters have made a hit in the concert and have been re-engaged. Martin Lowande is breaking in new horses for a four horse act. We remain on this lot another week. . . . New York Clipper, August 10, 1895, p. 355.
Notes from Bentley's Old Fashioned Country Circus. We moved from the East side of this city to our present location, Fifty-ninth(?) Street and Eighth Avenue, Aug. 17, and gave our first performance here 19, to a corking house. Robert Whittaker, our equestrian manager, has everything running in fine shape. Our new attractions this week are: Martinho Lowande and son, Oscar, his first appearance in New York in many years. His two horse carrying act is a fine addition to the show. John Foster, the veteran clown and jester, also made his first appearance 19, and was well received. The three Judge Brothers, in their act, are way up in G. G. Willie(?) Edwards, the South American wonder, is also among the new arrivals, and made a big hit. Daddago, the Russian equilibrist, and the Braatz Sister, are what they claim to be, European novelties. Prof. John White and his pony and trick mule has come to make a two week's stay. The Le Vans still remain with us, and we think they are doing the act of their lives. The Austin Sisters have made a decided hit in their sensational aerial act. Annie, the human fly, is one of the princiapl attractions of our show. Frank Kennebel is as funny as ever, and Lew Whittaker, clown, comes in for his share of applause. Addie O'Brien, slack wire performer, still remains. Pauline Carre is riding better than ever. Mlle. Zarah and Nicholas ___ continue with us. On our opening night here a delegation of horsemen from riding academies were prominent spectators, occupying private boxes as guests of Robert Whittaker. When Mr. Whittaker entered the ring to do his act, he received a great reception. Col. E. Daniel Boone and his four performing lions are a big drawing attraction. Mr. Bentley purchased the entire outfit of the Irwin Brothers Show and stowed it away - a 100ft. round top, 50ft. middle piece, ten wagons and all ___. New York Clipper, August 24, 1895, p. 386.
1896:
Notes from Bentley & Co. We entered on our third week in New York on our own lot, corner Ninety-ninth street and First avenue. The performance is under the direction of Wm. O'Dale. . . . New York Clipper, July 11, 1896, p. 293.
Notes from Bentley & Co. We have entered our third week and doing big business in the metropolis. Carpenters, blacksmiths and painters are putting the finishing touches of the last few wagons, and will will swing into the long list of traveling wagon shows. Ned Bentley has returned from the Van Amburg show, where he was doing the contracting. A. H. Westfall joined to look after the advertising. . . . New York Clipper, July 18, 1896, p. 308.
1914:
The Bentley Show will open the season in Eaton Rapids, Michigan, with an entirely new outfit. The show has been enlarged and will travel in nine brand new wagons and two touring cars. The big top will be 60x120 feet. Roster: Chas. A. Bentley, general manager; Nettie E. Bentley, treasurer; Sylvester Bullis, supt. advance with three assistants; Cariton MaLoon, director of performance; Ralph W. Thornburg, leader of band; D. H. Hamlin, leader of orchestra; J. E. Byrnes, boss of construction; Fred Terrill, boss hostler; Miss Geneva Bentley and her troupe of dogs; the Leandos, contortionists and novelty acrobats; Prof. Frank Leon, magician; Byrnes and MaLoon, revolving ladder and clowns; Wiggans Farrow, song and dance; Mack and Bennett, comedy sketch artists; Harry Shaw, saxophone soloist, and twelve piece band. Billboard, May 16, 1914, p. 85.
1918:
Wanted for Bentley's Wagon Show. Pianist, comedian, juggler and novelty act. Prefer man who can make announcements. Address C. A. Bentley, Bethel, O., June 20; Hamersville 21; Felicity 22; Higginsport 24. [Advertisement] Billboard, June 22, 1918, p. 2.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bentley Bros. - 1978-79, 1983, 1985-86, 1999
1978: This was a new show in 1978, owned by Tommy Bentley. Bandwagon, January-February, 1979, p. 19.
1979: Throughout the 1979 season, owners Tommy Bentley and Chuck Clancy, the show played indoors and outdoors for fair dates. Bandwagon, January-February, 1980, p. 17.
1983: In 1983 Tommy Bentley and Chuck Clancy had their Bentley Bros. on the road for eighteen weeks. It was a three-ring grandstand show. Bandwagon, January-February, 1984, p. 14.
1985: Tommy Bentley and Chuck Clancy presented a three-ring grandstand show for various groups, touring California in April and May. After a lay-off the show toured the Midwest, East and South from July to September. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 13.
1986: The show played under the auspices of sponsors in 1986. They played a split season with a tour of California in May and June, and Eastern and Midwest from late July to September. Bandwagon, January-February, 1987, p. 14.
1999: The show opened in Miami, Florida early in March. Summer dates were played on the East coast and the Midwest. On June 6, Robert and Dianne Moyer bought the show from Chuck Clancy. Earlier in the year Clancy had purchased the partner Tommy Bentley's interest. Bandwagon, March-April, 2000, p. 14.
• Tommy Bentley and Charles Clancy formed and made a very short tour with their Bentley Bros. show in 1977. An article on the career of Tommy Bentley and his circus is in Bandwagon, September-October, 2008, pp. 25-28.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, Tommy Bentley, Chuck Clancey, owners, 1978-1998; Robert and Dianne Moyer, owners, 1999- .
Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bently’s - 1901
Bently's circus will exhibit at Landeck on August 1st. A balloon ascention will be given at 4 p.m., by a lady aeronaut. Daily Herald (Delphos, OH), July 9, 1901, p. 1.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Berkell's Show listed in Chindahl's History of the Circus in America, circa 1901-04
1902:
Notes from the Berkell Show. The roster is nearly complete and everything will be hustle and bustle around winter quarters in a few days. Mr. Berkell will close his hall show about March __, and will then jump to Neola, Ia., where the show opens May 3. Everything will be new. We will use an 80ft., with two 40ft. middle pieces, 60ft. menagerie top and __ft. dressing room. The people already signed are: Prof. Chas. E. Rice, with his dogs, ponies, mules and monkeys, as one of the special features; the St. Albans Sisters, on the double trapeze; Mlle. ___, flying perch and loop walking; Lamertine and __ Fore, comedy rings and grotesque tumbling; Mlle. Dair, featured in her wonderful atc, the cloud swing, for outside attraction; the marvelous Rauf, twentieth century wire performer. Another feature will be our clowns, which will be headed by Frank O'Neill and Harry West. Our band will be as strong as the best, led by C. O. Parmley, and costumed will be something to talk about. We will make a strong feature of our concert, having a first class orchestra, led by D. Loomis, and we have engaged special people for same, among whom are Lena Kline, coon singer and dancer. C. C. Matthews and Mrs. Berkell will have charge of the front door; Prof. Chas. Rice, equestrian director; Chas. Chandler will have charge of canvas, with seven assistants. We think we will laud a winner the coming season. New York Clipper, March 8, 1902
Harry F. West and Millie Zanta were erroneously announced as being with the Berkell Shows for the coming season. They have signed with the famous Welsh Bros.' Shows, the present being their fourth season with this aggregation. Mr. West will do German clowning and Miss Zanta aerialistic acts in the big show, and both will appear in the after show in vaudeville. New York Clipper, March 15, 1902.
• Chas. Berkell, proprietor of the Berkell Show, has concluded not to take out his circus the coming season, and has sold his entire outfit to Emil Seibel, of Watertown, Wis. Mr. and Mrs. Berkell left Des Moines, Ia., Feb. 28, for California. In the party were Lena Kline, C. C. Matthews, Mlle Dair and Frank O'Neill, who have been with Mr. Berkell for years. They are now in San Francisco, sight seeing. Mr. Berkell will open under canvas April _, near San Francisco. New York Clipper, March 28, 1903.
• Note: More on this show or people may be found on other pages on this website. Check out Billboard, Clipper, and do a Search
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bernard's - 1901
"Bernard's Mammoth and Mastodon Aggregation" is said to be the name of a circus which arrived in the city from Australia on the Sonoma yesterday. There are the usual features, and an effort will be made to get up a tent and give performances. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), October 11, 1901, p. 4.
Bernard's circus gave exhibitions during the week at Spreckelsville and Pala to full houses. The exhibition of trained dogs was the best ever seen on Maui. Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu, HI), December 3, 1901, p. 6.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Berry's London Museum & Circus - 1885 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885
Berry's London Museum and Circus closed at Medicine Lodge, Kas., Sept. 2, on account of bad business. New York Clipper, September 19, 1885, p. 424.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Berry & Sutherland's Oriental Circus and Palace Pavilion Railroad Shows - 1894 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1894
Notes from the Berry & Sutherland Oriental Circus and Palace Pavilion Shows. - This is the first and only circus that was ever organized in the copper country of Lake Superior, and still the distance from Chicago is but 300 miles. Everything is progressing in first class order and we will open in Red Jacket about he middle of May. This new organization will be under the personal supervision of Miles Berry, the well known circus agent and manager, who has been associated with the executive staff of the different leading circuses of America for hte past twenty-three years. The show will be transported on its own special train. The first annual tour will be a season of forty weeks from the opening date, and during that time the show will be taken through the best territory in the United States and the provinces of Canada. Many new and original ideas will be brought into execution, both in advertising and performance. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 103.
Wanted, performers in every branch of the circus business, who can do two or more acts; a good singing and talking clown; . . . concert people who can play drums, boss canvas man, chandelier man and working people. Also a hustling agent and billposters. To let, sideshow and candy stands. Address Miles Berry, manager, Red Jacket, Mich. New York Clipper, April 21, 1894, p. 111.
Notes from Miles Berry's Oriental Circus and Palace Railroad Shows. Everything is ready and complete for the opening, which will take place May 19(?). This show is the pride of the copper country, and proves to be a great surprise to the natives who toil under the ground in the mammoth copper mines. As this is the first and only circus that ever organized in copper country, it is a great curiosity to the good people of this vicinity to know how it can be done, and there is not a man, woman or child who is not anxiously waiting to hear the band play. Among the recent engagements are the Three Girdelles(?), contortionists, pantomimists and high kickers; the Harmans, aerial artists; Baker Bros., acrobats and hat spinners; La Marti?e, juggler; Perry and Ellsworth, novelty concert team; and Major Hyde, the lightning gun drill artists. The people are coming in from the North, South, East and West. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 149.
On the road, circuses: Miles Berry's, Red Jacket MI May 19-22, Osceola 25, 26. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Berosini International Circus
Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Best Bros. Circus - 1930
• In 1930 Ray Marsh Brydon advertised for people for the Best Bros. Circus. The show was to open at Louisville, Kentucky early in April. However, Jimmy Woods purchased the show in March. It is not known if it ever went out under the Best Bros. title. Bandwagon, July-August, 1983, p. 6.
• Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses does list this show for 1930, Ray Marsh Brydon, owner.
Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Betts' - 1885-86 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885-86
1885: Bett's "One-Paugh" circus had a hard time here. It is a small affair, but good what there is of it. Freeborn County Standard (Albert Lea, MN), September 9, 1885, n.p.n.
1886: The people engaged so far for J. C. Betts' Excelsior Pavilion Show are: J. C. Betts, proprietor and manager; Ed. Franlando, equestrian director; Kriz Bros., gymnasts; Fred Spencer, rope dancer; Gilbert Bros., Johnny Erwin (flying trapeze), Ed. Kriz, Minnie Johnson, Wm. Snell, Bessie Green, Jessie Betts, Fannie Betts and Eddy Fralando. The show has twelve wagons and thirty horses, and will leave Postville, Ia., in April. New York Clipper, April 3, 1886, p. 36.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Beveridge's Wildest West - 1895 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1895
• Note: In The Montana Cree: A Study in Religious Persistence (University of Oklahoma Press, 1962, p. 36), author Verne Dusenberry states that this show was framed by two Helena, Montana men, Davenport and Beveridge, using Cree Indians as their main attraction. The Ringling Bros. 1899 route book states that C. L. Beveridge was associated with this show.
Wanted, for Beveridge's Montana Wildest West, great special feature, and troupe of Arabs for big show. Side show attractions, concert specialties, cowboy band, bosses in all departments. Address E. D. Colvin, manager, 75 Plymouth Place, Chicago, Ill. Also 50 experienced billposters, lithographers and progarmmers, and bugle brigade. Apply to W. C. Boyd, general agent, 75 Plymouth Place, Chicago, Ill. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, March 2, 1895, p. 836.
Notes from the Beveridges' Montana Wildest West. This attraction was launched at Joliet, May 4. The show uses twenty cars, the smallest fifty feet in length; five horse tents. Indians, ponies, three cook tents under the management of Allie Webb, and two large corrals. In one, one hundred and seventy-eight Cree Indians hold forth in their wigwams and tepees until the large show starts, when they exhibit their articles of bead work and various productions of their skill. They give a reproduction of life on the plains in early days, assisted by cowboys and girls, among whom are Rio Grade Bill, Rattlesnake Jack, Yellowstone Vic, Montana Kid, Highwood Gypsy, Rocky Mountain Kate . . . The big chiefs are Little Bear, Thunder Bear and Buffalo Coat. A team of rifle shots are led by Capt. A. H. Bogardus and sons, T. H. Ford, Carmen Alverez and others. Del Fugeo and Harry ___ are the clowns. A hippodrome of eighteen races is given. Equestrian director is Wm. Odell. The side show is in the hands of Cal. Towers. . . . New York Clipper, June 15, 1895, p. 227.
A letter from Greensboro, Ind., signed by members of Beveridge's Montana Wildest West, reads as follows: "Beveridge's Montana Wildest West closed here today (June 20) on account of bad business. The company did not pay one cent of wages, leaving the performers and working men in very bad shape. Most did not have enough money to get out of town. A collection was taken up, and Allie Webb ordered his men to unload his wagons and put up his tents, and he also furnished meat, bread, butter and coffee for the hungry men. After supper was over one was selected to thank Allie for his kindness. The trouble is not yet settled. Most all of the performers and band left for Chicago last night, but the working men are still here, waiting for their pay." New York Clipper, June 29, 1895, p. 261.
Cincinnati, June 24. Beveridge's Wild West Show stranded here last week, and among the people connected with it was a large camp of Cree Indians. They were in desparate straits, without food, money. Manager Heck conceived the idea of having them camp for the Summer on the slopes of the Zoo. Now upwards of one hundred Indians have erected their wigwams, and will live in them during the season. Next week they will give performances. New York Dramatic Mirror (New York, NY), June 29, 1895, p. 10.
A letter from Greensboro, Indiana, signed by members of Beveridge's Montana Wildest West: "Beveridge's Montana Wildest West closed here today (June 20), on account of bad business. The company did not pay one cent of wages. Most of the men did not have enough mony to get out of town. Allie Webb timidly ordered his men to unload his wagons and put up his tents, and he also furnished meat, bread, butter and coffee for the hungry men. The trouble is not yet settled. Most all the performers and band left for Chicago last night, but the working men are still here, waiting for their pay." New York Clipper, June 29, 1895, p. 261.
New Castle, Indiana. Beveridge's Montana Wild West, announced to appear in New Castle, was temporarily stranded at Greensburg by reason of incorrigible Indians and a Sheriff's attachment. New York Dramatic Mirror (New York, NY), July 6, 1895, p. 6.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Beverly Bros.
• An article on owner Charles X. Allen's 1933 All's Wild West & Beverly Circus and 1934 Beverly Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1997, Vol. 41, No. 6, pp. 20-26.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Beverung Bros. - 1912, 1914 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912-14
1912:
Beverung Brothers, two popular young theatrical men of Milwaukee, connected with the Majestic Theatre, on the Orpheum Circuit, are making preparations for a show which they will put on the road June 10. The Three Irwins, slack wire contortion and head balancing artists; J. W. Whiteley's dogs and ponies, and Sampson, the strong man, have already signed contracts with them. They contemplate putting this show on in the larger cities. New York Clipper, March 30, 1912, p. 8.
The ill-fated Beverung Bros. Circus, that played Milwaukee last spring to good business for several weeks, then took to the jungles to go broke at Eagle, Wis., will again take to the road next spring. Billboard, November 16, 1912, p. 51.
1914:
Milwaukee, Wis., June 17. The Beverung Brothers' Shows began their third annual season here on Saturday, and the main top, with a capacity of 1,500 people, was filled practically to capacity, in spite of constant rain. The Five Vavarros, wire act; Corrigan's herd of trained goats and Carlo's ponies and dogs are features. The Daring Delavans, breakaway ladder act; Johnny Ford and Fred Manske, contortionists and balancers, and the Marvelous Marlottes, aerialists, are with the show. Prof. Anton Musial's band is part of it. The show will remain in and about the suburbs of Milwaukke practically the entire two months it is stated to be out. The show was incorporated last week for $10,000. Robert H. Beverung, Edwin Beverrung and Harry E. Billings are the incorporators. The show has been leased to the city of Butler, Wis., for July 4th. Billboard, June 27, 1914, p. 30.
H. E. Billings, press agent of the Beverung Bros. Shows, which were wrecked by a wind storm in Milwaukee, Wis., writes that preparations are being made for the 1915 season, when they will put out an all new outfit. Billboard, August 1, 1914, p. 21.
• Brief information on this show is in Fred Dahlinger, Jr. & Stuart Thayer, Badger State Showmen, Baraboo, WI: Circus World Museum, 1998, p. 115.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bible Bros.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1937-1948
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Big Circus - 1992
This was a new show in 1992. It opened in Exton, Pennsylvania, May 11 and closed by the end of May in New Jersey. Bandwagon, January-February, 1993, p. 9.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1992, Dick Garden, owner.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Big Top Circus - 1994
Headed by Jim Davis, the one-ring Big Top Circus played dates in at least Ohio and Illinois in June. Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, p. 11.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1993, 1996, owner Jim Davis.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Biller Bros. - 1949 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1949-51
1949: Performers with the 1949 Biller Bros. show were Prince Ki-Gore, animal trainer; The Christiana Troupe, Theresa Morales, Betty Biller, Josephine and Marie Ivanoff, George Hubler and Company, Ricci and Enriquita, and others. "Jockey Moore," Ted White, were press agents; Ken Drake and C. J. McCarthy, managers; Ellsworth W. Somers, advance and contracting agent. White Tops, July-August, 1949, Vol. 22, Nos. 7-8, p. 12.
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America lists Art, Hy and Bernie Stahlman, proprietors.
• The 1950 route for this show is online.
• An article on 1949-1950 Biller Bros. Circus is in Bandwagon, September-October, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 5, pp. 4-15.
• An article on 1951-1952 Biller Bros. Circus, re-named Howe's Circus in 1952, is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1989, Vol. 33, No. 6, pp. 50-57.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bingley & Stevens - 1887-88, 1890 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1890
1887:
Call. All people engaged for New United States Shows are requested to report at Chicago, June 11. Wanted, singing clown. H. H. Stevens, manager, Brown's Hotel, Chicago. New York Clipper, June 11, 1887, p. 206.
Wanted for United States Circus, a small sideshow complete, musicians, concert lady and privilege people. Route: Echo, Minn., Oct 6, Albert Lea 7, Humboldt, Iowa, 10, Ft. Dodge 11, Angus 12, Des Moines 13. H. Stevens. New York Clipper, October 8, 1887, p. 482.
Ottumwa, Iowa. Bingley & Stevens' New United States Circus did not appear week of Oct. 17. Keokuk, Iowa. The United States Circus, billed for 17, 18, failed to reach here. New York Clipper, October 29, 1887, p. 521.
The employes of the United States Circus, which closed in Iowa last week to reorganize, as the managers inform us, claim that salaries had been in arrears some time prior to the closing. New York Clipper, November 5, 1887, p. 543.
1888:
Call. All performers and musicians engaged for the Bingley & Co.'s Monster European Shows will please report in St. Louis, Mo., May 2. Sideshow people report not later than May 5. Female specialty and concert team to double on drums are wanted. C. H. Bingley, manager. New York Clipper, April 14, 1888, p. 80.
Herman Stevens has retired from the Stevens & Bingley U. S. Circus. New York Clipper, April 28, 1888, p. 103.
1890:
The Bingley & Stevens Show was placed in the hands of a receiver at Atlanta, Ga. . . . New York Clipper, March 22, 1890, p. 23.
Sheriff's Sale of show property at Mayfield, Kentucky, Oct. 22. Suit in favor of W. H. Harris against Bingley & Stevens Bros.' Creston Shows. Will sell at public auction ten carloads of circus property, consisting of animals, cages, horses, harness, sleeping car, wardrobe, tents, seats, etc. James T. Wilson, Sheriff. Robertson, Smith & Robbins, attorneys for plaintiff. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, October 16, 1886, 494.
• Note: Bingley was a partner of Col. Geo. W. Hall Sr., Col. G. W. Hall’s Circus and Bingley’s Managerie, 1888-89. “Setting Straight the Hall Circus Titles,” Bob Parkinson, Bandwagon, Vol. 19, No. 1 (Jan-Feb), 1975, p. 15.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Black Bros. - 1886-88 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1886-88
1886:
During the storm of last Thursday evening the tent of Black Bros. dime circus at Hornellsville was blown down on the heads of about 2,000 spectators. No one was injured. Olean (NY) Democrat, August 12, 1886.
Roster of Black Brothers' Ten-cent Show, now traveling through Pennsylvania by rail and going South this Winter: Harry William and Fred Black, proprietors; Harry Knapp, advance agent; Arthur Flynn, ticket seller; Buck Toner, boss canvasman with fifteen head of stock and twenty-two men. Company: Kenyon, Jerome and King Sisters, C. C. Matthews and wife, John Downs, Sanford and Spencer, Lon Moore and Fred Black (clowns), two trick stallions, four ponies, three mules and a troupe of dogs and monkeys. New York Clipper, September 18, 1886, p. 420.
1887:
Yesterday evening firemen were throwing water on the tent of Black Bros.' circus. One of the center pole lights became disorder and a conveying pipe parted, allowing the gasoline from a twelve-gallon tank to run out. The oil was ignited and for a short time a considerable conflagration ensued, but by the quick work of some of the employes inside and the firemen on the outside, the flames were soon under control. The loss of ropes, ring carpet, injury to tent and swinging apparatus was estimated at from $150 to $200 by one of the proprietors. The entertainment was given, however, and the show will leave the city today. Galveston Daily News (Galveston, TX), January 16, 1887, p. 5.
Mrs. E. Black has returned to Olean after an absence of six months, in which she made an extensive tour of the south in company with her sons, proprietors of Black Bros.' show. Olean (NY) Democrat, May 5, 1887.
Roster of Black Bros.' Show: Black Bros., proprietors; William Black, treasurer; C. C. Matthews, equestrian manager; C. C. Matthews, Jessie Dair . . . Mexican Family, Lon Moore, Fannie Moore, Buck Toner, Harry Black, performing horses and ponies. The concert people are May Milton, Miss Montauna, Lon Moore, L. Mulegan and Dan Barrett. New York Clipper, May 14, 1887, p. 132.
The roster of Black Bros.' Ten-cent show is: J. G. Hudgins, contracting agent; Henry Millard, business manager; W. B. Black, general manager; Harry Black, assistant manager and equestrian director; Fred Black, treasurer; Fred Harrise, ticket seller; C. C. Matthews, Jessie Dare, Sig. Montanio, Master Harry Montanio, Master Perry Montanio, John Trevino and Mrs. Trevino, Ed. Saunders, Monico Garcea (five in number), Mateldo Roes, Frank Sheets, leader of band, with eight pieces. Concert people: Mary Milton, Josei Montanio, Dan Barrett. William E. Rhodes, boss canvasman, with ten men; Lacey Milligan, general clown. New York Clipper, May 28, 1887.
The Quincy Herald says of the Black Bros. Circus: . . . The tumblers are good, the riders excellent the trained animals above average in intelligence and training, the clowning is funny, the tight wire and rope acts thrilling . . . Decatur (IL) Daily Republican, May 24, 1887.
Wm. De Van and Eva St. John have joined Black Bros. Show. New York Clipper, July 9, 1887, p. 258.
The Black Bros.' Show are now in the West, moving towards the Pacific Coast. They closed a three days' stand at Denver, Col, Aug. 20, from whence they go the Cheyenne, Wyo. and Salt Lake City, Utah. New York Clipper, September 3, 1887, p. 386.
The Black Bros. Show closed its season at Los Angeles, Cal., Nov. 19, and shipped direct to Union City, Pa., where the show will be put in trim for next season. The proprietors, besides paying the company in full, bought tickets for all to Kansas City, Mo. Everybody went East but J. G. Hodgins, general contracting agent, who will Winter at San Diego, Cal. Chas. Inman, principal clown, and wife, will Winter at 'Frisco. Mary Milton joins the Shield's Show, as do Prof. Frank Sheets and his band of six pieces. Buck Toner (wire-walker), joins Miles Orton. Chas. Mathews and wife will Winter at Philadelphia. Carlyle and Wetson play variety theaters. Fred Harris, ticket seller, will go to Kansas City. Pop Millard, advertising agent, will go to Corry, Pa., his home. The company bought a handsome watch for W. B. Black and a gold-headed cane for Harry Black. J. G. Hodgins was re-engaged for next season. The DeVans (Tom and Will) will play variety theaters while working East. New York Clipper, December 3, 1887, p. 602.
Fred M. Black and wife arrived in the city Saturday evening from Los Angeles, Cal., and are the guests of Mrs. E. Black on Hamilton street. Mr. Black is one of the owners of the Black Brothers circus which closed its season at Los Angeles a short time ago. William and Harry Black are at Union City, Pa., where the circus is established in its winter quarters. Olean (NY) Democrat, December 8, 1887.
1888:
Henry and Fred Black went to Union City, Pa. yesterday. They will commence preparations for the next season's tour of Black Bros. circus of which they are proprietors. Olean (NY) Democrat, February 2, 1888.
Black Bros.' Ten Cent Circus opened its season May ? at Union City, Pa., to good business. Roster: Black Bros., proprietors and managers; Harry Millard, general agent; C. C. Matthews, Harry Black, L. Moore, Harper Bros., Buck Toner, Sig. Martinnis(?), James Whiting, Dair(?) Sisters, Fanny Moore, Bert(?) Thornton, Chas. Gardner, Prof. Frank Sheets(?), Master Guy and William Rhodes. The show travels by rail. New York Clipper, May 12, 1888, p. 134.
Black Bros.' Show closed their season Oct. 23 at Wichita, Kas., at which place they go into Winter quarters. Manager C. C. Matthews writes that the total business for the season was very bad. New York Clipper, November 3, 1888, p. 540.
James Black, who has been with Black Bros. circus for some months past returned last night from Witchita, Kansas, where the circus has gone into winter quarters. Olean (NY) Democrat, November 29, 1888.
1892: Fred M. Black (formerly of the Black Bros.' Show), can be engaged for the coming tenting season with his performing horse, ponies and dogs. Address 748 W. Madison Street, Chicago, Ill. New York Clipper, January 30, 1892, p. 787.
• Also see Pickering & Black Bros.
• Electa Black household. 1880 Federal Census, Union City, Erie County, Pennsylvania, National Archives file T9-1129, p. 225C.
Electa BLACK, age 51, occupation keeping house.
William B. BLACK, son, age 27, occupation hardware merch.
Harry B. BLACK, son, age 23, occupation farmer.
Gertrude J. BLACK, daughter, age 19.
Fred M. BLACK, son, age 17.
James B. BLACK, son, age 11
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Black Hills Wild West, 1914, taken at Wilmington, Ohio, Marion Organ photo, from Conover collection.
Black Hills Wild West - 1914 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1914
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Blaisdell & Constable's Golden State - 1868
[Advertisement] Golden State Circus will exhibit in Placerville on Monday and Tuesday, May 25th & 26th. First in the field and no buffalo show. The only new circus in the State. Blaisdell & Constable's Golden State Circus with the finest stud of ring horses, best riders, best leapers, best gymnasts, and best tight rope equilibrists. The new (old) clown is Geo. Constable. A full corps of male and female, French and German pantomimists and dancers (their first appearance in California), engaged expressly for pantomimes and afterpieces. Our baggage wagons are all nw, and new trappings for the ring, with the most gorgeous and costly trappings and dresses. In addition to a new outift, new acts of horsemanship, new gymnastic sports, new acrobatic feats. Something out of the usual hum drum style of circuses that has been palmed off on the public for the past three seasons. The brass and string band connected with the Golden State Circus are all solo performers, and is the best band that ever traveled this State. Mountain Democrat (Placerville, CA), May 23, 1868, n.p.n.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Blake's Dog & Monkey - 1896, 1901, 1903, 1905, 1910
1896: The performance of Sipe, Dolman & Blake's dog and pony show last evening . . . The first act consisted of a camp and military drill by the ponies. The ponies did about everything a company of men could do, responding to their trainer's commands. At his command all laid down on their left side; when the bugle call was sounded, they jumped up and formed in line. In the military drill they marched in single file, twos, fours, sixes, right faced, counter marched and left and right obliqued. To prove that the ponies knew their place in line, Mr. Blake mixed them up by sending them galloping around the ring without regard to order. When called to halt, they quickly reformed in their proper places. The dogs rushed into the ring and found their proper positions. The act opened with some promiscuous jimping. In the midst of this, word was brought in that Mr. and Mrs. Maloney (names of two French poodles) where to make a call. They came in with their child, drawn by a Newfoundland dog. Dressed in the latest fashion, triner R. J. Blake helped them to their seats and sent the baby away in the care of another dog. Mr. and Mrs. Maloney gave an exhibition of waltzing and then departed. Chairs were next brought out and the religious dogs clambered on them and said their prayers. The pony, Beauregard, trotted in and did some examples in subtractions and addition. Mac Neil, a companion, erased the sums from the board. The spaniels, Jack and Jenks, rolled a barrel. The most difficult feat performed by the dogs was the tight rope walking done by Jocko, a little Russian poodle walked a rope 30 feet long with another dog clinging to his back. Caesar, the St. Bernard, played a game of leap frog with Pug, the smallest pony in the world. A poodle walked on its front legs with his hind ones in the air. When Mr. Blake asked who would walk on his front legs for him, the majority pretended to be lame. Keno did some difficult back somersaults. A prize fight between spaniels representing Corbett and Jackson,was amusing. During the fight Jackson's second shot and killed Corbett's second. The dogs then proceeded to hunt out the murderer and hang him. R. J. Blake has perfect control over the animals. The show contains 63 dogs and 40 ponies. Utica Morning Herald (Utica, NY), September 1, 1896, n.p.n.
1901: Prof. Blake, whose dog and monkey circus is playing an engagement at the Zoo, says he experienced more trouble in training Nero, the black Russian poodle, to perform on a high swinging wire than training any other dog or monkey for an act. Nero's act is clever, he balances on a slack wire while it is swinging. The monkeys that ride bicycles and walk the wire are amusing. The other features are strong. Indianapolis Press (Indianapolis, IN), January 2, 1901, p. 7.
1903: Bostock's Menagerie . . . Prof. Blake's dog and pony circus and monkey theatre furnishes striking examples of animal sagacity and intelligence. Canines walk tight ropes, dance skirt dances and do high jumping, while ponies go through an intricate drill with monkeys as ridrs. Happy Hooligan, a large monkey, rides a bicycle. Amsterdam Evening Recorder (Amsterdam, NY), February 27, 1903, p. 5.
1905: At White City Park this summer, R. J. Blake's dog, pony and monkey circus, C. D. Willard's Temple of Music, each of them occupying specially erected buildings at a cost of $10,000 each. [Chicago, IL] Billboard, March 11, 1905, p. 3.
1910: At the Lyceum theater . . . The chief attraction is Blake's dog and pony show, a hippodrome act which in reality is a miniature circus. One of the features of the show is the bucking mule "Maude" which defies all riders. There is a rope walking monkey, five performing ponies and a troupe of well trained dogs. Amsterdam Evening Recorder (Amsterdam, NY), March 29, 1910, p. 7.
• Also see Sipe, Dolman & Blake.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
F. R. Blitz's Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1881-88
Blitz & Long - 1890
1890:
F. R. Blitz and Harry Long will take out a tent show this summer . . . New York Clipper, May 3, 1890, p. 126.
Blitz & Long's Pavillon Show will open June 1(?). Signor Lowanda has been engaged. Every tent will be blue and white striped. New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 139.
F. R. Blitz and Harry K.(?) Long will open their Fair ground season at Chillicothe, O., Aug. 10. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.
Talkers wanted, who can make opening. . . . Blitz & Long's Show, Fair Ground, Elmira, N. Y. New York Clipper, September 6, 1890, p. 412.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Blondin's Show - 1909-10 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1912
1909: Leo Blondin's Show: Leo Blondin, manager; Joe Becker, agent; J. Betz, musical director; C. A. Curtis, stage director; R. C. Thompson, stage carpenter; Don Vanderveer, master of transportation; Richard Johnston, supt. of canvas with eight assistants; Leo. H. King, Roy Knight, R. C. Landers, Ed Coke, Jess Darnell, Frank Tillman, Bert Potter, Ferris Taylor, Frank Kursh, Eleanor Blondin, Francis Curtis, Cahtleeen Barrett, Bertha Ramsey and Frank Rowen. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
1910: The roster of the Blondin Show is as follows: Leo Blondin and E. F. Reed, equal owners; Leo Blondin, manager; E. F. Reed, treasurer; Chas Bowen, general agent; Chas. R. D. Foote, stage manager; Clair Balding, assistant manager; E. W. Marsh, musical director; Tom Buckley, superintendent of lot and canvas. The street attractions are Spellman’s Band of fourteen pieces. R. Ferris Taylor, who sings with the band and Cuba Crutchfield, trick roper, Mrs. Leo Blondin and son, John Lee joined the show at Ogden, U. "Circus Gossip," Billboard, November 12, 1910, p. 24.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Curtis L. Bockus - 1934
Lynn, Mass. March 8. The Curtis L. Bockus Shows, with winter quarters at 152 Chestnut street, this city, will open their season in April. The organization will continue as a ten-car show. No grift and no girl shows are permitted. - E. Clifford, show representative. Billboard, March 18, 1922, p. 189.
The Welfare Department of Rutland, Vt., Monday was called upon to feed an entire circus, numbering 35 humans and 65 animals, when the show went broke there. The organization — Curtis L. Bockus Circus Shows — opened to a meagre gate. In two days they grossed $13, the price of a meal for one hungry elephant. Still they had to eat. The city was obliged to feed them. To add to the confusion, the proprietor was held on a charge brought by the animal trainer, who claimed the show owner owed him $800. Then a Burlington newspaper attached the animals, charging nonpayment for advertising by circus officials. Nobody could leave town, everybody was without funds and gnawed by hunger. Rutland decided something had to be done. It fed the animals and the humans. The city couldn't afford to have starving tigers and lions prowling around near the children, residents argued. Troy Times (Troy, NY), December 19, 1934, p. 8.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bockus & Kilonis - 1936 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1936
• Article on the 1936 Bockus & Kilonis Wild Animal Circus is online in Bandwagon, Jan-Feb 1967 (scroll down or use find), and brief information in Bandwagon, Mar-Apr 1967 (scroll down or use find).
John D. Kilonis of Manchester, well known in this section as a wrestler a few years ago, is planning to head a one-ring circus during the coming summer. It will open May 2 in Manchester and then tour New England, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania and the South. Fitchburg (MA) Sentinel, February 8, 1936.
The Bockus & Kilonis Wild Animal circus, one of the largest of motorized shows, arrived here from Nashua today and will give a performance this afternoon and evening at the Summer street grounds. It is the first year of the combined Bockus and Kilonis attractions. The combination succeeded in attracting many well-known circus and animal acts. The glamour attached to the arrival of big railroad shows was missing somewhat today, although many were thrilled at the way the automobiles with their trailers rumbled over the roads to the show grounds. The circus was in Nashua yesterday and played to an enthusiastic capacity crowd last night. In keeping with the policy of traveling by daylight, the trucks did not leave Nashua until 5 o'clock today, and they rolled into Fitchburg at different times, so the early risen missed the mass ensemble anticipated.
Supt. Manchester, who entered the circus business 42 years ago, and who was with the Buffalo Bill circus when Dexter W. Fellows made his debut in 1899, had charge of the erection of the tented city. Long before the performers, animals and attractions arrived the cook tent .the dressing rooms, the animal tent, the side show and finally the main top arose as if by magic. An army of employes were busy, each one had his appointed task; and to the sound of sledge hammer thumps and commanding voices of stern bosses the tents arose. The portable power plant was quickly in operation and attendants promised to have the ground as bright as daylight tonight. Employes say the animal display is the best ever seen in this city. The wild animal circus is part of the main show and all patrons see every animal at every performance. John Kilonis, one of the owners, is well known here as a wrestler. He appeared here many times several years ago, and took part in many hard fought bouts, including one at the Lyric with Paul Bowser, now wrestling promoter. He now resides in Manchester, where the circus makes its headquarters.
J. B. Swafford, general manager of the circus, was formerly manager of the Cumings theater in this city and later went to Gardner where he continued in the theatrical business as house manager and later led his own tented shows. Supt. Manchester, "the first man on the lot in the morning and the last one off at night," is also a veteran. He has been in the circus business 42 years and during that time made and lost two fortunes. He owned the Sautelle circus at one time and also owned and managed the Irwin circus. The show goes from here to Gardner where it will appear tomorrow. Fitchburg (MA) Sentinel, May 6, 1936.
Bockus & Kilonis Circus To Give Varied Program Here Wednesday, May 6. The Bockus & Kilonis wild animal circus, here Wednesday, May 6, is new, spick and span and presents an interesting diversified program. Thrillers and sensational troupes have been engaged from both sides of the Atlantic. The rings and stage will offer graceful and difficult equestrian feats performed on the backs of snow-white horses by fearless men and women riders. High school horses are ridden by captivating misses in gorgeous and glittering riding habits. Reckless and breath-taking aerialists perform ardous feats at the dome of the big canvas on swiftly moving trapeze and slender silver wires. Acrobatic troupes amaze and astonish, from the sturdy parents, down to the cute tumbling tots. A score of gymnasts including leapers, jugglers, wire walkers, contortionists and ludicrous clowns amuse with their timely burlesque offerings on various topics of the day. In a large steel arena appears the exciting and intensifying feature, Marion Knowlton, "Lady, of the Lions," a death defying woman, wild animal subjugator dominating jungle-bred lions and tigers. Her act is the feature of Capt William Schulz wild animal exhibition. Ted Merchant, cowboy screen star, present his own company of cowboys, cowgirls and horses in "Frontier Life." Fitchburg (MA) Sentinel, May 30, 1936.
Bockus & Kilonis circus closed in Maine last week. The circus had tough luck in accidents and weather and finally decided to close the season. Fitchburg (MA) Sentinel, June 27, 1936. All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bodkin Bros. - 1905, 1907
1905: Bodkin Bros.'s Circus, after playing with success on Chicago lots, has been converted into a wagon show. Manager A. J. Bodkin purchased fifty head of draft stock last week. The show laid up for one week and reorganized, opening on the road 17. Billboard, July 22, 1905, p. 11.
1907: Bodkin Bros. Shows want performers in all branches of the circus business, Riders with stock, aerial acts, jugglers, acrobats, ground acts, animal acts. For the season of 1907, opening day May 1. Wanted, band of 20 pieces, and leader. Address J. B. Allen, general manager, Bodkin Bros. Shows, Chicago, Illinois. Billboard, March 30, 1907, p. 41.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
C. A. Bogardus - 1892
Wanted, for the C. A. Bogardus Enormous Consolidated Shows. People in all branches, black face, Dutch and Irish specialty people who can play in string or brass. Would like to hear from small band. Also want four, six and eight horse drivers. C. A. Bogardus, sole owner and manager, Belvidere, Ill. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 160.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bogart's Novelty Circus, Odessa, New York, 1939, photo courtesy of Conover collection.
Bogart's Novelty Circus Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1939
• In 1939 Earl J. Bogart, from Afton, New York, formed a partnership with Clayton Hawkes to produce Bogart's Novelty Circus. Hawkes, owner of Martin Bros. and Clatyon's circuses, provided the equipment and Bogart the trained animals. Bogart put on the show. The show opened at Castle Creek, New York, under the auspices of the local Grange. The show consisted of trained ponies, dogs, pigeons, doves, guinea hens, rabbits, cats, roosters and other small animals. The performance included chair balancing, trapeze, flying ladder and other acts. The tent was a 60 by 40 and the side show had nine cages of small animals. The show traveled on six trucks and trailers, with several automobiles with trailers for living quarters. There were fifteen people with the show. George W. Bray did the banner soliciting and had the side show. The show toured for six weeks, and then resumed the tour on July 20, without the side show but with the menagerie. It toured New York exclusively, with one date in Pennsylvania. Bandwagon, November-December, 1992, p. 59.
• Donald B. Bogart is booking agent for Bogart's Novelty Circus. "Class of 1940," Cornell Alumni News, October 31, 1940, p. 88.
1943: At the Masonic Frolic and Circus this week at Main and Cottage Streets the trained animals of Captain Earl Bogart are a feature. "Teddy," billed as the greatest high wire performing dog, a Belgian shepherd, high diving dogs and other trained pets are on the program. Performances each evening this week and a matinee Saturday. Lockport Union-Sun & Journal (Lockport, NY), May 5, 1943, p. 9.
1944: Capt. Earl J. Bogart's Trained Animal Show is one of the big features of the Cuba Odd Fellows Fair, opening tonight in Chamberlain Park. Cuba Patriot (Cuba, NY), May 18, 1944, p. 1.
1948: Portville, New York, Old Home Week Celebration. The Ferris Shows offered attractions and a free midway show was given by Earl Bogart with his trained dogs. Portview Review (Portville, NY), June 17, 1948, p. 1.
1949: He sat on the sunny side of the tent. Leaning back in his chair was Earl J. Bogart of Afton, and in the foreground were the 19 purebred mongrels, with which he entertained the youngsters and oldsters at the Vernon Fair. We asked the dog trainer for a few pointers and just then a "foreign" dog walked into sight. One of the Bogart string let out a howl and the others took up the yelping, making a chorus. "Down Nellie, down Ted down Betty, come here Oscar," said Bogart. The 18 dogs settled down while the 19th, named Oscar, raced after the invader, who turned tail and ran. "To begin with," said Bogart, "you must have a name for each animal, and you must make them obey. You start with simple things like, 'down' and when they obey give the dog a reward. I have all kinds of dogs . . . Take Oscar, a really bright dog. She can tell time and can count. She also does tricks. To do high dives takes about two years of training, but come into the tent and see what she can do." We went into the empty tent and Oscar counted by barking out the proper number of times, and then the dog climbed onto a swinging rope with its fore feet. Finally she stood up on the swinging rope. Bogart has been to 21 fairs this year and stopped in Vermon on the way home. The dogs are carried in a trailer while Mr. and Mrs. Bogart drive the car. Utica Daily Press (Utica, NY), October 11, 1949, p. 7.
1950: Earl J. Bogart, 63, of Afton, died Sunday morning after a long illness. He is survived by his wife, Mrs. Ruth Bogart; a daughter, Mrs. Murray Johnson, both of Afton; three sons, Donald and David, both of Afton, and Robert, of Elmira; his step-mother, Mrs. Ora Manning of Breeseport; a half-brother, Raymond, of Elmira; 10 grandchildren and a niece. The body was removed to the Karschner Funeral Home in Afton. Burial in East Side Cemetery. Binghampton Press (Binghampton, NY), April 10, 1950, p. 20.
• When Earl was thirteen and again at twenty-three, he was living with his grandfather, David Bogart (1900, 1910 censuses), helping on the farm. In 1909 Earl's father, George, died. In 1914, Earl married Ruth Allen. Earl was living in Afton, NY, and listed himself as a funeral director. In the 1920 census for Afton, Earl was listed as an employee of an undertaker. According to the 1925 New York State census, Earl J. Bogart was a deputy sheriff at Afton. In 1930 Earl was a boarder in Johnson City, NY, listing his occupation as a stage performer. His wife and children were living at Afton. By the 1940 census Earl was living in Afton and listed his occupation as show business, his own business.
• Read Bradbury's article on Hawkes' shows and the Bogart's Novelty in Bandwagon, November-December, 1992, pp. 54-59.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bond Bros. - 1896, 1935, 1944 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1896, 1944-47
1896:
Wichita, Kan., April 16. At Bond Bros.' circus, which is wintering here, Egypt, the famous camel, gave birth to a baby camel this morning. Hutchinson News (Hutchinson, KS), April 16, 1896, p. 1.
While the Bond Brothers' Circus was exhibiting at St. John, Kansas, April 20, a dispute occurred between a citizen and one of the "grafters" connected with the show who was conducting a gambling device. A fight ensued, and circus employees and hangers on attacked the ruralists. Police attempted to arrest one of the circus men, and when the show people refused to give him up. citizens offered assistance to the officers. A riot followed, and the circus gang won the battle. Jack Hedges, employee of the circus, was badly injured. Another circus man was shot in the hip, and several citizens were injured. After the fight, County Attorney Jennings telegraphed to Gov. Morrill at Topeka for the militia. The train was not held and the circus men left town at 11:30 for Dodge City. New York Clipper, May 2, 1896, p. 137.
Bond Bros.' No. 2 car: E. M. Cake, manager; J. W. Reynolds, boss billposter; Geo. Fay, programmer; Chas. Byers and Joe Rosenthal, lithos, boards . . . W. Grey, porter and paste maker and R. Taylor, offical programmer. New York Clipper, May 23, 1896, p. 180.
Bond Bros.' circus struck Butte, Montana, the other day in a snowstorm. After paying a state and county license of $350, their treasury was depleted, and the outfit was compelled to give the city of Butte a mortgage on three elephants to secure the payment of a $150 city license. - Chicago Times-Herald. Utica Daily Union (Utica, NY), May 26, 1896, n.p.n.
• Information on the 1896 Bond Bros. show, owner Joe McMahon, is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 6, pp. 66-69.
1935: Bond Brothers Big 3 Ring Animal Circus, the world's newest big circus comes to Gastonia, September 24th. Outstanding features are the Riding Bartoni Family, somersault bareback riding; Emil Schywer's Royal Bengal tigers; Mlle. Leona's leopards; Ali Hassen's Arabian tumblers; Royal Orientals, Japanese jugglers; Barth and Meyer, German teeter board acrobats; Herzog's stallions; Wilmore's seals and sea lions; Miss Pearl Harris, lady gymnast; Morrison's chimpanzees and baboons; Flying Concillions and Aerial Fausts, flying trapeze; clowns, performing elephants, dancing horses; Jeanette Karsey, jumping horse rider on "Fire Chief"; Ezra Buzzington's Missouri mules, military drill; Wallace's pigs and goats; Capt. Allen Sells, lions and tigers; Tim Tinker, Western screen star. Gastonia Daily Gazette (Gastonia, NC), September 20, 1935, p. 12.
1944: Denton, August 20, Bond Bros. 3-Ring Circus and Wild West Show. Billy Barton, aerialist; Miss Margarette & Co., bareback riders and society equestriennes. Trained horses, dogs, monkeys, mules, ponies, acrobats, clowns and other features. Denton Journal (Denton, MD), August 25, 1944, p. 5.
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America lists George E. Barton, proprietor, 1944-46
• Bond Bros. is listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1896, Joe McMahon, owner; 1944, George Barton, owner; 1945-47, Edward Schuster, owner.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bone's Dog & Pony Show - 1919 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1920
J. E. Bone, manager of Bone's Dog & Pony Show, met with a very pamful accident Sunday, April 20, when he fell front the top of his ring barn at Xenia, O., dislocating his right ankle and injuring his left foot. He will be confined to his bed about a week or ten days. This has caused Mr. Bone to cancel his Xenia dates, but the show will open May 5. James Borland has charge of the winter quarters and promises to have everything ready in plenty of time. Mrs. Bone will act as secretary and treasurer of the show. James Borland will be equestrian director and work the ring stock. Mrs. Borland will run the cook house and take charge of the reserved seats. John Swadner will have charge of the auto trucks, and Bill Jones will be advance agent. The show will consist of pony, dog and other circus and vaudeville acts. Billboard, May 3, 1919, p. 34.
Xenia, O., April 12. Preparations are under way to open Bone's Dog & Pony Show here, May 1 to 3, inclusive. Jimmie Borland is at the ring barn breaking ponies and dogs. J. E. Bone, manager, has returned from Dayton, where he has been overseeing the building of his trucks. The show will be a combination truck and wagon outfit. Billboard, April 19, 1919, p. 78.
J. E. Bone, who formerly owned his own show, known as the Bone Dog and Pony Show, but who has recently been connected with the Maloon Shows, out of Union City, Indiana, arrived home Wednesday morning for a two weeks lay-off. He will stay here until after the Greene County Fair, where he has a refreshment concession. The ponies are the ones trained by James Borland here this spring for the Bone Dog and Pony Show. The Maloon Shows is a small road circus traveling by wagon. Evening Gazette (Xenia, OH), July 24, 1919, p. 5.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
E. E. Bonham's Dog & Pony Show - 1922-23
In quarters at Prairie du Sac, Wisconsin, 1922. Billboard, January 14, 1922, p. 65. Bonham's Trained Animal Show (1923). Billboard, March 24, 1923, p. 74.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Cirque du Bonheaur - 1988 (Canada)
This show had dates in French speaking areas of Canada in May and June. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. 16.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bonheur Bros. - 1892-98, 1900, 1902, 1904, 1912 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1892-1911
1892:
Harry Burris, now at Greenwood, Mich., will join the Bonheur Bros.' Show in April. They are fixing up for showing in a tent this season, and have finished negotiations for a brand new tent of a special style and shape, to suit the exhibition they will carry. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 3.
Bonheur Bros. have added three more wagons, which are undergoing a transformation under the painter's brush. All will appear in white. They have put in ten extra head of stock to transport the increase of property, and everything will be new from pole to stake. New York Clipper, April 16, 1892, p. 82.
Bonheur Bros. will begin the season with their art show at Jesup, Ia., some time in May. The exhibition is such that halls available for entertainments are inadequate to admit the huge pictures and they can only be shown under canvas. The interior of the tent will be handsomely furnished and decorated, and everything will be conveniently arranged. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 130.
H. W. Burris, of Alma, Mich., after spending the winter in Michigan, has joined the Bonheur Bros. at Jessup, Ia., May __. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 165.
A ___ struck the Bonheur Bros.' Show . . . July 20, and, before anything could be made safe, the tent was hoisted by the wind. A quarter pole was broken, and several rents made in the tent. One of the tall ___ poles was also broken. The storm lasted two hours. Harry Burris had his left leg badly burned by gasoline night of __, after the entertainment, at Mt. Auburn(?), Ia. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.
. . . the Bonheur Bros.' Show while the performance was in progress, at Fairmount, Minn., Sept. 2?. There was a good audience. Much damange was done to the Bonheur Bros. property, and many people were mor or less injured by the side poles and stakes, but all escaped death or serious injury. The tent was blown flat in an instant, and one of the wagons toppled over. New York Clipper, October 1, 1892, p. 472.
A cyclone struck Bonheur Bros.' Show at Norman, Ia., Sept. 21. Henry Madson(?) had three ribs broken. Mrs. Dahl was tripped by a flying guy and injured in the face by being trampled on. Her daughter, Anna Dahl, received a severe contusion on the head. J. R. Bonheur was thrown violently from the stand where he was lecturing, and the organ fell over on its back. He has been suffering pain for a couple of weeks, but is on duty, as ever. New York Clipper, October 15, 1892, p. 507.
While the train of road wagons of the Bonheur Bros.' Show was descending a steep hill about nine miles north of Yankton, S.D., Oct. 14, the team attached to the gas(?) wagon became unmanageable and overturned the wagon. J. R. Bonheur, who had the lines, was dragged with the rig . . . and his left leg being under the wagon top, his right one was broken, and he sustained injuries about the head. New York Clipper, October 29, 1892, p. 538.
1893:
Bonheur Bros. notes. Bonheur Bros. Show are holding their own in South Dakota, despite the opposition of numerous canvas exhibitions and hall shows of all kinds. Every one has a good word for us after seeing our entertainments. Percy Brown, of Indianapolis, formerly candy butcher with Barnum & Bailey, is with the Bonheur Bros. Roster: J. R. Bonheur, ___ Bonheur and A. G. Bonheur, manager . . . Carl Peterson, first violin; L. Anderson, second violin . . . Chas. Allen and Sam G. Sutton(?), workmen. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 280.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' Show. At Toronto, S.D., June 26(?), we had a severe wind storm with heavy rain fall and the tent could hardly stand. The Bonheur Bros. offered to refund the money paid for admission if the audience would retire, insisting that it was unsafe to try to keep the tent up in such a wind. The people would not leave their seats. In removing a double Baker gasolene [sic] lamp from the top of a large wagon Percy Brown was blown off the wagon and fell, turning a complete backward somersault with the lamp in his hand, alighting on his hip on the tongue of the wagon without seriously hurting himself. New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 280.
[Bonheur Bros.' Colossal Mirror of Wonderland, an art show under canvas. Western scenes. Was traveling in Minnesota, en route to World's Fair.] New York Clipper, July 8, 1893, p. 290.
The Bonheur Bros.' Co. are enjoying the Minnesota lakes in the region of Waterville and feasting on the fish with which the lakes abound. A six pound bass was served for breakfast July 23 at the cook tent. New York Clipper, August 5, 1893, p. 346.
Bonheur Bros.' Mirror of Wonderland, en route through southern Minnesota, report good business. The management reports meeting with such flattering success that they indend to make large improvements next season. The roster: Bonhuer Bros., proprietors and managers . . . Robt. Ronalzo, Joe Adams . . . Master Joe Rivers, Bertie Evens [sic?], Mamie Forrest and Prof. John Young, leader of orchestra. New York Clipper, August 26, 1893, p. 394.
From the Bonheur Bros.' Show. Robert Ronalzo, formerly of Pantzer and Ronalzo, contortionists, is among the specialty performers with the show. Geo. King and John Wagoner joined at Waltham, Minn. The Bonheur Bros. have issued new cuts and attractive paper from original designs. Earl Pike and Sam C. Sherman joined the circus at Waltham, Minn. John Adams and ___ spent Aug. 20(?) with friends at Mason City, Ia. . . . Geo. Rab?ude has recovered from a sprained ankle, occasioned by dropping from his pyramid of tables and turning a back somersault on uneven ground. New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 412.
Notes from the Bonheur Bros.' Shows. Joe Adams, Geo. Rab??ds and R?? Ronalzo have re-engaged with the show. . . . Willard Miller joined at Dankerton, Ia. Amos Bonheur, advance man of brigade No. 1, paid a visit to the show 10. Boss canvas man S. C. Sherman and his men illuminate the country roads at midnight with their train of wagons, decorated with big torches, on their way to the next town. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 463.
From Bonheur Bros.' Show. We have been doing a fairly good business, and will close the tenting season will all people paid and sent on their way happy. New York Clipper, October 28, 1893, p. 545.
1894:
Tent for sale, at a bargain . . . well roped, with ropes and stakes, and other show property. Address Bonheur Bros., Emporia, Kas. . . . New York Clipper, February 17, 1894, p. 808.
Notes from the Bonheur Bros.' Shows. The show was snow bound at ___, Kansas, by the blizzard of Saturday(Sunday?), Feb. 11, for three days. On Wednesday following they managed to dig their way through the drifts with shovels at points where the bands were impassable for the wagons, and at other points making wide detours through ___, a distance of ten miles was made and they reached Council Grove, where they have taken ___ and rented a large store room for quarters for the remainder of the winter. They will use the store room for a repair and paint shop in which to fit up their wagons for the coming season. The advance wagon, in charge of A. G.(?) Bonheur, is ___ thirty five miles east of Council Grove, and our agent had much difficulty in ___ horseback over the snow to join the party here. A new tent built for withstanding gales in this windy country will be made for them this Spring. New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 823.
Tent for sale, 40x80 ___ duck, 12ft. wall, well roped, with ropes and stakes, and other show property, Bonheur Bros., Emporia, Kas. Wanted, Trumpet Organ . . . New York Clipper, February 24, 1894, p. 826.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' Show. In a week Bonheur Bros. will have another large new wagon ready for the road. It is over thirteen feet long by nine feet high, with a symetrical lady that curves up over the wheels. It is very strong and light, being strung up inside by inverted v-shaped stringers, that render it safe for transporting heavy loads. It is fitted with lockers and a little cooking range, on which meals can be cooked for eight or ten persons conveniently, when on the road, without unloading anything. All the Bonheur wagons will this year be changed to bright chrome(?) yellow, and will have rich Tuscan(?) red panels painted within flat scrolls, across which, in gold script, appears the name "Bonheur Bros.," dividing the title of the show, "Electric Sce???," in silver leaf, shaded in cobalt blues. These brilliant hues of the butterfly wing and humming bird will be artistically arranged to form beautiful effects subordinate to the shape of the wagons so decorated. Their show this year will be the modern, model, scenic success, and maintain, as of yore, the brilliant reputation of the Bonheur name. They will have a specially made new tent, constructed by one of the best professional tent makers, for 1894, and will put on the road one of the neatest little tent shows in the world. New York Clipper, March 10, 1894, p. 5.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' Show. A brand new one hundred foot round top will be built, with ropes strongly attached at every seam. Only half the guys will be used in quiet weather, but, as they will travel through Oklahoma and expect to encounter more windy days than quiet ones, they will be prepared to double the work of pounding stakes that would be required where the breezes are more pacific [sic?]. The tent walls will be seven and a half feet high, to afford as little surface as possible for the wind to play upon. Many times have tent shows in this country had to show with only side walls up, and no season passes that the tops have not come down. Bonheur Bros. are determined that such will not be the case with them. Work steadily continues in the paint shop, and handsome transformations are rendered. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 21.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' Show. Work in the paint shop has progressed rapidly and is nearing a finish. Two wagons were turned out last week and the last one will probably be done at the end of this week. They will begin the season in southern Kansas. . . . W. ?. Cook of Paradise, Kansas, is out for the purpose of capturing a few beavers for the show and writes that he has set his traps for a monster wildcat, with every indication that he will soon be in possession of the animal. New York Clipper, March 24, 1894, p. 37.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' Show. New pictorial printing is in preparation. Some fine six(?) color cuts, nine sheet size are in the engraver's hands. One of these nine sheet stands represents the exterio of the grounds, with gay crowds gathering, presenting a festive holiday appearance, with flags and banners flying. A goodly number of newspaper cuts have been especially designed for the season of 1894, and everything else pertaining to the show from flagg staff to stake and paraphernailia will be new out and out. Doc Lee, the old time friend of the Bonheur Bros., has signed. Oklahoma Harry will join us at Galt, Ia., and have charge of the wagons and mules. T. Cast(?), expert whip cracker, who played waltz tunes to music with his silken whip lash at the World's Fair, and for Buffalo Bill, is another late addition. Cast(?) does some of the most remarkable tricks in the musical line. This performer is an Austrian by birth and acquired when a mere boy a wonderful skill at whip cracking while employed herding geese for his parents, who owned large flocks. Later, Cast(?), for many years has been the envy of the cow punchers on the western plains. The bill wagon, office and laboratory wagons, are now at Council Grove, Kan., where the 1894 initial exhibition of Bonheur Bros.' Electric Show will be given. New York Clipper, April 14, 1894, p. 86.
Bonheur Bros.' Show notes. An amusing thing about our stay in winter quarters at Council Grove, Kan. is worth printing. The people of this town, for the most part, are extremely religious, and think show people generally bad. It has been always a business principle to keep our private affairs from the public, and, as every one having no business with us were strictly locked out of our paint shop, the good citizens began to suspect that a "joint" was in full blast in the midst of the town. The frequent jugs of turpentine, oil and packages of paint that passed from the drug stores to our quarters, strengthened this idea, and a few keen acented sleuths began smelling for tracks. The upper floor of our quarters in the big store building, long unused, was covered with a thick layer of dust, and it was funny to see those would be detectives on their little mission, make a pretext for going aloft. But in the undisturbed dust they could see no foot marks or "crap signs," and finally they had to give it up. Our tent is ready for the road, and is pronounced a beauty. Our route will be through Oklahoma and the Indian Territory. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 164.
1895:
Bonheur Bros. notes. A new cook tent, improved camp stove and oven for Hotel Bonheur for the people who travel with this show. Herbert La She and Tom Jefferson are practicing new hits for the concert. La She will do a high wire fire exhibition at the door, on a slender wire fifteen feet above the ground, ending with an eight foot weing while standing, without balancing pole, in centre of the wire. New York Clipper, March 16, 1895, p. 21.
Notes from Bonheur Bros. Earl Pike and Earnest Hahn, two of our old time employees, joined last week. Prof. W. Wiley has signed and will bring his troupe of trained dogs, and a dog drama will be a feature. Herbert La She will do a comedy in midair, performed on slender wires. New York Clipper, March 30, 1895, p. 55.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' New Model Show. Four new horses have been added and another new wagon for baggage, a covered van. Jack Cook joined recently. The roster has increased to double the former number. Billy Wiley manages the Hotel De Bonheur. Sloan Edwards, singer, has joined. New York Clipper, June 29, 1895, p. 261.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' New Model Show. Prof. S. L. Ellis and wife, aerialists, joined the show a week ago. The former has been suffering with a fractured skull, caused by the slipping of a gas pipe winch which was used to wind up his tight rope to bring it taunt. It takes three men to wind the rope. He continues to perform his act in the swing and on the high tight rope. Sloan Edwards (colored), of Charleston, South Carolina, has joined. He is an expert organist and bass singer. Our educated dog Pard has been broken by Prof. William Wiley for a clown specialty, and Mrs. Ellis made the dog his first clown suit. Jack Cook got with the show ten weeks ago, and takes part in the concert. The New Orleans Octoroon Band, five pieces, have signed to be with us soon. New York Clipper, July 13, 1895, p. 293.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' New Model Show. Billy Swerenger clowns the slack wire outside, under Prof. Ellis' tight rope. He also does a clown and donkey act in the show. William Wiley does a clown specialty with Prof. Ellis' contortion work. Roster: Howard Bonheur, J. R. Bonheur, managers; A. G. Bonheur, advance contracting agent with two assistants; Wm. Wiley, dog trainer and chief of culinary dept.; Prof. Ellis and wife, aerialists and tight rope walkers; Billy Swerenger, clown; Tom Jefferson, Sloan Edwards and Jack Cook, singers, dancers and comedians; J. A. Potter, canvas boss; Fred Evens, Earnest Harm, Jim Baldon, workmen; Gleny(?) Potter, child clown; Alerte, air climber; Matt Hamilton, comedian; Joseph McCree, colored jubilee singer, banjoist and buck and wing dancer; Dora Ellsworth, trapeze, and Elizabeth Dalbert, girl tumbler and acrobat. New York Clipper, July 27, 1895, p. 325.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' New Model Shows. Happy Joseph McCree, buck and wing dancer and banjoist, joined ten days ago. M. M. Cook, known as "Jack" Cook, is clowning with his comical donkey, "Solomon." New York Clipper, July 27, 1895, p. 326.
Bonheur Bros.' notes. Prof. Wm. Wiley received news of his wife's illness at Cleveland, Ohio. He left his dogs and dog traps with the company and departed for home. Howard Bonheur has taken charge of the troupe of performing dogs, and they will continue with the show until the close of the season. Mortimer M. Cook will return home this week to New York City. Cook and Wiley will be missed. Tom Jefferson and Sevan Edwards, colored performers, have signed with the show for 1896, as also has Prof. Wm. Wiley. A. G. Bonheur is in charge of the advance. New York Clipper, September 7, 1895, p. 423.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' New Model Shows. . . . The Bonheur Bros. are negotiation for the purchase of a farm for winter quarters near Mt. Auburn. The barn will accomodate seventy-five head of horses. New York Clipper, September 28, 1895, p. 469.
Bonheur Bros.' closed their tenting season at Jewell City, Iowa, October 2, and leased property for the Winter season, consisting of a large store buildin, including a flat for living apartments. The is a big barn on the premises suitable for horses they will keep for use at the quarters. The larger portion of the stock have been put on a farm at Ellsworth for the Winter. The company, composed of the Walker Family, Sloan Edwards, and the Bonheurs themselves, will play halls for a few weeks. New York Clipper, October 19, 1895, p. 521.
1896:
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' Winter Quarters . . . A. G. Bonheur is still at his home in Danville, Ill. Howard has gone to Des Monies, Ia., to purchase a troupe of educated dogs. The two little cocker spaniels, who were nursed by a cat, are growing ???, and are rapidly acquiring their first lessons in the A B C of canine accomplishments. A fine dining tent and several new sleeping tent are ready for selling. New York Clipper, January 11, 1896, p. 716.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' Winter Quarters. A. G.(C.?) Bonheur has returned from his mother's home in Danville, Ill., having spent a pleasant time among old friends. W. H. Duke, concert performer, announcer and clown, has signed and will make the openings for sideshow and big show. Alice Walker, snake enchantress, will double in a Irish song and dance for concert, introducing her trick dog McGinty. Everyone is anxious to know the date of opening exhibition. It is the first time the show has wintered in this part of the country, and it is comparatively ad stranger to the people here. We are using an old store building for a paint and wagon shop. It was erected here when the town was first laid out. [town not named] New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' New Model Show. The new and old wagons are all painted in citron yellow, the "Jonah" of all show colors, and which has proved to be the mascot of the New Model Show. C. T. Walker signs for his second season. Jas. A. Balcom, song composer and musician, will arrange the music for band and concert. Doc Lee, who traveled with the show in 1894, has again signed. New York Clipper, February 8, 1896, p. 777.
Bonheur Bros. have engaged J. Sloan Perry, musical director; Jas. A. Balcom, composer and song writer; Sloan Edwards; C. A. Hibbard, slack wire; C. T. Walker and wife, comedy sketch; Augustus Turner, alto; Wm. McGurl, boss canvasman and two assistants; Fred Evans, grooms; Prof. Wm. Benjamin and wife, in charge of annex; W. H. Duke, orator and club swinger; Doc Lee, "Hotel de Bonheur." Prof. Hibbard will do open air wire act and W. H. Duke a club swinging act for free open air attraction in front of annex. A pole wagon is in process of completion. The front has elevated seat, with sunshade, and on each side of seat cran neck dragons project, carved and gilded, over a blue panel, from which appears a tiger head, with red mouth open. The name, "Bonheur Bros.' New Model Show," extends full length of side. After the poles are unloaded, two long seats, to accommodate ten to fourteen musicians, can be instantly put in position, and two flamingo colored draperies, emblazoned with the firm name in gold, adjusted to conceal the frame of the pole wagon, transforms it into a band wagon. We will have nine wagons and twenty head of stock. New York Clipper, February 22, 1896, p. 809.
Bonheur Bros.' New Model Golden Show notes. We opened at Jewell to a packed tent. The weather turned rough and stormy, rendering the roads impassable for the yellow wagons, and the show laid by in a little village. All settled down to talk of Jonah and the No. 13, till finally, at the end of a week, the sky brightened and the show is now again a success. The band is under the direction of Tom Burlingame. The Walker Family, Sloan Edward, the Creole nightingale, Elnora Dardis (Mrs. Edwards); A. C. Hibbard, wire performer; Deda, dancer, and the Chinese lady clown, are producing novelties in their acts. Alice Walker, in her Irish turns, is a success. Our minstrel first part and concert specialties draw full attendance. New York Clipper, June 6, 1896, p. 212.
Bonheur Bros.' Show notes. Prof. C. A. Hibbard, wire walker, does his juggling and equilibristic feats in midair. He has arranged to start a school of physical culture at his home in Vermont at the close of his season with this show. A team of horses has been added to the stock. . . . New York Clipper, July 18, 1896, p. 310.
1897:
Winter quarters Bonheur Bros.' Show, Algona, Iowa. W. T. Heffernan, late of Hamilton Bros.' United Shows, has signed for the season. Gilbert Wier, electrician and stereoptican, will operate the new animated picture machinge. Negotiations are pending for the building of a road motor wagon, or horseless carriage, to carry the moving picture outfit. The power of the motor wagon will be used also for running a dynamo which furnishes the illumination, lime light not powerful enough for the photogenic films. . . . New York Clipper, March 20, 1897, p. 41.
Bonheur Bros.' notes. The show has added two more wagons and six head of stock, a band wagon and horses with same. The Tronsdale Bros.' Marine Band joined the show last Wednesday, after a drive of nearly two hundred miles. The circus they closed with was swept away by a cyclone. New York Clipper, July 24, 1897, p. 335.
1898:
Notes from Bonheur Bros.' Show. The Winter show has been enroute since November, traveling Oklahoma Territory, Texas, Mexico and north into Kansas and Colorado. We are making for winter quarters, Ponca City, Oklahoma Territory, to open the 1898 season. Have a large troupe of dogs, which will be featured. New York Clipper, March 12, 1898, p. 22.
Bonheur Bros.' Show notes. This little giant now carries a ring, stage, aerial acts, mammoth screen for projecting scenes, the work of J. R. Bonheur. J. R. Bonheur's photographic machine, which exposes, develops, prints and delivers a finished picture in ten seconds is a money maker on the lot. Mons. Niblo and Marie Niblo, his wife, are with the show. Mons. Niblo was clown for Adam Forepaugh when he ran a wagon show in Candas. He clowned for Charlie Sherwood, champion rider, in the days of Jimmie Robinson. . . . Mons. Niblo, William Mansfield and Paul Dana do an act with an English bull dog. C. C. West, Harry Koontz, Jack Lackove, Sid Bell and Barney Summers have charge of the canvas. There are ten people in the dressing room. New York Clipper, July 2, 1898, p. 291.
Notes of Bonheur Bros.' Shows. The season is nearing a close. E. H. Keetch and Mrs. Lyda Keetch and their two children, one of which was born en route with the Yellow Wagon show June 4, will go out with a Winter show. Mons. Niblo and wife, Marie, will go to Enid, Oklahoma; Tomme Barrett to Wier City, Kan. . . . New York Clipper, October 29, 1898, p. 594.
• The Bonheur Bros. performed at Hays, Kansas, June 21 and 22 and gave a free outside attraction. They played Oberlin, Kansas, July 27. Bandwagon, September-October, 1998, Vol. 42, No. 5, p. 38.
1900:
Bonheur Bros. Advance: Contracting agent, A. G. Bonheur; Bill posters and programmers: J. A. Caanan, Marvin Melrose, James Lester. Billboard, May 1, 1900.
Bonheur Bros.' New Golden Allied Shows opened at Augusta, Okla., April 26, to large crowds. Everything about the show was in great shape, and new equipment and fresh paint were in order. The wagons have all been painted a new gold and showed up well. The horse tent is a new and larger one, and the black tent is a new attraction for afternoon and night exhibitions. Billboard, May 12, 1900, p. 5.
1902: 1902: At Dexter, Kan., on Saturday night, Aug. 30, while the Bonheur Brothers' Show was in full blast, a cyclone dipped down from the darkened sky, lifted the tent high above the heads of the audience, tearing the ropes from the stakes and breaking many of them off like pipe stems. The large audience in attendance became panic stricken and some people were knocked down and trampled upon. That no one was seriously injured was miraculous. The Bonheur Brothers sustained less than $300 damages to their property, and everything was repaired and ready for the next stand at Cedarvale, Sept. 1. A partial roster of the show is here given, and all of these members were slightly injured in the calamity: Eddie Brennan, Baxter Johnson, Frank Yates, Albert Baugh, Samuel Huff, Mike Fay, John Wyatt, Will Showalter, Lawrence Sullivan, Harley Way, Maude Brennan, Liddi Dorance, Margarette Dayton, Clara Niblo, Gilbert Murray and Clarence Laflower. Billboard, September 13, 1902, p. 5.
1904: Notes from Bonheur Bros. - The newly built quarters of the Golden Mascot Show are commodious as well as convenient. The living rooms are amply sufficient for the accommodation of the people. The buildings are quite large, and contain rooms for carving and painting, and others for repair work and machinery for b?lk?ing wagons. Several new wagons are under construction for season of 1904. All performers have been engaged, and most of the working people have been contracted for. The show, newly organized and equipped, will open in Augusta about May 1. A lake has been excavated on the land owned(?) by the Bonheur Bros. and a huge windmill has just arrived, and will be erected with a strong force pump for pumping the water through a three inch pipe to supply the lake with water, which will be stocked with fish and various m???es and aquatic plants to supply the finny tribe with luxuries. The buildings are now receiving their coat of paint, and the living rooms are under the hands of expert plasterers, who are giving them a marble finish. Clyde Rialdo is principal clown. The Rialdos and the Wilmorth(?) Family have signed. Fred Voss, comedy juggler and clown, has joined. New York Clipper, March 12, 1904, p. 62.
1912: Bonheur Bros.' Greater Golden Mascot Overland Shows have ended a season that was successful with but one exception, the being the sustaining of considerable loss thru the horse plague in Kansas, not so much by losing horses of their own, but by the resulting depression among the stock owners, who lost many horses, witholding patronage for a period of several weeks. The show will spend the winter South. November 30 it crossed the line into Texas. The show has been provided with new tents, several new wagons, $1,600 electric light plant, one animal cage and a pony carriage. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.
• For more information on this show see Troupers of the Golden Mascot, by Louis Wood, 1904.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bonhomme - 1901, 1922 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923
1901: Fitzpatrick, Ala., Nov. 17. We are in our successful season South. Everybody with our company see "the man in white" every Sunday. - Jos. W. Bonhomme. Billboard, November 23, 1901, p. 10.
1902: Winter quarters. Bonhomme Family Shows, Owensboro, Ky. Billboard, December 13, 1902, p. 13.
1922:
J. W. Bonhomme and son closed an engagement with the Mighty Haag Show. Mr. Bonhomme writes that he will put out a hall show, carrying five people, this winter and next spring will launch a tent show. Billboard, October 14, 1922, p. 73.
The Bonhomme Bros.' Show is playing to nice business thru Kentucky, according to J. W. Bonhomme. For the first time in his thirty-five years in show business Bonhomme says he had out the S. R. O. sign three nights in one week at Midland, Ky. Arthur Whitler joined at Midland, handling the advance. There are six people with the show. Next spring Bonhomme declares he will put out a truck show. Billboard, December 9, 1922, p. 73.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Col. Daniel Boone's - 1896
Notes from Col. Boone's Show. We opened in the La Fourche district two weeks ago, and have done a nice business. Everybody is well. The company is as follows: Boon & Ottendorfer, proprietors; Jerry Cahill, manager; Fred O. Jones, amusement director; Boons Allen, treasurer; Prof. Harry James, band master, with ten people; De Ivey, Frisco and De Ivey, Tom Tandy, Harry Long, Charles Long, John Caborn, Uncle John Kimbrell, Fred and Kitty Ownes, Annie James, Lizzie James, Edna Phenton, G. C. Craft, Prof. De Long, Masters Frankie and Walter Ottendorfer, Augusta and Katie Ottendorfer, and Irene James. We will play all the race country. New York Clipper, May 16, 1896, p. 169.
• Note: See Gorman & Boone.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Boone's Mexican Ranch - 1919
The Woody Troupe and Family Band will not be with the Campbell Shows as formerly stated, but instead have decided to join Boone's Mexican Ranch Show for the season. Billboard, May 17, 1919, p. 37.
The Boone Mexican Ranch Wild West Show is touring Kansas. Pate Boone is the sole owner and manager. There are two sideshows, two free acts, forty head of stock, eight piece uniformed band, five riders, ten working men and seven concessions. The Woody Family Band and troupe of acrobats, Red Ward, rider; Prof. LeMare, high wire artist; Ben Davis, rider; Lola and May Decker, riders; Blanche Pany, midget; Miss May Dalton, concessions and cabaret dancer; Oscar Bayles, head clown; Casey Smith and wife, managers of concessions. Jeff Dalton has charge of the cabaret and sideshow. John Hill Stuart has the cookhouse. Uncle Jimmy, novelties, Jess Radcliffe has the concessions with several lady assistants. The feature of the show will be the shooting act of Pate Boone, who will also scratch out a few bronks. The troupe will carry twelve wagons and the advance will be handled by cross country autos. Billboard, June 14, 1919, p. 46.
Billy Woody, of the Woody family, is now doing high wire as one of the free attractions with Boone's Mexican Ranch Show. Billboard, August 2, 1919, p. 44.
The Boone's Mexico Ranch Shows has crossed the Kanasa line into Oklahoma. The feature rider, Red Ward, is back in riding shape after being injured by a falling horse. Prof. Glen and wife have joined with their juggling, clowning and impalement act. Manager Boone returned from Altamont, Kansas, where he contracted for the fair, August 13-14. Jessie Radcliffe, concessioner, is doing nice business with the country store. The Boone show is billed through the Oklahoma oil fields the remainder of the season. - Robert Woody, contracting manager. Billboard, August 16, 1919, p. 46.
The Woody Family, musicians and performers, spent the whole season on the Pate Boone Show, opening with that attraction the first of March and closed October 29 in Cometa, Ok. They will winter in Joplin, Mo. Billboard, November 15, 1919, p. 58.
• More on the 1919 Boone's Mexican Ranch show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Booth & Collier's - 1886 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887
Our town was visited not long since by Booth & Collier's wonderful circus, which might be called "one-horse," attracted quite a crowd to town. Herald and Torch Light (Hagerstown, MD), July 8, 1886, n.p.n.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Boothman Bros. - 1886 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1886
Boothman Bros.' Mammoth Pavilion Show, Uniformed Band and Orchestra. Wanted, song-and-dance team, contortionist, Irish comedian, horizontal bars (double), aerial act, boss canvasman and leader of orchestra to double cornet in brass. Any good feature for ring or stage. Season opens on or about June 1. Address Carl Boothman, Boston, Mass. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, May 15, 1886, p. 143.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Borden Bros. & Sheenan - 1918 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1918
Borden Bros. & Sheenan notes. Al G. Weston and his Kentucky Rosebuds are still with us with the Lady Beautiful at. John Daly Goodfellow is laid up with a sprained ankle, but gets there on crutches. Jack Maloney went to New York recently and is booked up with one of the K. & E. productions. Joe Sheenan is some agent, from the way he is billing this show. O-Zane-O the mystery one, goes with Sheenan's new show this fall. - Frank McGarity. Billboard, September 7, 1918, p. 25.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Circus Boreal - 2000
Owned by James Clement, the show advertised itself as Alaska's only locally owned circus. It opened a seven week run on June 9 in Anchorage. Bandwagon, March-April, 2001, p. 20.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Borger Bros. - 1984, 1988
1984: Norman Borger and Elton Berlin had their fairground show out in 1984. Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, p. 15.
1988: Borger Bros. Circus Berlin toured in 1988. It played Wheaton, Illinois in mid-June. Bandwagon, January-February, 1989, p. 16.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1962-, Norman J. Borger, owner.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
E. H. Bostock's Royal Italian Circus - 1919
Show was in Shanghai, China in 1919.Billboard, October 4, 1919, p. 44.
Shanghai, China, Aug. 23. E. H. Bostock's Royal Italian Circus has been playing here for the last month. Mr. Almazoff(?) is manager of the company. The company consists of Maximo, the Cuban wonder, wire walking act; Signor Trufelli and Signor Cembrani, trained animals; Mlle. Lorenz, trapeze artist; Kirk(?) & Page Trio, acrobatic feats; the Mardells, "Whirl of Death;" the Great Cliquet Company, aerial act. - Robert Roth. Billboard, October 4, 1919, p. 44.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Boston Pavilion Show - 1891
For sale, a complete circus outfit, known as the Boston Pavilion Show. Used only six weeks. One hundred and ten foot round top with forty foot middle piece. One seat and pole wagon, one ticket and band wagon, poles and seats all complete. Reserved seats carpeted and with backs. One full set of scenery, twenty-five foot elevated stage, band uniforms, flags, sledges, and in fact, all ready for the road. Address P.(F.?) H. Fisher, ___ Blake Street, Denver, Col. New York Clipper, May 23, 1891, p. 192.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Boswell-Wilkie Circus - circa 1975, 1976 (South Africa)
ca. 1975: W. H. Wilkie, owner, had the following on his show: Sonya Burger, tight rope; "Cherokee Rose" (daughter of Rudy Belli); Janet North, "Tiger Illusion Act;" Phyllis Allen, poodles; Suzie Wilkie; Miss Wendy, of the "Salvadors;" the "Trio DeVals;" and Janet Nordh, lion act; the Urbans, springboard. Southern Sawdust, No. 86, February, 1976, pp. 5, 7, 8.
1976: W. H. Wilkie, owner and managing director; Mr. Rene Irek, ringmaster; Suzanne Wilkie, Lippazaner Stallions; Connie Doria, performer; Susan Dixon, in the Les Larros' cradle act; Gina Astralita, aerial act; Stanley Bower, "Carlo," clown; Philip Potgieter, "Jojo," clown. Southern Sawdust, No. 89, November, 1976, pp. 7, 8.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bottini Bros. - 1913-14 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1913
1913:
Bottini Bros.' Show - Jos. and Paul Bottini, proprietors; Joe Bottini, manager; Paul Bottini, assistant manager; Agatha Bottini, treasurer; Louis Bottini, secretary; Hugh Williams, general agent, railroad contractor, local contractor; Harry Burns, sideshow manager; W. E. Whittemore, equestrian director; Jos. Bottini, general superintendent; James Bottini, superintendent privileges; Nizio DeCicoo; musical director; Agatha Bottini, superintendent reserved seat tickets; Chas. Brodie, superintendent canvas; Eugen D'Amar, trainmaster; Dominick Sanson, superintendent lights; Chas. Brodie, superintendent props; W. E. Whittemore, superintendent ring stock; Chas. Brodie, superintendent working crew and boss carpenter; Harry Burns, announcer. Billboard, March 22, 1913.
Bottini Bros.' Greater United Shows will exhibit at Rome, June 6 and 7. The best one-ring circus of its kind. 21 feature acts. Mlle. Emore and her educated bronchos that jump rope, do arithmetic, waltz, jump hurdles and jump from a spring board through hoops of fire. Weekly and Wood Trio, aerialists; William Tessler, king of the floating wire and upside down wonder; Barth & Barth, acrobats; Thelma & Co., iron jaw artists; Paddy and Bill, strong men; Water Bros., human balls or boneless men, contortion; Master Lee and his troupe of 10 funny clowns; Lester Race, sharp shooter. Adults 25c, children 15c. [Advertisement] Rome Daily Sentinel (Rome, NY), June 7, 1913, p 3.
[Advertisement] Bottini Bros.' Greater United Shows will exhibit at Rome, June 6 & 7. Mlle. Emore and her educated bronchos; Weekly and Wood Trio of aerialists; William Tessler, floating wire and upside down wonder; Barth & Barth, acrobats; Thelma & Co., iron jaw; Paddy and Bill, strong men; Water Bros., contortion; Master Lee and his troupe of 10 funny clowns; Lester Race, sharp shooter. Adults, 25 cents, children, 15 cents. Rome Dail Sentinel (Rome, NY), June 16, 1913, p. 6.
1914: Bottini Bros., proprietors of a two-car circus out of Rome, N.Y., were found not guilty of receiving stolen property at Watertown a short time ago. None of Joe's friends believed he was guilty. Billboard, January 10, 1914, 27.
• Joseph Bottini died June 8, 1950. He was with the Fred D. Darling Circus in 1912. In 1913 he joined with his cousin, Paul Bottini, of Rome, to form the Bottini Bros. Circus, which toured for several years. He was born March 19, 1891 in Piedimonte d'Alse, Italy and came to this country and Rome in 1896. Dailey Sentinel (Rome, NY), June 8, 1950, p. 2.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Boucher's Big United Shows - 1919
Winter quarters, A. C. Boucher's Big United Shows, A. C. Boucher, manager, Vancouver, B.C., Canada; Show No. 2, San Francisco, California. Billboard, February 22, 1919, p. 59.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Boucher Bros. - 1888
William Boucher and wife have left the Miles Orton Show. Mr. Boucher will manage the Boucher Bros. & Co.'s Pavilion Show, which starts out from Henderson, Kentucky, July 19. It will travel by rail and have a 50ft. round top with a 40ft. middle piece and a sideshow canvas 30x60 ft. New York Clipper, July 21, 1888, p. 299.
Boucher Bros.' Co., organized July 19 at Henderson, Ky., have had good success. They have lately added a new middle piece, four lengths of seats and a supply of blue paint. They play the Fair grounds at Vienna, Ill., until Oct. 21, and then join Diefenbach's Southern Show at Mound City for the Winter. They will have a 90ft. round top, with a 40ft. middle piece; dressing room, 40ft. round top; sideshow 30x70ft.; cook tent, 18x36ft.; twenty-six lengths of eight tier seats, a band of ten pieces, fourteen performers, headed by the Genear Family. Sideshow performers: Mme. Hellar, Mrs. Bouchers, Wm. Bouchers, Puncha nd Judy and Happy Family of tropical birds, performing monkeys and boa constrictor. Prof. C. M. Spears, magician and lecturer. New York Clipper, October 27, 1888, p. 524.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Billie Boughton's - 1909, 1912-13 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1908-1913
1909: Billie Boughton's Overland Show: Billie Boughton, proprietor and manager; Helen Boughton, secretary; Amy St. Cyr, treasurer; Loy Berry, advance agent. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
1912: Billie Boughton's Overland Show - Billie Boughton, prop. and mgr.; Amy Boughton, treas.; S. P. Baldwin, general agent; A. St. Cyr, supt. privileges; Clinton Sommers, musical director; High Erickson, supt. canvas; Red Conway, boss hostler; Tom Simus/Simns?, supt. lights. Show opens at Ambia, Ind., May 1. Billboard, March 23, 1912.
1913: Billie Boughton's Show - Billie Boughton, proprietor and manager; Amy Boughton, treasurer; Helen May, secretary; Tom Collins, superintendent privileges; Loy (Mack) Berry, superintendent canvas; Beach Alexander, boss hostler; Tom Mack, superintendent lights; Bill Weed, superintendent props. Billboard, March 22, 1913.
• Show had winter quarters in Ambia, Indiana. Bandwagon, August, 1956, p. 8.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Harry Bowman's - 1901 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1901
Harry Bowman's Vaudeville Circus opened its season at Jeannette, Pa., May 11, to capacity. The following is tbe complete roster: Harry Bowman, proprietor and manager; Charles Cribes, in advance, with two bill posters; Clyde Bowman, treasurer; Jacob Bowman, ticket taker: George Bowman, boss canvassraan; Milt Donohan, in charge of stock, and the following performers: Staley and educated horses, Frank Carey, Edgar Smouse, Bert Bacon, Prank (Hay) Breining, James Flowers and George Kern, and Smouse's Band of tbe following musicians: Edgar Smouse, Arthur Rogers, Will Peifer, Leo Dechatau, Arthur Rosseo, Jess Guy, Charles Miller and George Bowman. Billboard, June 1, 1901, p. 5.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Boyd's New Model Shows, circa 1908-1912
A very rare image of Boyd's New Model Shows. I have been able to locate any information about this early dog and pony overland show. Photos and information courtesy of Chuck Finley.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Boyd & Peters - 1879-1880 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1878-1879
1878: Wanted to purchase a number of cages, with or without animals. Performers, musicians and curiosities wanted for the season of 1879. Address Boyd & Peters, proprietors Great American Circus, Royal Oak, Oakland Co., Mich. New York Clipper, December 21, 1878, p. 315.
1879:
For Boyd & Peters' Show among the people engaged are Miles Orton, bareback rider, and his sons, Masters Bernard and Albert; Claude Orton, principal rider; Lizzie Hayes, flying trapeze; James Bensley, barrel performer; and Prof. Dan Bamberg's(?) Buffalo, N.Y., band. The managers are building a steam calliope, also a number of cages, in Detroit, Mich. New York Clipper, February 8, 1879, p. 367.
Davis and Peters circus have been stopping this winter at Clark Rose's. They will show here in the spring before starting out. [possible] Birmingham Eccentric (Birmingham, MI), February 14, 1879.
Great Transatlantic Allied Shows, Menagerie, Caravan, Aviary and Grand Double Circus. Boyd & Peters, proprietors; A. W. Davis, general manager; John Gee(?), assistant manager; Orlando J. Boyd, general agent; Thos. Riley, contracting agent; . . . Miles Orton, equestrian director; David McLean, master of stables; John McLean, assistant; R. C. Hoyt(?), chief of past brigade; . . . Lizzie Hayes, principal lady rider; . . . A. Van Zandt, bounding jockey; clowns, Bob De Mar and Homer Willis; Wm. Willis, slack rope . . . Miles Orton has the sideshow, concert and candy stand privileges. Show organized in Royal Oak, Mich. In the street parade will be seen the chariot "Great Pacific," an open den of lions, and open den of snakes, and open den of hyenas, a steam calliope, twenty mounted people, all terminating with a grand Mardi-gras carnival. Crosses into Canada about May 1. [some text unreadable] New York Clipper, April 5, 1879, p. 15.
Circus performers wanted for the Great Trans-Atlantic Allied Shows. Salaries paid every Monday. Address Boyd & Peters, Edwardsport, Ind. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, July 19, 1879, p. 135.
The Transatlantic Circus and Menagerie closes its season Oct. 25 in Flat Rock, Mich., and went into winter quarters in Royal Oak. New York Clipper, November 1, 1879, p. 251.
Boyd & Peters, proprietors of the Transatlantic Circus and Menagerie, have just completed an animal building in Royal Oak, Mich., and are building a new ticket wagon, two tableau cars and some new baggage wagons. The entire wardrobe to be used next season will be new. New York Clipper, December 20, 1879, p. 307.
Wanted for the Trans-Atlantic Menagerie and Circus. Performers, living curiosities, extraordinary attractions, billposters, etc. Also boss ostler. Boyd & Peters, sole proprietors, Royal Oak, Mich. Also, candy stand, reserve seats and street privileges for sale. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, December 27, 1879, p. 319.
1880:
For Boyd & Peters' Great Transatlantic Circus and Menagerie the following engagements have been made: A. D. Vanzandt, Gus Shaw, Bob De Bar, Felix McDonald, Alice McDonald, Nellie De Bar, Lem Munson, John Wingfield . . . Geo. Gregory, Ed Varney, Thos. Riley, E. C. Hoyt, Eugene Crossman, E. H. Dooley the lion king, and D. Bamburg's band. A. F. Peters and Harry Amlay have the candy stands, and the sideshow, concert and reserved seats will be run by Boyd and Peters. New York Clipper, March 20, 1880, p. 411.
Boyd & Peter's Great Trans-Atlantic Circus, which has been visiting here [Royal Oak], will give their first exhibition here, on the 24th inst. Pontiac Press (Pontiac, MI), April 14, 1880.
1880-04-21 Mr. S. C. Peters, of Boyd & Peters, the showmen, is evidently as susceptible to feminine charms as any man, and while the "animilies" were wintering at Royal Oak, Peters successfully wooed and won Miss Kittie Dows, and April 1 they went to Detroit and were spliced in good shape by Rev. Z. Eddy, D.D. Pontiac Press (Pontiac, MI), April 21, 1880. [Kittie Peters age 16, Royal Oak, Oakland County, MI 1880 census.]
S. C. Peters, of Boyd & Peter's show that is to give an exhibition in Pontiac to-day, came very near losing his life at Royal Oak last Wednesday evening. He was returning from Detroit with a load of corn, and when almost home the wagon capsized and he was buried under the load in such a way that he was unable to extricate himself. John Krepps, his night watchman, got uneasy over the prolonged absence of Peters, and about midnight started down the road to investigate, and had only gone half a mile when he discovered why his employer didn't return. Help was speedily summoned and Peters was taken out more nearly dead than alive. It was a very narrow escape. Pontiac Press (Pontiac, MI), May 5, 1880.
Boyd and Peter's combination of high sounding titles struck Pontiac last Wednesday and didn't create a very favorable impression. The street parade was like the horseflesh, thin, and while some parts of the circus were hard to beat, others didn't amount to much. We suppose that allowances should be made for the fact that the proprietors are young at the business and this was their 3rd or 4th stopping place. Pontiac Press (Pontiac, MI), May 12, 1880.
One of the most disreputable gangs of thieves, sharpers and deadbeats that ever cursed this state, is now following Boyd & Peters circus through the land. Marshall Statesman (Marshall, MI), May 27, 1880, n.p.n.
The Sheriff of Kenton levied on Boyd & Peters' circus at Ada, Wednesday night, to recover Horace Gilbert's loss of $630 by the confidence men following the circus. Defiance Democrat (Defiance, OH), June 10, 1880, n.p.n.
Mrs. Harriet Carew and Mrs. S. C. Peters have gone to Penna. to visit Boyd & Peters' show. Birmingham Eccentric (Birmingham, MI), July 9, 1880.
On Friday last an information was made at Greensburg by John C. Burkett, Shanksville, Somerset county, against S. C. Peters, one of the proprietors of Boyd & Peters' circus and menagerie; A. W. Davis, ringmaster; H. Marks and Clark Rose, attachees, for assaulting and abducting his daughter. They were arrested and placed in the Greensburg jail. The girl left home with the circus and was traced to Ligonier, but has not yet been found. . . . Indiana Progress (Indiana, PA), July 22, 1880, n.p.n.
A special to the Cincinnati Enquirer, says: Boyd & Peters circus is gone up; they were pulled in at Sumerset, Pa., for a brutal act to a 14-year old half-witted girl; some six of the party were taken. Daily Star (Marion, OH), July 24, 1880, n.p.n.
We are told that Boyd & Peters circus has come to a stand still down in Pennsylvania. Maltrome Burkett, aged 14 years, of Somerset county, that state, claims that she was abducted and outraged and kept with the circus for a week, being conveyed from town to town in the ticket wagon, and when allowed to leave she was partially demented. Her story as told in court is too horrible for publication. Last Thursday S. C. Peters, A. W. Davis, Clark Rose and John Campbell, managers, together with fifty attaches, were arrested and jailed to await examination. Pontiac Press (Pontiac, MI), July 28, 1880. Researcher note: The girl mentioned is not Maltrome Burkett, but Salome Burket(t), my husband's grandmother's sister. Joanne Burkett.
Paraphernalia of Boyd & Peter's Circus sold by Sheriff of Armstrong county, at Leechburg, Monday Aug. 2. Claims came principally from Cincinnati, where the show was organized. Indiana (PA) Weekly Messenger, Aug. 4, 1880.
1881:
Mrs. Hettie Peters, from Minnesota, is visiting at Virgil Rose's. Birmingham Eccentric (Birmingham, MI), November 11, 1881.
Mrs. Kittie Peters is regaining her health since her return to Michigan. Birmingham Eccentric (Birmingham, MI), December 2, 1881.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Boyd & Ogle; Boyd, Ogle & Hoskings - 1916-17
1916:
San Francisco, Jan. 13. Boyd & Ogle moved their show into spacious winter quarters in the old West Coast Riding Academy's stables, after the close of their engagement at the Panama-Pacific Exposition, and are planning for the coming season, when they will have a one-ring wagon show out. The winter quarters are at Thirty-fifth avenue and Fulton. There are over forty head of ponies, a number purchased since the close of the 1915 season; twelve Angora goats and Persian sheep, five of them trained; three bears, four llamas, sixteen monkeys, twenty dogs, six horses, ring stock; racoons, many birds and a trained goose. King Pharoh, the trained horse is among the stock. . . . The personnel of the winter quarters: D. A. Ogle, superintendents; Frank Moriarity, boss hostler; Jim McRae and William Clark, clowns, mule trainers; Chester Frank, hostler, and Wilmer Sponenby, pony rider and breakers. The latter is eleven years of age. The show is planning to go to the Panama Exposition in the Canal Zone. Billboard, January 22, 1916, p. 56.
San Francisco, Nov. 11. A new circus will play the Pacific Coast towns next season if the plans launched materialize. Boyd and Ogle, who have had a one-ring show out for several seasons, have taken a partner in the person of W. A. Hoskings, the new firm will be known as Boyd, Ogle & Hoskings. Doc Boyd and Mr. Hoskings left for India November 4, to secure animals for the menagerie, a strong feature of the show. Ogle is in charge of the new winter quarters built at West Sacramento. Billboard, November 18, 1916, p. 56.
1917:
Sacramento, Cal., May 31. The Boyd, Ogle & Hoskings Circus, with winter quarters at West Sacramento, is planning to open in a few weeks to play a series of engagements with various organizations of Elks. Doc Boyd, manager of the show, has signed contracts, selling the show outright to the lodge for Red Cross benefits to be played as a one-ring circus. A large number of steel cages are being constructed to carry the animals recently brought from the Orient by Boyd, and the ring barn is lively with the breaking of horses and ponies for the opening. Billboard, June 9, 1917, p. 68.
Sacramento, Cal., July 13. The Boyd, Ogle & Hoskings Wild Animal Circus opened here July 4 for a two days' engagement under the auspices of the Native Daughters of the Golden West. Doc Boyd is in active charge of the show, while Ogle is superintendent and Hoskings treasurer. The tents are big top 90 foot round top, with a 32 middle piece; menagerie, 50 foot round top with two 20s. The show is framed for one ring. The menagerie contains three Bengal tigers, three leopards, black panther, sun bear, ant eater, black bear, brown bear, snow leopard, four hyenas, orang-outang, many monkeys, goats, sixty ponies and midget elephant. Vic Le Varna has the sideshow, which includes: Baby Parks, St. Leon Troupe, Opal Gillmore and several illusions. Art Perl is in front. Top is 53 by 21 stripes. B. F. Parks is superintendent. The performers include Sandow; King Pharoh, educated horse; the Zeb Zaro troupe; Aerial Lavalles; Chris Nolan, acrobat; dog and pony acts; goat act; trained high-school ponies, clowns, etc. Edward Friedlander (Army) is boss canvasman; Hobo Jack, boss hostler; Ed Bessie, boss property man; Mrs. Boyd, in charge of ticket wagon. The show carries 75 head of work horses and 60 head of performing ponies. New cages have been built and the trick makes a fine, showy parade. - Boz. Billboard, July 21, 1917, p. 27.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Boyenton & Cummins' Circus - 1895
Wanted, musicians for Boyenton & Cummins' Circus, tuba, baritone, slide trombone and clarinet players. Address Chas. Boyenton. Route: Paxton, Ill., Sept. 13, Rantoul 14, Gifford 15. New York Clipper, September 7, 1895, p. 428.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
J. H. Boyer - 1908, 1910, 1913-15 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1908-1914
1908:
J. H. Boyer's Famous Shows opened their season at Llano, Texas, New Year's Day, playing to S. R. O. business. Billboard, January 25, 1908, p. 23.
Circus Gossip. J. H. Boyer's Famous Shows have been doing good business in the South, having plenty of opposition. The show will play along the Coast during the winter months, starting North about March 15, reaching St. Louis about May 1, where they will inaugurate their summer tour. The roster: J. H. Boyer, owner; Floyd Trover, manager; Max Boyer, treasurer; Prof. Ring, bandmaster; Ben Glavin, piano and calliope; Ike Williams, in charge of top; Pete Shellborn, Frank Miller, Mr. and Mrs. Jack Walker, Mr. and Mrs. Fred W. Orr,Guy Snider, Chas. Livingston, Louis Morefield, Al Ott, Elsie Andonette, Cal Davenport, Z. Goza, Pete Kennedy, Sam Shellborn, S. E. Trover and V. M. Austin. Billboard, December 12, 1908, p. 20.
1910: J. H. Boyer is one of the most successful showmen in the country today, traveling in their own special cars. He has the largest and most extensively equipped one-car show of its kind. They have been on the road continuously for the last ten years and showed an immense profit. J. H. Boyer is general yardmaster of the Terminal Railroad at East St. Louis, Ill., has always routed his own shows and also the executive detail of the organization is handled by him. The show on the road has a full equipment under the supervision of his son, Max Boyer. They play drama and vaudeville. Billboard, June 25, 1910, p. 12.
1913: Floyd Trover, general agent of J. H. Boyer's Famous Jesse James Show. Mr. Trover has been ahead of the show for several years. The shows closed at Carmi, Ill. Billboard, December 6, 1913, p. 43.
1914: Granite City, Ill., April 18. Great J. H. Boyer Shows opened its season today. The big top is a 75 foot round top with 1 35 and 1 40 ft. middle pieces, white, trimmed in red; the sideshow tent 100 feet long, and a 40 foot dressing tent. The sideshow is under the direction of George Embree, with Buck Smith, the announcer, and Professor Silver, inside lecturer. Attractions: Madame Belle Sultana, Oriental dancer; Sparkle, educated pony; Mme. Montrose, mind reader; Great Marice, magician; Miss Gene ___, snake charmer; Professor Silver, Punch and Judy, and a show of two Oriental dancers. In the main tent which contains two rings, one section of reserved seats in red and three sections of blues, and a dozen Milburn lights. The music was furnished by Charles Darrow and his band of twelve pieces, in white trousers, blue coats trimmed in gold braid. The whistler of G. R. Deuel, equestrian director, brought forth the property men in bright red uniforms to start the best little dog and pony show seen in the Granite City.
&npsp;&npsp;&npsp;
Display No. 1, Twelve pyramid ponies. Display No. 2, Albert Gaston, talking clown. Display No. 3, LaZelle Brothers, double trapeze. Display No. 4, Eight pony drill. Display No. 5, Clown number. Display No. 6, Two high school horses. Display No. 7, Twelve trained dogs. Display No. 8, Revolving ladder act. Display No. 9, Four dogs and four ponies, riding act. Display No. 10, Four pony novelty act. Display No. 11, Clown number. Display No. 12, Comedy dog act. Display No. 13, Leap frog pony. Display No. 14, See-saw ponies. Display No. 15, Revolving table act. Display No. 16, Clowns in January act.
The show closes with the concert consisting of six acts, by those doubling with the show. The show carries two free acts that go on the outside the tent before each performance, consisting of La Zella in his slide for life from the top of the highest tent pole, and the high-diving dog, "Dewey." Executive staff: J. H. Boyer & Co., owners; Max Boyer, manager; J. H. Boyer, Jr., treasurer; Georg Deuel, equestrian director; White Worsley, assistant ring master; C. A. Payne, superintendent of ticket sellers; DeWitt Newland, manager candy stand, and George Embree, manager sideshow. Billboard, April 25, 1914, p. 6.
1915: Winter quarters. J. H. Boyer Famous Shows; J. H. Boyer, prop.; East St. Louis, Ill. Billboard, January 9, 1915, p. 44.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
James Bradbury - 1916 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1916
James Bradbury Circus. James Bradbury, for several seasons connected with the Ringling Circus, has embarked for himself in the circus business, opening April 29 at Sullivan, Ind. It will be one of the largest overland shows in the Middle West, using a one hundred foot top, with fifty foot middle piece, traveling with auto equipment, consisting of eighteen trucks. Among the acts engaged are J. T. Lang, producing clown, with his trick mule; Gladys Langer, statuary horses and performing ponies and dogs; La Landa, Lang and Heyden, comedy acrobats; the Heyden Troupe, wire artists; Tullas La Landa, juggling act; Geneva Bradbury, menage act; Four Musical Bradburys, and others. C. A. Cash is musical director, with a ten piece uniform band. Staff includes James Bradbury, owner and general manager; Leo Lackey, assistant manager; Mrs. Minnie Bradbury, treasurer; Tullas La Landa, equestrian director; C. W. Compton, general agent with three assistants, and John Davis, boss canvasman. New York Clipper, April 29, 1916 [1915?], p. 31.
Terre Haute, Ind., Dec. 23. James Bradbury, of the Musical Bradburys, who embarked in the circus business last season, will open again early in May at Sullivan, Ind., the winter quarters of the outfit. New York Clipper, December 27, 1916, p. 14.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bradley & Benson Circus - 1945-46 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1944-46
1945: Owned by Clarence Walters, Ernie White and Jimmy Bagwell, the 1945 Bradley & Benson Circus and Rodeo used an open arena, with a canopy over the reserved seats and the blues out in the open. It was framed as a rodeo late in 1944. The program featured Mrs. Tom Mix; Adolph Delbosq with his stallion "Serenado," also equestrian director; Mlle. Delbosq, foot juggling; Lee Houston, leaping greyhounds, performing dogs, and a boxing kangaroo;; Captain Ernest Engener bareback riding troupe of three people and his lion act; Slim Biggerstaff, contortion; Swede Johnson, producing clown, with his "liberty mule" and comical bear cub; and Tex Dean and Pearl Snyder with their wonder horses. Mrs. Tom Mix was the former Mabel Ward of the one-armed plange fame. The annex had a snake charmer, fire eater and Punch and Judy act, etc. White Tops, July-August, 1945, Vol. 18, Nos. 6-9, p. 11.
1946: The Bradley & Benson Circus program included: Mrs. Tom Mix; the Flying Hartzells; Irma Ward, "Queen of the Air"; Chas. Arley, head balancing on the swinging trapeze; Slim Biggerstaff, contortion, single traps; Lee Houston's trained animals, canines, liberty mule, pickout pony, leaping greyhounds; Chip Morris' equine wonder, "Black Fox"; and clown numbers. Tige Hale had the five piece band. The show used a canopy top over patrons. Staff includes James Bagwell, owner-manager; Chip Morris, program director and announcer; Julien West, tickets; Tige Hale, band master. White Tops, May-June, 1946, Vol. 19, Nos. 5-6, p. 21.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
E. R. Braley - 1947 Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses lists this show, 1949-1953
1947: E. R. Braly Circus, of Lawrenceburg, Tennessee, will appear September 22. Features are Princess Whitecloud, on the Hammond organ; Bill & Jean, perch; Klownland, clown act; Miss Ruby's acrobatic dogs; Tex Smith and his acrobatic horse, "Eightball"; Armstrong Trio, crazy bucking automobile, acrobatic balancing; Fisher's elephant with lady handler; and the flying trapeze. Alabama Courier (Athens, AL), May 8, 1947, p. 1.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Brandon Bros. - 1899
Notes from Brandon Brothers' Circus. We will open in April. Jesse Brandon will join the show as one of the managers. New York Clipper, February 4, 1899, p. 823.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Brantley Bros.
• This was an overland show out in 1923. Bandwagon, September-October, 1979, p. 10.
Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
C. B. Brestle's - 1894
C. B. Brestle's Old Time One Ring Circus. Wanted, a few more aerial artists to travel with the best equipped forty horse cross road show. Also, a few concert people, band of six pieces, and troupe of trained dogs. Address C. B. Brestle, Bellefontaine, Ohio. My show makes first stand in this place April 27 and 28. New York Clipper, March 17, 1894, p. 31.
• 1871: The statement that Chis B. Brestle went with Messrs. Batcheller & Doris, of O'Brien's menagerie, is an error. He does not go with them. New York Clipper, April 15, 1871, p. 15.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Brewster-Higgins Pavilion Shows - 1900
Frank Dillon, general agent, wintered at Pappilon, Nebraska. Opened their season May 9, at Fremont, Nebraska. Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 6.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Briscoe's Dog & Pony Circus - 1899
The menagerir tent for Sam Briscoe's dog and pony circus arrived today. The circus outfit will arrive about next Thursday. The performing dogs will not arrive until a few days before the opening of the show. The ponies now here are being worked daily by the trainer. It is not believed the show can open before May 11th. Hartford City Telegram (Hartford City, IN), May 3, 1899, n.p.n.
The opening exhibition of the Briscoe dog and pony circus has been postponed till Thursday evening. The postponement was deemed advisable in order to give time for dress rehearsals. It is the intention of the management to give Hartford City as good a show as will be given anywhere, and to do so requires rehearsals that were at first thought to be unnecessary. The trainer with a troupe of twenty-five beautiful trained dogOs arrived this morning. Although the dogs are in perfect training the trainer insists on rehearsals with the band before giving a public exhibition. The show will positively open Thursday night. Hartford City Telegram (Hartford City, IN), May 24, 1899, p. 1.
The Briscoe dog and pony circus gave no exhibition at Montpelier Monday afternoon. The outfit did not arrive in time to permit the novices in the work of putting up canvas to get ready for the performance. The canvasmen with the show are new to the business. Hartford City Telegram (Hartford City, IN), May 31, 1899, n.p.n.
William Hollis is the latest arrival from the Briscoe show. William was a member of the band. He left the show at Marion, Ohio. Wood, the pony trainer, had left the show to join Robinson's circus, and it is the understanding that Mr. Briscoe will remain at Marion and reorganize his show. Later advices are that the show material has been brought to Union City, where it will be sidetracked, temporarily, at least. Mr. Briscoe still has Lehigh, the diving pony, which is the greatest feature of the show. The show's present predicament is attributed to bad business in the Ohio towns and to bad faith on the part of some of the attaches. Arthur Hollis and Jonny Jones, members of the Briscoe band, got in Tuesday. They say that members of the band have brought suit for salary and have tied up the show at Union City. Hartford City Telegram (Hartford City, IN), June 21, 1899, p. 1.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Brison Bros. - 1929, 1930
• This show was touring in 1929-1930. Bandwagon, March-April, 1983, p. 8; May-June, 1984, p. 10.
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America lists H. R. Brison, proprietor; Sam Dock, manager, 1928-1933.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bristol's Circus - 1885, 1889, 1890-91, 1894 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1885-89
1885: D. M. Bristol is now sole owner of the Lewis & Bristol Equescurriculum, having purchased J. M. Lewis' interest. New York Clipper, December 5, 1885, p. 596.
1889:
Wanted, for Bristol's Circus, first class curiosities and magician, with their own paintings. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, June 22, 1889, p. 251.
Milford, Mass., July 17. The performance of Bristol's circus last evening had hardly begun when one-third of the seats on the entire west side of the tent gave way, and with 600 people, fell with a crash. Several people were badly injured and hundreds were more or less bruised. Physicans attended to the injured and the broken seats were removed. The performance was resumed. In a few minutes the reserved seats section, with 300 spectators, fell in. It was found that the supports of the seats in the wet ground had been forced down by overcrowding. No one was fatally injured. Yonkers Statemen (Younkers, NY), July 17, 1889, p. 1.
Professor D. M. Bristol's Cirque and Equescurriculum, which has been touring Australia with success, is now playing through New Zealand. In addition to the performing animals, the show includes the Brothers Hardee, Signor Roland, the Belmonts, Hippo, and Mlle. Zidoni. New York Dramatic Mirror, November 5, 1889, p. 9.
1890:
On the Road: Miscellaneous: Bristol's Equine, Selma, Ala. Jan. 2-4(?), Birmingham(?), 4-?, . . . Rome, Ga., 11. New York Clipper, December 31, 1889, p. 708.
Miscellaneous: Bristol's Equines, Gadsden, Ala. Jan. 9(?) . . . New York Clipper, January 11, 1890, p. 725.
Bristol & Co.'s Circus, J. W. Burdette, proprietor. Wanted, a few more people in all branches of the business, male and female band. Expert male and female bicycle riders. Season opens June 2. All privileges for sale. Address W. H. Bristol, manager, Worcester, Mass. Belle Celeste and Mlle. Mill?, wire or write. New York Clipper, May 31, 1890, p. 191.
Fred D. Ellis assumed the position of contractor and general agent ahead of W. H. Bristol's Circus. The show is traversing New England by wagon, and the advance brigade consists of four men and four horses. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 215.
On the Road, Circuses: Bristol & Co.'s. New York Clipper, June 14, 1890, p. 210; June 21, 1890, p. 210.
Bristol & Co.'s Circus. J. H.(?) Burdette, sole proprietor. Wanted, bar team, black face knockabout team, to go in leaps and tumble, and a few more people in all branches, especially ladies; performing monkeys; also a band leader and a few good musicians. Side show and other privileges for sale. Play big towns and travel by rail. W. H. Bristol, manager, per route or Worcester, Mass. New York Clipper, June 21, 1890, p. 238.
Providence, Rhode Island. Bristol & Co.'s Circus, which had been in this State for over a month, came to grief at Olneyville 4(?). On the afternoon of the above date Deputy Sheriff Arnold(?) served a writ of attachment on the property for salary amounting to $214(?) due the Davene Bros., three of the performers. The parties who had the action brough against the owners agreed to allow the show to go on evening of 4(?) for the benefit of all the performers. The matter not being settled the next day, the tent was pulled down, and, with all the paraphernalia of the show, taken to the city, where it is now stored until a settlement is arrived at. Mr. Bristol tells us that the show was well equipped, and started out with a prospect of a good season, and had he taken the route over which he traveled last season, he would have undoubtedly done a good business. His season at Newport was a failure, in fact the daily expenses of the show have been far in excess of the receipts ever since it started out. The management does not appear at all dismayed at its misfortunes, but assures me that it will have the show on the road again in the course of a week, when it will make a tour of Southern Massachusetts. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 339.
The collapse of W. H. Bristol's Circus . . . It is the second disaster experienced by that show this season. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 339.
1891:
To which our Steubenville, O., correspondent adds: "I had an interesting talk with Wm. M. Shultz the other day. Mr. Shultz is a veteran showman, and is at present general agent for Prof. Bristol's Horse Show. During out conversation Mr. Shultz said: 'I can truthfully say to you that I have read every number of the Clipper from No. 1, Vol. 1, up to the present day, except four copies which I missed while I lay in Libby Prison . . ." New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 24.
John C. Patrick reports phenomenal success for Prof. D. M. Bristol's Equescurriculum. The present tour will close July 4, and will be resumed Aug. 17. During the summer vacation many valuable improvements will be made. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 113.
1894:
Call. All parties booked with Bristol's Great World's Circus and Aggregation of Acrobatic Wonders must report to Bellfontain, O., for rehearsal May 7(?). Show opens May ?. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 127.
On the road, circuses: Bristol's, Plain City OH May 16, Milford Centre 17, North Lewisburg 18, Marysville(?) 19, West Mansfield 21, Richwood 22, La Rue 24 . . . New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.
1898: Prof. D. M. Bristol's Great American Cirque and Eques-Curriculum, which for several years has been in Australia, continues to do good business. The show is given under waterproof tents. New York Clipper, October 29, 1898, p. 594.
1899: The Phillipines. Manila, P. I., Jan. 22. The American announces the coming of Warren's Circus, and D. M. Bristol's Equescurriculum, sans date; sans place; sans price. . . . New York Dramatic Mirror, March 25, 1899, p. 13.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Broncho Bill's - 1913 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1888, 1912-14
The Broncho Bill Wild West will open July 4 at Mason, Nebraska. They will carry 60 head of horses, 40 to be used in the arena and 20 for baggage stock. Prof. Henn Rockey heads the ten-piece band. There are 12 cowboys, eight cowgirls and ten Indians. "Chinch Kerr," broncho buster, is chief of cowboys. W. Carey, tickets; George Davis, reserved seats; H. Snow, candy privilege; Frank Robinson, pit show. Transportation in wagons, with two wagons in advance. No. 1 in charge of Steve Lester with three billposters and No. 2 in charge of Carl Underwood. The show intends to play Nebraska and the Dakotas. Billboard, June 28, 1913, n.p.n.
The Broncho Bill Wild West opened the season July 4 at Mason City, Nebraska. Cowboys with the show are Bob Robinson, Sweetwater Harry, Sandhill Frank, Glenn Rockey, Indian Draper, Underwood Kid, Pottstown Cinch and Young Steve. Cowgirls are Teana Binder, Dora Watson, Myrtle Lester, Marguerite Clarke, Amy Kanoff, Buffalo Kate and Nebraska Maud. Billie Binder is arena director; Bob Robinson, chief of cowboys; Harvey Kerr, canvas with eight assistants; Erne Lester, lights; George Davis, reserved seat tickets; Steve Lester, ticket taker; Lon Meyer, manager sideshow, with Golden, assistant; Madame Lester, snake charmer; Carnival Will Carey, ticket wagon; Prof. Harry Kanoff, cowboy band; Dutch Watson, boss butch; Haravey Ray, uptown wagon; Marek Herzfield, manager. . . . Billboard, July 19, 1913, p. 22.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Broncho Jim's Wild West
J. B. Rock was the owner of this show probably in the 1900-1910 period. Bandwagon, July-August, 1999, p. 28.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Broncho Joe's - 1913-14 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1910-1914
1913:
Jack Stevens and wife have charge of the concessions on the Broncho Joe Wild West and Society Circus. They will also have charge of the cook house shortly. This makes their third season with this show. Billboard, January 18, 1913, p. 42.
Broncho Joe's Wild West Show, of which D. W. Perrine is manager, closes the season at Mason, Mich., September 20, and goes into winter quarters at Eaton Rapids, Mich. Billboard, September 27, 1913, p. 26.
1914:
Broncho Joe's Wild West - Mrs. Grace Perrine, proprietor, manager, treasurer; Wm. McConkey, assistant manager and equestrian director; Geo. Miller, general agent and railroad contractor; M. Miller, local contractor; Chas. Legar, press agent; W. T. Bryan, general superintendent; N. Collier, superintendent privileges; Geo. Martin, musical director; Dell ????, superintendent reserved seat tickets; J. Cornell, superintendent canvas; Amos Boody, boss hostler; A. B. Tamyhill, superintendent lights; N. Norton, superintendent ring stock; J. Tracey, superintendent animals; ?? Hall, announcer. Show opens at Eaton Rapids, Mich., April 30. Billboard, March 28, 1914, p. 48.
The Broncho Joe Wild West Shows opened the season at Eaton Rapids, Mich., May 2, to good business matinee and night. The show is owned and managed by Mrs. Grace Perrine. Everything is looking fine and the program was run off very smoothly at the opening performance. This is a twenty-wagon show, with forty head of stock, eight Shetlands, etc. The arena is 119 feet by 200 feet; there are two horse tents, cook tents, band sleeping tent, and several small sleeping tents. The band is under the leadership of F. Burch. The show has a very neat parade, consisting of band, several cages, cowboys, cowgirls, Indians, stage coach, prairie schooner, lead trained horses, Shetlands, dog wagon, calliope, clowns, etc., given in approved Western style, and led by Grace Perrine on her high school horse, Diamond. The program of the show: No. 1 — Cowboy and cowgirl sports. No. 2 — Trained dogs. No. 3 — Rifle shooting. No. 4 - Trained horses. No. 5 — Indian mail robbery. No. 6 — Jarjo. No. 7 — Rope spinning. No. 8 - Riding dog and monk. No. 9 — Contortion. No. l0 — Clown number. No. 11 — Trained horses. No. 12 — Clown number. No. 13 — January act. No. 14 — Chariot racing. No. 15 — Cowgirl race. No. 16 - Cowboy race. No. 17 — Stage coach robbery. Wm. McConkey is arena director, and Claude E. Snow is official announcer. At Hudson, Mich., May 11, the show had to tear down and move off the lot on account of high water; no particular damage was done, but business has been very good considering the rainy weather. Billboard, May 23, 1914, p. 22.
• This show or people might be found on other pages on this website. Check out Billboard, Clipper, and/or do a Search
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Broncho John's - 1913 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1913
Col. J. H. Sullivan (Broncho John) and his troupe of cowboys and Deadwood stage coach were the feature attraction at the Sportsmen and Motor-boat Show at Toledo, Ohio, April 19-26. Roster: Col. J. H. Sullivan Sr., J. H. Sullivan Jr., Ike Lewis, D. C. Gollings, (Cheyenne) Gray, Count Dunny Dunsmere, Mico Diaz, (Brazo's Jack) Blade, (Big Sack) Jackson, Homer Allbaugh, Pleasant Johnson, (Yellowstone) Saeger, Juan Moralli, Indian Joe, Clarence Middleton, Re. S. Augh Brigham, Chief Kichnosway, Chief John James Tecomseh, Chief J. P. Peende-Nuh-Wahn, Princess Ke-Wa-De-Noo-Qus, Princess Pee-Qua-Nee-Qua, and 15 other noted Indians. Billboard, May 3, 1913, n.p.n.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Brown, Beary & Bryan's - 1894
Wanted, for Brown, Beary & Bryan's New United and Monster Shows, people in all branches of circus business. Address Grand Central Hotel, Denver, Col. New York Clipper, April 28, 1894, p. 124.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Brown & Mulvehill - 1892
Wanted, band 8 mouthpieces and people in all branches of the circus business except riders; also concert people. Chandelier man, boss canvas man and agent. Address Brown & Mulvehill, Winchester, Va. New York Clipper, March 12, 1892, p. 12.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Brown & Pommier's - 1912-13 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1912-13
1912:
Brown and Pommier's Combined Shows - Ed. C. Brown and I. A. Pommier, props.; Leon Pommier, mgr.; Ed. C. Brown, treas.; I. A. Pommier, general agent, local contractor and contracting press agent; Bert Francis, equestrian director; John R./B.(?), supt. privileges; A. Talber, musical director; Harold Harris, supt. reverved seat tickets; Harry Olinger, supt. canvas; Fred Anderson, supt. lights; Ed. C. Brown, announcer. Show opens at Richmond, Mo., April 27. Billboard, March 23, 1912.
Prof. Harris will again be the free attraction with the Brown & Pommier Combined Shows. The Harold Duo has also signed with the shows for the coming season. Billboard, April 6, 1912, p. 27.
1913:
Brown & Pommier's Shows - I. A. Pommier, Ed. C. Brown and Leon Pommier, proprietors; Leon Pommier, manager; Ed. C. Brown, assistant manager; I. A. Pommier, general agent; Harry Cory, special agent; Jno. Pommier, superintendent privileges; A. Talbert, musical director; Ed. Ward, superintendent canvas; H. Harris, superintendent lights. Show opens at Richmond, Missouri, April 26. Billboard, March 22, 1913.
The Brown and Pommier Combined Shows are playing Northern Missouri to good business and enjoying the best of weather. Four more lengths of seats were ordered from winter quarters recently. Robert Clemments, formerly of the Mollie A. Bailey Show, is now with the show. Prof. Lester Joined recently with his free act, taking the place of Prof. Harris. Billboard, June 14, 1913, p. 21.
Winter quarters. Brown & Pommier's Combined Shows, Leon Pommier, general manager, Richmond, Mo. Billboard, November 22, 1913, p. 68.
• See also Pommier Bros.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Frank Brown's - 1896, 1912 (South America)
• Frank Brown made his name running shows in South America. In 1896 he was touring an equestrian company there. Bandwagon, May-June, 1982, p. 26.
1912: A new amusement building has been erected in Buenos Aires, Argentine Republic, to be the permanent home of the well known Frank Brown's Circus, the Barnum of South America. The main part of the building is round, with a diameter of 170 feet, made in the shape of an amphitheatre, with regular 42 foot ring in the centre, a large and elaborate lobby and entrance hall, dressing rooms, and stables at the back. The company will be made up of mostly European and American performers, combined with a menagerie under the direction of Frank Brown. Roy Chandler is general manager. New York Clipper, August 24, 1912, p. 16.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Frank L. Brown's - 1905
Watertown, May 12 and 13. Brown's United Shows. Hippodrome, aerial enclave, pageants, equestrianism, aerialists, acrobats, clowns . . . Free street parade daily. Watertown Daily Times (Watertown, NY), May 8, 1905.
"Pop" Brown, proprietor of Brown's United Shows, which exhibits here May 12 and 13, promises one of the best parades for a one ring circus that ever visited Watertown. Brown's United Shows is a new circus, having been on the road only this season. It required three years to get the company together. All traveling is done by wagon. A fine lot of horses and ponies are with the show, including th Garvice comedy ponies. The Morellos, equilibrists; Hall, the needle king; and The Valding, aerialists, are among the artists. Watertown Daily Times (Watertown, NY), May 11, 1905.
Brown's United Shows, which exhibits here on Saturday, May 20, is said to be the largest one-ring circus in existence. The circus travels from place to place by wagon and the painted vehicles, large company of people and thoroughbred horses attract interest everywhere. The features include Fritz's troupe of educated dogs; the Great Le Baron, aerialist, novelty contortion act; May Stewart, dancing horse; Tatro, 17-year old wonder of muscular strength; the Three Poiriers, novelty ring and bar act; and Mlle. Morello, trained Spaniels. Gazette and Farmer's Journal (Baldwinsville, NY), May 18, 1905, p. 5.
Syracuse Herald: F. L. Brown of this city is having a strenuous time with his Brown's United Shows. The show is not united. It opened at Lacona on May 8 and at that time had 80 people, 40 wagons and 125 horses. Business has been bad, and one by one horses and wagons have been disposed of, and performers have been dropped from the salary list. There was some difficulty to pay even those who were retained. At Rochester the combination came near "bustin' up," but Brown held it together for a time yer. The show is in Elmira now, having been there 11 days. The employes have been working recently on a cooperative plan. Watertown Daily Times (Watertown, NY), July 3, 1905, p. 7.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Jess Brown's Circus Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1895
• Brief information on the 1895 Jess Brown's New Colossal show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1995, Vol. 39, No. 2, p. 38.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Major Brown's Circus - 1857
[Advertisement] Wait for the Wagon. Maj. Brown's Colosseum and Great American Circus, reorganized and equipped for the year 1857. R. C. Satterlee, manager. This extensive establishment, the largest, most complete, and attractive circus now traveling, will exhibit in Fort Wayne, on Tuesday and Wednesday, May 12 & 12 [sic], for two days, near the Hedekin House. Among the performers will be found the best riders, the wittiest clowns and the most wonderful tumblers in America. The wagons, tents, trappings, etc., are entirely new, and the horses are superior to those of any other company in the United States. Attached to this concern, also, is Jackson's famous Buckeye Band, composed of thirteen American musicians, and drawn by ten beautiful white horses. The whole to conclude each day and evening with scenes from Franconi's Hippodrome, and the never to be forgotten mirth moving, and laughter provoking burlesque Sands, Nathan & Co.'s performing elephants, in which they walk up inclined planes, mount pedestals, and stand upon their heads. For further particulars see mammoth posters, circulars, &c. Cards of admission, with good, substantial seats for all, 35 cents. No pit. Good order will be preserved. Doors open at 2, afternoon, and 7 in the evening. J. F. Sulton, agent. Fort Wayne Sentinel (IN), May 2, 1857, n.p.n.
• S. E. Brown, proprietor (to August); H. Cooper, proprietor (from August). Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Ed Browne's - 1911-12 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1905-1913
1911: Preparations are being made for the third annual tour of Ed Browne's Overland Show at winter quarters, Bath, Me. Fred Maxwell, general agent, and Bobby Maitland, musical director, have signed for the season. Billboard, April 8, 1911, p. 24.
1912:
At the quarters of Ed. Browne's Overland Show, Joe Ellis is busy working the ring stock. The Devine troupe of bicyclists and tight wire artists, King Bros., acrobats, Foster and Lee, Walters and Shaw and Joe Wilson, are practicing daily, and Prof. Wilson is shaping up his band. The season opens May 18. Billboard, March 30, 1912, p. 50.
Ed Browne's Overland Show. Ed Browne, proprietor and manager; Mrs. Ed Browne, treasurer; Leslie Mello, general agent; Scott Greinleif, special agent; Chas. Smith, manager sideshow; George Devine(?), equestrian director; Harry Black, supt. privileges; John Stevens, musical director; Major Baker, supt. canvas; Bob Russell, boss hostler; Al Snow, supt. commissary dept.; Frank Wallace, supt. properties; Joe Ellis, supt. ring stonc; F. Sprague, legal adjuster. Show opens at Bath, Maine, May 18. Billboard, May 11, 1912, p. 50.
• Ed Browne was superintendent of the City Home at Bath, Maine, in 1916. He had tight wire apparatus and unicycle for wire for sale. Billboard, August 5, 1916, p. 41.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Circus Bruno - 1985, 1989, 1990
1985: A new show in 1985 owned by Bruno Loyale. This one-ring show opened in Dallas, Texas, November 7. Bandwagon, January-February, 1986, p. 10.
1989: Bruno Loyale's Circus Bruno sent a unit to the Far East, playing Micronesia under canvas from November 15 until January 29, 1990. Bandwagon, January-February, 1990, p. 24.
1990: Headed by Bruno Loyal, Circus Bruno did poorly in the South Pacific early in the year. Some of the performers were stranded. Bandwagon, January-February, 1991, p. 22.
• Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1988-1990.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bryan's Caravan & Circus - 1868-69 (John V. O'Brien)
1868:
[Advertisement] Bryan's Caravan & Circus. Wait for the Boss. The big show will be in Hagerstown in September. The menagerie is the largest collection of beasts and birds. Less duplications. More different and rare species. . . . Felix McDonald to the dens of the monsters of the forest, will give a sensational scene.
The circus, in the ring, Mad'lle Codona, tight rope equilibrist. Mrs. Libbie Showles, female horse ___. Mr. Harry Codona, principal equestrian. Mr. J. Showles, antipodian rider. Pete Conklin, best clown of the age. John Conklin, superior mundane and aerial performer. Minnie, the sprite, smallest, youngest and clever child rider. Messrs. Angelo, Kyle, Runyon, Atkins, Stone, Omar. Masters Fred, George and Eugene, consitute the leading people.
The procession will show how extensive the caravan, gigantic the circus, mammoth the menagerie. The Car of Gold, containing Douglass' Cornet Band, drawn by ten stylish creams, gaily caparisoned. Two elephants in crimson housings. Camels and dromedaries. 20 massive dens, emerald and gilt, decorated with painted views, each one drawn by matched dappled greys, reined by drivers in full uniform; waving plumes from each animal's head; flags, banners and ensigns flying from every vehicle. The gorgeous parade which will terminate with the circus retinue, with blooded horses, ponies and mules. Two performances daily, afternoon and night,at 2 and 8 p.m. Admission 50 cents. Children under 10 years of age, 25 cents. [Note: Maginley & Carroll's Circus advertised for Hagerstown, August 29th.] Hagerstown Mail (MD), August 28, 1868, n.p.n.
1869:
[Advertisement] Bryan's Grand Caravan, Menagerie and Circus. Magnificent parade at 10 o'clock morning, preceded by the Chariot of Aeschylus, drawn by 12 matched cream steeds. Elephants in scarlet housings, camels and dromedaries caparisoned and plumed as when used in the Alexadrian pageants. 20 massive dens containing the wild animals, drawn by 2, 4, 6 and 8 spans of stalwarth grey horses, silver harnessed, gaily plumed nad reined by drives in rich uniform. These cages of green and gold from which banners, flags and pennants "Float and Flow" in prominence, are painted with scenic views from reality. Blooded horses, ponies and mules, an outlay of $350,000. The menagerie with rare specimens of beasts and birds. The Asitatic performer, "Queen Emma," and elephant which can be exhibited without danger to the public. The smallest and youngest elephant, "Tiny Tim," only 18 months old, 30 inches high. . . . Herr Conclin, his performance in the cages, amid a group of savage beasts. A tartarian cow-alapus, never witnessed in capativity in this or any other country.
[probably Bryan's] From the Dayton (Ohio) Ledger, Aug. 17. Yesterday afternoon, about 3 o'clock, while Bryant's menagerie and circus was in full blast, at the corner of First and Webster streets, there came very suddenly a furious gale of wind, followed by a heavy shower of rain, which for a short time seemed as though it would scatter everything before it. The performance was about half over, when all at once the guy poles inside were lifted from the ground, and considerable creaking was heard thro' the entire canvas, which spread great consternation among the vast number of people gathered under the pavilion. It was evident that the pavilion would instantly fall unless great force was applied outside to hold on to the ropes. Some fifty men took hold of the ropes on the south side, and attempted to hold it from glowing over, but it was utterly impossible. In another instant the ropes snapped, the center pole came unfastened, and with a terrible crash the large pavilion was dashing to the ground, upsetting at the same time two of the wagons containing wild animals.
• See John O'Brien's.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
W. T. Bryan's; Bryan & Williams - 1893-94
1893: Notes from the W. T. Bryan One Ring Circus. The last few weeks in Ohio business was poor, but since coming into Michigan we are using the "S.R.O." nightly. The company: W. T. Bryan, proprietor and manager; Emmett Snyder, treasurer; Chas. Kanell(?), master of canvas; Dad Stevens, master of horses; Lew Tennyson, master of lights; Lew Dell, properties; ___ Henry's band of eight pieces; W. T. Bryan, Kittie(?) Perrine, D. W. Perrine, Master Chas. Glassbrook, Mlle. Adele, the Janettes and W. S. Cole. Harry E. Scott joined Sept. 7(?), and has charge of the concert. Harry A. Stevens joined Aug. 31 and is now general agent. N. H. Scotten, boss bill poster with six assistants; Bennie(?) Kelly, programmer with two assistants; Geo. Munson, lithographer with two assistants. We have three more weeks in Norther Michigan. we close Sept. 30 and ship South. We reopen at Gainesburg, Tex., Oct. 22. We will travel in our own cars, four in number. All of the present company remain with us. We will close our season South about the middle of February. The man in white appears every Sunday. New York Clipper, September 23, 1893, p. 463.
1894:
On the road, circuses: Bryan & Williams', Bronson(?) Neb May 16, Burr Oak 17, Centerville 18, Three Rivers 19, Marcellus(?) 20, Schoolcraft 22. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 162.
Floyd Trover, of the Three Trover Bros., horizontal bar team, with the Bryant & Williams Circus was presented on May 10(?) with a K. of P. emblem by the performers with the show. New York Clipper, May 19, 1894, p. 164.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bryant & Edgerton Sisters' New Model Circus - 1893 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1893
W. T. Bryant's and the Edgerton Sisters' New Model Shows opened May ? at Charlotte, Mich. The canvas is a 100ft. round top with a 40ft. middle piece. The tent was packed to the entrance. Their street parade is a feature. The roster: W. T. Bryant, Geo. Edgerton and Geo. Blowers, proprietors; Geo. Edgerton, general manager; Geo. Blowers, treasurer; W. T. Bryan, assistant manager and equestrian director; Prof. Taylor's band of ten mouthpieces; H. Tinker, advance agent, with five men; W. T. Bryant, Edgerton Sisters, Du Rell, Ortone Bros., Leona La Tow, Prof. Perri?, Geo. Depree and Hopely, Geo Blowers, Geo. Edgerton, S. Scribner, Kittie Perine, Lillian Morton, Mille Lolo, Milo and Shoffer, E. Stafford, Marguerite Evans, and Babe Evans. New York Clipper, May 13, 1893, p. 148.
Notes from the W. T. Bryan and Edgerton Sisters' New Model Circus. We are now in our sixth week and turning people away. The "Man in White" makes his regular weekly visit. Six large dapple gray horses for band wagon and six small Shetland ponies have been added to the show. New York Clipper, June 10, 1893, p. 214.
The Show Departs. The W. T. Bryant Combination Goes to Chicago. The last remnant of the W. T. Bryant "New Model Circus" went to Chicago Monday. One of the partners, a disconsolate looking man, stood thoughtfully beside a circus wagon at the show grounds yesterday afternoon. Then he went to a blacksmith shop and sold the wagon for $1. He was a one-third owner in the circus and a performer. The two Edgerton Sisters, trapeze performers, who are relatives of this man, left town with him Monday afternoon, riding on their two white horses. Thus departed by separate ways all that was left of the "New Model Circus." Fort Wayne Weekly Gazette, August 3, 1893, p. 5.
From W. T. Bryan and Edgerton Sisters' New Model Circus. We are now in our twelfth week and are doing a big business. We have added a new fifty foot middle piece and have purchased four more horses. Chas. Orton, of the Orton Brothers, received a bruised leg last week by a horse falling on him while riding in the entree. New York Clipper, July 22, 1893, p. 312.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Buchanan Bros. - 1898, 1900 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1908
1898: Buchanan Bros. cicus was attached by creditors at Pipestone last week. Estherville Daily News (Estherville, IA), July 20, 1898, p. 5.
1900:
Bill posters and others are warned to be careful about taking the show's business. Several reports have come in telling of people who have had the worst of the deal with Buchanan Bros., and the latest is from Pella, Ia., where the bill poster who did the show's work was unable to make connections with the show's cash box. In fact, the show would not pay out a cent to any one. Billboard, June 9, 1900.
Buchana Brothers' circus closed at Reinbeck, Iowa, recently. New York Dramatic Mirror, June 30, 1900, p. 20.
• In 1894 Fred Buchanan and Will and Lonnie had a small show under this title. In 1908 Fred Buchanan added this title to his Yankee Robinson Circus. Bandwagon, March-April, 1968, p. 25.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Harry Buckley's - 1856-60
1856:
[Advertisement] H. Buckley & Co.'s National Circus! The leading exhibition of 1856! Comprising a grand combination of equestrian talent. Male and Female. Proprietors, H. Buckley & Co. Manager, O. W. Hyatt. Equestrian director, W. Waterman. Band leader, J. Kislow. Clown, Fred. Wilson. Adv. agent, H. B. Nettleton. This company will perform at Geneva on Tuesday, May 6th, 1856. At Richmond, Wednesday, May 7th.
1857:
One of the largest bears we ever saw - one of the real "Grizzly" monsters - is now in Delavan, under the charge of Mr. Lovell, a gentleman who caught and tamed him, and now has such control over him that at his bidding he will perform a multitude of interesting tricks. The weight of this animal is 1,800 pounds, his height over four feet, length about nine feet, and his fore leg near his shoulder as large as a man's body. To be within reach of such a creature when infuriated would be certain and almost instantaneous destruction; yet Mr. Lovell plays with him as with a trained spaniel.
[Advertisement] H. Buckley & Co.'s Great National Circus! Newly equipped and greatly augmented for the year 1857. It is confidently believed will be found to present a combination of novel and attractive features, which will more than sustain the high reputation which it has attained by its representations in former years. Now, as heretofore, the management will endeavor to deserve success by giving the public a full equivalent for their money, and performing even more than they promise; thinking a well-deserved popularity, honestly gained, by fair proceedings, much more desirable in the end than any mere temporary advantage which may be obtained by resort to clap-trap and humbug. In short, having received the appellation of the Model Circus of America, they are resolved to maintain it by giving performances which it shall be impossible to exceed.
• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists Harry Buckley, owner, "Buckley's North American Circus," 1858-59, and "H. Buckley & Co.'s Great National Circus," 1860.
• 1858: online at Clipper, April 10, Clipper, July 24 (scroll down)
1859:
O. Leonard, manager of Buckley & Co.'s circus, was killed at White Spring, Florida, on the 1st inst., by Lewis Hogans. Hogans was noisy about the tent, and Leonard ordered him to be quiet, when Hogans drew his knife and killed Leonard on the spot. Burlington Daily Hawk-Eye (IA), August 8, 1859, n.p.n.
• 1859: online at:
1860:
[Advertisement] H. Buckley & Co.'s Great National Circus! After an absence of three years, will exhibit at Janesville, May 21st. Afternoon and evening, at 2 & 7 o'clock. Admission only 25 cts. Children under 9 years 15 cts. All Box seats. For particulars see descriptive bills. Geo. S. Cole, agent. Janesville Daily Gazette (WI), May 10, 1860, n.p.n.
[Advertisement] The Great Buckley Show will exhibit at Fort Wayne (onNorth Calhoun Street), Saturday, September 15th, admission only 25 cents. Children under 9 years, 15 cents. Box seats for all - no Pit. All circus - not the remnant of a starved menagerie, or fragments of a dilapidated circus, with which the West has been too much infested. For particulars, see large bills. Geo. S. Cole, agent. Dawson's Fort Wayne Daily Times (IN), September 6, 1860, n.p.n.
• 1860: information is online at Clipper, September 8, Clipper, September 22, Clipper, October 27 (scroll down)
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Buckley & Co.'s - 1874 or Soulier, Buckley & Co.
The World's Great Race Combines, Real Roman Hippodrome, and World's Fair, of which "Yankee" Robinson is general superintendent, is to commence the season at Elkhorn, Wis., May 11. New York Clipper, May 9, 1874, p. 47. See Buckley & Co. below
Yankee Robinson and George Castello are in Chicago, Ill., says our correspondent, trying to negotiate for the Exposition Building for the Harry Buckley Roman Hippodrome. Their establishment will pitch tent at Delavan, Wis., May 18, and then proceed throughout the Northwest. New York Clipper, May 16, 1874, p. 55.
Soulier, Buckley & Co.'s Universal Fair and Real Roman Hippodrome, with "Yankee" Robinson as agent, exhibits at Champaign, Ill., May 26. This concern uses no tents, except for sideshows, but hires fair grounds at each county seat, and advertises "every kind of show in the world." They have eleven cages of animals and two small elephants. The show will be at Peoria, June 1, Davenport, Ia., 2. New York Clipper, May 30, 1874, p. 71.
Buckley & Co.'s Great World Race Congress is billed for Peoria, Ill., June 1, Davenport, Ia., 2, Muscatine 3, Iowa City 4, Des Moines 5, Ottamwa 6, Oskaloosa 8, Marshalltown 9, Cedar Rapids 10, and thence through all the important railroad towns in the Northwest. New York Clipper, June 6, 1874, p. 79.
Buckley & Soulier & Co.'s Hippodrome is to be at St. Paul, Minn., June 20, Mankato 22, Rochester 23, Winona 24. They have recently added an immense canvas to their concern, thus dispensing with the use of the Fair grounds, and gaining a night show. W. C. Crum is now advertising agent, and business is reported good. New York Clipper, June 13, 1874, p. 87.
Buckley & Co.'s Combination did an immense business at Peoria, Ill., on June 1, wrote our correspondent on the 5th, continuing: " . . . They exhibit under canvas, not a tent, but a canvas wall, inclosing several acres of ground, forming an open court of an elliptical shape in the centre. This court is arranged with seats upon a portion of the long sides, and over the seats a canvas is spread, to protect visitors from the sun and storm. Inside of the row of seats a track is laid out, over which the chariot, hurdle, pony, Indian, elephant and camel races are run. The canvas can be indefinitley extended and made as large as necessity requires. The track was about one-fifth of a mile, in an oblong shape. In an outer tent were 15 cages of animals and a few other curiosities. The performances in the arena began with a procession, then came an exhibition of the Indian game of La Crosse by twenty red men of the Iroquois nation, followed by the chariot, hurdle and sack races. There were also some exhibitions of posturing and gymnastics, and an allegorical sketch of the rescue of Capt. Smith by Pocahontas, enacted by the Indians. Mr. Smith, the pedestrian, also gave exhibitions of his merits as a walkist by walking backward and forward around the track with the elephant. The show is entirely different from what the Western people have been used to witness. The variety show connected with this establishment is under the control of Yankee Robinson, and while in this city he effected an engagement with Eph. Piper and Lew(?) Robinson, song-and-dance and cloggists. Mr. W. Crum, late of the Barnum show, is with this company." New York Clipper, June 13, 1874, p. 87.
"Yankee" Robinson, who was connected with Buckley's Great Roman Hippodrome in some capacity at an early part of the tenting season, attached that show at Athens, O., on Oct. 22, for an alleged claim of $___. When Mr. Buckley found that his show could only be released by depositing $17,000, he offered to compromise, and the affair was settled by paying Mr. Robinson $1,000. New York Clipper, November 7, 1874, p. 255.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Buckley's Hippodrome - 1875
Ten cages of animals, twenty horses, and an elephant arrived at Cincinnati, O., the past week in charge of J. D. Evans, from the late Chicago Show at Gordontown, Va. They are for Buckley's Hippodrome, which is wintering in that city under the care of Byron V. Rose. That show expects to start on the road about April 1. New York Clipper, January 16, 1875, p. 335.
Buckley's Hippodrome will be run the next tenting season by Torry, Miles and De Haven, with Andy Haight ahead. New York Clipper, January 23, 1875, p. 343.
The Miaco Brothers are engaged for the coming traveling season with Buckley's Hippodrome. New York Clipper, February 20, 1875, p. 375.
Frank Ufner will run the privileges with De Haven's Great Hippodrome this season. New York Clipper, March 6, 1875, p. 391.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Milt B. Buckley's - 1902 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902
Notes from Buckley's Big Shows. We will open our season at Irwin, Pennsylvania, Friday, May 30. Will carry a 60ft. round top with a 30ft. middle. Roster: Milt B. Buckley, sole proprietor and manager; Frank Breining [Brelning?], equestrian director; Harry Bowman, advance with two billposters; Flowers Bros., revolving ladder; Jack Troy's educated dogs and goats; Shields and Goldie, acrobats; Rob Hubberd, slack wire and traps; Frank La Vell, contortion; J. Warden, song and dance; Jessie Tuttle, contortion; Billy Rolle(?), contortion and acrobat; "Hay" Brelning(?), taking and singing clown; H. Adams, juggler; Staley's educated horses; Prof. C. E. Valentine's military band. Musicians: Leo Dechato, Alfred Rousaau(?), J. W. Comstock, Henry Adams, J. Warden, Wm. Boyle, Geo. Cornet, Herm Ott, Chas. Flowers, Geo. Bowman and Eugene Cartwright. We will carry 16 head of horses, and play through Western Pennsylvania, making one and two day stands. New York Clipper, May 24, 1902, p. 289.
Milt B. Buckley's Shows report excellent business. The show carries a 60 foot round top with two 30 foot middles and 28 lenghts of seats. Roster: Milt B. Buckley, proprietor and manager; Harry B. Bowman, agent; Shields and Goldie, acrobats and perch; Flowers Bros., revolving ladder; Jessie Tuttle, contortionist; the De Pontas, club jugglers and hoop rollers; Edgar Smouse, slack wire; Jack Troy's troupe of educated dogs and goats; Hay Brelning [Breining?], talking and singing clown; Prof. Staley's horses, Sir Franklin and Little McKinley, and Prof. Valentine's military band of ten pieces. Billboard, June 28, 1902, p. 5.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Buckskin Ben's Wild West - 1909, 1910, 1912, 1918 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1908-1913, 1924
1909: Buckskin Ben's Wild West: Ben Stalker ("Buckskin Ben"), proprietor; Geo. O. Litt, general manager; Frank S. Reed, assistant manager and press representative; Mrs. Ben Stalker, treasurer and manager commissary dept.; Geo. Stalker ("Buckskin Ben, Jr."), equestrian director; Prof. Doc Howard, supt. of stock; W. D. Wager leader of band and orchestra. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
1910: Buckskin Ben's Wild West and Dog and Pony Shows has signed a contract to play at Terre Haute, Ind., the week of May 23 as the feature attraction of the G.A.R. Encampment. . . . At the close of the Terre Haute engagement the show jumps back to Cambridge City and plays one afternoon and evening, jumping from there to Flint, Mich., where it joins the Herbert A. Kline Shows for the season. Buckskin Ben's private car will arrive in Cambridge City about May 1, from Chicago, and after a few alterations will be ready for the road. The car contains six staterooms, kitchen and dining room and sleeping accommodations for thirty-two people. In conncetion with the living car, a 60 foot baggage car will be carried for the show stuff. Billboard, April 23, 1910, p. 18.
1912: The Aerial Derbys have closed their fourth season as free attraction with Buckskin Ben's Wild West recently. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.
1918:
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Buckskin Bill's Wild West - 1900, 1904, 1918 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1900-02, 1904
1900:
Opened at Paducah, Kentucky, May 5. The show turned 2,000 people away at the night show at Memphis, Tennessee, May 10. The got roasted in the papers for not carrying more seating capacity, although they had up fifty-six lenghts of seats. The crowds were so dense that no one could see the show to advantage, thence the newspaper criticisms. Whitey Larkin now has the stock (146 head), and Jack Pheiffenberger has the canvas, and the show is now handled with ease and certainty. George Fisher is the 24-hour man. Billboard, May 1, 1900, p. 6; May 21, 1900, p. 5.
Buckskin Bill's Wild West turned 2,000 people away at the night show at Memphis, Tenn., Wednesday night, May 10. They got roasted in the papers for not carrying more seating capacity, although they had up fifty-six lenghts of seats. The crowds were so dense that no one could see the show to advantage, hence the newspaper criticisms. Whitey Larkin now has the stock (146 head), and Jack Pheiffenberge has the canvas, and the show is now handled with ease and certainty. George Fisher is the twenty-four-hour man. William Sloman has signed as contracting agent with Buckskin Bill's Wild West. Billboard, May 19, 1900, p. 5.
Terre Haute, Ind., May 23. (Special.) During the performance of "Buckskin Bill" here tonight, several persons were accidentally shot by Elmer Mendenhall, aged 19, one of the crack shots with the company. Mendenhall was shooting at clay pigeons with a Winchester shotgun. In raising the gun, the hammer caught on his cartridge belt, and the shell exploded, the No. 6 shot that it contained scattering among the audience. A scene of great confusion occurred. Mendenhall was arrested and placed under $3,000 bond. Mendenhall's home is at Oskaloosa, Ia. Billboard, June 2, 1900, p. 5.
Sid. Terrell, of the Buckskin Bill Wild West, paid a flying visit to Cincinnati June 13. He was accompanied by his general agent, Dan R. Robinson. Geo. Peck has left the Buckskin Bill Wild West Show, on account of a severe spell of illness.
Paducah, Ky., Aug. 9. Buckskin Bill's Wild West Circus to-day sued the Erie Lithographing Company, of Erie, Pa., for $2,560, alleging violation of contract in not delivering lithographs, so as not to delay the circus. The Erie Company had shipped $2,560 worth of paper to Paducah, C. O. D. The Messrs. Terrell Bros., who own the Buckskin Bill Shows, paid the C. O. D. and took the paper out, but before the agent of the Adams Express Company could return the money Messrs. Terrell Bros. attached it. Thus was the unusual anomaly presented of a show attaching a show printer. The Terrell Bros. base their suit upon the grounds that the paper was not printed on contract time, and that it has not been shipped promptly at their orders. They aver that they have been damaged severely and caused great loss thereby. Billboard, August 18, 1900, p. 5; May 21, 1900, p. 5.
Sam Dawson is now in charge of the No. 1 Car of the Buckskin Bill Wild West. Buckskin Bill's Wild West got considerably more than its allowance of rain at the beginning, and it had its usual effect on the receipts. Business has improved considerably of late, however, and the outlook has improved commensurately. Billboard, June 30, 1900, p. 5.
Buckskin Bill's Wild West. The two large new buildings that have been in course of construction since Nov. 1 are now nearing completion, and will be ready for occupancy by Jan. 1, at which time active work will commence, to put all the wagons, paraphernalia, etc., in repair for the season of 1901. The buildings are located on Vice President Ed. Terrell's farm in the northern limits of the city of Paducah, Ky., which contains about 800 acres of land. Several new and costly wagons will be built for the parade. Secretary Fletcher Terrell is now in Texas for the purpose of buying a carload of long-horned Texas steers, and will also extend his trip to Montana, where he contemplates purchasing six of eight buffalo for the arena performance. The season will open in Paducah, Saturday, April 27. Sid. Terrell. Billboard, December 29, 1900.
• Information on the 1900 Buckskin Bill show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 2000, Vol. 44, No. 6, pp. 10-11.
• An article on the 1902-03 Buckskin Bill's Wild West Show, Henry E. Allott (Henry "Bunk" Allen), is in Bandwagon, January-February, 1985, Vol. 29, No. 1, pp. 32-39.
1903: The title of the Buckskin Bill Wild West will be changed to the "Great Cole Younger and Frank James Historic Wildwest." Both Younger and James are under contracts to H. E. Allott and will positively appear with the show. The wise ones who have been accustomed to laugh quietly at Bunk will have a chance to change their tune. He has made a ten strike and demonstrated that he is a real showman. They used to smile when anyone referred to Bunk Allen as a manager, but he has won his spurs. Billboard, February 28, 1903, p. 11.
1904: Harry W. Semon was general agent and railroad contractor. H. E. Allott was manager circa 1904. Bandwagon, July-August, Vol. 12, No. 4, 1968, p. 23.
• 1918: Winter quarters. Buckskin Bill's Wild West Show, Washington, Pa. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Buffalo Bill's Wild West - 1895, 1902 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1883-1913, 1971, 1977-1980, 1983 (various proprietors)
In 1895 the show played 131 cities in 190 days. The draft stock, wagons and rolling stock belonged to James A. Bailey and W. W. Cole, both receiving a share of the profits. They also supplied advance men, billposters and others. The program for the 1895 show is in Bandwagon, October, 1943, Vol. 2, No. 6, p. 8.
• Information on the 1898 Buffalo Bill show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1999, Vol. 43, No. 2, pp. 42-47.
• An article on the 1902 show is online in Bandwagon, October 1953 (scroll down).
• An article on the marketing of the Buffalo Bill show is in Bandwagon, March-April, 1990, Vol. 34, No. 2, pp. 24-29.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Buffalo Bill & Pawnee Bill - 1909, 1912-13 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1913
1909: Buffalo Bill's Wild West Combined with Pawnee Bill's Great Far East. Cody, Bailey & Lillie, props.; Col. W. F. Cody ("Buffalo Bill"), dir.; Maj. G. W. Lillie ("Pawnee Bill"), mgr.; Geo. W. Conner, secy; Louis E. Cooke, gen. agt. & R. R. contractor; Sam H. Findler, local contractor; Major John M. Burk, Walter K Heil, F. M. Hall, press agts.; G. S. Van Osten, checker-up; Geo. H. Degnan, excursion agt. & secy; H. G. Wilson, mgr. side show; T. L. Evans, treas; "Johnny" Baker, arenic director; W. J. Lynd & Co., mgrs. commissary dept.; Peter Hirst, supt. transportation; J. J. Divinni, supt. of canvas; K. Schinian, supt. of animals; John Stevens, supt. reserved seat tickets; Mat Saunders, supt. of props.; H. G. Wilson, supt. of privileges; T. A. Smitt, supt. of stock. List of billposers, lithographers, banner men, etc.: J. A. Aslberg, R. Armstrong, Stanley Baker, W. E. Butler, F. H. Butler, Ray Cavanaugh, Roy S. Cady, Tom Conners, W. M Coates, Herman Cote, P. M. Comes, M. Coughlin, C. W. Chubb, Hugh Dorsey, Louis Dow, T. F. Flaherty, W. J. Fryer, Geo. Frazier, P. Gaynor, Elmer George, Elmer Greer(?), S. Gaynor, Chas. Harrison, C. B. Her???heimer, Elmer Hutzler, Frank Harvey, W. Johnson, Fred Kettler (Kettier?), Thos. Lewis, J. Lyons, W. Lockard, R. Martin, W. Marsh, H. M. Mason, J. P. Miller, W. T. Morrison, W. Meath, H. Murry, C. McBean, J. McVaugh, F. Maurer, J. McGrath, L. E. Owens, H. Perry, E. A. Prosser, L. Protean, G. H. Pritchard, G. Rashley, J. Rooney, A. Roff, A. C. Robinsin, H. J. Sinken, D. M. Sherman, L. Sullivan, R. Starkey, W. Smith, W. P. Taylor, L. Trunday, F. Turner, W. Van Dien, C. Vernerder, W. Winn, J. C. Winter, C. C. Young. Lester W. Murray, mgr. Car No. 1; Victor B. Cook, mgr. Car No. 2; H. E. Butler, mgr. Car No. 3. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
1912:
Buffalo Bill Wild West and Pawnee Bill's Far East Combined Shows - W. E. Cody and G. W. Lillie, props.; G. W. Lillie, mgr.; Chas. Metius/Melius?, treasurer; Toney Mason, auditor; Louis E. Cooke, general agent and railroad contractor; Major John M. Burke, contracting press agent; L./I.(?) W. Murray, advance press agent; F. C. Cooper, press agent back with show; E. Wilson, excursion agent; H. G. Wilson, mgr. side show; John Baker, equestrian director; Thos. A. Smith, general supt.; Fred Biddie/Biddle(?), supt. privileges; Wm. Sweeney, musical director; Robert Coverdale, supt. reserved seat tickets; John Diviney, supt. canvas; Paul (Cincy) Speering, trainmaster; Henry (Apples) Welsh, boss hostler; Harry Winestock, supt. commissary dept.; Wm. Roach, supt. lights; George Brown, supt properties; James O'Brien, supt. ring stock; Thos. Smith, supt. stock; John Diviney, supt. working crew; Bob Cavanaugh and J. Kennedy, twenty-four-hour agents; Max Gruber, supt. elephants; Burt Tanner, boss carpernter; Cy Compton, supt. animals; John C. Reilly, blacksmith; Lester W. Murray, mgr. advertising car No. 1; Victor B. Cooke, mgr. advertising car No. 2; Dave Jarett, mgr. advertising car No. 3; G. S. Van Outen, checker-up; C. N. Thompson, legal adjuster. Show opens April 20. Billboard, March 23, 1912.
Dave Jarrett, manager of the Two Bills' opposition car, having removed his family to Aurora, Ill., is now a Chicago suburbanite. Dave will be with the Wild West and Far East again next season. Prof. William Sweeney, leader of the famous cowboy band, will shortly leave for one of Col. Cody's mine holdings in Arizona, where he will put in the winter months and begin his education as a mining expert. Billboard, December 21, 1912, p. 38.
1913: The 1913 tour of Buffalo Bill-Pawnee Bill Wild West came to a sudden close in Denver, Colo., July 22, when minions of the law swooped down and took possesion of everything. "Circus Changes of the Past," C. E. Duble, Note Sheet No. 5 (Circus Historical Society), November 16, 1942.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bulger & Cheney - 1911
• Closed on July 6, 1911, re-organized July 26th, closed for good September 11th. Bandwagon, May-June, 1968, p. 24.
Roster of the Bulger and Cheney Shows: Corliss Bulger and Dud Cheney, proprietors; Dr. W. S. Filly, contracting agent; Walter Seabault, advance with three assistants; H. C. Bulger, twenty-four hour man; J. R. Feagan, director of band; Wm. Conway, trainmaster; F. Bennett, sideshow manager; Wm. (Dutch) Wildenradt, boss hostler. Billboard, June 17, 1911, p. 25.
For Sale, Bulger & Cheney Show. Complete eight-car show, assembled new last spring. Want to sell it all complete for show purposes. Includes one 74 foot and on 60 foot sleeping car; one 60 foot flat car; ten dapple gray horses; six light horses; six trained ponies; three trick donkeys and lot of animals, including an elephant, lion, leopard, monkeys, llamas, sacred cows and other animals. The outfit includes main tent, sideshow tent, wardrobe tent, horse tent, cook tent and lighting and cooking outfits. We have this show so we can sell it right. Address, Barrett & Zimmerman, St. Paul, Minnesota. Billboard, September 30, 1911, p. 27.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bullen's - 1952 (Australia)
• Brief information on the 1952 show is online in Bandwagon, March 1952 (scroll down).
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Buller's - 1919, 1920 Buller's Circus listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1919-1929
1919:
The show played British Columbia, Canada. Robert W. Buller, owner, manager. C. W. Scott was lot superintendent. Show carried about 100 trained domestic animals, aerial and ground performers, an 18 piece band. Circus Report, Vol. 2, No. 52, 1973, p. 4.
Wanted for Buller Bros. Shows, performers in all lines for circus, especially acrobatic acts with four or more in act. Comedy act, clowns, Wild West cowboys and cowgirls, with or without stock. Band leader and musicians. Bosses in all departments, working men for same. Will book or buy troupe of dogs or other domestic animal acts. Workingmen apply for steamer fare to Purser, City of Angeles, Coleman Dock, Seattle, Wash. Buller Bros., Friday Harbor, San Juan Island, Wash. [Advertisment] Billboard, March 15, 1919, p. 63.
Robert W. Buller's Trained Animal Shows wants for the coming season, girl acts for circus, trapeze, wire, iron jaw, juggling, also musicians that are on the Coast, clowns, side show people Will buy goat act, somersault or leaping dogs or any domestic animal act. Workingmen address C. W. Scott, Friday Harbor, Wash. Sideshow people address Zelno, care Buller's Shows, Victoria. Performers address Robert W. Buller, Victoria, B.C. Billboard, December 20, 1919, p. 90.
• More on the 1919 Buller's show, see Billboard, 1919 - scroll down or use find.
1920: Robert W. Buller's Trained Animal Show: Robert W. Buller, proprietor and manager; Arthur Burrows, assistant manager; F. I. Buller, treasurer; C. ?. Young, general agent; Gorion Smith, press agent; W. H. Kilbourne, manager side show; Merrit Belew, equestrian director; Zelno, supt. privileges; C. W. Scott, supt. canvas; T. Nuddelman, boss hostler; John Nobby Clark, supt. commissary dept.; Frank Woolworth, supt. lights; Arthur Buller, supt. props.; Fog Horn, supt. ring stock; C. E. Young, manager advance car. Opens at Friday Harbor, Wash., May 1. Billboard, March 20, 1920, p. 109.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bunnell & Morris - 1889
G. B. Bunnell & Prof. Morris' All Feature Show will open a tour of New England, June 10, under canvas, carrying about fifty people, in addition to Prof. Morris' Equine and Canine Paradox, in a special car. The Japanese Village will be an extra feature. A. B. Anderson will act as press agent. A three or four weeks' engagement at Boston, Mass., is a near probability. New York Clipper, June 15, 1889, p. 225.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Burch & Reiss - 1906-07 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1906-07
1906: Burch & Reiss' dog and pony show will be here on Saturday. In conjunction with the animal feature acts will be presented troupes of Japanese acrobats, gymnasts, and aerialists; funny clowns, jugglers, and other features for this the first western tour of these shows. Street parade will take place on the morning of the exhibition, at which time the entire company of over 350 animal actors will be seen decked out in their holiday garb. Free pony rides after the matinee performance. Woodland Daily Democrat (Woodland, CA), March 29, 1906, p. 1.
1907: Burch and Reiss, the carnival promoters, have organized a pony and dog circus which will go out the coming season under the firm's name and management. It opens in Seattle, Wash., May 6. A number of circus acts are being booked for the show by Charles L. Sasse. It will play 30 weeks in the far West. Variety, March 30, 1907, p 10.
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America states that this show was formerly the Cozad Dog & Pony show.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
C. T. Burch Circus - 1907
Wanted for the Great C. T. Burch Shows for season 1907, opening the middle of March, in Sacramento, California, performers in all branches of the circus business, including riders, with their own stock; agent, twenty-four hour man, billposters, manager for sideshow (on salary or percentage); also side show attractions of all kinds; musicians of all kinds; also colored band and jubilee singers; drivers and chandelier man. Want to buy flat, stock and sleeping cars. Address E. M. Burk, general manager, Sacramento, Calif. [Advertisement] Billboard, February 2, 1907, p. 13.
Col. E. M. Burk is the general manager of the Great C. T. Burch Circus. Mr. Burk has engaged J. H. R. Fitzpatrick, formerly with the Norris & Rowe Shows, as general agent. New York Clipper, March 30, 1907, p. 167.
Notes from the C. T. Burch Shows. Roster of advance: owner, C. T. Burch; general manager, E. M. Burk; general agent, J. H. B. Fitzpatrick; railroad contractor, William Gilson; press representative, Harold Carpenter; local contractor, Victor Stout; car manager, Truck Williams; boss billposter, Tom Scanlan; billposters, Chas. Scraggs, Edward Redmund, Jim Gillett, Harry Bowers, John Peters, W. Carpenter, Harry Williams, Slim Johnson, Red Harris and Bob White; excursion men, John Johnson. W. H. Cooms, Ed Russell, Will Dixon and Chas. Birmingham. Opening performance at Sacramento, Cal., April 4. New York Clipper, May 11, 1907, p. 324.
The C. T. Burch Circus stranded in Paola, Kan., on July 16, and the employees have scattered to all parts of the country. No salaries had been paid for some time past, and the manager claims to have lost $50,000 in the last month through that State. The property of the co. will be held there until the stock-holders are heard from. New York Dramatic Mirror, August 3, 1907, p. 12.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Burdick & Allen - 1880
Burdick & Allen's Quadruple Combination. Burdick & Allen, proprietors and managers; _. Leopold, director of amusements; D. Clepp(?), contracting agent; Fred Minger, chief of paste brigage; F. Dougherty, leader of band; J. Dogherty, master of canvas; H. Burdick, master of stock. Performers: Mons. Leopold, Petitt and White, C. Pettitt, Harry Wentworth, the Lorendo Bros. D. Allen, Eph Burdick . . . They have twenty horses, big top, two horse ents, twelve wagons, four men in advance corps. They open at Ashtabula, Ohio, May 1. New York Clipper, April 17, 1880, p. 27.
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America lists this show, circa 1880
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Burgess' American Circus - 1850 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1850
A small circus framed in Lafayette, Indiana, by Samuel P. Burgess. It traveled in Indiana, Ohio, Kentucky, Illinois and Missouri. Thayer's Annals of the American Circus.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
T. K. Burk's - 1887, 1889, 1890-92 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1887-1892
• T. K. Burk was part owner of King, Burk & Franklin Circus that toured 1884-85, King, Burk & Co. in 1886. In 1887 King and Franklin went their own way with a show and Burke formed his own show, the T. K. Burk Circus that toured from 1887 to 1892. Bandwagon, September-October, Vol. 13, No. 5, 1969, p. 2.
1887:
A very encouraging letter comes from the members of T. K. Burk's Aggregation and Wild West Show, now doing the Canadian provinces. They report business booming. Manager Burk has succeeded in adding some fine stock to his show. They opened in North Bay July 20, and next day gave an exhibition in Toronto, two hundred and fifty miles off. New York Clipper, August 6, 1887, p. 326.
James Joyce, contortionist, joined T. K. Burk's Show Aug. 12 at Port Huron, Mich. New York Clipper, August 20, 1887, p. 359.
T. K. Burk has secured Greek George and John Muhler to appear with his show in Greek and Roman sports. Mr. Burk has now twelve distinct acts in the ring. New York Clipper, October 15, 1887, p. 498.
1889:
Roster of T. K. Burk's Circus and Trained Animal Show: Ed. Burk, assistant manager. The show consists of twenty trained horses, ten ponies and two mules. They also travel with their own cars. Size of canvas, 100ft. round top with three 50ft.(?) middle pieces. Performers: George Sloman, Charles Lovel, Harry Sparrow . . . Frank La Ross, Ed. La Ross, Alfonso Bros., John Armitage, Thomas Finn, Australian Bros. Prof. Clymer's brass and string band, consisting of Prof. Wilhelm, leader, Mr. Bailey and Ferd Clymer, Hattie Clymer, Bell Clymer, Edna Clymer and Frank Clymer. New York Clipper, June 22, 1889, p. 238.
Notes from the T. K. Burk Show. Our 120ft. round top with three 40ft. middle pieces is too small for the crowds. Three 60ft. flat cars have been added to the show. Prof. J. H. Wilhelm and his fourteen musicians look well in their new band uniforms, and their new band wagon is a beauty. Our educated horses are great favorites. James Dilks joined last week. James Mitchell is now the treasurer of the show. New York Clipper, July 20, 1889, p. 309.
The two La Rosas, Frank and Eddie, are still creating a great sensation with T. K. Burk’s Circus, this being their nineteenth week with that show, their double bar act and Spanish ring act being one of the principal features. They are now en route south with Burk’s Circus. New York Clipper, September 14, 1889, p. 443.
T. K. Burk's Circus closed its thirty-two weeks' season with flying colors at New Orleans, La. The show has been shipped direct to Winter quarters at South Lebanon, O. New York Clipper, November 23, 1889, p. 615.
Notes from T. K. Burke's Equine Show. Since the arrival of the show at South Lebanon, O., the stock has been increased by the birth of another Shetland pony, which makes the number of Shetlands fifteen. Two more new flat cars and an advertising car are here on the side track, waiting for the opening in the Spring. New York Clipper, December 7, 1889, p. 646.
1890:
Wanted, for T. K. Burk's Big Railroad Shows, people in all branches of the circus business, concert people, musicians, who double in orchestra; also billposters, lithographers, programmers, boss hostler, grooms, chandelier man and canvas man. Sideshow is let on percentage. Candy stand and balloon privilege to let. Show opens early in April at South Lebanon, O. Wanted to hear from all of last year's people who closed with the show. Address T. K. Burk, South Lebanon, O. New York Clipper, February 1, 1890, p. 782.
Will W. Brown has been engaged to do Punch and Judy with the T. K. Burke Show the coming season. New York Clipper, February 22, 1890, p. 829.
The Three Melrose Bros., acrobats(?), have signed with T. K. Burk's for the tenting season of 1890. New York Clipper, March 8, 1890, p. 861.
Mc??ay and Gibbs(?), acrobats, have signed for this season with S. K. Burke's Big Show. They have an entirely new act, and will start out with a new wardrobe. New York Clipper, March 15, 1890, p. 5.
Wanted for T. K. Burk's Gigantic Trans-Atlantic Shows. Ten grooms and four horse drivers. Also, twenty canvas men. Address T. K. Burk, Lebanon, O. New York Clipper, April 5, 1890, p. 63.
Notes from the T. K. Burk Show. This show, which has been wintering at South Lebanon, O., reopened there April 1?, after a thorough refitting and enlargement. It has new cars, wagons, wardrobes . . . Ralph Peckham(?) has charge of advertising car No. 1 with sixteen men. New York Clipper, April 26, 1890, p. 103.
Notes from T. K. Burk's Show. Our season opened April ??, at South Lebanon, O., to excellent business, despite rainy weather. Everything is brand new, from the big top to the cook tent . . . The roster: T. K. Burk, E. M. Burk, manger . . . De Forest Davis . . . Three Melrose Bros. . . . Will ?. Brown . . . the Leonard Sisters . . . Ollie Evans . . . New York Clipper, May 10, 1890, p. 139.
Circus people wanted. Shortest season ever run, 40 weeks. Wanted strong specialities, women especially. Address T. K. Burk, Windsor, Vt. New York Clipper, July 5, 1890, p. 271.
Notes from T. K. Burk's Show. Business continues big. . . . Ed. Burk is on the sick list. His wife and baby joined at Canton(?), N. Y. Willie Akron joined at Brandon, Vt. The Gilmore(?) Bros. joined at Barry(?). Everyone is enjoying the best of health . . . New York Clipper, July 12, 1890, p. 275.
D. F. Davis, general agent of the T. K. Burk Show, paid us a call July 9. He reports the show to be doing a good business through Vermont and Massachusetts. Master Mechanics Paige and Hitchcock, of the Connecticut River Railroad, have just turned out a magnificent bill(?) car for the show. They anticipate touching a portion of Eastern Pennsylvania soon, and the car has been painted green. New York Clipper, July 19, 1890, p. 294.
Notes from T. K. Burk's Show. Business at Long Branch and Asbury Park was very good, despite the bad weather. The Burk Show was the first canvas organization that ever spread a top at Asbury Park. . . . While at Asbury Park Geo. Orrin, Al. W. Richards . . . paid a call. The sensation of the day was the marriage in the ring at the conclustion of the evening performance of Louis Ford, of Asbury Park, to Mary ___, of Ocean Grove, both non-professionals, who responded to Mr. Burks' offer of ___ gold to any couple who would be united in marriage in sawdust arena. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 323.
Wanted, the T. K. Burk Show enlarging and reorganizing for a long tour, want people in every branch of the circus business. Performers, musicians, four horse drivers, grooms, property men, ring makers, seat man, canvas men, etc. Address Harrisburg, Pa. New York Clipper, August 2, 1890, p. 335.
Charles Hall has closed the sideshow with the T. K. Burk's Circus, and is now at Pottstown, Pa., resting and making preparations for the fairs. He has engaged the following people to open in Indiana Aug 11: Will W. Brown, Will Wikoff, Zelica, Millie Mereita, Al. Rice and James Melloy. New York Clipper, August 9, 1890, p. 342.
Paterson, New Jersey. Four circuses in five days . . . T. K. Burk's, Aug. 11, Irwin Bros., 12(?), Washburn & Arlington's 13. Robert Hunting's Show was well patronized __. New York Clipper, August 16, 1890, p. 354.
A unique and unexpected feature was introduced at the evening performance of T. K. Burk's Circus, at Reading, Pa., Aug. 14, in the shape of a wedding ceremony in the ring. The bride was Lizzie Jones(?), of that city, and the groom was D. O.(?) Basman(?), formerly a resident of Ephrata, Lancaster County, but recently employed as a driver by the Reading Transfer Co. The circus was exhibiting at the lot Sixth and Greenwich Streets, and the regular performance had just been complted, when, with the ___ of the management, the bridal party entered the ring, stepping to the music of Mendelssohn's "Wedding March," played by the circus band. The groom was accompanied by Alderman Kramer, T. K. Burk . . . and the bride was attended by Jennie Atwood. . . . Alderman Kramer tied the nupial knot. The audience had been looking on with breathless interest, and when it was all over they set up a mighty cheer. At the conclusion of the wedding the management of the circus presented $100(?) to the couple, who left the grounds in a coupe, followed by cheers. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.
T. K. Burk, of Burk's Trans-Atlantic Shows, was a pleasant Clipper caller Aug. 16(?). Business continues good with the Little Giant. Mr. Burk has purchased a complete new sideshow outfit - a new canvas 50x90ft.(?), and twenty-four new double deck paintings. Donald Burns(?) has furnished a large number of animals, birds, snakes, etc. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 373.
Newburg, New York. Prof. Burk's Trans-Atlantic Show and Equine College exhibited here to big business. Almost a panic was created during the afternoon performance by a portion of the tent being blown down during a severe wind and rain storm. . . . New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 374.
Wanted, for T. K. Burk's Great R. R. Show, boss canvasman, chandelier man, workingmen of all kinds; also a tuba player. Nashua, N. H., Aug. __, Manchester, N. H., 30(?), Lawrence, Mass., Sept. 1. Glassblowers. Notice - having entirely reorganized and enlarged my sideshow, I have a good opening . . . Address T. K. Burk, Nashua, N. H. New York Clipper, August 23, 1890, p. 382.
Notes from the T. K. Burk Show. Mr. Burk, in addition to the many novel ideas of advertising his show, has engaged Prof. Robert Burr, the stereo???ist, to illuminate the wall of the cities on their route in advance of his new Trans-Atlantic Shows. New York Clipper, August 30, 1890, p. 387.
Notes from the T. K. Burk Show. We are doing a fine business through New England. We recently performed in four different states in four consecutive show days - Co??ville, Pa., Patterson, J. J., Newbury, N. Y., and Danbury, Ct. George Fielding, juggler, and the ___, acrobats, are recent additions. New York Clipper, September 13, 1890, p. 423.
Wanted, musicians and performers. Murfreesboro [sic?] Nov. 13, Lebanon 14, Nashville 17, all in Tennessee. T. K. Burke. New York Clipper, November 15, 1890, 575.
The T. K. Burk R. R. Shows will close an unusually prosperous season of thirty-six weeks at Augusta, Ga., Dec. 31, having exhibited in nineteen different states, and traveled eight thousand miles without a serious accident or missing a stand. The show will go into winter quarters at the Exposition Buildings, Augusta, and will open early in March, entirely refitted and greatly enlarged. New York Clipper, December 27, 1890, p. 661.
1891:
Chas. Lovell, contortionist, closed his third season with T. K. Burk's Show at Savannah, Ga. New York Clipper, January 10, 1891, p. 699.
De Forrest Davis (“Pop”) is wintering with his family in Columbus, O., after a long season with the Burk Show. New York Dramatic News, February 7, 1891, p. 12.
W. K. Burke [sic] is engaging a fine lot of performers for his enlarged show. His troupe of equines are in great condition, and working better than ever. New York Dramatic News, February 7, 1891, p. 12.
T. K. Burk's Money Winning Mascot will soon be on the road with the neatest and most complete outfit it has ever had. The agents and billposters are gathering, and nearly ready to start. The cars have all been overhauled, and they are now out of the shops, fully equipped and glistening with new paint. The parade will be a strong feature this season, with two bands and several novelties which are attractive. The show will go out with forty six head of horses, and two new baggage wagons have been built during the winter. Everybody at winter quarters is working with a vim, and all are anxious for the opening, which will take place at Augusta, Ga., where the show is wintered. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 759.
T. K. Burk's New United Shows, wanted performers in all branches with new, novel and sensational acts, riders and concert people. First class musicians and bag pipes. Also wanted for advance, contracting agent, twenty experienced billposters, man with stereopticon and views. Also, workingmen of all kinds. Boss hostler, grooms and six and eight horse drivers. Candy stand and programe privileges for sale. Performers playing brass preferred. Show opens early in March. Address T. K. Burk, Augusta, Ga. New York Clipper, February 7, 1891, p. 765.
De Forrest Davis, he of the old Coup show of 1881, and recently of Burk’s circus, is wintering in Columbus, O. New York Dramatic News, February 14, 1891.
John Drsha(Drsua?), wire performer, has signed with T. K. Burk's Circus, making his second season with that show. New York Clipper, February 21, 1891, p. 795.
The T. K. Burk Show, which has been wintering at Augusta, Ga., has taken ___ by the forelock this spring and is now ready for the circus season. The show goes out stronger than at any previous time. A new menagerie top has been received. . . . The advance will be under the direction of T. K. Burk. . . . Ralph W. Peckham will have charge of advertising car. E. M. Burk, who has successfully handled the show for the past three(?) seasons, is manager; Chas. Lovell, treasurer . . . James Davis(?), boss canvasman; and Tom Brown, master of transportation. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 811.
The Gillmore Bros., aerialists, have signed with T. K. Burk's Circus. New York Clipper, February 28, 1891, p. 811.
T. K. Burk has secured a fine new golden chariot to be used in his spectacular production of "Cinderella(?)" the coming season. New York Clipper, March 14, 1891, p. 5.
Wanted, a few more circus performers, would like to hear from a good bar team and brother act; also a competent man to take charge of advertising car. T. K. Burk, Augusta, Ga. New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 34.
T. K. Burk's Circus opened at its winter quarters, Augusta, Ga. last week. The street parade, with two bands and the Cinderella coach and performing horses made a creditable display, and there was a good attendance for the opening performance. The stock is in fine shape, the tents have been renewed, wagons painted, harness over-hauled, and a splendid troupe secured. The roster includes: T. K. Burk, proprietor; E. M. Burke, general manager; Jas. Davis, boss canvasman; Larry Moore, boss hostler . . . Gilmore Bros.; Jas. Dilks(?), John Cormack . . . and others. New York Clipper, April 4, 1891, p. 59.
T. K. Burk's Show opened under very favorable auspices at Augusta, Ga., March 28. Large audiences were present. The company are all in good health, and the prospects are bright for an excellent season. The street parade was made impressive by two bands of seventeen and twelve pieces, a caliope [sic] and chime bells. . . . Jim Davis handles the canvas skillfully, and perfect system is maintained in every department. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.
Keokuk, Iowa. Harris' Nickel Plate came 19(?), 20(?) to full tents the first day. Rain prevented any show night of 20(?). T. K. Burk's Circus is billed for 27. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 199.
On the road, circuses: T. K. Burk's, Keokuk, Ia. May 27. New York Clipper, May 30, 1891, p. 203.
Wanted, musicians and performers in all branches of the circus business. Wire or write Madison, Wis., June 6. Also candy butchers. T. K. Burk. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 225.
Wanted, first class circus musicians of all kinds; also four and six horse drivers. Address T. K. Burk, Neenah, Wis. June 2?, Kaukauna ??, Marinette ??, Menominee, Mich. 27(?), Oconto, Wis. 2?. New York Clipper, June 27, 1891, p. 275.
Wanted, sensational female acts, and riders with stock. Address T. K. Burke [sic] Show, Mankato, Minn. New York Clipper, July 18, 1891, p. 324.
Notes from T. K. Burk's Circus. We are about to enter upon the fourth month of our season, and business is still immensely satisfactory. Every one seems in a happy mood. We recently received our new big top, 210x110ft. Belle Tellfair(?) was badly bitten by her largest snake at Kankana, but has kept at work. Nearly half a hundred tooth marks were counted upon her wrist. Deforrest Davis joined us July 8(?) at Baraboo, Wis. Aug. Schultz closed at Watertown, and will join the musical forces at Lookout Mountain, Tenn. Landlord Riece(?) is kept busy looking after the general interests of the aggregation, and attending to the needs of the culinary department. At Milwaukee our Sunday performance was largely attended by the attaches of the Forepaugh Show. While at Baraboo we were royally entertained by the Senior Ringling, and carefully shown around the large headquarters of the show which honors his name. T. K. Burk occasionally is a welcome visitor from ahead. New York Clipper, July 25, 1891, p. 328.
W. O. Rollins(Hollins?) has closed with T. K. Burk's Circus, and is spending a few weeks with his mother at Rochester, N.Y. New York Clipper, August 15, 1891, p. 382.
T. K. Burk's Circus, so a correspondent writes, have been playing to splendid business during the past three weeks. At St. Paul, they could not seat the crowds, although they had room for 5,000(6,000?). After four days in that city they visited Minneapolis for three days, and had a repetition of the St. Paul business. Then a jump to West Superior and Duluth, and they found a hearty welcom in both places. By hard work, Mr. Burk succeeded in getting the show hauled over the Iron Range Railroad to Ely and Tower, towns of 4,000 and 6,000 respectively, where the business was simply incredible, as this was the first show that had ever visited these place, the railroad always refusing to haul one to that country. Through Minnesota and Dakota the train sped its way, receiving hearty welcome at every stand. They showed at Winnipeg, Man., Aug 10, 11, and being the first circus to visit there in four years, they anticipated a jam. De Forest Davis is piloting the show through good country, while Ralph Peckham superintends the paste brigade, and is putting handsome paper on the wall. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.
The T. K. Burk Shows continue to do an immense business in the Northwest. We made a jump of 298(?) miles last Sunday to reach Winnipeg, but we "got there" in good time, and the "immense spread of canvas" was looming up on the Hudson Bay flats early next morning. The city wsa "fresh," we being the first circus to visit there in five years, and as a consequence the tent was packed at each performance during our two days' stay. Each act was received with uproarious applause. The "Kid" show also came in for so large a patronage that Gus Fairbanks' satchel was a load to carry. The concert performers took the large audience by storm. Prof. E. M. Burk's educated horses were the talk of the city during their stay. Carley Lovell is actually losing flesh carrying around the bank roll. T. K. Burk, D. F. Davis and Prof. Linton were all visitors with us at Winnipeg. The "gentleman in white" promenades every week. New York Clipper, August 22, 1891, p. 398.
The Welch Bros., Frank and James, closed with T. K. Burk's Show at Kansas City, Mo. New York Clipper, October 3, 1891, p. 502.
Notes from T. K. Burk's Shows. On our second day at ___, where we played to an immense business, T. K. Burke, our proprietor, arrived from Chicago, bringing with him two flat cars containing one large new canvas wagon and four cages of birds, manimals and monkeys; also, one large stock car, with eighteen head of ring and draught horses. This new addition puts the show on a level with any now traveling, and fully equips it for the South. Our assistant manager, Dutch ___, presented Miss Ethel, the little daughter of Mr. and Mrs. E. M. Burk, with a beautiful road cart and pony, which, from all appearances, she fully appreciates, leading the parade every day with the genial Dutch. Sig. Zano, in his principal riding act, is quite a feature, and his four horse riding act, which concludes the performance, is simply immense. At Lincoln, Neb., the crowd was so thick for two days around the ticket wagon that it kept Charley ___ busy to rush the tickets out and handle the change. New York Clipper, October 3, 1891, p. 502.
The T. K. Burk Shows left the state of Kansas Sept. 29(?), at Fort Scott, having made nine(?) stands in the state to uniform good busines except at Paola, where we had two shows in opposition, as well as the wild rumors regarding the Wallace Show and the Ringling Show. At Lawrence the canvas was filled to its utmost capacity, and the performance gave universal satisfaction. The continued success of the show has encouraged Mr. Burke to make several additions thereto, the most notable being several flat and a stock car, thereby doubling the hauling capacity. He has also added a number of cages of rare animals, as well as twenty head of horses, making nearly sixty in all. We now carry two fine bands and will undoubtedly have a continental band in the near future. At Lawrence, Theo. Marietto(?) received a telegram announcing the serious illness of his father at Chicago. He left for that city the same evening. The Welch Bros. - Frank and Jimmie - quit the show at Lawrence, going to Cleveland. Several new people will join us at Memphis in a few days. The advance brigade consists of D. F. Davis, general contractor; R. W. Peckham, agent, in charge of car; R. McDaniels, head billposter, with following assistants: J. W. Kelley, Geo. Slade, F.(?) Stone, Sam Hyatt(?), Geo. O'Neill . . . Robt. Semple, "Kid" Dwight, Toby Hopkins, Chas. Blakesley(?), Tom Reynolds, Ed. Hunter . . . Jno. Dickson, programmer, and Prof. Linton(?), stereopticon. We are prepared for a long campaign, and the boys are happy. Prof. Ed. Burke was visiting with the advance brigade during the past week. New York Clipper, October 10, 1891, p. 518.
Notes from T. K. Burk's Circus. Western Tennessee has proven a veritable gold mine for the T. K. Burk Circus. We have played six stands, and at each the canvas was crowded. At Jackson(?) we had strong opposition, worked up by an evangelist imitator of the Sam Jones(?) stripe, but a few well directed and discreet "ads" cooled the excitement and packed the canvas to the ring, both afternoon and night. At Union City, the home of John Lovelace(?), the capacity of the canvas was put to the test. John's friends gave him a perfect ovation. Early in the morning numbers of his former schoolmates and old time friends were waiting about the sleeper for him to make his appearance, and when he finally stepped from the car there was such a welcome and hearty shaking of hands as one seldom sees. John's horses worked perfectly, and won the highest praise of the audience. Theo. Marietta rejoined the show at Jackson, his father having so far recovered from his severe illness to admit of his leaving home. Charley Lovell is justly termed the human snake, as in is contortion act he squirms and twists himself into every conceivable shape. Inez Palmer, female Samson and iron jawed woman, is a strong card with the show, and her feats are received with rounds of applause. Gilmore and ___, trapezists . . . are great favorites with our audiences. Gus Fairbanks appreciates the patronage the Tennesseeans bestow upon the "kid" show. He is making additions thereto, having recently put in four cages of animals, and now has about the largest show of the kind on the road. At Jackson, several members of the Deiffenbach Show visited us. We exhibited at Nashville Oct. 16, to 19. D. F. Davis is piloting us through some fine show country nowadays, and we find he is immensely popular with hotel men and others along the route, all of whom appreciate his funny stories and genial nature. The Marletta(Marietta?) Bros. are the feature of the show, next to the horses. Their bar and brother acts are the msot loudly applauded of anything under the canvas. They are doing some marvelous feats, and are daily practicing new one, not being satisfied until they shall be recognized as "the best." The Savans(?) are doing a fine trapeze act, which is highly appreciated by the public. Our concert is one of the strongest ever given under a canvas. Tom Hunter, the old time clown, is doing a catchy one legged song and dance. Satro(?), fire king, bewilders the people with his wonderful feats, and James Dilks makes the audiences howl with delight and laughter at his musical moke novelties. New York Clipper, October 24, 1891, p. 552.
Mrs. Inez A. Ragland, professionally known as Miss Inez, iron jawed woman, is reported to have left her husband, Fred G. Adkins, a musician with T. K. Burk's Circus, at Nashville, Tenn. They had lived together scarcely two weeks. New York Clipper, October 31, 1891, p. 569.
On the road, circuses: T. K. Burk's, Montgomery Ala. Nov 4, Troy 7, Ozark 11 . . . New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 589.
Birmingham, Alabama. T. K. Burk's Circus showed to a packed tent Oct. 28(?). New York Clipper, November 7, 1891, p. 596.
T. K. Burk's Show has completed its seventh sucessive month, and business is still way up. Everybody with the show is well and contented, and the results of the Southern tour are very promising. New York Clipper, November 14, 1891, p. 609.
On the road, circuses: T. K. Burk's, Augusta Ga. Dec 10, Savanah, 17. New York Clipper, December 12, 1891, p. 669.
Notes from T. K. Burk's Imperial Shows. We have just completed our thirty-sixth week, having shown in two hundred and three towns, nineteen states and traveling 10,500 miles, doing a good business. During this time the ever welcome White Spirit never failed to put in an appearance. Our people are all well, and the stock is in good shape. It is the intention of Mr. Burk to put a show on the road next season second to nine of our calibre. New York Clipper, December 19, 1891, p. 683.
On the road, circuses: T. K. Burk's, Savannah, Ga. Dec. 16, 17. New York Clipper, December 19, 1891, p. 685.
• Information on the 1891 T. K. Burk show is in Bandwagon, November-December, 1992, Vol. 36, No. 6, pp. 82-83.
1892:
On the road, circuses: T. K. Burk's, Columbus, Ga. Jan 7. New York Clipper, January 2, 1891, p. 717.
Bert Gillmer is recovering from a broken ankle, received Dec. 3, at Newbury, S.C., while with the T. K. Burk Show. New York Clipper, February 6, 1892, p. 795.
W. G. Rollins has signed as bandmaster with T. K. Burk's Circus for the coming season. New York Clipper, February 20, 1892, p. 827.
Claude La Verne, clown and double somersault leaper, has signed with T. K. Burk's Shows. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
Notes for the T. K. Burk Shows. Work of all descriptions is being hurried forward at our winter quarters at Covington, Ky., where they open the middle of April. Among the people are Kokin's(?) troupe of Japanese, ten in number, and the Zolas, two ladies and one gentleman. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
Wichita Jack and wife, Adelaide Carlisle, have signed with T. K. Burk's Show. New York Clipper, March 19, 1892, p. 18.
On the road, circuses: Burk's, Springfield OH April 28, Wheeling WV May _. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 119.
Wanted, performers in all branches, for circus and side show with T. K. Burke & Co.'s Shows. Answer Columbus, O., April 2? to May 1. New York Clipper, April 30, 1892, p. 127.
T. K. Burk's Shows opened the season at Covington, Ky., on April 21. Although the canvas went up in the rain, the weather cleared up early and the opening was very satisfactory. The immense canvas was literally packed and jammed, while hundreds of people were turned away. The show proved smooth and orderly, yet full of snap, ginger and originality. Prince Kokln's(?) Japanese troupe, the spectacle of "Cinderella," with a grand ballet; the Zolas, in a new flying act; Sig. Zano, wire artist; E. M. Burk's equine paradox; Inis Palmer, Martinetti Bros., La Verne, Marzet?e Bros., Wichita Jack and Morris and Menard attracted great attention, and are worthy of special mention, but the feature of the exhibition was by long odds the hippodrome. The immense new canvas gave the necessary space and room in which to speed the horses, and the races in consequence were extremely realistic and exciting. It is safe to say that any one who has seen this show in the past would not recognize it now. The stock has been increased to eighty-two head of horses. A menagerie of nine cages, two camels and a lama(?) have been added, and it now requires exactly fourteen cars to carry the show over the road. Everything about the show is either new or in first class order and bright with new paint, while the parade is strong in every sense of the word. The roster: T. K. Burk and T. J. Ford, sole owners; E. M. Burk, general manager; Ralph Peckham, general agent; De Forest Davis, general railroad agent; R. S. Boyd(?), contracting agent; E. E. Lawrence, press agent (advance); Geo. O. White, press agent (rear); Allen Rice, treasurer; Sig. Zana(?), equestrian director; Gus Fairbanks, side show director; Larry Moore, boss hostler; Dick Richards, boss canvas man; Sam Macavoy, chandelier man; John Keys, menagerie top; B. E.(F.?) Harris, concert director; W. G. Rollins, musical director; Dan Henessey, master of transportation; John Irwin, in charge of advance car No. 1, with twelve billposters, and Marcus Mason as lithographer, and Geo. Mason, programmer; J. F.(?) Kelly, in charge of advance car No. 2, with eight billposters. Prof. W. G. Rollins . . . Ferd Clymer, E. H. Emerson, Edgar Reed, Geo. Young, Harry Hungerford . . . Bert Woods, Geo. A. Beecher, P. H. Cassidy, E.(?) H. McElroy, Edgar Nutt, Leander Folsom(?), Prof. Geo. Rodgers . . . Ed. Poe, Ed. Mansfield, Hook Emerson . . . Chas. Hatfield . . . Prof. Emerson . . . Edgar Reed, Geo. Young . . . Ed. York, Geo. Beecher, Ferd Clymer . . . Johnny McFee, R. ?. Page, Ed Glasgow and Geo. Clements, musicians. Messrs. Harris, ___, Dikle, Deaane and Rogers, and . . . Mont Sisters . . . concert people. Gus Fairbanks, manager, Belle Telfair, Emma Bell, Mons. Leon, Allen Rice, Hart's(?) Illusions and Shaw's birds, sideshow attractions. A complete list of the people in the dressing room will be published just as soon as Sig. Zano succeeds in getting the names of the Japs spelled correctly, which, judging from the present progress, will be about a month hence. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 130.
Circus people wanted to enlarge T. K. Burk Circus. Additional troupe of Japanese, feature acts of all descriptions. Trombone, baritone and B flat cornets for band. Address per route. Can use a few features for sideshow. Wheeling WV May _, Washington PA _, Pittsburg _. New York Clipper, May 7, 1892, p. 143.
The sensational report circulated by the Associated Press to the effect that Prince Kokin, of T. K. Burk's Shows, had been concerned in the abduction of a child, is absolutely false and altogether without foundation. Prince Kokin secured the consent of both parents, and the child joined the show with the knowledge and approval of all the officers of the Children's Home at Zanesville, O. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 146.
Notes from T. K. Burk's Shows. Business continues large. Barlow Bros. were visitors April 21(31?) at Newport, and W. H. Link saw the show at Hamilton. We are using special paper and all lithographed. New York Clipper, May 15, 1892, p. 146.
Notes from T. K. Burk's Shows. Business since the opening date has been immense, despite the fact that at many points the weather was bad. The Laclede Bros., double traps, and Kittie Laclede, vocalist, joined at Wheeling, W. Va., May _. Flohr and Adams, musicians, were additions to the band last week. De Forrest Davis, one of the railroad contractors, visited the show at Columbus, O., 2. E. M. Burk has gone ahead of the show. Prince Kokin has imported another little Jap for the Japanese troupe. Several new wagons were purchased for the show by the manager, while at Columbus. One of the Mazello Bros. fell from a balancing ladder, a distance of forty feet, during the performance at Zanesville, O., but escaped severe injury. Wilson Bott(Bolt?), a former attache of the show, was a visitor at Pittsburg, 9. The show this season is much stronger in every department than formerly. The Roman hippodrome races and spectacular "Cinderella," are new and novel features. To say that the ghost walks regularly is almost superfluous, as it never fails with the Burk Shows. The band of eighteen men, under Prof. Rollins, is an acknowledged winner. Considerable excitement was caused by the escape from the den of a large black bear(?), at Washington, Pa., but was ___ and caged by the leader before doing damage. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.
The Zolas are no longer connected with T. K. Burk's Circus. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 162.
Wheeling, West Virginia. On 7 F.(?) M. Zola swore out an attachment, claiming that Burke's Circus owed him two weeks' salary. . . . Constable Bennett levied on two horses and they were taken to a stable. An hour after Col. Arnett(?) arranged the matter. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 163.
The Three Martinnetti Bros. are with W. B. Reynolds' Circus, and not with T. K. Burk's Show, as has been announced. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 165.
Wanted, five good billposters for the T. K. Burk Shows. Address R.(?) W. Peckham, Troy, N.Y. New York Clipper, May 21, 1892, p. 173.
During the evening performance of Burk's Circus at Reading, Pa., May __, a section of the reserved seats gave away, precipitating a number of people to the ground. A few persons were bruised, but nobody was seriously injured. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 178.
On the road, circuses: Burk's, Newburg NY May 27. New York Clipper, May 28, 1892, p. 183.
On the road, circuses: Burk's, Utica NY June 4(?), Syracuse _, Auburn 7, Rochester 8. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 195.
Wanted, for the Burk & Forde Monster Show and Spectacle of "Cinderella," circus people in all branches that do two or more acts, also sensational acts. Long season. Address Burk & Forde, sole owners and proprietors, Utica, N.Y., June 3. New York Clipper, June 4, 1892, p. 208.
Notes from T. K. Burk's Circus. Notwithstanding inclement weather, our business is large. We have had opposition at seven stands thus far. The stock, under the veteran, Larry More, looks as fine as silk. A standing feature of the annex is the little horse, "Ethel," an importation from Chili. It is, without exception, the smallest horse in the world. New faces constantly added, and ossified people are "sent to the stables." Among the most notable recent engagements are Serpentello, Sig. Austin, wife and child wonder, W. C. Downs . . . The genial E. M. Burk was a pleasant visitor from the advance force May 30(?), accompanied by De Forrest Davis. Col. Ford has returned from New York with his head so full of new ideas that his hat only covers a small portion of the enlarged member. George Forsman, the well known showman, entertained the proprietors at Poughkeepsie . . . Mrs. Kokan sustained injuries in the races at Reading, but is again on deck. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 210.
Serpentello, contortionist, has signed for the season with the T. K. Burk Show. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 210.
The Circus with such artists as M'lle Josephine, equestrienne. Madame Libbie Showles, female horse trainer. Mr. James Demorrest, principal equestrian. Mr. J. Showles, antipodian rider. Mr. James Hemmings, equestrian juggler and running globe performer. Burroughs & Berdeau, musical grotesques. Mr. James Maguire, clown, talker and singer. Mr. James Wambold, man of many forms. Mr. John Conklin, manly dexterity, and Messrs. Angelo, Osborne, Kendrick, Hopkinson, Stone, Walker. Masters Fred, George and Eugene, in acts of equestrian skill and gymnastic execution.
Among the performances will be the ponies and monkeys, the feats of two acting elephants, and the comic mules. The great caravan, menagerie & circus on the road for its second annual tour. Performances daily at 2 and 7 1/2 p.m. Doors open at 1 1/2 and 6 1/2 o'clock p.m. Admission to the whole caravan, menageris and circus, adults 50 cents. Children, 10 years of age and under, 25 cents. Will exhibit at Blairsville, Monday, June 14. Indiana, Saturday, June 12. Prof. Kaufman's Philadelphia Cornet Band is attached to the establishment. Blairsville Press (PA), June 11, 1869, n.p.n.
At this point several voices cried out, "The animals are loose." This terrific alarm, added to the intense excitement caused by the falling of the canvas and breaking of the seats, and screaming of women and children, made confusion more confounded, and the scene was one of the wildest disorder and the greatest danger we ever had the occasion to witness. The people were all now terrified, and fled everywhere in the wildest confusion. Amid the screams of at least a thousand women and children, who were trying to extricate themselves from beneath the broken benches, and crawling out from under the canvas, mothers and fathers seized their children and frantically rushed their way out as best they could. Many of the children were pressed down in the excitement and trampled in the dirt; some were very much bruised. Many men and women fled to adjacent houses and closed the doors behing to escape from being overtaken by the wild animals, which they imagines were in pursuit of them. Semi-Weekly Wisconsin (Milwaukee, WI), August 28, 1869, n.p.n.
Roster of Bryan & Williams' Circus. W. T. Bryan and Eugene Williams, equal owners; W. T. Bryan, manager; E. Williams, treasurer; Floyd Trover, assistant manager; Leon Tucker, general agent with five assistants; Chas. Watson, equestrian manager; Chas. Elliot, boss hostler with twelve men; Hank Englehardt, in charge of canvas with fourteen men; Frank Howard, in charge of properties with three men; A. Kenzie, in charge of cook tent with two men; Wm. Cole, boss chandelier man with one assistant; Ed. Elliot(?), candy butcher; M. McConke, equine and canine paradox; ?. Bliss(?), leader of band with twelve men. Clint Williams has the side show. Musicians: I.(?) Bliss(?), Barney Warrick, Abner Brown, P. S. Godfrey, Ed. Gray, Earl Bliss, Lou. Gray, Fred Dra?ert, H. ?. Bryan, Chas. Rodford(?), Dave McCollogh, Lou Blackford. Performers: Ch. Watson, hurdle and principal rider; Lottie Watson, wire and Spanish rings; three Trover Bros., triple bars and grotesque; the Williams, Lena and Lottie, aerialitsts; Nellie Hanley, rolling globe and musical act; Dell ___, juggler and contortionist; Chas. Ellet, sailor perch and bounding rope; Chas. Glassbrook, equilibrist; Jas. Rowe, singing and talking clown; Chas. Orton(?), flying trapeze and knockabout clown; A. Kinzie, female impersonator; Wm. Peters and W. T. Bryan, knockabout clowns. . . . We use one band wagon, three cages, twenty mounted people, eight head of stock, ticket wagon and clown cart in parade. Show opened at Lansing, Mich., for four days, to big business; prospects are good for a long season. Rowe and Orton have secured the concert privileges. New York Clipper, May 12, 1894, p. 149.
The managers in their announcement to the public will state that they have procured the services of the most celebrated artists in the country. The entertainments will embrace an assemblage of talent and splendor not surpassed by any other equestrian establishment. The most unequalled scenes in the circle of acrobatic evolutions, agility, extraordinary horsemanship, &c.! by the numerous equestrians, who will appear in choice scenic acts and a full display of the beautiful stud of horses! producing a brilliant sucession of novelty, which will form one of the most varied, animated, and interesting equestrian spectacles ever offered to a liberal, discerning public.
A superb brass and stringed bands which will discourse choice strains of music, led by Prof. J. Kinslow, will enter town on the morning of the exhibition, in a magnificent music car, drawn by eight splendid white horses. Two grand entertainments, afternoon and evening. The performance will commence in the arena with a magnificent and brilliant cavalcade, by the gentlemen and ladies of the company, mounted on their noble steeds.
Fred. Wilson, a clown without a rival, will open his budget of comicalities, funicalities and originalities. M'lle Marietta, the dauntless Parisian artiste, illustrating a great variety of different and brilliant feats, upon her trained horse, Jupiter, which has been taught by her to waltz, march, pace, trot, canter, pirouette, rear, wheel, leap over bars, hurdles and gates, and other astonishing performances, in which she has no rival. Mr. Waterman will appear in his great act of riding and driving four horses, an act that always commands admiration and surprise.
Mr. H. Buckley, the chaste and unapproachable equestrian, being the best single horse rider in the world! Messrs. Holland and Beach, in an act entitled "La Perche," with a pole 30 feet high, balanced on the chest of Mr. Holland, and mounted to the summit by Mr. Beach, who at that dizzy height will perform some of his most astonishing gymnastic feats. W. Waterman and H. Buckley will appear in their gladiatorial groupings. Mr. J. Holland and sons will introduce their wonderful feats of posturing & juggling.
Signor Philo in his novel performance of eastern pastimes or China in Danger! Mr. A. Parker, in his scenic acts of horsemanship. Herr Beach, the distinguished Hercules, will display the most astonishing feats of strenth upon an elevated bar. Signor L. Germini, the great Italian juggler, upon horseback, with cups, balls, rings, daggers, knives, &c., also the great equilibrist, in high balancing. Comic and sentimental songs by the people's clown and jester, Fred. Wilson. Also a grand display of gymnastic and acrobatic feats, in which the whole company will appear. The whole to conclude with a beautiful and laughable after-piece, which will be varied in each performance.
Boxes, 50 cts.; Pit, 25 cts.; children under 10 years of age half price to boxes; no half price to pit. Doors open at 1 and 7 o'clock. Performance to commence half an hour after opening. Geneve Express (WI), May 3, 1856, n.p.n.
During the coming season he will be attached to the circus of Messrs. Buckley & Co., and the sight of the monster, together with his performances, will certainly be a great attraction. Mr. Lovell states that among the features of his exhibition will be the following: He will show the audience the manner in which he used to bathe and sport with water to cool himself in his native sulty clime of Australia; the manner in which he used to take his rest or sleep in the mountain wilds of Australia; the manner in which he intimates that he is hungry and begs for food; will perform the astonishing feat of turning a series of complete somersets with the agility and preciseness of an acrobat; will approach his master upon his hind legs in a manner as if about to destroy him; will open and close doors at command; &c. Also we may mention that Mr. Lovell will enter bruin's cage with him and lie down as if in sleep, folded in the embrace of his huge uncouth and shaggy "companion in arms." But Mr. Lovell astonishs us not a little when he states that this bear is also trained to stand upon his head! walk upon his fore paws, waltz upon his hind feet.
This bear has been in course of training about two years, and although perfectly under control now, the time has been, as Mr. Lovell can attest by three broken ribs, a lost finger, and several scars, when the job of training him to do these wonderful things was attended with no small degree of risk. The public can now witness the results of the indefatigable labors of this man, without fear of harm; but think of the amount of daring requisiste to bring about this state of things.
Mr. Lovell also has a pet tiger whose feats will constitute an additional attraction to the general exhibition. The tiger is so completely under control that he will ride with Mr. L., follow him through the streets, sleep with him, or watch his property as a trained watch dog. For the last eighteen years Mr. L. has occupied his mind with the study of the natures and habits of wild beasts, together with the power of controlling them and thus exhibits to the world the results of his labors. The season for exhibition has nearly arrived, and the public will soon have an opportunity of witnessing what is herein described, and much more. Delavan Messenger (WI), March 25, 1857, p. 2.
H. Buckley, manager. W. O. Dale, equestrain director. Prof. J. Kinslow, leader of band. Don Castillo, principal clown. J. A. Dingess, advertising agetn. Prominent among the troupe of star riders and gymnasts attached to the establishment will be found Wm. O. Dale, the greatest of living riders, and one hundred somerset man! Who has just returned from a protracted tour throughout Europe; and who, in all the capitals of the Old World, as well as throughout the length and breadth of North America, is universally acknowledged to exceed in grace, dash and skill, any equestrian who has ever appeared before the public. Mdlle. Louretia! The youthful and accomplished lady equestrienne; the most daring and spirited female rider who has ever appeared in this country, and whose startling acts of equestrianism have gained for her the undisputed title of Fairy Queen.
Don Castillo! The great American clown and jester, with a profusion of his original and highly comic songs, humorous sayings, quaint stories and practical jokes, will appear at each representation, to add, if possible, to the various other attractions presented. The name of Castillo is a sufficient guaranty, and will doubtless meet with a reception which will remunerate the management for the vast expense they have incurred in securing the services of this incomparable comic genius. Also, Messrs. Sloman, Armstrong, Crosby, White, Wardour, Craft, Bennett, Rogers, Julius, Swift, and a host of others too numerous to particularize by name.
Attached to the above establishment will also be found Lovell, and his great Australian performing bear, whose weight is upwards of 1800 lbs., which will be exhibited in conjunction with the circus free of charge. The great brass band is composed of the most celebrated musicians, led by the professor J. Kinslow and his brass and stringed band, thus combining the concert with the circus. The company will have the honor of performing at Janesville, Monday April 27. Open at 1 1/2 and 7 o'clock p.m. Admission: Box 50 cts. Pit 25 cts. For particulars, see large and small bills. Daily Morning Gazette (Janesville, WI), April 10, 1857, n.p.n.
Clipper, January 8, Clipper, February 26, Clipper, July 23 (scroll down)
Clipper, October 8, Clipper, October 22 (scroll down)
Winter quarters. Buckskin Ben's Wild West, Ben Stalker, proprietor; Cambridge City, Ind. Billboard, January 12, 1918, p. 55.
Dayton, O., April 12. Charles Arnold, owner of the Fashion Plate Expo. Shows, has purchased the Buckskin Ben Wild West and will feature the show with his carnival company. Mr. Arnold has spent most of his life in the circus business. He started his circus career with the Reno & Alvord Circus in 1885 and entered the carnival game in 1984. Billboard, April 20, 1918, p. 38.
The Buckskin Bill Wild West was almost burned up at Big Rapids, June 14. A big planing mill on the lot caught fire and the wind carried the flames and sparks in dangerous proximity to the show. A hasty tear-down resulted in the loss of the afternoon show. Billboard, June 23, 1900, p. 5; May 21, 1900, p. 5.
• 1918: L. D. Foster says that the Buckskin Bill Show will not go out this season as the Colonel is busy buying war horses. Billboard, May 4, 1918, p. 30.
The news from Burk's Circus is encouraging. Excellent business is remarked, and additions to the show are frequent. . . . Austin and family, Leander Folsom . . . are now faces within a fortnight. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 210.
On the road, circuses: Burk's, Rochester NY June 8. New York Clipper, June 11, 1892, p. 214.
Notes from the Burk Show. . . . Allen Reiss and Inez Palmer have closed. The "Human Ostrich" joined June 10, and is a great feature in the annex. Gus Fairbanks has given it out that he has got tired of counting money, and just shovels it up in bags. The Higbys are latest arrivals. More animals are expected in a day or two to complete the menagerie. New York Clipper, June 18, 1892, p. 228.
Mme. Zilla, fortune teller, and her daughter, Pearl Higbee, flat race rider, have joined T. K. Burke's Circus. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 260.
A new "Monarch" sleeping car has been added to the T. K. Burke Show. Excellent business through New England is reported. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 261.
On the road, circuses: Burke's, Bridgeport CT July 1, New London 2 . . . Providence RI 5, Pawtucket 6, Woonsocket 7, Worcester MA 8 . . . Newport R.I. 11, Fall River MA 12, Tauton 13, Lowell 14, Lawrence 15, Manchestor 16. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 265.
Wanted, for T. K. Burk Shows, performers and musicians in all branches. Also ladies for the ___ March in the spectacular "Cinderella." Preference given those doing a turn in big show or concert. Address per route. T. K. Burk & Co. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 273.
Burk & Co.'s Winter circus and spectacular "Cinderella." A dazzling street parade, with half a hundred horses and ponies. 50 ladies in street parade and grand spectacular ballet. Military band and orchestra of 24 pieces. All requiring an entire train of cars for its transportation. The show will be billed like a canvas show, with special paper, every sheet of which will be lithographed except the dates, necessitating a full corps of billposters in their own special white and gold advertising car. We carry our own patent rubber ring, tableaux wagons, golden Cinderella Coach, racing chariots, band wagons, clown carts, etc. etc. The performance will be given by the leading artists of the profession, riders, leapers, aerialists, etc., etc.; a complete circus with an abundance of comedy. Moving by special train service, we will be enabled to give daily matinees. Managers desiring to book this attraction address care of Burk's Circus, as per route. New York Clipper, July 2, 1892, p. 273.
On the road, circuses: Burke's, Pawtucket RI July 6, Woonsocket 7, Worcester MA 8, South Framingham 9, Newport RI 11, Fall River MA 12, Taunton 13, Lowell 14, Lawrence 15, Manchester NH 16. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.
Bridgeport, Connecticut. T. K. Burk's Circus and Menagerie July _ had fair attendance. July 4, Bob Hunting's Shows. New York Clipper, July 9, 1892, p. 281.
Agent Davis of T. K. Burk's Show was in town last week, and on July _ was a Clipper visitor. He reports a continuously prosperous tour in New England, and a notable successful stand at Holyoke, Mass., Saturday night, June 2?, where the show gave two evening performances, the last concluded at eleven o'clock. At both shows the tents were crowded. All the people are well, and there have been no changes of note in the roster. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.
The La Clede Bros. have closed their engagement with the Burk Show. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 292.
On the road, circuses: Burk & Ford's, Taunton MA July 13, Lowell 14, Lawrence 15, Manchester NH 16, Nashua 18. New York Clipper, July 16, 1892, p. 296.
___ had a narrow escape from death during the chariot races with Burk's Circus, at Lawrence, Mass., July 1?. The ladies' race had several started, and Miss Clamer drove a spirited horse, which slipped and threw her over its head. It appeared as if she would be trampled to death by the other horses. Miss Clamer's skirt caught the hoofs of one of the galloping steeds and she was dragged a distance of ten feet, when luckily her skirt was torn from her waist. Her sister, Hattie, drove the horse behind her, and was stunned by fright. The people and attendants looked on in horros and were surprised to see Miss Clamer arise, brush off the dirt and return to the dressing room without a scratch. Later she returned to the ring and did a song and dance. It was a miraculous escape. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 308.
Lowell, Massachusetts. Harper Bros.' Circus came July 13 and T. K. Burk's Circus 14 both showing to big business. New York Clipper, July 23, 1892, p. 312.
Notes from T. K. Burk's Shows. We have about finished in New England, and our season in the Northeast has been the most successful we have ever had in that section. With two exceptions, we played to the capacity of the canvas in every stand. At Lawrence, Mass. one day after the Forepaugh Show, and on the same lot, we turned people away afternoon and evening. This business is all the more remarkable when it is known that we were the fifth and sixth show in every stand. Mr. Avery, manager of the Museum, Clincinnati, and Jas. Macks, Forepaugh's Farmer, were visitors July 14 and 15, and ___ Donaldson, the show printer, also paid us a very pleasant and extended visit. T. K. Burk left 23(?) to complete arrangements for the winter circus. Wm. Watson is making a hit in a new creation in the way of a German clown. Everybody is well, and continued prosperity rests easily on the management. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.
On the road, circuses: Burk's, Jersey City, NJ July 27, Bergen Point 28, Stapleton S.I. 29, Port Richmond 30, Greenville NJ Aug 1, Hoboken 2. New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 324.
[Ad] Managers in and near New York who are in search of a feature see the Bicketts' aerial return act with Burk & Co.'s Show. . . . New York Clipper, July 30, 1892, p. 338.
[Ad] Bicketts' aerial return act. Feature of T. K. Burk & Co. Show. Paterson, N.J., Aug 4, Newark 5, Orange 6. New York Clipper, August 6, 1892, p. 351.
While Burk's(?) Circus was being broken up Sunday, Aug. 7(?), prior to leaving Newark, N.J., where it had been showing for several days, some of the circus men threw a tramp out of a freight car. The crowd, which had been hanging around all night and growling with the tent men, championed the tramp's cause, and a free fight followed, during which clubs, stones, pieces of coal and pistols were used with freedom. News of the battle reached police headquarters, and a squad was sent to the place. They returned with three circus men - Henry Richards, of Cincinnati; James Lavender, of Chicago, and George Brown, of Philadelphia. The wagon also brought Edward Jewell, who had been clubbed about the head. He charged Brown with inflicting the injury, and the latter was held in $300(?) bail. Richards was discharged and Lavender fined $15. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 356.
Serpentello, the contortionist, is resting in this city, having two weeks ago closed his engagement with T. K. Burk's Circus at Manchester, N.H. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 356.
During the parade of Burk's Circus at New Brunswick, N.J., Aug. 8, a negro employe named John Lucas made a savage attack upon three little boys, biting(?) them severey. Lucas says the boys threw stones at him and that one of his teeth was knocked out. Lucas attempted to escape, but was captured and put in jail. Blood poisoning is feared in the case of one boy. New York Clipper, August 13, 1892, p. 356.
John Lucas, the Zulu, of Burke's Circus, who bit three boys and a girl during the street parade at New Brunswick, N.J., Aug. 8(?), is still in jail there, and will remain until he has had an interview with the Grand Jury on the subject of mayhem. An additional complaint was made against him by Mary Foley, a girl of twelve. She says he bit her seriously on the shoulders. John Hickey, who was bitten on the arm, suffered a good deal of pain. The Smith boy, bitten on the breast, also suffers considerably. The physicians have not yet decided to what extent there is danger of blood poisoning. Some colored people now allege that Lucas is a "blue gum" negro, and that his bit is therefore poisonous. An examination of the negro's gums shows that while they have a bludish cast, their predominant color is red. New York Clipper, August 20, 1892, p. 372.
Wanted, for a long season, by the T. K. Burk Shows, musicians and performers in all branches of the circus business. Address per route, T. K. Burk & Co. New York Clipper, August 27, 1892, p. 402.
Joe Lewis, of the Three Lewis Bros., acrobats, was a Clipper caller last week. The sickness of William Lewis causes his temporary retirement from work. Joe Lewis and his wife are with T. K. Burk's Show. New York Clipper, September 24, 1892, p. 456.
Wanted, riders and performers in all branches of the circus business. Show runs all winter South. Address T. K. Burk's Shows, Mansion House, Philadelphia, Pa. New York Clipper, October 8, 1892, p. 500.
Agent De Forrest Davis, having closed his season with T. K. Burk Show, is in this city [New York] for a few days, prior to returning to his Columbus, O. home. New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 522.
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Burk's Circus played Frankford, 15. New York Clipper, October 22, 1892, p. 526.
At the conclusion of the performance of the T. K. Burk Show, at Frankford, Pa., on Oct. 15, Jas. W. Gooderich(?), professionally known as Signor Zana, and Belle Clymer were quietly married. After the wedding an informal reception was attended by the friends of the new married couple, and all united in congratulations and good wishes. New York Clipper, November 5, 1892, p. 554.
1893:
T. K. Burk ___ of King, Burk & Co., died of consumption, Aug 24, at the residence of his sister, Mrs. John Miller at Peru, Ind. His remains were interred 26(?) at Paw Paw, a small village near Peru and the birthplace of Mr. Burke. He was forty years of age. New York Clipper, September 2, 1893, p. 417.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
W. E. Burke's - 1895
Notes from W. E. Burk's New York circus. Our opening was at Yonkers, New York. Roster: W. S. Burke, sole proprietor; Gus Fairbanks, manager; Dan Castello, equestrian director; Prof. W. R. Rollins, musical director; Jack Meemis, sideshow; Chas. Lemen, boss canvasman; Larry Moore, boss hostler; W. Zimmerman, candy stands; Harry Gordon and Brode Williams, ticket sellers; Harry Gordon, in charge of concert. Performers: Max Monello, Ernest Monello, John Monello, Wm. Mayo, Bert Mayo, Dan Castello, Wm. Rydon, Wm. Burke, Ed Read, Romew, Vic Ney, Owen Fosby, Jake and Walters, Harry Gordon, Brode Williams, Emma Rydon, Kit(?) Monello, Annie Johnson, Mme. Mayo, Miss Mortimer, Vera Mayo, Sisters Luett, Annie Lewis, Jessie Delaney and Ollie Moore. Band: W. Rollins, Jos. Hall, J. J. Scott, W. G. Lawson, W. f. Mason, M. F. Nichols, J. B. Perry, ?. C. Osbourne, John Livingstone and F. A. Chamberlain. Side shwo: Jacob Beemis, Luetta, snake charmer; Emma Hervy, tattooed lady . . . J. E. Moore and wife, mind readers. Our canvas is a 90ft. round top with a 40ft. middle piece; sideshow, 60ft. with a 30ft. middle piece. We carry fifty head of stock, and travel by wagon. Advance: Sam Fairbanks, general agent with six assistants . . . Will Mack, programmer. New York Clipper, May 18, 1895, p. 163.
W. E. Burke's New York Circus, which on Saturday showed in Mount Vernon, has been closed and seized, on an attachment of Andrew Hansen, of the Mount Vernon Hotel, for $89 for board. The circus went to Mount Vernon from Yonkers. Contractor Delaney, of Yonkers, sought an attachment for an unpaid cartage bill. The Statesman (Yonkers, NY), May 21, 1895, n.p.n.
Burke's circus effects were taken from this city Tuesday. All outstanding obligations were satisfied by the showmen. Mount Vernon Daily Argus (Mount Vernon, NY), May 23, 1895, p. 1.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Burk's Shows - 1908-09 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1908-1911
1908:
Burk's Big Railroad Show closed the 1908 season November 7, at Guthrie, Oklahoma, and the outfit is in winter quarters at Guthrie. The present season was thirty-five weeks, and was the twelfth successful one for the Burk Show. The 1909 season will open at Guthrie, March 15. The same staff will have charge of the show: C. E. Beyerle, proprietor; Fred R. Pilcher, manager, and Miles Berry, general agent. Billboard, November 14, 1908, p. 20.
1909:
Burk's Combined Railroad Shows: C. E. Beyerle, proprietor; Fred R. Pilcher, manager; Harry Busenbark, general agent; C. E. Beyerle, R. R. contractor; Logan Venter, local contractor; Chas. P. Parker, special agent; R. R. Linwall, car manager; Frank Ray, John Liter, Asa Newcomb, J. B. Stout and Ed Bixler, billposters; Ralph Noble and Jesse Horton, lithographers and banner men; Bill Howard, program man; Ralph Everts, cook. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
Burk's Shows opened the season at Guthrie, Oklahoma, March 6. This is the winter quarters of the show. The street parade lined up as follows: C. E. Beyerle, mounted on Big Black Diamond, led the procession, followed by four buglers, two large American flags; Mrs. C. E. Beyerle, in her standhope, driving her tandem team of spotted Arabians, drum majors and jugglers; Burk's Concert Band, under leadership of F. R. Pilcher, cages and tableaux wagons. Section No. 2: two bands, under direction of Prof. Norburg; Harry Phillips and his trained ponies; Al Canfield, clown and his mule, Maud. Section No. 3: Continental Band, Tommy Dean and his merry mirth makers; Col. Sawyer, with his troupe of Dane dogs; the DeEspa Family of acrobats and aerial performres, in the funny rube wagon. C. E. Beyerle, proprietor; Fred R. Pilcher, manager, and Harry Busenbark, contracting agent, comprise the executive staff. Billboard, May 8, 1909, p. 18.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Burkett's - 1887
Wanted, for Burkett's New Railroad Shows, circus properties of all kinds, canvases, seats, poles, light, reserved seats and band wagon. Also people in all branches of the circus profession, acrobats, leapers, gymnasts, clowns, troup of performing dogs, musicians, concert people and agent. Sideshow and candy privileges for sale. Address Wm. F. Wright, late of Richard's Circus, Cincinnati, Wm. F. Wright, 101 Court street, Cincinnati, O. [Advertisement] New York Clipper, January 15, 1887, p. 700.
Charles Ellis, agent for Burkett's 10 cent circus is in town and has made arrangements for that circus to appear in this city for three days, June 2d, 3d and 4th. Hamilton Daily Democrat (Hamilton, OH), June 1, 1887, n.p.n.
The A. Burkett Ten Cent Circus is in dire straits at Xenia, O., at present. By the merest scratch the company managed to reach that city from Dayton, having a carload of stuff in their possession, but minus the brass band. As soon as the tent was up one of the actors levied on the property for $114 wages due. The management of the circus was placed in the hands of the Constables, who have been running the exhibitions in the past three evenings, realizing enough money to pay off some of the claims. Yesterday new claims came in and the show went to pieces. Hamilton Daily Democrat (Hamilton, OH), June 25, 1887, n.p.n.
The show tent and other circus fixtures of the late Burkett's great ten cent show, which went under here this summer, was sold by the constable at the rink yesterday afternoon, Mr. Henry Holland being the purchaser for $150. It is supposed that Wilberforce College will have the tent for its annual commencements. Daily Gazette (Xenia, OH), August 26, 1887, n.p.n.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Burlingame Bros. Circus - 1923 later Burling Bros. Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1923-1924
A new wagon show is to take the road next season under the title of Burlingame Bros.' Circus, owned and managed by J. A. and E. C. Burlingame, consisting of eight wagons. The performance will be given under a 60 by 90 top. The dressing room top will be a 20 by 30. The show will carry about twenty head of draft stock. The performance will be maily aerial and ground acts, with a six piece band. Advance work will be done by auto. Winter quarters have been established at New Martinsville, W. Va. The above data is according to the Burlingame Brothers. Billboard, November 18, 1922, p. 75.
Burling Bros. - 1952, 1957
1952: Burling Brothers Circus. Wonderland Museum, Menagerie, acres of waterproof and flameproof canvas tents. Trained wild and domestic animals. Over a score of horses, ponies, tiny mules and American buffalo. Featuring Captain Henry's Military Ponies, the Hart Family, the La Belle Ray Troupe, the Great Ray in hand balancing, Freddie Von Derheid, European sensation on the flying trapeze, the Great Marvello giant cloud swing, four clowns, headed by Louisiana Zack Hale. July 12, New Oxford, Pa. [Advertisement] New Oxford Item (New Oxford, PA), July 10, 1952, p. 4.
1957: New Martinsville, June 22. One of the nation's 12 remaining circuses leaves winter quarters here tomorrow to open its season at Lowell, Ohio, Monday. West Virginia's only circus, Burling Brothers, will travel by about 25 vehicles on its performance tour of Ohio, Pennsylvania and Maryland. The circus will not appear here. Burling Brothers will carry its own big top, side shows and concessions, complete with traditional barkers. John A. and E. C. Burlingame started the circus organization in 1923 under its present name. In 1926 and 1927 the circus operated under the name of the Great Keystone Show. The show was not on the road last year because of ill health in its ranks. The big top, which has two performing rings, will seat nearly 1,000 spectators, while about 50 performers travel with the show. The Silverlake family, a group of nine high wire and trapeze performers, has appeared with many of the largest circuses, including the combined shows of Ringling Brothers and Barnum and Bailey. E. C. Burlingame, now sole owner of the circus, said that costs of operation have doubled in the past 10 years. But Burlingame has increased the size of his circus this year and is looking forward to a successful season. Charleston Gazette June 23, 1957, p. 3.
• Online at Find A Grave: Funeral services were held Friday at 2 p.m. for John Anson Burlingame, 75, of 203 North St., New Martinsville, who died Tuesday December 16 [1975] in Wetzel County Hospital. Mr. Burlingame toured the country for a number of years with the Burlingame Brothers Circus and later operated Burlingame Building Supply along with his brother, Eseck. He built and operated the Burlingame Motor Lodge for three years and was a member of St. John's United Methodist Church. Rev. Dewayne Lowther officiated at the services with interment following in Northview Cemetery.
• Online, West Virginia Division of Culture and History: Eseck Clifford Burlingame, died June 10, 1969, at New Martinsville, Wetzel Co., West Virginia, age 70.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
F. W. Burns & Co.'s Circus - 1903-05 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1901-05
1905: F. W. Burns & Co.'s Big R. R. Show and Trained Animal Exhibition opened its eighth season May 6 at Antigo, Wis., to good business. Roster: F. W. Burns & Co., proprietors; Sam Burns, treasurer; Ed Childers, equestrian director, and Phil Mead, advance agent with five assistants. The performers are the Four Marvelous Lorenas, acrobatic and casting act; Robbins and Childerns, double trapeze an comedy ladder act; the Skerbeck Sisters, pedestal contortion act; Mlle. Labelle, principal riding act; Louie Kohl, jockey and hurdle rider; Harry Helms, tramp juggler; Kohl Brothers, horizonal bar and ladder act; Prof. Burns, troupe of educated horses, mules and ponies, including the trained horse, Logan; Prof. Bushey with his trained dogs, wolves and wild cats; Harry Bussey, club juggler and wire act; John Kohl, Dutch clown, and Ed Childers, Yankee clown. Prof. Ed Culver has charge of the band of twenty pieces, Harry Helms has charge of the sideshow. The show will travel through the iron and copper belt of Wisconsin and Michigan. Prices of admission are 15 and 25 cents. Billboard, May 27, 1905, p. 19.
• See White Tops, May-Jun, 1955, pp. 10, 12; Jul-Aug, 1955, p. 28. All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Burt & Robinson - 1858 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1858
Burt & Robinson's Old Fashioned Circus was owned by A. S. Burt and "Yankee" Robinson. Performers: Walter Aymar, principal rider; Chas. Brown, Chas. Davis (Mexican Charley), Harry Everts, Tom Shields, Johnny Booker, W. Sparks, general performers; "Buck" Gardner, Johnny Booker, Harry Everts, clowns; Mrs. Johnny Booker and Mrs. Geo. Choate, entry riders. Frank Drew started out as first clown, but as the routes were long and he had not been used to getting up in the early morning, he concluded that he was not suited to the business and quit the second week out. The company started out from Ham Shephard's farm, near Strawton, Indiana, April 15, 1858, giving its first performance at Noblesville. Bandwagon, December 15, 1945, Vol. 4, No. 6, p. 13.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
George Burtch's New Sensation - 1895-97 (Canada)
1895:
Geo. Burtch's New Sensation, wagon show, seven seasons in Canada. Wanted, people in all branches of the circus business, except riders; troupe of trained dogs, boss canvasman, boss hostler, four and six horse drivers. Address George Burtch, Deseronto, Ontario. New York Clipper, January 12, 1895, p. 725.
George Burtch's New Sensation will be new from stake to centre pole, one of the neatest little wagons shows. The canvas will be a one hundred feet round top, and thirty-five horses and fifteen wagons will convey the outfit. J. T. Robinson has signed to take charge of the advance. New York Clipper, January 26, 1895, p. 751.
Notes from Thos. Delavanti. I have secured the sideshow privileges with George Burtch's New Sensation. The canvas will be 50ft. round top and new paintings. One of the features will be Lulu May, with her den of serpents. Two wagons will transport the outfit. Jack Daveron will have charge of canvas. New York Clipper, February 2, 1895, p. 767.
Ellet and Cummins, aerialists and triple bar performers, and Prof. Hank Snyder's troupe of performing dogs, have signed with Geo. Burtch's New Sensation Show. New York Clipper, February 9, 1895, p. 783.
Notes from the winter quarters of George Burtch's New Sensation. The following have signed: the Aherns, Zotique Proul, Three Vondale Bros., Ellet and Cummings, Prof. Hank Snider, Thos. Delavanti, Lulu May, Stewart Sister, Wm. Ker, George Thurston, J. T. Kyle, John T. Robinson, Joe Tharrall, Wm. Woodcock, Arthur McCarty, Wm. Cronk and George Burtch. Prod. Ker will conduct the band of twelve mouthpieces, and Will Huff will have charge of the canvas, with seven assistants. New York Clipper, February 23, 1895, p. 815.
Notes from George Burtch's New Sensation. the show opened May 4, at winter quarters. Roster: the Ahearns, william and Minnie; Three Vondales, James, Lane and Forest; the Simpson Trio, Eddie, Fred and Emma; Slacky, Prof. Snyder with his dog circus and Prof. Ker, with his gold cornet band of fifteen pieces. The Rooster Band, with Thos. Delavanti's side show, made a hit. New York Clipper, May 18, 1895, p. 163.
Notes from Geo. Burtch's New Sensation. We are touring through Western Ontario. Slackey, stilt wire walker, wins applause. The Aherns, William and Minnie, are a hit. The Three Von Dale Bros.; Simpson Trio; James Von Dale, talking and singing clown; Forest Von Dale, understander of Von Dale Bros., acrobats . . . New York Clipper, June 8, 1895, p. 212.
Notes from Geo. Burtch's New Sensation. Slackey, stilt wire walking; Three Bros. Von Dale, acrobats; Simpson Trio, acrobats, equilibrists and aerialists; Prof. Hank Snider and his dog circus; James Von Dale and Andy Burtch, clowns; Moore and Huff, head to head balancers, are making a hit. Prof. Kers' Gold Band is a feature. New York Clipper, August 3, 1895, p. 341.
Notes from Burtch's Big Show. The show closes its season at Napanee, Ontario, September 25. Many of the boys have signed for next season, which opens in Deseronto early in May. The show will come out fresh from the paint shop, and will be headed by John Robinson Jr. New York Clipper, October 19, 1895, p. 521.
1896:
Burtch Show notes. At winter quarters, the new electric road timer devised by John T. Robinson is a success. New York Clipper, February 1, 1896, p. 761.
Leonard and La Mar have again joined hands, after a separation of two years. They go with the George Burtch New Sensation Show to do triple bars and breakaway ladder high perch acts. New York Clipper, February 29, 1896, p. 825.
Prof. Wiley and his troupe of canine comedians have signed with Geo. Burtch's New Sensation. New York Clipper, April 4, 1896, p. 73.
Roster of Geo. Burtch's New All Featured 25c Show. Geo. Burtch, sole proprietor and manager; Jno. Robinson Jr., contracting agent; Georgie Burtch Jr., press agent; Fred Lee, boss billposter with ten assistants; Albert Blakley, boss hostler; Frank Brown, boss canvasman; Billy Ryan, master of transportation; Prof. William Ker, bandmaster; Dell Skinner, leader of orchestra. Performers: Three Vondale Brothers, Ed Wattington, Maudie Burtch . . . Rod K. Hugg, I. W. Cole, Prof. Wiley and dogs, Baldwin Sisters, Andy Burtch, Ed Pearson, W. Crook, W. Simmons. The wagons have all been painted white, striped with red letters in gold, shaded in a dark blue. All the horses in parade will be black. Show opens at Napanee, Canada, early in May and tour Ontario and Quebec. New York Clipper, April 11, 1896, p. 86.
Notes from Geo. Burtch's New Sensation Circus. We inaugurated our season at winter quarters May 2. The show will tour Eastern Ontario, Quebec and Nova Scotia. The show includes the Three Vondale Bros., acrobats; the Bensleys, Will and James, equilibrists; Andy Burtch, contortion . . . Prof. Wiley's troupe of educated dogs; Maude Burtch, lady clown; James Vondale, principal talking and singing clown, and Will Simmons, Andy Burtch, Louis Vondale and Will Willey, knockabout clowns. The orchestra is under the leadership of Dell Skinner. New York Clipper, May 23, 1896, p. 180.
1897:
George Burtch's New Sensation will be enlarged. A new 100ft. round top with two 30ft. middle pieces, and several new wagons will be added. He will also put out a No. 2 show, a repertoire company playing week stands under canvas. New York Clipper, February 6, 1897, p. 781.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Billy Barlow Burton's - 1895-96
1895:
Roster of Billy Barlow Burton's Big Twenty-five Cent Show, now touring Northern Texas, to fair business. Billy Barlow Burton, sole owner; F. B. Morgan, manager; M. B. Stewart, treasurer; F. W. Ford, advance agent with four assistants. Performers: Burt Lemen, clown and bars; Four Burns Bros., acrobats . . . Prof. Davis, magician and Punch; Tom Pryor, dancing barrel; Sid Roberts, slack wire and juggler; Jessie Smith, sailor perch; Neva Hanks, female magician; Billy Barlow Burton, singing and talking clown, Dutch and black face comedian. The show travels by wagon, using an 80ft. top, with 40ft. middle piece; ten wagons, a brass band of ten pieces, under the leadership fo Prof. Will Maxwell. New York Clipper, June 15, 1895, p. 228.
Notes from Billy Barlow Burton's Big 25c Shows. John M. Harris has succeeded Frank Morgan as business manager, and Charles A. Williams has taken Hank Kersey's place as amusement director. Prof. Cargill has added Madam Huston and her den of reptiles to the museum. Burt Lehman, knockabout clown, closed at Ennis, Texas. Virgil Duncan, knockabout clown, fills his palce. Business has been fair. New York Clipper, August 31, 1895, p. 403.
1896:
Notes from Billy Barlow Burton's Big Twenty-five Cent Show. We opened at Vally View, Texas in April. We have added J. W. Blair's combination of eight performers. We travel by wagon, using forty head of stock, twelve wagons. Billy Barlow Burton, sole owner . . . New York Clipper, May 2, 1896, p. 137.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Burton & Brooks - 1895
Notes from Burton & Brook's Shows. Everything is ready for our opening at Montpelier, Indiana, May 9. We will have an __ft. round top with two 40ft. middle pieces; a dressing tent, 40x70; a horse tent, and Hotel De Burton & Brooks. We will have sixteen baggage wagons, all carved and gold leafed. A free balloon ascension and parachute leap every day by Prof. Gelso, will be our outside attraction. Twelve musicians will be in the band. Albert Steele will have the advance with three assistants. Performers already signed: ___ Burton, C. P. Stebleton, Clara Chaney, the Comstocks, Ed Martine, the Scotts, the Davenport Sister, Albert Powell . . . New York Clipper, March 2, 1895, p. 831.
Notes from the Burton Shows. We opened our tenting season at Mt. Pelin, Indiana, May 16, and played the oil and gas belt of Indiana. We are now in Illinois. Mr. Burton has discarded his old top, a 80ft. with 40ft. middle piece, and replaced it with a 100ft. with 50ft. middle piece. We travel overland, carrying sixty-five people all told. This show was bought of Walt McCafferty by Clarence Burton last Winter. Our street parade catches the people. New York Clipper, July 27, 1895, p. 325.
Advance No. 1 of Burton's Circus now consists of Albert Steele, general agent; Howard Dorr, route agent; Fred Markle, in charge of paper, and Sherm. Cline, programmer. New York Clipper, August 3, 1895, p. 341.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Burton & Taylor's - 1874, 1877 (Australia)
1874: Burton & Taylor's Circus was at last accounts prospering among the gold fields of Australia, in which country Burton has been connected with the business about twenty-two years. New York Clipper, February 21, 1874, p. 371.
1877: Melbourne, Australia, Jan. 7, 1877. Burton & Taylor's United States Circus, a national concern, is taking the small towns with only moderate success, they ship shortly to Tasmania. New York Clipper, February 24, 1887, p. 383.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Burton's Dog Circus - 1887 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1897
Granite Fall, Sept. 13. Wilson's All Star Minstrels and Prof. James H. Burton's $10,000 Dog Circus. Street parade daily. [Advertisement] Daily Kennebec Journal (Kennebec, ME), September 7, 1887, n.p.n.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Busby Bros., circa 1903, photo courtesy of Conover collection.
Note advertising paper, May 22 was on a Friday in 1903.
Busby Bros. Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1902-1904
1902: Complete roster of Busby Bros.' Show: J. M. Busby, Earl Busby, Burl Busby, owners; J. M. Busby, manager; Earl Busby, general agent; Frank V. Dalton, in charge of Brigade No. 1 with the following men: E. E. Garretson, Chas. Suittle, George Edwards and Clarence White; Mrs. J. M. Busby, purchasing agent and manager privileges; Alvah Randle, secretary and treasurer; Harry Dalton in charge of front door; Burl Busby, In charge of reserved seats and concert tickets, with Bert Carroll and "Whitey" Howard as assistants. Prof. Edward Long, equestrian director, with the following performers: William Irwin, head balancing and perch; Mlle. Irwin, iron Jaw and club swinging; Kitty May Irwin, contortionist; John T. Carrier, triple bar and foot juggling; Beal Family, cannon ball jugglers and heavy weight lifting and balancing; Arthur Berre, bounding rope and principle clown; Prof. Ed Long, with his troupe of trained dogs and ponies; Edwards and Wilson, knockabout clowns. Concert: Harry Dalton in charge. Arthur Berre, famous buck and wing dancer; Hattie Beall, vocalist and serpentine dancer; Don Franck, Irish and Dutch comedian: Capt. Johnnie Rieley, gun juggler; Edwards and Wilson, German comedians. Prof. Ed Hayworth, director of band, with the following well known musicians: Harry Dalton, Ed Long, H. M. "Buck" Ewing. Cal Davenport, W. J. Whalon, O. K. Hart, Vester Erhart, Chas. Pullen, W. R. Abbott, Geo. Miles and Bert Miller. Peter J. Kennedy, boss canvasman, with 15 men; J. H. Thompson, boss hostler, with 4 men; Chris. Wasson, boss props with 5 men; Carl M. Coons, dog boy; "Whitey" Howard, master of transportation; George Givens, charge of cook house, with 3 assistants; Mrs. Lillian Shelton, in charge of dining car; Willie Hicks, porter; Ray Harman, waiter. Billboard, September 27, 1902, p. 6.
• 1905: Burrell Busby [Burl], of the firm of Busby Bros. circus man, has abandoned the show business and rented a farm near Rosemond says a Pana paper. Mr. Busby has rented the Durant farm and will devote his time in future to agricultural pursuits. James Busby, of the firm of Busby Bros., will butt into show business again this year and will take out a car show of "Ten Nights in a Bar Room." Decatur Review (Decatur, IL), March 6, 1905, p. 5.
• More information on the Busby Bros. show, 1902-1904, is online in Billboard, 1901-03 - use find.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
J. M. Busby's - 1909 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909-1911
J. M. Busby's Show. J. M. Busby, prop.; Herald Dane, gen. agt.; Ben Lodge, local contractor; Bill Haney, special agt.; Audley Anderson, checker-up; Leo Frost, excursion agt.; C. W. McHenry, mgr. sideshow. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
• 1922: J. M. Busby, now retired from the show world, was not only owner of Busby Bros. Circus, but later prominent with his Busby Minstrels for a number of years. Billboard, December 30, 1922, p. 87.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Bushnell & Castello or Bushnell & Costello
• Chindahl's History of the Circus in America lists this show for 1876.
Information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Butcher & Oram - 1891
Wanted, for Butcher & Oram's Congress of European Stars and Pavilion Show, people in all branches of circus biz, except riders, a live working advance agent, a good clown who can sing and tumble, must be funny. Show starts May 10(?) by wagon. Also leader and others for orchestra. Address Prof. Butch, ___ Furnace Street, Akron, O. New York Clipper, March 21, 1891, p. 32.
Pat Young, trapeze and slack wire performer, joins Butcher & Oram's Show May 10. The above will travel by wagon. New York Clipper, April 11, 1891, p. 76.
Roster of the advance of Butcher, Oram & Co.’s Congress of European Stars: Tully Strayer, contracting agent; Lue Ellsner, chief billposter; Chas. Whiting, William Sylvas and Robert Murry, assistants. The advance took the road May 4, and the show opens 16. New York Clipper, May 16, 1891.
St. Arno, slack wire performer, has signed with Butcher & Oram's Circus. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.
Butcher, Oram & Co.'s Congress of European Stars and Pavilion Show opens at Mecca, O., May 9(?), traveling by wagon. The roster: Prof. Butcher, manager; B. Millikan, treasurer; Wm. Maro, master of canvas; Thos. Wills, boss hostler; W. Wolcott, leader of band and orchestra; Tully Strayer, advance agent; Molly Welch, Susan Stevens, Ida Willis, Maud Wilson, Agnes Lewis, Frankie Trimble, Hattie Sadler, Jennie Jarman, Ida ___, James Stitt, Pat Young, Wm. St. Arno, C. Merritt(Merrill?), J. B. Morris, Ed. O. Werner, Master F. Butcher, J. J. Williams and Bro., Lew Seeker(?), Lew Sayers, Pat Welch and Bob ___. New York Clipper, April 18, 1891, p. 92.
Tully Strayer, late advance representative for Tony Lavely's New Floating Theatrium, has signed as general agent for Butcher & Oram's Congress of European Stars and Pavilion Shows. New York Clipper, April 25, 1891, p. 117.
Horner and O'Toole have signed with Butcher, Oram & Co.'s Show for the tenting season of 1891. New York Clipper, May 2, 1891, p. 135.
M?llin & Oram's Shows opened at Mecca, O., May 16. Following is the list of performers: St. Arno, Harry Pink(?), . . . Homer and O'Toole, Capt. Jones, Three Racine Bros., the Misses Kersand(?), . . . Sisters De Love, Frank Vincent, James Bartell, Myrtle Stewart, Mrs. Harry Pink, Ed. O. Werner, and Prof. Goff's(?) band of nine pieces. Tully Strayer is advance agent; Harry Pink, equestrian director; Hank Adams, boss canvasman, with five assistants. New York Clipper, June 6, 1891, p. 215.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
L. G. Butler's - 1853, 1855
1853:
Butler's circus, while at Platteville, Grant co., a week or two since, was attached by the sheriff of that county. Sauk County Standard (Baraboo, WI), September 7, 1853, n.p.n.
1855:
[Advertisement] Circus! Grand Olympic Arena and North American Circus! Magnificent and enterprising features for 1855. The proprietors most respectfully inform the citizens of Waukesha and its vicinity that the above celebrated and superior company will be exhibited in this place on Wednesday the 23d day of May, for one day only. In making the above announcement, the manager would state that the company is composed of a full and efficient corps of distinguished performers. One of the great featurs is the beautiful female equestrienne, M'lle Marietta, whose graceful and daring riding during the past winter in the eastern cities of New York, Philadelphia and Boston, has been received with the most distinguished approbation by the public -
Also the king of clowns, Mr. Sol. J. Limpman, who has gained the highest reputation in the United States and Europe. Also the New Orleans clown and comic jester, Puss Horner. The far famed European Antonio Family, who stand unrivaled in their performance. Mr. W. Waterman, the celebrated four horse rider, representing a Grecian noble. Mr. H. Buckley, whose equestrian accomplishments entitle him the Mercury of the ring. Tom Osborn, the great bare-back rider, also in his acts of tumbling and sumerseting over six horses. Mr. S. L. Baldwin, in his celebrated acts of balancing and jugglery with balls, knives, rings, &c. Mr. W. Armstrong, in his celebrated Portuguese tricks, never before witnessed in this country.
Together with numerous other artistes, whose names will be found in the programme of performance. The stud of horses is the largest and most beautiful and highly trained in America. Accompanying this circus is the celebrated brass band led by Ned Kendall. The pavilion will be found spacious - capable of containing two thousand persons with comfortable seats.
The unparalled approbation with which the above company has received in every city and town which they have thus far visited, has induced the proprietors to spare no pains or expense in producing a series of elegant and attractive novelties superior to any offered to the patronage of the public. Admission to boxes, 50 cents. Pit 25 cents. Children under 12 years of age to boxes, half price. No half price to pit. Doors opened at 1 1/2 o'clock p.m., performance commence at 2. Evening performance, doors open at 7, performances commence 1/2 before 8. Oscar W. Hyatt, agent. Waukesha County Democrat (Waukesha, WI), May 16, 1955, n.p.n.
• Stuart Thayer's Annals of the American Circus, 1793-1860 lists L. G. Butler's Great Western Circus, 1853-1856.
Do you have information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Butler Bros.' - 1909 Show listed in Parkinson's Directory of American Circuses, 1909
Butler Bros.' Amusement Co.: Butler Bros., proprietors; B. B. Butler, manager; H. W. Collins, general agent; Harry Van Houton, treasurer; Thos. Glassco, supt. of shows. Billboard, March 20, 1909, p. 78.
All information should be checked with additional sources Do you have more information on this show? Email your documented information for the show or persons.
Copyright © 2006
Circus Historical Society, Inc.
About CHS
Last modified September 2013.